Alcatel BSS

EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Hardware

Description

Descriptive Documentation
EVOLIUM BTS Document

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

BLANK PAGE BREAK

Status RELEASED

Short title EVOL. BTS A9100 HW Desc.

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use
and communication of its contents not permitted without written
authorization from Alcatel/Evolium.

2 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Contents

Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.1 Modularity and Common Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.2 Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.2.1 Overview on Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.2.2 Cabinet Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.3 Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.3.1 Overview on Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
1.3.2 Subrack Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.4 Cabinet Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.4.1 Overview on Cabinet Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.4.2 Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet Mounted Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1.5 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2 Configurations - Rack Layouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.1 Naming Conventions for the BTS Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.2 Indoor Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.2.1 Indoor Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.2.2 Indoor Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.2.3 Indoor Configurations - High Power GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
2.2.4 Indoor Configurations - Extended Cell GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.2.5 Indoor Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
2.2.6 Indoor Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.2.7 AC Indoor Configurations GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.3 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.3.1 MBI Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 850/900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.3.2 MBI Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.3.3 MBI Configurations - High Power GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
2.3.4 MBI Configurations - Extended Cell GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
2.3.5 MBI Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2.3.6 MBI Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
2.4 Outdoor Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
2.4.1 Outdoor Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
2.4.2 Outdoor Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
2.4.3 Outdoor Configurations - High Power GSM 1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
2.4.4 Outdoor Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
2.4.5 Outdoor Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.5 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.5.1 MBO Standard Configurations - GSM 850/900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
2.5.2 MBO Low Losses Configurations - GSM 900/1800/1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
2.5.3 MBO High Power Configurations - GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
2.5.4 MBO Multiband BTS Configurations - GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
2.5.5 MBO Multiband Cells Configurations - GSM 900/1800 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
2.5.6 MBO Multiband BTS, Multiband Cells Configurations - GSM 850/1800/1900 222
3 Indoor Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.1 CIMI/CIDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
3.1.1 CIMI/CIDI Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.1.2 CIMI/CIDI Cabinet Interconnection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
3.1.3 CIMI/CIDI Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
3.1.4 CIMI/CIDI DC Supplies Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
3.1.5 CIMI/CIDI Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
3.1.6 CIMI/CIDI Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.1.7 CIMI/CIDI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
3.2 CIMA/CIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 3 / 708

Contents

3.2.1 CIMA/CIDE Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

3.2.2 CIMA/CIDE Cabinet Interconnection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
3.2.3 CIMA/CIDE Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
3.2.4 CIMA/CIDE External Power Supply Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
3.2.5 CIMA/CIDE Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
3.2.6 CIMA/CIDE Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3.2.7 CIMA/CIDE Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
3.3 Multistandard Base Station Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
3.3.1 MBI Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
3.3.2 MBI3/MBI5 Cabinet Interconnection Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
3.3.3 MBI Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
3.3.4 MBI External Power Supply Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
3.3.5 MBI Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
3.3.6 MBI Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
3.3.7 MBI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
4 Outdoor Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4.1 Outdoor Cabinets General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
4.1.1 Side Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
4.1.2 BTS Compartment 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
4.1.3 BTS Compartment 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
4.1.4 MBO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
4.1.5 MBOE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
4.1.6 CBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
4.2 Outdoor Cabinet Access and Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
4.3 Outdoor Cabinet Interconnection Panel COMI/COME/CODI/CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
4.4 Outdoor Cabinet Signal Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
4.5 Outdoor Control Board CPT2/MBO1/MBO2/CBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
4.5.1 Connection Area (COAR) Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
4.5.2 BTSRI Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
4.5.3 XIOB Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
4.5.4 RIBAT Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
4.6 Outdoor Cabinet Power Supply and Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
4.7 Outdoor Cabinet Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
4.8 Outdoor Cabinet Cables and Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
4.9 Outdoor Cabinet Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
4.9.1 Outdoor Cabinet DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
4.9.2 Outdoor Cabinet Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
5 External Battery Cabinets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
5.1 External Indoor Battery Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
5.1.1 Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
5.1.2 External Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
5.1.3 Battery Cabinet External Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
5.2 External Outdoor Battery Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
5.2.1 Mechanical Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
5.2.2 External Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
5.2.3 Auxiliary Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
5.2.4 Battery Cabinet External Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
6 Standard Telecommunications Subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
6.1 STASR General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
6.2 STASR Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
6.3 STASR Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
7 AC Power Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
7.1 SRACDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
7.1.1 SRACDC Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
7.1.2 SRACDC Subrack Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

4 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Contents

7.1.3 SRACDC Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

7.2 ACSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
7.2.1 ACSR Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
7.2.2 ACSR Subrack Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
7.2.3 ACSR Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
7.3 ASIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
7.3.1 ASIB Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
7.3.2 ASIB Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
7.3.3 ASIB Electrical Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
8 Station Unit Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
8.1 Introduction to Station Unit Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
8.2 Transmission & Clock Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
8.2.1 Abis Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
8.2.2 Transmission & Clock Microprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
8.2.3 Station Unit Module Clock Generation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
8.2.4 Q1 Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
8.3 Base Station Internal Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
8.4 Operations & Maintenance Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
8.5 Remote Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
8.6 Station Unit Module Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
8.7 Station Unit Module LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
8.8 Station Unit Module Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
9 Transceiver Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
9.1 Introduction to Transceiver Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
9.2 Digital Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
9.2.1 Entity Control Parallel Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
9.2.2 Signalling and Control Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
9.2.3 Decoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
9.2.4 Incremental Redundancy Data Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
9.2.5 IRDM Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
9.2.6 Decoder Coprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
9.2.7 Demodulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
9.2.8 Multiplexer, Baseband, Encryption and Decryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
9.2.9 Encoder and Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
9.2.10 Carrier Unit Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
9.2.11 Clock Generation Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
9.2.12 External Test Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
9.2.13 TRE Remote Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
9.2.14 Base Band Transmitter Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
9.2.15 Diversity Receiver Chip Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
9.3 Analog Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
9.4 TRE Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
9.5 Transceiver Equipment LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
9.6 Transceiver Equipment Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
10 Antenna Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
10.1 ANX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
10.1.1 AN Downlink Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
10.1.2 AN Uplink Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
10.1.3 BTS Control Bus Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
10.1.4 Antenna Network Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
10.1.5 AN Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
10.1.6 ANX LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
10.1.7 ANX/ANC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
10.1.8 ANX Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
10.2 ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
10.2.1 ANY Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 5 / 708

Contents

10.2.2 ANY Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459

10.2.3 ANY Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
10.3 ANC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
10.3.1 ANC LEDs andAlarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
10.3.2 ANC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
10.3.3 ANC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
10.4 GSM/UMTS Co-siting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
11 Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
11.1 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
11.1.1 Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
11.1.2 Fan Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
11.1.3 Top Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
11.2 HEX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
11.3 HEX3/HEX4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
11.4 HEX 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
11.5 HEAT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
11.6 HEAT3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
12 Power Supplies and Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
12.1 ACIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
12.2 LPFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
12.3 LPFM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
12.4 LPFU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
12.5 ACMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
12.6 ACSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
12.7 ACUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
12.8 APOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
12.9 PM08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
12.9.1 PM08 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
12.9.2 PM08 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
12.9.3 PM08 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
12.10 PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
12.10.1 PM11 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
12.10.2 PM11 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
12.10.3 PM11 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
12.11 PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
12.11.1 PM12 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
12.11.2 PM12 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
12.11.3 PM12 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
12.12 BCU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
12.12.1 BCU1 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
12.12.2 BCU1 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
12.12.3 BCU1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
12.13 BCU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
12.13.1 BCU2 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
12.13.2 BCU2 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
12.13.3 BCU2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
12.14 BACO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
12.15 BAC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
12.16 ABAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
12.17 ADAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
12.18 ADAM2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
12.19 ADAM4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
12.20 BU41 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
12.21 BU100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
12.22 BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
12.23 BATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561

6 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Contents

12.24 RIBAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564

12.25 DCDP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
12.26 DCUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
13 ACRI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
13.1 ACRI Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
13.2 ACRI LEDs and Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
13.3 ACRI Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
14.1 Lightning Protector Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
14.2 Lightning Protector Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
14.3 Lightning Protector Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
15 Range Extension Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
15.1 Introduction to REK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
15.2 Overall Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
15.2.1 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
15.2.2 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
15.3 Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
15.4 Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
15.5 REK Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
15.5.1 Installation of Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
15.5.2 Installation of Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
15.6 REK Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
15.6.1 Cabling Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
15.6.2 Cabling of Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
15.6.3 Cabling of Power Distribution Unit in Indoor BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
15.6.4 Cabling of Power Distribution Unit in Outdoor BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
15.7 REK Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
15.7.1 Ground Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
15.7.2 Alarm Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
15.7.3 DC Power Supply Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
15.7.4 Jumper Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
16 Tower-mounted Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
16.1 Introduction to TMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
16.2 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
16.3 Tower-mounted Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
16.4 Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
16.5 Bias T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
16.6 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
16.6.1 Indoor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
16.6.2 Outdoor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
16.7 TMA Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
16.7.1 Indoor/Outdoor BTS Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
16.7.2 Indoor BTS Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
16.7.3 Outdoor BTS Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
17 Cable Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
17.1 Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
17.1.1 ANCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
17.1.2 ANIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
17.1.3 ANLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
17.1.4 ANOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
17.1.5 BOBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
17.1.6 BOMU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
17.1.7 BOSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
17.1.8 BTSRI3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
17.1.9 BTSRI5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 7 / 708

Contents

17.1.10 BTSRIMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654

17.1.11 BTSRIMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
17.1.12 BTSRIOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
17.1.13 BUMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
17.1.14 BUMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
17.1.15 CA12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
17.1.16 CA-2MMC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
17.1.17 CA-ABIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
17.1.18 CA-ACB2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
17.1.19 CA-ACSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
17.1.20 CA-ADABM, CA-ADABP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
17.1.21 CA-ADACM, CA-ADACP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
17.1.22 CA-ADCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
17.1.23 CA-ALPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
17.1.24 CA-APC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
17.1.25 CA-ASMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
17.1.26 CA-BABRM, CA-BABRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
17.1.27 CA-BRCM, CA-BRCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
17.1.28 CA-BTSCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
17.1.29 CA-CSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
17.1.30 CA-DFUX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
17.1.31 CA-GCMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
17.1.32 CA-Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
17.1.33 CA-Ground1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
17.1.34 CA-Ground2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
17.1.35 CA-H2PC1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
17.1.36 CA-H2PC2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
17.1.37 CA-H2PC3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
17.1.38 CA-HOAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
17.1.39 CA-MLBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
17.1.40 CA-MXBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
17.1.41 CA-OHAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
17.1.42 CA-ONCCx . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
17.1.43 CA-OSCP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
17.1.44 CA-OSCP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
17.1.45 CA-OSCP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
17.1.46 CA-OSPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
17.1.47 CA-PCAN, CA-PCAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
17.1.48 CA-PCOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
17.1.49 CA-PDCM, CA-PDCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
17.1.50 CA-RFMW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
17.1.51 CA-RIBCO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
17.1.52 CA-RICPT1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
17.1.53 CA-RICPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
17.1.54 CA-RIMO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
17.1.55 CA-RIMO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
17.1.56 CA-SENSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
17.1.57 CA-XBCBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
17.1.58 CA-XIOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
17.1.59 CA-XIOPC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
17.1.60 CIMA Busbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
17.1.61 CIMI Busbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
17.1.62 RXRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
17.1.63 TXRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
17.2 External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
17.2.1 CA01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
17.2.2 CA02 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

8 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Contents

17.2.3 CA03 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688

17.2.4 CA04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
17.2.5 CA-CBTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
17.2.6 CA-GC35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
17.2.7 CA-GND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
17.2.8 CA-PC2W16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
17.2.9 CA-PC35BK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
17.2.10 CA-PC35BL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
17.2.11 CA-PCEBM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
17.2.12 CA-PCEBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
17.2.13 CA-RIBEB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
17.2.14 CA-RIBEO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
17.2.15 OCC23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
17.2.16 OCC33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
17.2.17 SCG2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
17.2.18 SCG3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
17.2.19 SCM1/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
17.2.20 SCM2/3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
18 Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
18.1 Indoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
18.2 Outdoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
18.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
18.4 Acoustic Noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
18.5 Safety Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 9 / 708

Figures

Figures
Figure 1: Indoor MINI - 1x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Figure 2: Indoor MINI - 2x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Figure 3: Indoor MINI - 1x1...3 + 1x1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Figure 4: Indoor MINI - 3x1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Figure 5: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Figure 6: Indoor MEDI - 1x2...8 Configuration (GSM 1900; ANX version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Figure 7: Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Figure 8: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Figure 9: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Figure 10: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Figure 11: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration (GSM 1900; ANX version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Figure 12: Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Figure 13: Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Figure 14: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Figure 15: Indoor MEDI - 2x3...6 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Figure 16: Indoor MINI - 2x1 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Figure 17: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Figure 18: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Figure 19: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Figure 20: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Figure 21: Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Figure 22: Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Figure 23: Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Figure 24: Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Figure 25: Indoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Figure 26: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Figure 27: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Figure 28: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/1x1...8 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Figure 29: Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Figure 30: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Figure 31: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Figure 32: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Figure 33: Indoor MEDI - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Figure 34: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Figure 35: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Figure 36: Indoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Figure 37: Indoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Figure 38: Indoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Figure 39: Indoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

10 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 40: Indoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Figure 41: AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Figure 42: AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Figure 43: AC Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Figure 44: AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Figure 45: AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4 Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Figure 46: Interconnection between an AC Cabinet and a DC Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Figure 47: MBI3- 1x1...8 - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Figure 48: MBI3 - 1x1...4 - AC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Figure 49: MBI3 - 2x1...4 - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Figure 50: MBI3 - 2x1...2 - AC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Figure 51: MBI3 - 3x1...2 - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Figure 52: MBI3 - 3x1 - AC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Figure 53: MBI5 - 1x1...8 - AC or DC configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Figure 54: MBI5 - 1x9...12 (Low Loss) - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Figure 55: MBI5 - 2x1...4 - AC Configuration with BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 56: MBI5 - 2x1...6 - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Figure 57: MBI5 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Figure 58: MBI5 - 3x1...2 - AC Configuration with BU101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Figure 59: MBI5 - 3x1...4 - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Figure 60: MBi3 - 1x3...4 - Low Losses - AC od DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Figure 61: MBI5 - 1x3...8 - Low Losses - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Figure 62: MBI5 - 1x9...12 - Low Losses - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Figure 63: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Figure 64: MBI3 - 2x1 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 65: MBI5- 1x1...4 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Figure 66: MBI5 - 2x1...4 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Figure 67: MBI5 - 3x1...3 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Figure 68: Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Figure 69: Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Figure 70: MBI5 - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Figure 71: MBI5 - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Figure 72: MBI3 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Figure 73: MBI5 - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Figure 74: MBI5 - 1x1...8/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Figure 75: MBI5 - 1x1...4/1x1...8 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Figure 76: MBI5 - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Figure 77: MBI5 - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Figure 78: MBI5 - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Figure 79: MBI5 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 11 / 708

Figures

Figure 80: MBI5 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Figure 81: MBI5 - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Figure 82: MBI5 - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Figure 83: MBI3 - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Figure 84: MBI5 - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Figure 85: MBI5 - 1x(...8/...4) - Multiband Cells - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Figure 86: MBI5 - 1x(...4/...8) - Multiband Cells - AC or DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Figure 87: MBI5 - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Figure 88: MBI5 - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Figure 89: MBI5 - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Figure 90: Outdoor CBO - 1x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Figure 91: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Figure 92: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...8 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Figure 93: Outdoor CBO - 2x1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Figure 94: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Figure 95: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Figure 96: Outdoor MINI - 3x1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Figure 97: Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Figure 98: Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 - GSM 1900 Configuration (ANX version) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Figure 99: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...8 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Figure 100: Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Figure 101: Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Figure 102: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Figure 103: Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Figure 104: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Figure 105: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4 GSM 1900 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Figure 106: Outdoor MEDI - 1x3...8 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Figure 107: Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Figure 108: Outdoor MEDI - 2x3...6 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Figure 109: Outdoor MEDI - 3x3...4 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Figure 110: CBO - 1x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Figure 111: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Figure 112: Outdoor MINI - 2x1 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Figure 113: CBO - 2x1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Figure 114: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Figure 115: Outdoor MEDI- 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Figure 116: Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Figure 117: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Figure 118: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Figure 119: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166

12 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 120: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Figure 121: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Figure 122: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Figure 123: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Figure 124: Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...2/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Figure 125: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Figure 126: Outdoor MEDI - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Figure 127: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Figure 128: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Figure 129: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...3/2x1...3 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Figure 130: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2/3x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Figure 131: Outdoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Figure 132: Outdoor MINI - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Figure 133: Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Figure 134: Outdoor CPT2 - 2x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Figure 135: Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Figure 136: Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Figure 137: Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Figure 138: Outdoor MEDI - 3x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Figure 139: MBO1 - 1x1...8 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Figure 140: MBO1 - 2x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Figure 141: MBO1 - 3x1...2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Figure 142: MBO2 - 1x9...12 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Figure 143: MBO2 - 2x1...6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Figure 144: MBO2 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Figure 145: MBO2 - 3x1...4 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Figure 146: MBO1 - 1x5...8 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Figure 147: MBO2 - 2x3...6 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Figure 148: MBO2 - 3x3...4 - Low Losses Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Figure 149: MBO1 - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Figure 150: MBO1 - 2x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Figure 151: MBO1 - 3x2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Figure 152: MBO2- 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Figure 153: MBO2 - 3x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Figure 154: MBO1 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Figure 155: MBO2 - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Figure 156: MBO2 - 1x1...8/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Figure 157: MBO2 - 1x1...4/1x1...8 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Figure 158: MBO2 - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Figure 159: MBO2 - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 13 / 708

Figures

Figure 160: MBO2 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Figure 161: MBO2 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Figure 162: MBO2 - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Figure 163: MBO2 - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Figure 164: MBO2 - 2x1...3/2x1...3 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Figure 165: MBO2 - 3x1...2/3x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Figure 166: MBO1 - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Figure 167: MBO2 - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Figure 168: MBO2 - 1x(...8/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Figure 169: MBO2 - 1x(...4/...8) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Figure 170: MBO2 - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Figure 171: MBO2 - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Figure 172: MBO2 - 2x(...3/...3) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Figure 173: MBO2 - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Figure 174: MBO2 - 3x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Figure 175: MBO2 - 3x1/3x1...3 Multiband BTS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Figure 176: MBO2 - 3x(1/...3) Multiband Cells Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Figure 177: CIMI/CIDI Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Figure 178: CIMI/CIDI Equipped with Empty Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Figure 179: CIMI/CIDI Subracks Interconnection Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Figure 180: CIMI/CIDI Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Figure 181: CIMI/CIDI Interconnection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Figure 182: BTS A9100 Indoor XIO Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Figure 183: CIMI/CIDI DC Power Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Figure 184: CIMI/CIDI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Figure 185: CIMA/CIDE Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Figure 186: CIMA/CIDE Equipped with Empty Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Figure 187: CIMA/CIDE Subracks Interconnection Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Figure 188: CIMA Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Figure 189: CIDE Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Figure 190: CIMA/CIDE Interconnection Panel, DC and AC Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Figure 191: CIMA/CIDE DC Power Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Figure 192: CIMA AC Variant Power Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Figure 193: CIDE AC Variant Power Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Figure 194: CIMA/CIDE Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Figure 195: MBI3/MBI5 Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Figure 196: MBI3 Equipped with Empty Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Figure 197: MBI5 Equipped with Empty Subracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Figure 198: MBI3/MBI5 Subracks Interconnection Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Figure 199: MBI3/MBI5 Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272

14 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 200: MBI3 Interconnection Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273

Figure 201: MBI5 Interconnection Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Figure 202: MBI External Alarm Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Figure 203: MBI3 DC Power Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Figure 204: MBI5 DC Power Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Figure 205: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System w/o Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Figure 206: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System with internal Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Figure 207: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System with external Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Figure 208: MBI3 Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Figure 209: MBI5 Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Figure 210: COME/COMI/COEP Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Figure 211: CODE/CODI/COEP Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Figure 212: CPT2 Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Figure 213: MBO1 Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Figure 214: MBO2 Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 215: CBO Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 216: BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabinet Construction COME/COMI/CODI/CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Figure 217: BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabinet Construction CPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Figure 218: Multistandard BTS Outdoor Cabinet Construction MBO1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Figure 219: Multistandard BTS Outdoor Cabinet Construction MBO2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Figure 220: Compact BTS Outdoor Construction CBO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
Figure 221: BTS A9100 Outdoor, Interconnection Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Figure 222: COME/COMI COAR Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Figure 223: CODE/CODI COAR Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Figure 224: BTS A9100 Outdoor COAR Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Figure 225: OUTC, Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Figure 226: OUTC, Power Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Figure 227: Block Diagram of BTSRI Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Figure 228: Block Diagram of the XIOB part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Figure 229: RIBAT Block Digram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Figure 230: COME/COMI AC/DC Power Supply System with PM08s and BCU1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Figure 231: COME/COMI AC/DC Power Supply System with PM11s and BCU2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Figure 232: CODE/CODI/CPT2 AC/DC Power Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Figure 233: MBO1/MBO2 AC/DC Power Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Figure 234: CBO AC/DC Power Supply System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Figure 235: COME/COMI AXXX, DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Figure 236: COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI, DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Figure 237: CPT2 DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Figure 238: MBO1 DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Figure 239: MBO2 DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 15 / 708

Figures

Figure 240: CBO DC Power and Alarm Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Figure 241: COME/COMI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Figure 242: CODE/CODI Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Figure 243: CPT2 Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Figure 244: MBO1 Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Figure 245: MBO2 Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Figure 246: CBO Data and Control Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Figure 247: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 3x1 Battery Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Figure 248: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 1x2 + 1x1 Battery Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Figure 249: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 1x3 Battery Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Figure 250: External Indoor Battery Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Figure 251: External Indoor Battery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Figure 252: External Outdoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Figure 253: External Battery Cabinet Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Figure 254: AC Distribution Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Figure 255: External Outdoor Battery Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Figure 256: Airconditioner Unit, Air Paths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Figure 257: STASR Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Figure 258: STASR Backplane Connector Layout, Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Figure 259: SRACDC Subrack Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Figure 260: SRACDC Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Figure 261: SRACDC Backplane Connector Layout Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Figure 262: ACSR Subrack Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Figure 263: ACSR Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Figure 264: ACSR Backplane Connector Layout Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Figure 265: ASIB Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Figure 266: ASIB Module Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Figure 267: ASIB Backplane Connector Layout Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Figure 268: The SUMP/SUMA in its Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 269: SUMP/SUMA Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Figure 270: SUMP/SUMA Transmission & Clock Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Figure 271: SUMP/SUMA, O&M Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Figure 272: SUMP/SUMA Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Figure 273: TRE Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Figure 274: TRED Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Figure 275: TRED Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Figure 276: TRED, SCP Function Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Figure 277: TRED, Decoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Figure 278: TRED, Demodulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Figure 279: TRED, Multiplexer, Baseband, Encryption and Decryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427

16 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 280: TRED, ENCT Functional Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429

Figure 281: TRE Analog Part Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Figure 282: TRE Analog Part Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Figure 283: TRE Front Panel (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Figure 284: TRE Front Panel (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Figure 285: ANX Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Figure 286: ANX Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444
Figure 287: ANCON Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Figure 288: ANCON, BSII Frame Clock PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Figure 289: ANCON, CLKII Clock PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Figure 290: ANX Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Figure 291: ANY Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Figure 292: ANY Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Figure 293: ANY Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Figure 294: ANC Basic Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Figure 295: ANC Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Figure 296: ANC Front Panel Version 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Figure 297: ANC Front Panel Version 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Figure 298: ANC Front Panel Version 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Figure 299: GSM/UMTS Co-siting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Figure 300: GSM/UMTS Co-siting with Diplexers and Common Feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Figure 301: Diplexer, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Figure 302: Diplexer, Mechanical Design (Example) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Figure 303: Cooling System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Figure 304: Subrack Air Circulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Figure 305: FANU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Figure 306: FACB Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Figure 307: FACB Component Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Figure 308: TFBP Connector Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Figure 309: HEX2 Main Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Figure 310: HEX2 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Figure 311: HEX3/HEX4 Main Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486
Figure 312: HEX3/HEX4 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Figure 313: HEX5 Main Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Figure 314: HEX5 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Figure 315: HEAT2 Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
Figure 316: HEAT2 Variant AA Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
Figure 317: HEAT2 Variant CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Figure 318: HEAT3 Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Figure 319: HEAT3 Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 17 / 708

Figures

Figure 320: ACIB Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500

Figure 321: ACIB Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 322: LPFC Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Figure 323: LPFC Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Figure 324: LPFM Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Figure 325: LPFM Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Figure 326: LPFU Version AA, Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 327: LPFU Version AA, Top View (with Cover Removed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 328: ACMU Block Digram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Figure 329: ACMU Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Figure 330: CODI/CODE/CPT2, ASCU Block Digram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Figure 331: ACSU Front Panel CODI/CODE/CPT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Figure 332: ACUC Block Digram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Figure 333: ACUC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Figure 334: APOD Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Figure 335: APOD Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Figure 336: PM08 Load-Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Figure 337: PM08 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Figure 338: PM11 Load-Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Figure 339: PM11 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 340: PM12 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Figure 341: BCU1 Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Figure 342: BCU1 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Figure 343: BCU2 Interconnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
Figure 344: BCU2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Figure 345: BACO Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Figure 346: BACO Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Figure 347: BAC2 Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540
Figure 348: BAC2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
Figure 349: ABAC Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Figure 350: ABAC Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Figure 351: ADAM, Position in the STASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
Figure 352: ADAM Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Figure 353: ADAM Front Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Figure 354: ADAM2, Position in the STASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Figure 355: ADAM2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Figure 356: ADAM2 Front Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Figure 357: ADAM4 Position in the STASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Figure 358: ADAM4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Figure 359: ADAM4 Front Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551

18 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 360: BU41 Front and Top Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553

Figure 361: BU41 in MBO – Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Figure 362: BU100 Front and Top Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Figure 363: BU101 Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Figure 364: BATS Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Figure 365: BATS Front View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563
Figure 366: RIBAT Block Digram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Figure 367: RIBAT Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Figure 368: DCDP Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Figure 369: DCDP Front and Top View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Figure 370: DCUC Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Figure 371: DCUC Front and Side View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Figure 372: ACRI Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Figure 373: ACRI Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Figure 374: Lightning Strike Power Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Figure 375: Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors Equivalent Circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Figure 376: Lightning Protector Appearance with Shorting Stub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Figure 377: REK Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585
Figure 378: Cell with 1 TRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Figure 379: Cell with 2 TREs and RX Antenna Diversity Active . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Figure 380: 3x1 Configuration without RX Antenna Diversity – ANX Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Figure 381: 3x1 Configuration without RX Antenna Diversity – ANC Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Figure 382: 3x2 Configuration – ANX Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Figure 383: 3x2 Configuration – ANC Variant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Figure 384: Extended Cell Based on ANC (and SUMA) Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Figure 385: Extended Cell Based on ANX (and SUMA) Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Figure 386: Block Diagram of the Bi-directional Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Figure 387: RX and TX Attenuation Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Figure 388: Drawing of Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 597
Figure 389: Power Distribution Unit Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
Figure 390: Drawing of Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 391: Power Distribution Unit Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 392: Installation of Masthead Amplification Box on Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 393: Installation of Power Distribution Unit inside EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Outdoor or in 19” Rack for
Indoor Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Figure 394: Installation of Power Distribution Unit for Indoor Site on Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 395: EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Indoor Cabling Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Figure 396: EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabling Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Figure 397: Cabling of Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Figure 398: Cabling of Power Distribution Unit for Indoor EVOlLUM BTS A9100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Figure 399: Cabling of Power Distribution Unit for Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 with DC BUS Bar . . . . 612

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 19 / 708

Figures

Figure 400: Cabling of Power Distribution Unit for Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 without DC BUS Bar . 613
Figure 401: Ground Cable for Masthead Amplification Box and Indoor Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . 614
Figure 402: Ground Cable for Outdoor Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
Figure 403: Alarm Combining/Extension Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 615
Figure 404: DC Power Supply Cable for Indoor Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Figure 405: DC Power Supply Cable for Power Distribution Unit in Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 with power
supply bus bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Figure 406: DC Power Supply Cable for Power Distribution Unit in Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 without
power supply bus bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 616
Figure 407: Jumper Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
Figure 408: Principles of Tower-mounted Amplification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Figure 409: TMA Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
Figure 410: Tower-mounted Amplifier for GSM 900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
Figure 411: Tower-mounted Amplifier for GSM 1800/GSM 1900 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
Figure 412: Power Distribution Unit, Wall Version for BTS Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 627
Figure 413: Power Distribution Unit, 19” Version for BTS Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Figure 414: Bias T, Indoor Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630
Figure 415: Bias T, Outdoor Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Figure 416: Surge Arrestor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
Figure 417: Indoor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
Figure 418: Principle Outdoor Installation for G3 BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
Figure 419: Principle Outdoor Installation for G4 BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
Figure 420: Ground Cable for Tower-mounted Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Figure 421: Jumper Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Figure 422: Bias T Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Figure 423: DC Cable Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Figure 424: Ground Cable Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Figure 425: Alarm Cable Indoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Figure 426: ’Octopus’ Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Figure 427: DC Cable Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Figure 428: Ground Cable Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Figure 429: Alarm Cable Outdoor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637
Figure 430: ANCO Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Figure 431: ANIC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Figure 432: ANLC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Figure 433: ANOC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Figure 434: BOBU Variant AA Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Figure 435: BOBU Variant AA Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Figure 436: BOBU Variant CA Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
Figure 437: BOBU Variant CA Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Figure 438: BOMU Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647

20 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 439: BOMU Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648

Figure 440: BOSU Variant AA Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Figure 441: BOSU Variant AA Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
Figure 442: BOSU Variant CA Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Figure 443: BOSU Variant CA Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Figure 444: BTSRI3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Figure 445: BTSRI5 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Figure 446: BTSRIMA Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Figure 447: BTSRIMI Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Figure 448: BTSRIOUT Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Figure 449: BUMA Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Figure 450: BUMI Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
Figure 451: CA12 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
Figure 452: CA-2MMC2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
Figure 453: CA-ABIS Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Figure 454: CA-ACB2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 659
Figure 455: CA-ACSC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Figure 456: CA-ADABM, CA-ADABP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Figure 457: CA-ADACM, CA-ADACP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
Figure 458: CA-ADCO Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 661
Figure 459: CA-ALPC Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
Figure 460: CA-ALPC Circuit Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
Figure 461: CA-APC2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Figure 462: CA-ASMC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Figure 463: CA-BABRM, CA-BABRP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Figure 464: CA-BRCM, CA-BRCP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Figure 465: CA-BTSCA Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Figure 466: CA-CSTR Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Figure 467: CA-DFUX Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
Figure 468: CA-GCMW Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Figure 469: CA-Ground Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Figure 470: CA-Ground1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Figure 471: CA-Ground2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
Figure 472: CA-H2PC1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
Figure 473: CA-H2PC2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
Figure 474: CA-H2PC3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
Figure 475: CA-HOAP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
Figure 476: CA-MLBP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Figure 477: CA-MXBP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 671
Figure 478: CA-OHAC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 21 / 708

Figures

Figure 479: CA-ONCCx Type 1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673

Figure 480: CA-ONCCx Type 2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Figure 481: CA-ONCCx Type 3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
Figure 482: CA-OSCP1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Figure 483: CA-OSCP2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
Figure 484: CA-OSCP3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
Figure 485: CA-OSPC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Figure 486: CA-PCAN, CA-PCAP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Figure 487: CA-PCOS Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
Figure 488: CA-PDCM, CA-PDCP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Figure 489: CA-RFMW Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Figure 490: CA–RIBCO Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679
Figure 491: CA–RICPT1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Figure 492: CA–RICPT2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 680
Figure 493: CA–RIMO1 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Figure 494: CA–RIMO2 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
Figure 495: CA-SENSP Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Figure 496: CA-XBCBO Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Figure 497: CA-XIOC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Figure 498: CA-XIOPC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Figure 499: CIMA Bus Bar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
Figure 500: CIMI Bus Bar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Figure 501: RXRC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
Figure 502: TXRC Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
Figure 503: CA01 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
Figure 504: CA02 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Figure 505: CA03 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
Figure 506: CA04 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
Figure 507: CA-CBTE Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
Figure 508: CA-GC35 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
Figure 509: CA-GND Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
Figure 510: CA-PC2W16 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
Figure 511: CA-PC35BK Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Figure 512: CA-PC35BL Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Figure 513: CA-PCEBM Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
Figure 514: CA-PCEBP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Figure 515: CA-RIBEB Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Figure 516: CA-RIBEO Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Figure 517: OCC23 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 693
Figure 518: OCC33 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694

22 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Figures

Figure 519: SCG2/3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695

Figure 520: SCG3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 696
Figure 521: SCM1/3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Figure 522: SCM2/3 Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 23 / 708

Tables

Tables
Table 1: Cabinets, Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Table 2: Subracks, Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Table 3: Cabinet and Subrack Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Table 4: Equipment and Module Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Table 5: Cabinet Mounted Equipment, Dimensions and Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Table 6: Naming Conventions Used for the BTS Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Table 7: BTS A9100 Indoor XIO Interface Connectors (Functional Groups) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Table 8: BTS A9100 Indoor External Alarm Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Table 9: BTS A9100 External Clock Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Table 10: BTS A9100 Abis Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Table 11: CIMI/CIDI, DC Supplies Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Table 12: CIMI/CIDI Power Component Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Table 13: CIMI/CIDI Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Table 14: CIMI/CIDI Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Table 15: CIMI/CIDI External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Table 16: CIMA, DC Power Supply Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Table 17: CIMA, AC Power Supply Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Table 18: CIDE, DC and AC Power Supply Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Table 19: CIMA/CIDE Power Component Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Table 20: CIMA/CIDE Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Table 21: CIMA/CIDE Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Table 22: CIMA/CIDE External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Table 23: XIBM Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Table 24: MSCA External Clock Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Table 25: MSCA Abis Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Table 26: MBI, DC and AC Power Supply Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Table 27: MBI Power Component Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Table 28: MBI Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Table 29: MBI Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Table 30: MBI External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Table 31: BTS A9100 Outdoor, Interconnection Panel Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Table 32: BTS A9100 Outdoor Interface Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Table 33: BTS A9100 Outdoor Pre-wired Internal alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Table 34: BTS A9100 Outdoor Ext-Alarms Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Table 35: BTS A9100 Outdoor External Alarm Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Table 36: BTS A9100 Outdoor Miscellaneous Connections Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Table 37: Interconnection OUTC – SUMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Table 38: External Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Table 39: BTS A9100 Outdoor Lightning Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

24 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Tables

Table 40: COMI/COME/COEP Outdoor Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Table 41: CODI/CODE/COEP Outdoor Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Table 42: CPT2 Outdoor Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Table 43: MBO1/MBO2 Outdoor Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Table 44: CBO Outdoor Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Table 45: BTS A9100 Outdoor Cable Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Table 46: BTS A9100 Outdoor External Cables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Table 47: Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Table 48: Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Table 49: Overcurrent Protection AC Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Table 50: Overcurrent Protection DC Lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Table 51: STASR Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Table 52: STASR Module Connectors and Associated Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Table 53: SRACDC Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Table 54: ACSR Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Table 55: ASIB Connectors and Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Table 56: SUMP/SUMA Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Table 57: SUMP/SUMA, Abis Interface Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Table 58: SUMP/SUMA Input/Output Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Table 59: SUMP/SUMA LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Table 60: SUMP/SUMA Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Table 61: TRED Interface Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Table 62: TRE, MBED Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Table 63: TRE Analog Part Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Table 64: Output Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Table 65: Low Voltage Alarm Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Table 66: TRE LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Table 67: TRE Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Table 68: ANX/ANC, Downlink Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Table 69: ANX/ANC, Uplink Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Table 70: ANX/ANC, BCB Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Table 71: ANPS Input/Output Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Table 72: ANPS Alarm Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Table 73: ANX LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Table 74: ANX/ANC Alarm Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Table 75: ANX/ANC Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Table 76: ANX Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Table 77: ANY, Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Table 78: ANY Performance Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Table 79: ANY Transmitter Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 25 / 708

Tables

Table 80: ANY Receiver Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462

Table 81: ANC LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Table 82: ANC Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Table 83: ANC, Front Panel Connector Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Table 84: Diplexer Filters Out of Band Attenuations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Table 85: Fan Blower Unit Operating Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Table 86: FACB Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Table 87: Alarm Threshold Voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Table 88: TFBP Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Table 89: HEX2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Table 90: HEX3/HEX4 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Table 91: HEX3/HEX4 Mechanical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489
Table 92: HEX5 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Table 93: HEX5 Mechanical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Table 94: HEAT2 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Table 95: HEAT3 Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Table 96: ACIB Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Table 97: APOD Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Table 98: BCU1 Functions for PM08 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Table 99: PM08 Input Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Table 100: PM08 Output Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Table 101: PM08 Output Current Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Table 102: PM08 LED States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Table 103: BCU2 Functions for PM11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Table 104: PM11 Input Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Table 105: PM11 Output Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Table 106: PM11 Output Current Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Table 107: PM11 LED States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Table 108: OMU Functions for PM12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
Table 109: PM12 Input Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Table 110: PM12 Output Voltage Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
Table 111: PM12 Output Current Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Table 112: PM12 LED States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
Table 113: BCU1/BCU2 Battery Management Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
Table 114: BCU1/BCU2, LED Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Table 115: BCU1 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Table 116: BCU2, ACRI System Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
Table 117: BCU2 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Table 118: BCU2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Table 119: BACO Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539

26 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Tables

Table 120: BAC2 Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541

Table 121: ABAC Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Table 122: BU41 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Table 123: BU41 Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Table 124: BU100 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Table 125: BU100 Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
Table 126: BU101 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
Table 127: BU101 Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Table 128: BATS Battery Type and Charging Current Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Table 129: BATS Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Table 130: DCDP Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Table 131: DCDP Rear Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Table 132: DCDP Front Panel Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Table 133: ACRI Functional Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Table 134: Antenna Connector Lightning Protector Types and Variants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Table 135: Lightning Protector Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Table 136: BTS Configurations with REK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Table 137: RF Specifications of the Masthead Amplification Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Table 138: List of Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Table 139: LEDs of Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
Table 140: TMA Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
Table 141: Frequency Ranges of the Tower-mounted Amplifiers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
Table 142: Tower-mounted Amplifiers, Mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
Table 143: LEDs of Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 629
Table 144: BOBU Variant AA Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Table 145: Environmental Conditions for Indoor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Table 146: Environmental Conditions for Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Table 147: Environmental Conditions for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Table 148: Environmental Conditions for Outdoor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Table 149: Environmental Conditions for Transportation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Table 150: Environmental Conditions for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Table 151: EMC Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Table 152: Permitted Transient Bursts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Table 153: EMC Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 27 / 708

Tables

28 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 Preface

Preface
Purpose The EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Hardware Description describes the cabinets,
subracks, modules and cables of the EVOLIUM BTS A9100.
All equipment, features and functions described in this document may not be
available on your system.

Audience This manual is for:

Commissioning personnel

System support engineers

Training department (for reference use)

Any other personnel interested in the EVOLIUM BTS A9100 hardware.

Assumed Knowledge The reader must have a general knowledge of telecommunications systems,
terminology and BTS functions.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 29 / 708

Preface

30 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

1 Introduction

This chapter introduces the basic structure of the BTS A9100 hardware. It
describes:

Modularity
Cabinets

Subracks

Cabinet mounted equipment

Cables.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 31 / 708

1 Introduction

1.1 Modularity and Common Information

The BTS A9100’s modular design allows for omnidirectional, sectorized and
multiband configurations. Configurations are built from a small range of primary
components. This allows BTS installations to be tailored to suit different
situations and applications.
The basic building blocks of a BTS A9100 installation are:

Cabinets for indoor and outdoor installations.

Four types of subrack. SRACDC, ACSR, and ASIB house the AC/DC
power modules; STASR houses the telecommunications modules and
AC/DC power modules.

A number of telecommunicaitons modules

Power supply modules

Modules for temperature control.

Additional cabinet equipment is required, such as fans, power supplies, heat

exchangers, optional batteries and cables.
The arrangement of the subracks in the cabinets takes into account the
requirements for:
Thermal cooling, achieved with forced-air cooling

Minimization of floor space, achieved with back-to-back, back -to-wall or

side-to-side cabinet installations

Ease of access and maintenance, from the front of the cabinets

Future system expansion.

Configurations Based on those building blocks all possible BTS A9100 configurations are
assembled, see Configurations - Rack Layouts (Chapter 2).

Operating Temperatures All BTS A9100 equipment operates in a temperature controlled environment.
The internal temperature of enclosures is regulated with a combination
of heaters, heat exchangers and cooling fans, depending on the type of
installation required. Environmental conditions, such as the availability of an
indoor or outdoor site and climate, are taken into consideration when planning
an installation.

Grounding Grounding of BTS A9100 equipment installations is maintained throughout,

via a distributed earthing system which interconnects all metallic parts with
cabinet ground. A cabinet bus bar (or a cableform equivalent) is an important
part of this earthing system. The bus bar complies with European standard
EN60950 V2. Equipment cabinets must be connected to a suitable external
system ground at the installation site.

Units of Measurement Standard TEP units of measurement are used for BTS A9100 equipment.
Metric and imperial equivalents for the TEP units are as follows:

1 HU = 44.45 mm (1.75 inches)

1 WU = 5.08 mm (0.20 inches).

32 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

Standards All BTS A9100 equipment complies with the following ETSs:
ETS 300 342-2 EMC for European Digital Cellular Telecommunications
Systems

GSM Recommendation for Base Station Equipment 11.21, prETS300.

1.2 Cabinets
1.2.1 Overview on Cabinets
The type of cabinet used depends on a number of different items required for a
particular installation. Cabinet types and requirements are described below for:

Indoor cabinets

Outdoor cabinets

Configurations
Indoor power requirements

Outdoor power requirements

Cabling.

Indoor Cabinets The available indoor cabinets, and the number of subracks they can contain,
are:

CIMI - two STASRs

CIDI - two STASRs

CIMA - five STASRs, or three STASRs and one ASIB

CIDE - five STASRs, or four STASRs and a battery area for BU41s or
BU100s.

MBI3 - three STASRs, or two STASRs and a battery area for BU101s.

MBI5 - five STASRs, or four STASRs and a battery area for BU101s.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 33 / 708

1 Introduction

Outdoor Cabinets The available outdoor cabinets, and the number of subracks they can contain,
are:

COMI - two STASRs and one SRACDC or ACSR and a battery area for
BU41s or BU100s and MW area
COME - five STASRs and one SRACDC or ACSR and a battery area for
BU41s or BU100s and MW area

CODI - four STASRs and a battery area for BU41s or BU100s and MW
or transmission equipment area

CODE - seven STASRs and a battery area for BU41s or BU100s and
MV area
CPT2 - five STASRs and a battery area for BU41s or BU100s.

MBO1 - four STASRs, a battery area for BU41s or BU101s and a MW area

MBO2 - eight STASRs, a battery area for BU41s or BU101s and a MW area

CBO - two STASRs with optional BATS and a MW area.

An additional cabinet, COEP, is required when upgrading a COMI to the

functionality of a COME, or when upgrading a CODI to the functionality of
a CODE.

Indoor Power The CIMI/CIDI, CIMA/CIDE, and MBI3/MBI5 cabinets are designed to operate
Requirements from the following external supply voltages:

CIMI and CIMA Direct Current external supply variant:

0/-48 VDC
0/-60 VDC.

CIMA/CIDEand MBI3/MBI5 Alternating Current external supply variant,

230VAC 1 Ø
The AC input is converted to 0/-48 VDC nom. for use within the cabinets.
In the event of a mains failure, an optional battery backup unit BU41 or
BU100 can be used to provide the DC supply voltage.

For more information about the CIMI/CIDI and CIMA/CIDE, refer toCIMI/CIDI
(Section 3.1) and CIMA/CIDE (Section 3.2), respectively. For more information
about the BU41, BU100 and BATS, refer to BU41 (Section 12.20), BU100
(Section 12.21) and BATS (Section 12.23) respectively.

34 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

Outdoor Power The COMI/CODI, COME/CODE, CPT2, CBO and MBO1/MBO2 cabinets are
Requirements designed to operate from external AC mains supplies:

230 VAC 1 Ph
400 VAC 3 Ph (not applicable for CBO).

The AC input is converted to 0/-48 VDC nom. for use within the cabinets.
In the event of a mains failure, an optional battery backup unit BU41 or BU100
can be used to provide the DC supply voltage.
For more information about the COMI/CODI, COME/CODE, CPT2, and
MBO1/MBO2, refer to Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4). For more information
about the BU41, BU100, BU101and BATS, refer to BU41 (Section 12.20),
BU100 (Section 12.21), BU101 (Section 12.22) and BATS (Section 12.23)
respectively.

Cabling The cable sets supplied with the BTS A9100 fall into the following categories:
Power
Abis links
Internal interconnection.

1.2.2 Cabinet Dimensions and Weight

The following table shows the overall dimensions and the weight of all cabinets.

Height Width
Cabinet Overall/Usable Overall/Usable Depth Weight

CIMI/CIDI 920 mm/16 HU 600 mm/84 WU 450 mm 115 kg fully

equipped

CIMA/CIDE 1940 mm/38 HU 600 mm/84 WU 450 mm 270 kg fully

equipped (AC
and DC)

COMI/CODI 1500 mm/24 HU 1200 mm/2 x 84 WU 700 mm 200 kg empty

(except for
(side compartment) 24 HU = 17 HU for
HEX2 & HEAT2)
equipment + 7 HU for
battery

COME/CODE 1500 mm/24 HU 1800 mm/3 x 84 WU 700 mm 295 kg empty

(compartment 1&2) (except for
24 HU = 17 HU for
HEX2 & HEAT2)
(side compartment) equipment + 7 HU for
batteries

COEP 1500 mm/24 HU 600 mm/84 WU 700 mm 95 kg empty

(except for
HEX2 & HEAT2)

CPT2 1500 mm/24 HU 1200 mm/2 x 84 WU 700 mm 380 kg fully

equipped w/o
battery

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 35 / 708

1 Introduction

Height Width
Cabinet Overall/Usable Overall/Usable Depth Weight

MBI3 1300 mm/23 HU 600 mm/84 WU 450 mm 170 kg fully

equipped (AC
and DC)

MBI5 1940 mm/38 HU 600 mm/84 WU 450 mm 270 kg fully

equipped (AC
and DC)

MBO1 1500 mm/24 HU 825 mm/84 WU 750 mm 95 kg not

equipped w/o
battery

MBO2 1500 mm/24 HU 1500 mm/2 x 84 WU 750 mm 175 kg not

equipped w/o
battery

CBO 900 mm/18 HU 720 mm/84WU 700 mm 150kg fully

equipped

Table 1: Cabinets, Dimensions and Weight

36 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

1.3 Subracks
1.3.1 Overview on Subracks
The four types of subrack are:

STASR

SRACDC

ACSR
ASIB.

STASR The STASR is the basic subrack used for all indoor and outdoor applications.
It can contain, within itself, a mixture of the following telecommunications
and power supply plug-in modules:

Station unit modules

Transceiver equipment

Antenna network modules

Power supply modules.

When the subrack contains TREs, additional components are attached to the
subrack. These are:

FANU

FACB.

For more information about the STASR, refer to Standard Telecommunications

Subrack (Chapter 6).

SRACDC The SRACDC is an AC power supply subrack for BTS A9100 outdoor
configurations. It contains the following plug-in modules:

ACIB
ACRI

BACO

BCU1

PM08
FANU.

For more information about the SRACDC, refer to SRACDC (Section 7.1).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 37 / 708

1 Introduction

ACSR The ACSR is an AC power supply subrack used for BTS A9100 outdoor
configurations. It contains the following plug-in modules:

BAC2

BCU2

PM11
FANU.

For more information about the ACSR, refer to ACSR (Section 7.2).

ASIB The ASIB is only used for indoor applications. It contains the following plug-in
modules:
ABAC

ACRI

APOD

BCU1
PM08

FANU.

For more information about the ASIB, refer toASIB (Section 7.3).

Construction The subracks are constructed from two steel-chromate side plates and five
metal extrusions which form a frame box. Attached to the frame box are the
backplane module and FANU guide rails, and other components such as a
ground connector. The subrack is equipped with six integral lugs which enable
it to be fixed to the equipment rack with self-tapping screws.
The subracks conform to ETSI standard IEC297-3 for 19 inch
telecommunications equipment practice.
The subrack plug-in modules are electrically connected by inserting them into
the backplane connectors along plastic guide rails. The connectors have
guide-pins which ensure the module and subrack connectors mate together,
without risk of bending the connector pins.
The plug-in modules are secured in the subrack with Camloc quarter-turn
fasteners.

1.3.2 Subrack Dimensions

The following table shows the overall dimensions of all the subracks. They are
the same for STASR, SRACDC, ACSR and ASIB.

Height (TEP/mm) Width (TEP/mm) Depth (mm)

7 HU/311.5 84 WU/431.8 304.4

(= 6 HU for modules +
1 HU for fans)

Table 2: Subracks, Dimensions

38 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

1.4 Cabinet Mounted Equipment

1.4.1 Overview on Cabinet Mounted Equipment
The cabinet mounted equipment and modules available for BTS A9100 are
listed in the following tables. The tables also provide a reference to the
chapters that describe each item.
The cabinets and subracks available for BTS A9100 are listed in the following
table.

Mnemonic Description Part No. Chapter Ref.

ACSR AC Subrack for PM11 3BK 08712 ACSR (Section 7.2)

ASIB AC/DC Subrack Individual 3BK 08676 ASIB (Section 7.3)

Battery

CIDE Cabinet Indoor Medi 3BK 25098 CIMA/CIDE (Section 3.2)

CIDI Cabinet Indoor Mini 3BK 25099 CIMI/CIDI (Section 3.1)

CIMA Cabinet Indoor Medi 3BK 07181 CIMA/CIDE (Section 3.2)

CIMI Cabinet Indoor Mini 3BK 07605 CIMI/CIDI (Section 3.1)

CODE Cabinet Outdoor Medi 3BK 25100 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

CODI Cabinet Outdoor Mini 3BK 25101 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

COEP Cabinet Outdoor Expanding 3BK 07979 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

Part

COME Cabinet Outdoor Medi 3BK 07606 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

COMI Cabinet Outdoor Mini 3BK 07607 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

CPT2 Compact Outdoor, 2 Doors 3BK 25468 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

MBI3 Multistandard BTS Indoor 3BK 25964 Multistandard Base Station Indoor
(Section 3.3)

MBI5 Multistandard BTS Indoor 3BK 25965 Multistandard Base Station Indoor
(Section 3.3)

MBO1 Multistandard BTS Outdoor, 3BK 25673 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

1 Door

MBO2 Multistandard BTS Outdoor, 3BK 25675 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

2 Doors

MBOE Extension Outdoor Cabinet 3BK 25677 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

Multistandard

SRACDC AC/DC Subrack Outdoor 3BK 07987 SRACDC (Section 7.1)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 39 / 708

1 Introduction

Mnemonic Description Part No. Chapter Ref.

STASR Standard Communications 3BK 07193 Standard Telecommunications

Subrack Subrack (Chapter 6)

CBO Compact BTS Outdoor 3BK 26320 Outdoor Cabinets (Chapter 4)

Table 3: Cabinet and Subrack Part Numbers

The cabinet mounted equipment and modules available for BTS A9100 are
listed in the following table.

Mnemonic Description Part No. Chapter Ref.

ABAC AC Indoor Battery Control Unit 3BK 08673 ABAC (Section 12.16)

ACIB AC Interface Box 3BK 07989 ACIB (Section 12.1)

ACRI AC Remote Inventory 3BK 07941 ACRI (Chapter 13)

ACMU AC Switch Unit Multistandard 3BK 25785 ACMU (Section 12.5)

ACSU AC Switch Unit 3BK 25126 ACSU (Section 12.6)

ACUC AC Connection Unit Compact 3BK 26323 ACUC (Section 12.7)

ADAM Adapter Module 3BK 25025 ADAM (Section 12.17)

ADAM2 Adapter Module2 3BK 25475 ADAM2 (Section 12.18)

ADAM4 Adapter Module 4 3BK 25997 ADAM4 (Section 12.19)

AFIP AC Indoor Filter Panel 3BK 08674 CIMA/CIDE Power Supply and
Grounding (Section 3.2.5)

ANCD Antenna Network Combined GSM 3BK 08995 ANC (Section 10.3)
1800 Module

ANCG Antenna Network Combined GSM 3BK 08993 ANC (Section 10.3)
900 Module

ANCL Antenna Network Combined GSM 3BK 25900 ANC (Section 10.3)
850 Module

ANCP Antenna Network Combined GSM 3BK 25393 ANC (Section 10.3)
1900 Module

ANXD Antenna Network X GSM 1800 3BK 07241 ANX (Section 10.1)
Module

ANXG Antenna Network X GSM 900 3BK 07232 ANX (Section 10.1)
Module

ANXP Antenna Network GSM 1900 3BK 08459 ANX (Section 10.1)
Module

40 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

Mnemonic Description Part No. Chapter Ref.

ANYD Antenna Network Y GSM 1800 3BK 07245 ANY (Section 10.2)
Module

ANYG Antenna Network Y GSM 900 3BK 07237 ANY (Section 10.2)
Module

ANYL Antenna Network Y GSM 850 3BK 25903 ANY (Section 10.2)
Module

ANYP Antenna Network Y GSM 1900 3BK 08465 ANY (Section 10.2)
Module

APOD AC Indoor Power Distribution 3BK 08675 APOD (Section 12.8)

Panel

BACO Battery Connection Box 3BK 07988 AA BACO (Section 12.14)

BAC2 Battery Connection Box 3BK 07988 AB BAC2 (Section 12.15)

BATS Small Battery Unit 3BK 25848 BATS (Section 12.23)

BCU1 Battery Control Unit 1 3BK 06784 BCU1 (Section 12.12)

BCU2 Battery Control Unit 2 3BK 08714 BCU2 (Section 12.13)

BU41 Battery Unit 40Ah 3BK 08035 BU41 (Section 12.20)

BU100 Battery Unit 100Ah for use in 3BK 08932 BU100 (Section 12.21)
COME/CODE

BU101 Battery Unit 100Ah for using in 3BK 25854 BU101 (Section 12.22)
COME/CODE and MBO

DCDP DC Distribution Panel 3BK 07990 DCDP (Section 12.25)

DCUC DC Distribution Unit Compact 3BK 26324 DCUC (Section 12.26)

FACB Fan Control Board 3BK 07202 Cooling System (Section 11.1)

FANU Fan Unit 3BK 07205 Cooling System (Section 11.1)

HEAT2 Heating Unit 2 3BK 08075 HEAT2 (Section 11.5)

HEAT3 Heating Unit 3 3BK 26343 HEAT3 (Section 11.6)

HEX2 Heat Exchanger 2 3BK 07978 HEX2 (Section 11.2)

HEX3 Heat Exchanger 3 for using in 3BK 25659 HEX3/HEX4 (Section 11.3)
MBO

HEX4 Heat Exchanger 4 for using in 3BK 25660 HEX3/HEX4 (Section 11.3)
MBO

HEX5 Heat Exchanger 5 for using in CBO 3BK 26325 HEX 5 (Section 11.4)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 41 / 708

1 Introduction

Mnemonic Description Part No. Chapter Ref.

LPFC Lightning Protection and Filter Unit 3BK 26322 LPFC (Section 12.2)
Compact

LPFM Lightning Protection and Filter Unit 3BK 25786 LPFM (Section 12.3)
Multistandard

LPFU Lightning Protection and Filter Unit 3BK 25157 LPFU (Section 12.4)

PM08 Power Module 800 W 3BK 06783 PM08 (Section 12.9)

PM11 Power Module 1100 W 3BK 08713 PM11 (Section 12.10)

PM12 Power Module 1200 W 3BK 25024 PM12 (Section 12.11)

RIBATT Remote Inventory Battery 3BK 25134 RIBAT (Section 12.24)

SUMA Station Unit Module Advanced 3BK 08925 Station Unit Modules (Chapter
8)

SUMP Station Unit Module PCM 3BK 07224 Station Unit Modules (Chapter
8)

TADH Transceiver Module GSM 1800 3BK 25373 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
High Power 9)

TAGH Transceiver Module GSM 900 3BK 26154 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
High Power 9)

TRAD Transceiver Module GSM 1800 3BK 08980 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
Medium Power 9)

TRAG Transceiver Module GSM 900 3BK 08967 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
Medium Power 9)

TRAL Transceiver Module GSM 850 3BK 25894 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
Medium Power 9)

TRAP Transceiver Module GSM 1900 3BK 25825 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
Medium Power 9)

TRDH Transceiver Module GSM 1800 3BK 07723 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
High Power 9)

TRDM Transceiver Module GSM 1800 3BK 07372 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
Medium Power 9)

42 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

Mnemonic Description Part No. Chapter Ref.

TRGM Transceiver Module GSM 900 3BK 07206 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
Medium Power 9)

TRPM Transceiver Module GSM 1900 3BK 08556 Transceiver Equipment (Chapter
9)

Table 4: Equipment and Module Part Numbers

Module Replacement For module replacement see the EVOLIUM BTS A9100/A910 Corrective
Maintenance Handbook.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 43 / 708

1 Introduction

1.4.2 Dimensions and Weight of Cabinet Mounted Equipment

The following table shows the overall dimensions and weight of heavy cabinet
mounted equipment.

Height Width Depth

Module TEP/mm TEP/mm mm Weight

ABAC 3 HU/128 44 WU/223 285 -

ACIB 3 HU/128 28 WU/141.6 285 -

ACRI 3 HU/128 6 WU/30 285 -

ACUC -/135 -/150 146 -

ADAM -/39 42 WU/213 280 -

ADAM2 -/39 28 WU/142 280 -

ADAM4 -/39 56 WU/284 280 -

ANC 6 HU/265 28 WU/142 298 -

ANX 6 HU/265 31 WU/160 298 -

ANY 6 HU/265 10 WU/52 298 -

APOD 3 HU/128 34 WU/172 285 -

BACO 3 HU/128 50 WU/253 285 -

BAC2 6 HU/265 14 WU/71 285 -

BATS 6 HU/265 28 WU/142 280 15 kg

BCU1 3 HU/128 9 WU/45.7 280 -

BCU2 6 HU/265 10 WU/51 280 -

BU41 -/200 -/250 200 50 kg

BU100 -/234 -/250 400 120 kg

BU101 -/234 -/250 400 120 kg

DCDP 2 HU/89 19 WU/482.6 152.5 -

DCUC -/135 -/150 146 -

FACB -/95 -/55 - -

FANU 1 HU/44 26 WU/133 298 -

HEAT -/80 -/234.5 140 -

HEAT3 1 HU/44 19 WU/482 350 -

44 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 1 Introduction

Height Width Depth

Module TEP/mm TEP/mm mm Weight

HEX2 -/1045 -/440 152 24 kg

HEX3 -/1150 -/450 150 24 kg

HEX4 -/1150 -/600 150 28 kg

HEX5 -/770 -/450 130 16 kg

LPQD n/a n/a n/a -

LPQG n/a n/a n/a -

LPQM n/a n/a n/a -

LPQP n/a n/a n/a -

PM08 3 HU/128 15 WU/76 280 -

PM11 6 HU/265 15 WU/76 280 -

PM12 -/240 14 WU/71 280 -

SUMP 6 HU/265 10 WU/52 298 -

SUMA 6 HU/265 10 WU/52 298 -

TRE 6 HU/265 21 WU/106 298 -

6 HU/265 28 WU/142 298 -

Table 5: Cabinet Mounted Equipment, Dimensions and Weight

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 45 / 708

1 Introduction

1.5 Cables
Most BTS A9100 cables are common to both the mini and medi cabinets.
The number of standard RF cables that are used varies according to the
configuration.
The cabling consists of both:

Discrete cables, which have the designation CA

Cable sets, which have the designation CS.

The grouping of certain cables into cable sets can provide advantages in terms
of ease of installation or manufacturing.

Cable Categories The BTS A9100 cables categorized in internal and external cables.

Internal These are the cables and cable sets that are internal to the BTS. They
interconnect the various modules and are necessary for all configurations.

External These are the cables that connect the BTS A9100 to:

The customer’s 2 Mbit/s PCM distribution board

The customer’s 0/-48 V DC power source and ground point (indoor BTS
A9100s)

The BTS Terminal

Another BTS for clock synchronization.

46 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

This chapter shows all possible configurations of the rack layouts for the
following BTS types:
BTS A9100 indoor

Multistandard Base Station Indoor

BTS A9100 outdoor

Multistandard Base Station Outdoor.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 47 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.1 Naming Conventions for the BTS Configurations

In the following sections all possible configurations are listed in figures, sorted
by the different types of BTSs.
The naming conventions used for the BTS configurations are listed in the
following table.

1x1...4 means 1 sector with up to 4 TREs

3x1...2 means 3 sectors with up to 2 TRXs per sector

1x1...2/1x1...2 means Multiband configuration, with 1 sector and

up to 2 TREs in Band 1, and 1 sector and up to
2 TREs in Band 2

1x(...2/...2) means Multiband configuration, with 1 sector and

up to 2 TREs in each band

Table 6: Naming Conventions Used for the BTS Configurations

48 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2 Indoor Configurations

2.2.1 Indoor Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 900/1800/1900
The following configurations are valid for GSM 900/1800/1900 if no other
information.

2.2.1.1 Indoor MINI - 1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MINI - 1x1...4
configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANY ANX − The BTS has n TREs

− If no ANY (2 TREs max.):
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected
to ANX

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs
S
U IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 1
M ( Sector 1 ) a b
A ANC 1

TRE 1 2 3 4

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 1: Indoor MINI - 1x1...4 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 49 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.2 Indoor MINI - 2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MINI - 2x1...2
configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX ANX − Sector 1 has n TREs

( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 ) − Sector 2 has p TREs

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs
ANC 2 S ANC 1
IDU 1 U
( Sector 2 ) M ( Sector 1 )
A a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site)

Figure 2: Indoor MINI - 2x1...2 Configuration

50 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.3 Indoor MINI - 1x1...3 + 1x1

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MINI - 1x1...3 + 1x1
configuration.
Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs (p=1)

ANC 2 S ANC 1
IDU 1 U a b a b
( Sector 2 ) M ( Sector 1 )
A ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 3 TRE 1

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
Empty space

TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 On each ANC:

The two bridges will be removed
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU at installation time (On site)

Figure 3: Indoor MINI - 1x1...3 + 1x1 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 51 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.4 Indoor MINI - 3x1

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MINI - 3x1
configuration.
FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX TRE TRE

( Sector 2 )

FANU FANU FANU

The BTS has 3 TREs,

ANX ANX TRE one per sector
( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 1 )

AIR

Connection Area The BTS has 3 sectors with

1 TRE each

ANC 3 ANC 2 ANC 1

a b a b a b
( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

TRE 1 TRE 1 TRE 1

S
U Empty space
M
A
On each ANC:
TRE1 TRE1 TRE1 The two bridges will be removed
FANU FANU FANU at installation time (On site)

Figure 4: Indoor MINI - 3x1 Configuration

52 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.5 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8
configuration. (The ANX version is only valid for GSM 900/1800.)
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU

− The BTS has n TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

− If no ANY (2 TREs max.),
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX

− If ANY2 only :
ANY2 is connected to ANX

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 − ANY filling order :

(TRE6) (TRE5) ANY2
then ANY1
then ANY3

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU − If the BTS has 6 TREs max.,

the numbering scheme is
a little bit different for :
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX
3 1 2 TRE5 and TRE6.

Dummy Panels
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area

The BTS has n TREs

Stage 3 a b
ANC
IDU 1 IDU 2
ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE6 TRE5 TRE8 TRE7

TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

If no ANY (4 TREs maximum),
S TRE1 to TRE4 are connected to ANC
U ANY ANY ANC
M 2 1
A

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 5: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 53 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.6 Indoor MEDI - 1x2...8 (GSM 1900; ANX version)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 1x2...8
configuration (GSM 1900; ANX version).

Connection Area

The BTS has n TRE

a b
ANX

Stage 3
ANY 1

ANY 2 ANY 3
IDU 1 IDU2
TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

TRE6 TRE5 TRE8 TRE7

− If no ANY (2 TREs max.):
TRE1 and 2 connected to ANX

− If ANY2 only:
ANY2 connected to ANX

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU − ANY filling order :

ANY2
then ANY1
S then ANY3
U ANY ANY ANY ANX
M 3 1 2
A

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 6: Indoor MEDI - 1x2...8 Configuration (GSM 1900; ANX version)

54 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.7 Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12

This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x2...8 configuration with a
minimum of nine TREs. The following figure shows the rack layouts of the
Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 configuration.
Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 1x10 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9

− The BTS has n TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU − Both ANXs are set to the

same sector number

ANY ANY ANX

4 5 2

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

(TRE6) (TRE5)

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX

3 1 2 1

Dummy Panels

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9
The BTS has n TREs

a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1

IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
S
U ANY ANY ANC 1
M 2 1 TRE 9 10 11 12
A

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 7: Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 55 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.8 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6
configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
Sector 2 has p TREs

ANY ANY ANY ANX

3 1 2 (Sector 2)
For each sector :
TRE6 TRE5 TRE2 TRE1
If no ANY (2 TREs max.):
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX

ANY filling order :

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU ANY2
then ANY1
then ANY3
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX
3 1 2 (Sector 1)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU a b

ANC 1
IDU 1 ANY ANY ANC 2
4 3 ( Sector 2 ) ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE6 TRE5 TRE 1 2 3 4 56

a b
TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU ANC 2

S ANC 1 ANY 3 ANY 4

U ANY ANY
M 2 1 ( Sector 1 )
A
TRE 1 2 3 4 56

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 8: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 Configuration

56 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.9 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 (GSM 900/1800)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 +
1x1...4 configuration.
Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
respectively n and p TREs

a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1

IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 ANY 1 ANY 2

(Sector 2)

TRE 1 2 3 4 5678
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
S
U ANY ANY ANC 1
M 2 1 (Sector 1)
TRE 1 2 3 4
A

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 9: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 57 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.10 Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4. (The
ANX version is only valid for GSM 900/1800.)

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
Sector 2 has p TREs
Sector 3 has q TREs
ANY ANX ANY ANX
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

For each sector :

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU TRE1 and TRE2 are connected
to ANX if 2 TREs only (no ANY)
SUM ANY ANX
(Sector 1)

Dummy Panels
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors with
respectively n, p and q TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2

( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 ) TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4

a b
ANC 3
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 3 4

S ANC 1
U ( Sector 1 )
M
A
Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 10: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration

58 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.1.11 Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 (GSM 1900; ANX version)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4
configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.

Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors with
respectively n, p and q TREs

a b a b
ANX 1 ANX 2
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANY 2 ANY 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2
3 (Sector 3) 2 (Sector 2)
a b
ANX 3

ANY 3

TRE 1 2 3 4

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

For each sector:
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU TRE1 and 2 connected to ANX
if 2 TREs only (no ANY)

S
U ANY ANX 1
M IDU 1 IDU2
1 (Sector 1)
A
Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 11: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration (GSM 1900; ANX version)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 59 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.2 Indoor Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900

2.2.2.1 Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8 - Low Losses
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8 -
Low Losses configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE6 TRE5

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU − The BTS has n TREs

and one sector
ANY ANX 2
2
− ANX1 and ANX2 are set to
the same sector number

− ANY1 only present if n>6

or if ANY Pre−equipment
TRE4 TRE3
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANY ANX 1

1

Extension from
1x6 to 1x8

TRE8 TRE7 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

TRE 1 2 7 8 TRE 3 4 5 6
IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 Both ANC s are set to the
same sector number

In case of 1x3...4
On each ANC:
The bridges will be removed
TRE4 TRE3 at installation time (on site),
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
if no more than 2 TREs are
onnected to them
S
U ANC 1
M Extension from
A
1x6 to 1x8

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space
TRE8 TRE7 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 12: Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8 - Low Losses Configuration

60 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.2.2 Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 - Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 -
Low Losses configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
Connection Area
TRE12 TRE11 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 7 8 TRE 3 4 5 6
ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2

a b
ANC 3

TRE10 TRE9 TRE4 TRE3 TRE 9 10

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU 11 12

S The 3 ANCs are set to the

U ANC 1 same sector number
M
A
Extension from
1x8 to 1x12
Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE8 TRE7 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 13: Indoor MEDI - 1x9...12 - Low Losses Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 61 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.2.3 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 - Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 -
Low Losses configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU Sector 1 has n TREs

Sector 2 has p TREs
ANX ANX
ANY 3 ANY 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
In each sector :
Both ANXs are set to
the same sector number.

When no ANY, TREs 3 and 4

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 are directly connected to ANX
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

ANX ANX
SUM 4 1
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)

Extension from
2x4 to 2x6
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 14: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 - Low Losses Configuration

62 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.2.4 Indoor MEDI - 2x3...6 - Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 2x3...6 -
Low Losses configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 2x3...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 respectively n and p TREs

Sector 1 :

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) TRE 1 2 3 456

Sector 2 :

a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
TRE 1 2 3 456

ANC 4 S ANC 1 In each sector :

U
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1) Both ANCs are set to the
A
same sector number
Extension from
2x4 to 2x6
Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

In case of 2x3...4:
On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site),
if no more than 2 TREs are
connected to them

Figure 15: Indoor MEDI - 2x3...6 - Low Losses Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 63 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.3 Indoor Configurations - High Power GSM 1800

2.2.3.1 Indoor MINI - 2x1
The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MINI- 2x1- High Power
GSM 1800 configuration.
Rack Layout with classical HP TREs:

Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors

with 1 TRE each

ANC 2 S ANC 1
IDU 1 U a b a b
( Sector 2 ) M ( Sector 1 )
A ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 TRE 1

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
Empty space

TRE1 TRE1 On each ANC:

The two bridges will be removed
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU at installation time (On site)

Rack Layout with EDGE HP TREs:

Connection Area

ANC 2 S ANC 1
IDU 1 U
( Sector 2 ) M ( Sector 1 )
A

TRE1 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 16: Indoor MINI - 2x1 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

64 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.3.2 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI- 1x1...4 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.
The BTS has 1 sector with
Connection Area
n TREs
a b
ANC1

TRE 1 2 3 4

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU On site, on the ANC:

Bridges can be removed if only
2 TREs connected to the ANC

IDU 1 IDU 2
With classical HP TRE:

Connection Area

TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU IDU 1 IDU 2

S
TRE4
U ANC 1
M (Sector 1)
A
FANU FANU FANU

S
U ANC 1
M (Sector 1)
A
TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Microwave IDU
(Optional) TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
Empty space

Figure 17: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

2.2.3.3 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...2

This configuration must be considered as a sub-equipment of the 3x1...2 -
High Power configuration.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 65 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.3.4 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MED I- 2x1...4 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with

respectively n and p TREs
TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4

On site, on each ANC:

ANC 2 The two bridges can be removed
IDU 1 IDU 2 (Sector 2) if only 2 TREs connected

With classical HP TRE:

TRE4
Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3

TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 2)
S
U ANC 1
M (Sector 1) TRE4
A TRDH

TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU

S
U ANC 1
M (Sector 1)
A
TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Microwave IDU
(Optional) TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU

Empty space

Figure 18: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

66 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.3.5 Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
The BTS has 3 sectors with
TRE2
respectively n, p and q TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU a b a b

ANX 2
ANC 1 ANC 2
ANX 3 ( Sector 2 )
( Sector 3 )
TRE 1 2 12

a b
TRE1
ANC 3
TRE2 TRE1

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

TRE 1 2
ANX 1
SUM
( Sector 1 )

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space
TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area On each ANC:

The two bridges will be
TRE2
removed at installation time
(on site)

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

ANC 3 ANC 2
( Sector 3 ) IDU 1 IDU 2 ( Sector 2 )
With classical HP TREs:
Connection Area

TRE2

TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 FANU FANU FANU

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU ANC 3

IDU 1 IDU 2
ANC 2
( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

S ANC 1
U
M ( Sector 1 )
TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
A
FANU FANU FANU

S ANC 1
U
M ( Sector 1 )
A

TRE2 TRE1
TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 19: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 67 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.3.6 Indoor MEDI - 3x1...3

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 3x1...3 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.
Connection Area The BTS has 3 sectors with
TRE3 TRE2 TRE3 respectively n, p and q TREs
(MP) (HP) (MP)
a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU nc nc nc

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
HP MP HP MP HP MP
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2) Case of 3x1...2:

On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time. (On site)
One HP TRE transmitting per antenna
(HP) (HP) (HP)
TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Case of 3x3:

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

On each ANC:
The bridge where the MP TRE
S is connected is removed on site
U ANC 1
M (Sector 1)
A
With classical HP TRE:
Connection Area
TRE3 TRE2 TRE3
TRDM TRDH TRDM

(MP) (HP) (HP)

FANU FANU FANU
TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

Microwave IDU
Empty space
(Optional)

TRDH TRDH TRDH

TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU

S
U ANC 1
M (Sector 1)
A

TRDM TRDH TRDM

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 20: Indoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

68 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.4 Indoor Configurations - Extended Cell GSM 900

Extended cell configurations are based either on REK or on RX TMA use
as shown in the following figures.
INNER CELL OUTER CELL

MAB MAB MAB MAB

A B PDU 1 PDU 2
ANC
Sector 1
A B A B
TRE 2 TRE 4 ANC ANC
TRE 1 TRE 3 Sector 2 Sector 2

nc nc nc nc
TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 3 TRE 4

In the Outer Cell, the br idges are removed on each ANC

Figure 21: Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use

INNER CELL OUTER CELL

TMA TMA

A B PDU 1
ANC
Sector 2
A B
TRE 2 TRE 4 ANC
TRE 1 TRE 3 Sector 1

TRE 2 TRE 4
TRE 1 TRE 3

Figure 22: Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 69 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.4.1 Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell
Configuration Based on REK Use.
Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs:
− n TREs in the OUTER cell
− p TREs in the INNER cell

The configuration is based on

1x4 Lo w Loss configuration,
Stage 3 extended with a 1x4 sector

INNER cell:
ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU2 INNER CELL
a b
(Sector 2)
ANC 2

TRE 1 2 3 4

OUTER cell:

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 3
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 TRE 3 4
nc nc nc nc
ANC 3 S ANC 1
− ANC1 and ANC3 are set to
OUTER CELL U OUTER CELL the same sector number
M
(Sector 1) A (Sector 1) − The bridges are removed
on ANC1 and ANC3

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 23: Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use

70 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.4.2 Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell
Configuration Based on RX TMA Use.

Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs:
− n TREs in the OUTER cell
− p TREs in the INNER cell

Stage 3

INNER cell:
ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU2 INNER CELL
a b
(Sector 2)
ANC 2

TRE 1 2 3 4

OUTER cell:

a b
ANC 1
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 3 4

S ANC 1
U OUTER CELL
M
A (Sector 1)
Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 24: Indoor MEDI - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 71 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5 Indoor Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800

2.2.5.1 Indoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX ANX

( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 ) − Sector 1 has n TREs
− Sector 2 has p TREs

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with

respectively n and p TREs

ANC 2 S ANC 1 a b a b
IDU 1 U ANC 1 ANC 2
( Sector 2 ) M ( Sector 1 )
A
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
Empty space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU GSM 1800

On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site)

Figure 25: Indoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

72 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.2 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6
- Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 − Sector 1 has n TREs
− Sector 2 has p TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

ANY ANY ANY ANX

3 1 2 (Sector 2)
For each sector :
TRE6 TRE5 TRE2 TRE1 If no ANY (2 TREs max.):
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected
to ANX
ANY filling order :
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU ANY2
then ANY1
then ANY3
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX
3 1 2 (Sector 1)

GSM 1800

Dummy Panels
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 respectively n and p TREs

a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU ANC 1

IDU 1 ANY ANY ANC 2 ANY 1 ANY 2

4 3 ( Sector 2 )

TRE 1 2 3 4 56
TRE6 TRE5

a b
ANC 2
TRE6 TRE5
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANY 3 ANY 4
S ANC 1
U ANY ANY
2 1 ( Sector 1 )
M
A
TRE 1 2 5 6 34

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
GSM 1800
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU Empty space

Figure 26: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 73 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.3 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4
- Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

The BTS has 2 sectors:
One with n TREs in GSM 900
One with p TREs in GSM 1800
ANX 2
ANY
4 (Sector 2)
The configur ation is based on
1x8 configur ation, and
extended with a 1x4 sector
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU GSM 1800

Dumm y panels
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX 1
3 1 2
(Sector 1)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs

The configur ation is based on

1x8 configur ation, and
extended with a 1x4 sector

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b

IDU 1 IDU2 ANC 2 ANC 1

(Sector 2)
ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE6 TRE5 TRE8 TRE7 TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

If no ANY (4 TREs maxim um),

TRE1 to 4 are connected to ANC

a b
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2

S TRE 1 2 3 4
U ANY ANY ANC 1
M 2 1 (Sector 1)
A
Microwave IDU
(Optional)

GSM 1800

Empty space
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 27: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

74 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.4 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/1x1...8

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/1x1...8 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 respectively n and p TREs

The configurationos based

on 1x8 configuration, and
extended with an 1x4 sector

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b
IDU 1 IDU2 ANC 2 ANC 1
(Sector 2)
ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TRE6 TRE5 TRE8 TRE7
If no ANY (4 TREs maximum),
TRE1 to 4 are connected to ANC

a b
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2

S TRE 1 2 3 4
U ANY ANY ANC 1
M 2 1 (Sector 1)
A

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

GSM 1800

Empty space
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 28: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/1x1...8 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 75 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.5 Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI -
1x3...8LL/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU The BTS has 2 sectors:

One with n TREs in GSM 900
One with p TREs in GSM 1800
ANX 3 ANX 2 Minim um of TREs in sector 1
ANY ANY
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) is 5

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 The configuration is based on

1x8 low loss configuration,
extended with a 1x4 sector

ANX1 and ANX2 are set

to the same sector number
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANY ANX 1

(Sector 1)

GSM 1800

Dumm y panels

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3 TRE6 TRE5 In case of 1x3...4LL/1x1...4
On ANC1 and ANC2:
The bridges will be removed
at installation time (on site),
if no more than 2 TREs are
connected to them

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU The BTS has 2 sectors with

respectively n and p TREs

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 The configuration is based on

(Sector 2) (Sector 1) 1x8 Low Loss configuration,
extended with a 1x4 sector

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 7 8 TRE 3 4 5 6
TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3
ANC1 and ANC2 are set to
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
the same sector number

S
U ANC 1 a b
M (Sector 1)
A ANC 3

TRE 1 2
3 4

GSM 1800

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE8 TRE7 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU Empty space

Figure 29: Indoor MEDI - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

76 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.6 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4
- Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Sector 2 has p TREs
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
Sector 3 has q TREs

ANY ANX ANY ANX

(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 For each sector :

TRE1 and TRE2 are connected
to ANX if 2 TREs max. in
the sector
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANY ANX

(Sector 1)
GSM 1800

Dummy Panels

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
The BTS has 3 sectors with
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
respectively n, p and q TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4

( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

a b
ANC 3

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2 3 4

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

S ANC 1
U ( Sector 1 )
M
A
GSM 1800

Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 30: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 77 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.7 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4
- Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

Sector 1 has n TREs
Sector 2 has p TREs
ANY ANX ANY ANX
(Sector 3) (Sector 2) Sector 3 has q TREs

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

For each sector:

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
if 2 TREs max. in the sector
SUM ANY ANX
(Sector 1)

GSM 1800

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors with
respectively n, p and q TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2

( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4

a b
ANC 3

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 3 4

S ANC 1
U ( Sector 1 )
M
A
GSM 1800
Microwave IDU
(Optional)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 31: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

78 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.8 Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI -
1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU Sector 2 has p TREs
Sector 3 has q TREs
ANY ANX ANY ANX Sector 4 has r TREs
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

In sectors 2 and 3:
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
if 2 TREs max. in the sector
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX ANX

(Sector 4) (Sector 1)

GSM 1800

Dummy Panels
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
The BTS has 4 sectors with
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
respectively n, p, q and r TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 3 4

( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

ANC 4 S ANC 1
( Sector 4 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M
A
GSM 1800

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 32: Indoor MEDI - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 79 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.9 Indoor MEDI - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI -
...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU Sector 2 has p TREs
Sector 3 has q TREs
ANY ANX ANY ANX
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)
Sector 4 has r TREs

In sectors 2 and 3 :

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU if 2 TREs max. in the sector

SUM ANX ANX

(Sector 4) (Sector 1)

GSM 1800

Dummy Panels
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 4 sectors with
respectively n, p, q and r TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 3 4

( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

ANC 4 S ANC 1
( Sector 4 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M
A
GSM 1800

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 33: Indoor MEDI - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

80 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.10 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2
- Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Sector 2 has p TREs
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
Sector 3 has q TREs

ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2

Sector 4 has r TREs
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

In sectors 2 and 3 :
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 if 2 TREs max. in the sector.
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX 4 ANX 1

(Sector 4) (Sector 1)

GSM 1800

Dummy Panels
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area The BTS has 4 sectors with :

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 n+r TREs in GSM 900
p+q TREs in GSM 1800

Sectors GSM 900:

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 4
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
Sectors GSM 1800:
STASR 3
a b a b
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2 ANC 3
Stage 2

ANC 4 S ANC 1
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
U
(Sector 4) M (Sector 1)
A

GSM 1800
Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 34: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 81 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.5.11 Indoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4
- Multiband BTS configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

Sector 1 has n TREs

Sector 2 has p TREs
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
Sector 3 has q TREs
Sector 4 has r TREs
ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

In sectors 2 and 3 :
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
if 2 TREs max. in the sector
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX 4 ANX 1

(Sector 4) (Sector 1)

GSM 1800

Dummy Panels
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area The BTS has 4 sectors with :

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 n+r TREs in GSM 900
p+q TREs in GSM 1800

Sectors GSM 900 :

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 4
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

Sectors GSM 1800 :

STASR 3
a b a b
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
ANC 2 ANC 3
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

ANC 4 S ANC 1
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
U
(Sector 4) M (Sector 1)
A

GSM 1800
Microwave IDU
(Optional)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 35: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

82 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.6 Indoor Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800

2.2.6.1 Indoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2)
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU

The single sector has :

SUM ANX ANX n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
2 1
ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to
the same sector number

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Dummy Panels
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area

a b a b
ANC 2 S ANC 1 ANC 1 ANC 2
IDU 1 U
M
A TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

ANC 1 and ANC 2 are set

to the same sector number

Microwave IDU
(Optional)

Empty space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU GSM 1800

On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site)

Figure 36: Indoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 83 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.6.2 Indoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3

The single sector has :

n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to

ANY ANY ANY ANX the same sector number
3 1 2
2

For each frequency band :

TRE6 TRE5 TRE2 TRE1
If no ANY (2 TREs max.):
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected
to ANX
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU ANY filling order :
ANY2
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX then ANY1
3 1 2
1 then ANY3

GSM 1800

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Dummy Panels
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area
The BTS has one sector with :
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
− p TREs in GSM 900
− n TREs in GSM 1800

a b
ANC 1
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

ANY 1 ANY 2
ANY ANY ANC 2
IDU 1
4 3
TRE 1 2 3 4 56
TRE6 TRE5
a b
ANC 2

TRE6 TRE5
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANY 3 ANY 4

S ANC 1 TRE 1 2 5 6 34
U ANY ANY
M 2 1 Both ANCs are set to the same
A
sector number
Microwave IDU
(Optional)
GSM 1800
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU
Empty space

Figure 37: Indoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells Configuration

84 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.6.3 Indoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
Sector 1 has :
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
p TREs in the GSM 900 band
n TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Sector 2 has :
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU q TREs in the GSM 900 band
r TREs in the GSM 1800 band

ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2

(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to
the same sector number (1)

ANX 3 and ANX 4 are set to

the same sector number (2)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

In the upper part of the BTS :

SUM ANX 4 ANX 1 TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) if 2 TREs max. in the sector

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU Dummy Panels

Connection Area
Sector 1 has :
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Sector 2 has :
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU r TREs in the GSM 900 band
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2
STASR 3
ANC 1 and ANC 2 are set to
the same sector number (1)
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
ANC 4 S ANC 1
U ANC 3 ANC 4
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC 3 and ANC 4 are set to
the same sector number (2)
GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU Microwave IDU
(Optional)
Empty space

Figure 38: Indoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 85 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.6.4 Indoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
Sector 1 has :
n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band

FANU FANU FANU

Sector 2 has :
Stage 3
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
r TREs in the GSM 900 band
ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to
the same sector number (1)

ANX 3 and ANX 4 are set to

the same sector number (2)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
In the upper part of the BTS:
SUM ANX 4 ANX 1
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) if 2 TREs max. in the sector

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU Dummy Panels

Connection Area Sector 1 has :

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Sector 2 has :
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU r TREs in the GSM 900 band

a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC 1 and ANC 2 are set to
STASR 3 the same sector number (1)

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 a b a b

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ANC 3 ANC 4
ANC 4 S ANC 1
U
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1) TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2
A
ANC 3 and ANC 4 are set to
the same sector number (2)
GSM 1800
Microwave IDU
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
(Optional)
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU Empty space

Figure 39: Indoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

86 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.6.5 Indoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Indoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2),
1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells configuration.
Top Stage FANU FANU FANU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 Sector 1 has :
n TREs in the GSM 900 band
r TREs in the GSM 1800 band

Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU Sector 2 has :

p TREs in the GSM 900 band
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 2)
ANX 1 and ANX 4 are set to
the same sector number (1)

ANX 2 and ANX 3 are set to

the same sector number (2)
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
In the upper part of the BTS :
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
SUM ANX 4 ANX 1 if 2 TREs max. in the sector
(Sector 1) (Sector 1)

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy Panels

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Connection Area Sector 1 has :

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 n TREs in the GSM 900 band
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Sector 2 has :
r TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2
(Sector 1) (Sector 2) ANC 1 ANC 3

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
TRE4 TRE3

STASR 3
ANC 1 and ANC 3 are set to
the same sector number (1)
TRE4 TRE3
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU a b a b
ANC 2 ANC 4
ANC 4 S ANC 1
U
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC 2 and ANC 4 are set to
the same sector number (2)

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Microwave IDU
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU (Optional)
Empty space

Figure 40: Indoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 87 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.7 AC Indoor Configurations GSM 900/1800

2.2.7.1 AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8
configuration.

BTS−CA AFIP
A
a b
ABAC APOD C ANX
R
I

PMO8 PMO8 PMO8 PMO8 PMO8 BCU1 ANY1

5 4 3 2 1
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
(*)
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 ANY2 ANY3

TRE 1 2 3 4 5678

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

− If no ANY (2 TREs max.)
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX
3 1 2 − If ANY2 only :
ANY2 is connected to ANX
− ANY filling order :
ANY2
then ANY1 + ANY3
(*) Fan stage always present
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU
(*) Dummy Panels
Options depending
BBU of the configuration
Options if GSM 1800

Connection Area
The BTS has n TREs
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
ANC
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
ANY 1 ANY 2
ANY ANY ANC
2 1
TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

If no ANY (4 TREs maximum),

TRE1 to TRE4 are connected to ANC
Pre−equipment of ANY possible
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ADAM
BATS
P P P S or
M M M U
M 2 x IDU
1 1 1 A
2 2 2

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

BATS or Microwave IDU

(Optional)
BBU (Option)
Empty space

Figure 41: AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8 Configuration

88 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.7.2 AC Indoor MEDI - 2x1...2

This configuration must be considered as a sub-equipment of the 3x1...2
configuration (sector 3 is not equipped).

2.2.7.3 AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2
configuration.

BTS−CA AFIP
A
ABAC APOD C a b a b a b
R
I ANX ANX ANX
PMO8 PMO8 PMO8 PMO8 PMO8 BCU1
5 4 3 2 1
TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
Sector 1 2 3
TRE2 TRE1
ANX
( Sector 3 )

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU

SUM ANX ANX Dummy Panels

( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
Options depending
of the configuration
Options if GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

BBU

Connection Area
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
The BTS has 3 sectors with
respectively n, p and q TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 3 IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

a b
TRE2 TRE1
ANC 3
BATS

TRE 1 2
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ADAM

P P P S
U ANC 1
M M M M
1 1 1 A ( Sector 1 )
2 2 2

Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

BATS or Microwave IDU

(Optional)
BBU
Empty space

Figure 42: AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...2 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 89 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.7.4 AC Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layout of the AC Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6
configuration.
Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors with
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 respectively n and p TREs

a b
ANC 1
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU

S BATS
ANY 1
U or ANY ANC 2
M
A 2 x IDU 2 ( Sector 2 )
TRE 1 2 34 5 6

TRE2 TRE1
a b
ANC 2
TRE6 TRE5
Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU ANY 2
ADAM

P P P TRE 1 2 34 5 6
M M M ANY ANC 1
1 1 1 1 ( Sector 1 )
2 2 2

BATS or Microwave
IDU (optional)
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3 Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 43: AC Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 Configuration

90 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.7.5 AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4
configuration.
Connection Area
The BTS has 3 sectors with
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 respectively n, p and q TREs

a b a b
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2

BATS
ANC 3 or ANC 2 TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
( Sector 3 ) 2 x IDU ( Sector 2 )

a b
ANC 3

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2 3 4

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ADAM

S ANC 1
P P P U
M M M M ( Sector 1 )
1 1 1 A
2 2 2

BATS or Microwave IDU

(Optional)

Empty space
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 44: AC Indoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 91 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.7.6 AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the AC Indoor MEDI -
1x1...8/1x1...4 Multiband BTS configuration.
Connection Area
The BTS has 2 sectors with
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 respectively n and p TREs

a b
ANC 1
Stage 3 FANU FANU FANU
TRE 1 2 3 4

IDU ANY 1 ANC 2

ANY 2
( Sector 2 ) a b
ANC 2

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2 3 4 5678

Stage 2 FANU FANU FANU
ADAM If no ANY (4 TREs maximum),
ANC 1
TRE1 to TRE4 are connected
P P P S
U to ANC
M M M M ( Sector 1 )
1 1 1 A
2 2 2
Microwave IDU
(Optional)
GSM 1800

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

Empty space
Stage 1 FANU FANU FANU

Figure 45: AC Indoor MEDI - 1x1...8/1x1...4 Multiband BTS Configuration

92 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.2.7.7 DC Power Distribution from an AC Indoor Cabinet

To extend on site the capacities in terms of TREs per sector, the coupling of a
DC Indoor cabinet to an AC Indoor cabinet can be envisaged.
A typical case is a 3x6 sectored site with following hardware: 1x6 AC Indoor
MEDI + 2x6 DC Indoor MEDI.
This configuration needs the following actions:

Add of additional AC/DC converters in the AC Indoor cabinet, (3 x AC/DC

converters in the case of a stand alone AC Indoor cabinet)

Use of a DC power cable between the 2 cabinets.

AFIP DC BTS−CA
Power Cable
Subrack AC/DC ASIB

BU41

AC Cabinet DC Cabinet

Figure 46: Interconnection between an AC Cabinet and a DC Cabinet

Maximum number of TREs depending on DC Consumption:

GSM 900 : 3 x PM08 up to 8 TREs, 5 x PM08 if more than 8 TREs;

Maximum TREs : 18 (a 3x6 site configuration is possible)

GSM 1800 : 3 x PM08 up to 6 TREs, 4 x PM08 up to 8 TREs, 5 x PM08

if more than 8 TREs; Maximum TREs : 12 (a 3x6 site configuration is
not possible).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 93 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3 Multistandard Base Station Indoor Configurations

2.3.1 MBI Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 850/900/1800/1900
The following configurations are valid for GSM 850/900/1800/1900 if no other
information.

2.3.1.1 MBI3 - 1x1...8 - DC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x7...8 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 1x6 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 1x1...8 - DC
configuration.

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

Connection Area
a b
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 ANC1

ANY1 ANY2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet

If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANYs are

S ANY ANY required. Pre−equipment possible
U ANC1
2 1
M Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY pre−equipped
A the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected
to the ANC
Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 47: MBI3- 1x1...8 - DC Configuration

94 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.2 MBI3 - 1x1...4 - AC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 1x1...4 - AC
configuration.

1234567
Connection Area

ADAM
1234567 The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

P
M
P
M
1234567
1234567
BATS

1234567
(Option) a b
1 1 ANC1
2

FANU
2

FANU
1234567
1234567
FANU TRE 1 3 2 4
Air Inlet

Empty space
S
U ANC1
M
A

Dummy Panel

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 48: MBI3 - 1x1...4 - AC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 95 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.3 MBI3 - 2x1...4 - DC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x4 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 2x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 2x1...4 - DC
configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area − Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

Sector 1 Sector 2
S
ANC2 U ANC1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 49: MBI3 - 2x1...4 - DC Configuration

96 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.4 MBI3 - 2x1...2 - AC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 2x1...2 - AC
configuration.

1234567
Connection Area

ADAM
1234567
1234567
The BTS has 2 sectors:

1234567
P P BATS − Sector 1 with n TREs,
M M − Sector 2 with p TREs

1234567
(Option)
1 1
2

FANU
2

FANU
1234567
1234567FANU
a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
Air Inlet

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
ANC2 S ANC1
U Sector 1 Sector 2
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 50: MBI3 - 2x1...2 - AC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 97 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.5 MBI3 - 3x1...2 - DC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 3x1...2 - DC
configuration.

The BTS has 3 sectors:

Connection Area − Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs,
− Sector 3 with q TREs
TRE2 TRE1 ANC3
(Sector 3)

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2

FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

Air Inlet Sector 1 Sector 2

S a b
ANC2 U ANC1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1) ANC3
A
TRE 1 2
Dummy Panel Sector 3

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 51: MBI3 - 3x1...2 - DC Configuration

98 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.6 MBI3 - 3x1 - AC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 3x1 - AC configuration.

Connection Area

ADAM 1234567
1234567
1234567
The BTS has 3 sectors,

1234567
P P BATS one TRE per sector
M M

1234567
(Option)
1 1
2

FANU
2

FANU
1234567
1234567FANU
a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
Air Inlet

TRE 1 TRE 1
ANC3 ANC2 ANC1 Sector 1 Sector 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2) (Sector 1)
a b
ANC3
Dummy Panel
TRE 1
Sector 3
S
U
M
A
TRE1 TRE1 TRE1 Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 52: MBI3 - 3x1 - AC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 99 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.7 MBI5 - 1x1...8 - AC or DC

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...8 - AC or DC
configuration.

Connection Area
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5
a b
ANC1

ANY1 ANY2

FANU FANU FANU

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
Air Inlet

ANY ANY
2 1 ANC1 If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANYs are
required. Pre−equipment possible

Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY pre−equipped

Dummy Panel the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected
to the ANC

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

12345678 123456
FANU FANU FANU

12345678 123456
Air Inlet

12345678 123456 123

ADAM

12345678
P P
123456P
123 S Modules present only

12345678 123456
M M M U BATS
M (Option) in AC configuration

12345678 123456
1 1 1
A
2 2 2

12345678
123456 123456
1234567
123456
Empty space

123456 123456
FANU
1234567 FANU FANU

1234567890123456
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
BBU or STASR
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
(Option)

1234567890123456 STAND

Figure 53: MBI5 - 1x1...8 - AC or DC configuration

100 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.8 MBI5 - 1x9...12 (Low Loss) - AC or DC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 1x10 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
This configuration is the logical extension of the 1x1...8 configuration with a
minimum of nine TREs. The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 -
1x9...12 (Low Loss) - AC or DC configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
ANC1

ANY1 ANY2

123456
FANU FANU FANU
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

123456
Air Inlet

123456
ANY
123456 BATS ANY a b

123456
2 (Option) 1 ANC1
ANC2

123456 9 12

123456 Dummy Panel

TRE 11 10

Both ANCs are set to the same sector

number
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678 123
ADAM

12345678
P

12345678
M
P
M
P
M
S
U
M
ANC2 123 Modules present only
in AC configuration

12345678
1 1 1
2 2 2 A

12345678
Empty space

Dummy Panel

TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 54: MBI5 - 1x9...12 (Low Loss) - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 101 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.9 MBI5 - 2x1...4 - AC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x1...4 - AC
configuration with BU101.

Connection Area

TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors:

TRE4 TRE3
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

Sector 1 Sector 2
ANC2 ANC1
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)

Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
ADAM

P P P S
M M M U
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A
Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet

BBU
(BU101)

STAND

Figure 55: MBI5 - 2x1...4 - AC Configuration with BU101

102 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.10 MBI5 - 2x1...6 - AC od DC

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x1...6 - AC or DC
configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3

a b
ANC1
Sector 1
ANY1

123456
FANU FANU FANU

123456
Air Inlet
TRE 1 3 2 456

S
U
123456
123456
123456
BATS ANY ANC2
M a b
(Option) 2 (Sector 2)

123456
A ANC2

123456
Sector 2
Dummy Panel ANY2

TRE6 TRE5 TRE 1 3 2 456

In each sector:
TRE1 If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
TRE2
required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled
on ANC.

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P
123
12345678 123
M M M ANY ANC1
1 (Sector 1) Modules present only

12345678
1 1 1
2 2 2 in AC configuration

12345678 Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 56: MBI5 - 2x1...6 - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 103 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.11 MBI5 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 - AC or DC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850 and GSM 1900.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4
- AC or DC configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
Sector 1 ANC1

123456
FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 324

123456
Air Inlet

ANY
123456
123456 BATS ANY ANC2
a b

123456
2 (Option) 1 (Sector 2) Sector 2 ANC2

123456
123456
ANY1 ANY2
Dummy Panel
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P

12345678
P P S
123
123
M M M U ANC1
(Sector 1) Modules present only

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A in AC configuration

12345678 Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 57: MBI5 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4 - AC or DC Configuration

104 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.12 MBI5 - 3x1...2 - AC

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 3x1...2 - AC
configuration with BU101.

The BTS has 3 sectors:

Connection Area
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs,
TRE2 TRE1 − Sector 3 with q TREs
ANC3
(Sector 3)

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

Sector 1 Sector 2
ANC2 ANC1
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
a b
ANC3

TRE 1 2

Sector 3

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
ADAM

P P P S
M M M U
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A
Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet

BBU
(BU101)

STAND

Figure 58: MBI5 - 3x1...2 - AC Configuration with BU101

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 105 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.1.13 MBI5 - 3x1...4 - AC or DC

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 3x1...4 - AC or DC
configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs,
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 − Sector 3 with q TREs

a b a b a b

1234567
FANU FANU FANU
ANC1 ANC2 ANC3

1234567
Air Inlet

ANC3
1234567
1234567 BATS ANC2
TRE 1 324 1 324 1 324

(Sector 3)
1234567 (Option) (Sector 2)

1234567
1234567 Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S
123
12345678 123
M M M U ANC1
(Sector 1) Modules present only

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A in AC configuration

12345678 Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 59: MBI5 - 3x1...4 - AC or DC Configuration

106 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.2 MBI Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900

2.3.2.1 MBI3 - 1x3...4 - Low Losses - AC or DC
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 1x3...4 - Low Losses
- Ac or DC configuration.

12345678 1234567
Connection Area

12345678
ADAM

12345678 1234567
1234567
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

12345678 1234567
P P P BATS
M M M

12345678 1234567
(Option)
1 1 1 a b a b

12345678
2

12345678
FANU
2 2

FANU
1234567
1234567
FANU
ANC1 ANC2

TRE 1 2 3 4
Air Inlet

S Both ANCs are set to the same

ANC2 ANC1
U sector number
M
A

On each ANC:
Dummy Panel
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (on site)

12
12
Modules present only
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 in AC configuration
FANU FANU FANU Empty space
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 60: MBi3 - 1x3...4 - Low Losses - AC od DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 107 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.2.2 MBI5 - 1x3...8 - Low Losses - AC or DC

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x3...8 - Low Losses
- AC or DC configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2

TRE 1 5 2 6 TRE 3 7 4 8
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
Both ANCs are set to the same
sector number

ANC2 ANC1

In case of 1x3...4

Dummy Panel On each ANC:

The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (on site),
if no more than 2 TREs are
connected to them.

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

12345678 123456
FANU FANU FANU

12345678 123456
Air Inlet

12345678 123456 123

ADAM

12345678
P
123456
P
123
P S Modules present only

12345678 123456
M M M U BATS
in AC configuration
1 1 1 M (Option)

12345678
2
123456
2 2 A

12345678
123456123456
1234567
123456
Empty space

123456123456
FANU
1234567 FANU FANU

1234567890123456
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
BBU or STASR
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
(Option)

1234567890123456 STAND

Figure 61: MBI5 - 1x3...8 - Low Losses - AC or DC Configuration

108 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.2.3 MBI5 - 1x9...12 - Low Losses - AC or DC

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x11...12 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x9...12 - Low Losses
- AC or DC configuration.

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

Connection Area

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b a b

1234567
FANU FANU FANU
ANC1 ANC2

1234567
Air Inlet

1234567
1234567 BATS
TRE 15 26 374 8

1234567
ANC2 ANC1
(Option)

1234567
a b

1234567
ANC3
Dummy Panel
TRE 9 11
10 12

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 The 3 ANCs are set to the

same sector number

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S
123
12345678 123
M M M U ANC3
Modules present only

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A in AC configuration

12345678 Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 62: MBI5 - 1x9...12 - Low Losses - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 109 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.2.4 MBI5 - 2x3...6 - Low Losses - DC

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 45 W at +40 C or with 28 W at +45 C.
Configurations up to 2x3...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x3...6 - Low Losses
- DC configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors with

Connection Area
respectively n and p TREs
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
Sector 1:

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet TRE 1 2 3 5 46

Sector 2:
ANC3 ANC2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
a b a b
ANC3 ANC4

Dummy Panel
TRE 1 2 3 5 46

In each sector:
Both ANCs are set to the same
sector number
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
FANU FANU FANU
In case of 2x3...4
Air Inlet
On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
ANC4 S ANC1 at installation time (on site),
U if no more than 2 TREs are
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A connected to them.

Dummy Panel

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 63: Indoor MEDI - 2x1...6 - Low Losses Configuration

110 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.3 MBI Configurations - High Power GSM 1800

2.3.3.1 MBI3 - 2x1 - High Power - AC or DC
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 2x1- High Power
- AC or DC configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors

12345678 123456
Connection Area with 1 TRE each

12345678
12345678
ADAM
123456
123456
12345678 123456
P P
M M BATS

12345678
1

12345678
2
1
2 123456
(Option)

123456
a b
ANC1
a b
ANC2

12345678
FANU FANU
Air Inlet
123456
FANU
TRE 1 TRE 1

S
ANC2 U ANC1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A
On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (on site)
Dummy Panel

TRE1 Empty space

TRE1

123
123
FANU FANU FANU Modules present only
Air Inlet in AC configuration
STAND

Figure 64: MBI3 - 2x1 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 111 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.3.2 MBI5 - 1x1...4 - High Power - AC or DC

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...4 - High Power
- AC or DC configuration.

Connection Area

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

123456
FANU FANU FANU a b

123456
Air Inlet ANC1

123456 TRE 1 32 4

123456 BATS

123456
123456
(Option)

123456
Dummy Panel
On site, on the ANC:
The two bridges can be removed
if only 2 TREs are connected
TRE4

Empty space

12
12345678 12
FANU FANU FANU Modules present only
in AC configuration

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S

12345678
M M M U ANC1

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A

12345678 Dummy Panel

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 65: MBI5- 1x1...4 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration

112 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.3.3 MBI5 - 2x1...4 - High Power - AC or DC

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x1...4 - High Power
- AC or DC configuration.

Connection Area

TRE4 TRE3

The BTS has 2 sectors with

respectively n and p TREs

123456
FANU FANU FANU
a b a b

123456
Air Inlet
ANC1 ANC2

123456
123456 BATS ANC2 TRE 1 32 4 1 32 4

123456
(Option) (Sector 2)

123456
123456 On site, on each ANC:
Dummy Panel The two bridges can be removed
if only 2 TREs are connected
TRE4

Empty space
TRE2 TRE1
12
12 Modules present only

12345678
FANU FANU FANU in AC configuration

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S

12345678
M M M U ANC1

12345678
1 1 1 M (Sector 1)
A

12345678
2 2 2

Dummy Panel

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 66: MBI5 - 2x1...4 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 113 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.3.4 MBI5 - 3x1...3 - High Power - AC or DC

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 3x1...3 - High Power
- AC or DC configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 3 sectors with

respectively n, p and q TREs
TRE3 TRE2 TRE3

a b a b a b
ANC1 ANC2 ANC3

123456
FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2

123456
Air Inlet

123456
ANC3
123456 BATS ANC2 In case of 3x1...2:
(Sector 3)
123456
123456
(Option) (Sector 2)
On each ANC:

123456 Dummy Panel

The two bridges can be removed
if only 2 TREs are connected
(on site).
One HP TRE transmitting per
antenna.

TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

123
12345678 123
FANU FANU FANU
Modules present only

12345678
Air Inlet in AC configuration

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S

12345678
M M M U ANC1
M

12345678
1 1 1 (Sector 1)
A
2 2 2

12345678 Dummy Panel

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 67: MBI5 - 3x1...3 - High Power - AC or DC Configuration

114 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.3.5 MBI5 - 3x4 - High Power - DC

The MBI5 - 3x4 - High Power - DC configuration is an extension of the 3x2
configuration described above. The extension is realized by adding a second
BTS cabinet with the following TRE split:
Cabinet 1: 2x4 TREs HP (the MBI5 3x1...2 is reconfigured in MBI5 2x1...4)

Cabinet 2: 1x4 TREs HP buildt on an MBI5 cabinet basis.

2.3.3.6 MBI5 - 3x6 - High Power - DC

The MBI5 - 3x6 - High Power - DC configuration is based on two cabinets
with the following TRE split:

Cabinet 1: 1x6 TREs + 1x3 TREs

Cabinet 2: 1x6 TREs + 1x3 TREs

These configurations use a mixture of high power and medium power TREs.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 115 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.4 MBI Configurations - Extended Cell GSM 900

Extended cell configurations are based either on REK or on RX TMA use
as shown in the following figures.
INNER CELL OUTER CELL

MAB MAB MAB MAB

A B PDU 1 PDU 2
ANC
Sector 1
A B A B
TRE 2 TRE 4 ANC ANC
TRE 1 TRE 3 Sector 2 Sector 2

nc nc nc nc
TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 3 TRE 4

In the Outer Cell, the br idges are removed on each ANC

Figure 68: Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use

INNER CELL OUTER CELL

TMA TMA

DC
Bias T
A B
PDU 1

DC
ANC Bias T
Sector 2
A B
TRE 2 TRE 4 ANC
TRE 1 TRE 3 Sector 1

TRE 2 TRE 4
TRE 1 TRE 3

Figure 69: Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use

116 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.4.1 MBI5 - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - Extended Cell
Configuration Based on REK Use.

The BTS has 2 sectors with

Connection Area
respectively n and p TREs:
− n TREs in the Inner cell,
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 − p TREs in the Outer cell

Inner Cell:

a b

123456
FANU FANU FANU ANC1

123456
Air Inlet

123456
TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC3
123456
BATS ANC2

123456
Outer Cell:
Outer Cell (Option) Outer Cell

123456
(Sector 2) (Sector 2)

123456
Dummy Panel
a b
ANC2
a b
ANC3

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

ANC2 and ANC3 are set to the

same sector number

12345678
FANU FANU FANU The bridges are removed on

12345678
Air Inlet ANC2 and ANC3 at installation time
(on site)

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S ANC1

12345678 12
M M M U
1 1 1 M Inner Cell

12345678
2 2
122 A (Sector 1) Modules present only

12345678
123456123456
1234567
in AC configuration

123456123456
FANU
1234567 FANU FANU Empty space

1234567890123456
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
BBU or STASR
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
(Option)

1234567890123456 STAND

Figure 70: MBI5 - Extended Cell Configuration Based on REK Use

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 117 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.4.2 MBI5 - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - Extended Cell
Configuration Based on RX TMA Use.

The BTS has 2 sectors with

Connection Area respectively n and p TREs:
− n TREs in the Inner cell,
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 − p TREs in the Outer cell

Inner Cell:

a b

123456
FANU FANU FANU ANC1

123456
Air Inlet

123456
TRE 1 3 2 4

123456
BATS ANC2

123456
Outer Cell:
(Option) Outer Cell

123456
(Sector 2)

123456
Dummy Panel
a b
ANC2

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 3 2 4

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S ANC1

12345678 12
M M M U
Inner Cell

12345678 12
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A (Sector 1) Modules present only

12345678
123456123456
1234567
in AC configuration

123456123456
FANU
1234567 FANU FANU Empty space

1234567890123456
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
BBU or STASR
1234567890123456
1234567890123456
(Option)

1234567890123456 STAND

Figure 71: MBI5 - Extended Cell Configuration Based on RX TMA Use

118 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5 MBI Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800

2.3.5.1 MBI3 - 1x1...4/1x1...4
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area − Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2

FANU FANU FANU

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4
Air Inlet
Sector 1 Sector 2
S
ANC2 U ANC1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel
GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 72: MBI3 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 119 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.2 MBI5 - 1x1...6/1x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...6/1x1...6 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3

a b
ANC1
Sector 1
ANY1

1234567
FANU FANU FANU

1234567
Air Inlet
TRE 1 3 2 456

1234567
1234567
S
U

1234567
BATS ANY ANC2
M a b
(Option) 2 (Sector 2)

1234567
A ANC2

1234567
Sector 2
Dummy Panel ANY2

TRE6 TRE5 TRE 1 3 2 456

In each sector:
TRE1 If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
TRE2
required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled
on ANC.

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P

12345678
M M M ANY ANC1
1 (Sector 1)

12345678
1 1 1
2 2 2

12345678 Dummy Panel

GSM 1800

Empty space

123
123 Modules present only
in AC configuration

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 73: MBI5 - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration

120 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.3 MBI5 - 1x1...8/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...8/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area − Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
Sector 1 ANC1

TRE 1 3 2 4

123456
FANU FANU FANU

123456
Air Inlet

123456
a b
ANC2

123456
Sector 2
ANY ANC2

123456
ANY BATS
2 (Option) 1 (Sector 2) ANY1 ANY2

123456
123456 TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
Dummy Panel

In sector 2:
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
cabled on ANC.
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet GSM 1800
ADAM

12345678
12345678 123 Empty space

123
ANC1
P P P S Modules present only

12345678
(Sector 1)
M M M U in AC configuration
M

12345678
1 1 1
2 2 2 A

12345678 Dummy Panel

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 74: MBI5 - 1x1...8/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 121 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.4 MBI5 - 1x1...4/1x1...8

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...4/1x1...8 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors:

Connection Area − Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
Sector 1 ANC1

TRE 1 3 2 4

123456
FANU FANU FANU

123456
Air Inlet

123456
a b
ANC2

123456
Sector 2
ANY BATS ANY ANC2
2
123456
123456
(Option) 1 (Sector 2) ANY1 ANY2

123456 Dummy Panel

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

In sector 2:
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 cabled on ANC.

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet
ADAM

12345678
12345678
P P P S
ANC1
GSM 1800

12345678 123
(Sector 1) Empty space
M M M U

12345678 123
1 1 1 M Modules present only
2 2 2 A

12345678
in AC configuration

Dummy Panel

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 75: MBI5 - 1x1...4/1x1...8 - Multiband BTS Configuration

122 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.5 MBI5 - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 2 sectors with

Connection Area
respectively n and p TREs
TRE4 TRE3 TRE6 TRE5
The configuration is based on
1x3...8 Low Loss configuration
extended with a 1x4 sector.

1234567
FANU FANU FANU
a b a b

1234567
Air Inlet
Sector 1 ANC1 ANC2

1234567
1234567 BATS
TRE 12 78 345 6

1234567
ANC3 ANC2
(Option)
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)

1234567
1234567 Sector 2
a b
ANC3
Dummy Panel

TRE 1 3 2 4

TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 In case of 1x3...4 LL/1x1...4

12345678
FANU FANU FANU On ANC1 and ANC2:
The two bridges will be removed

12345678
Air Inlet
at installation time (on site), if no

12345678
ADAM more than 2 TREs are connected

12345678
to them.
P P P S ANC1

12345678
M M M U (Sector 1)

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A

12345678 Dummy Panel

GSM 1800

123
123 Modules present only
in AC configuration

TRE8 TRE7 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 76: MBI5 - 1x3...8LL/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 123 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.6 MBI5 - 1x1...4/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Indoor MBI5 - 1x1...4/2x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

Connection Area

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

The BTS has 3 sectors:
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs,
− Sector 3 with q TREs

1234567
FANU FANU FANU
a b a b a b

1234567
Air Inlet
ANC1 ANC2 ANC3

1234567
1234567 BATS
TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4

1234567
ANC3 ANC2
(Option) Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

1234567
1234567 Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S ANC1

12345678
M M M U (Sector 1)

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A

12345678 Dummy Panel

GSM 1800

123
123 Modules present only
in AC configuration

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 77: MBI5 - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

124 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.7 MBI5 - 2x1...4/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x1...4/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

Connection Area

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

The BTS has 3 sectors:
− Sector 1 with n TREs,
− Sector 2 with p TREs,
− Sector 3 with q TREs

1234567
FANU FANU FANU
a b a b a b

1234567
Air Inlet
ANC1 ANC2 ANC3

1234567
1234567 BATS
TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4

1234567
ANC3 ANC2
(Option) Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)

1234567
1234567 Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet

12345678
ADAM

12345678
P P P S ANC1

12345678
M M M U (Sector 1)

12345678
1 1 1 M
2 2 2 A

12345678 Dummy Panel

GSM 1800

123
123 Modules present only
in AC configuration

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 78: MBI5 - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 125 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.8 MBI5 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 4 sectors with

Connection Area
respectively n, p, q and r TREs
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
FANU FANU FANU
Sector 1 Sector 2
Air Inlet

a b a b
ANC3 ANC2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2) ANC3 ANC4

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel Sector 3 Sector 4

GSM 1800

Empty space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet

ANC4 S ANC1
U
(Sector 4) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 79: MBI5 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

126 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.9 MBI5 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

The BTS has 4 sectors with

Connection Area
respectively n, p, q and r TREs
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
FANU FANU FANU
Sector 1 Sector 2
Air Inlet

a b a b
ANC3 ANC2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2) ANC3 ANC4

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel Sector 3 Sector 4

GSM 1800

Empty space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet

ANC4 S ANC1
U
(Sector 4) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 80: MBI5 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 127 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.10 MBI5 - 2x1...4/2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x1...4/2x1...2 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

Connection Area

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

The BTS has 4 sectors with

respectively n, p, q and r TREs

FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
Air Inlet
ANC1 ANC2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 2
ANC3 ANC2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2) Sector 1 Sector 2

a b a b
Dummy Panel
ANC3 ANC4
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
Sector 3 Sector 4

GSM 1800
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet Empty space

ANC4 S ANC1
U
(Sector 4) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 81: MBI5 - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

128 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.5.11 MBI5 - 2x1...2/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x1...2/2x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

Connection Area
The BTS has 4 sectors with
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 respectively n, p, q and r TREs

a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
FANU FANU FANU
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
Air Inlet
Sector 1 Sector 2

ANC3 ANC2
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)
a b a b
ANC3 ANC4
Dummy Panel
TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 2

Sector 3 Sector 4

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

GSM 1800
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet Empty space

ANC4 S ANC1
U
(Sector 4) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 82: MBI5 - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 129 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6 MBI Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800

2.3.6.1 MBI3 - 1x(...4/...4)
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI3 - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband
Cells - DC configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 1 sector with:

− n TREs in GSM 900 band,
− p TREs in GSM 1800 band
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
ANC1 and ANC2 are set to
the same sector number

FANU FANU FANU a b a b

Air Inlet ANC1 ANC2

S TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC2 U ANC1
M
A

Dummy Panel
GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 83: MBI3 - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration

130 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6.2 MBI5 - 1x(...6/...6)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband
Cells - AC or DC configuration.

The BTS has 1 sector with:

Connection Area
− p TREs in GSM 900 band,
− n TREs in GSM 1800 band
TRE6 TRE5 TRE4 TRE3

a b
ANC1

ANY1

1234567
FANU FANU FANU

1234567
Air Inlet
TRE 1 3 2 456

1234567
1234567
S
U

1234567
BATS ANY
M ANC2 a b
(Option) 2

1234567
A ANC2

1234567
Dummy Panel ANY2

TRE6 TRE5 TRE 1 3 2 456

TRE2 TRE1 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the

same sector number.

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is

12345678
ADAM required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled

12345678
on ANC.
P P P

12345678
M M M ANY
ANC1
1

12345678
1 1 1
2 2 2

12345678 Dummy Panel

GSM 1800

Empty space

123
123 Modules present only
in AC configuration

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 84: MBI5 - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 131 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6.3 MBI5 - 1x(...8/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x(...8/...4) - Multiband
Cells - AC or DCconfiguration.

The BTS has 1 sector with:

Connection Area − n TREs in GSM 900 band,
− p TREs in GSM 1800 band
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
ANC1

TRE 1 3 2 4

123456
FANU FANU FANU

123456
Air Inlet

123456
a b
ANC2
ANY
123456 BATS ANY

123456
ANC2
2 (Option) 1 ANY1 ANY2

123456
123456 TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
Dummy Panel

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the

same sector number.

ANC2:
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required. TRE1 to 4 are then cabled

12345678
FANU FANU FANU on ANC.

12345678
Air Inlet
ADAM

12345678
12345678
P P P S ANC1 GSM 1800

12345678
M M M U
M

12345678 123
1 1 1 Empty space
2 2 2 A

12345678 Dummy Panel 123 Modules present only

in AC configuration

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 85: MBI5 - 1x(...8/...4) - Multiband Cells - AC or DC Configuration

132 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6.4 MBI5 - 1x(...4/...8)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the MBI5 - 1x(...4/...8) - Multiband
Cells - AC or DC configuration.

The BTS has 1 sector with:

Connection Area − n TREs in GSM 900 band,
− p TREs in GSM 1800 band
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

a b
ANC1

TRE 1 3 2 4

123456
FANU FANU FANU

123456
Air Inlet

123456
a b
ANC2
ANY
123456 BATS ANY

123456
ANC2
2 (Option) 1 ANY1 ANY2

123456
123456 TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
Dummy Panel

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to

the same sector number.

ANC 2:
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
cabled on ANC.

12345678
FANU FANU FANU

12345678
Air Inlet
ADAM

12345678
12345678
P P P S ANC1
GSM 1800

12345678 123
M M M U Empty space
M

12345678 123
1 1 1 Modules present only
2 2 2 A

12345678
in AC configuration

Dummy Panel

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 86: MBI5 - 1x(...4/...8) - Multiband Cells - AC or DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 133 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6.5 MBI5 - 2x(...4/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband
Cells - DC configuration.

Connection Area

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 The BTS has 2 sectors.

Sector 1:
− n TREs in GSM 900 band,
− p TREs in GSM 1800 band

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to

FANU FANU FANU the same sector number.
Air Inlet
a b a b
ANC1 ANC2
ANC3 ANC2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 2

Dummy Panel
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 Sector 2:
− q TREs in GSM 1800 band,
− r TREs in GSM 900 band

ANC3 and ANC4 are set to

the same sector number.

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet a b a b
ANC3 ANC4

ANC4 S ANC1
U TRE 1 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 87: MBI5 - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration

134 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6.6 MBI5 - 2x(...2/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband
Cells - DC configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors.

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Sector 1:

− n TREs in GSM 900 band,
− p TREs in GSM 1800 band

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to

the same sector number.

FANU FANU FANU

Air Inlet a b a b
ANC1 ANC2

ANC3 ANC2
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 3 2 4
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)

Dummy Panel Sector 2:

− q TREs in GSM 1800 band,
− r TREs in GSM 900 band

ANC3 and ANC4 are set to

the same sector number.

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANU a b a b
Air Inlet ANC3 ANC4

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 2
ANC4 S ANC1
U
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel

GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 88: MBI5 - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 135 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.3.6.7 MBI5 - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBI5 - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4)
- Multiband Cells - DC configuration.

Connection Area The BTS has 2 sectors.

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Sector 1:

− n TREs in GSM 900 band,
− q TREs in GSM 1800 band

ANC1 and ANC3 are set to

the same sector number.
FANU FANU FANU
Air Inlet
a b a b
ANC1 ANC3

ANC3 ANC2
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
(Sector 1) (Sector 2)

Sector 2:
Dummy Panel − p TREs in GSM 1800 band,
TRE4 TRE3 − r TREs in GSM 900 band

ANC2 and ANC4 are set to

the same sector number.

TRE4 TRE3
a b a b
FANU FANU FANU
ANC2 ANC4
Air Inlet

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4
ANC4 S ANC1
U
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Dummy Panel
GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
FANU
Air Inlet
STAND

Figure 89: MBI5 - 1x(...2/...2), 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells - DC Configuration

136 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4 Outdoor Configurations

2.4.1 Outdoor Configurations - Standard BTS GSM 900/1800/1900
2.4.1.1 Outdoor CBO - 1x1...2
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor CBO - 1x1...2
configuration.

1234567890123456
1234567890123456
1234567890123456 The BTS has 1 sector with 2 TREs

BATS ANC a b
ANC

TRE 1 2

ADAM2

P P S
U
M M M
1 1 A Empty space
2

FANU
2

FANU
TRE2 TRE1
FANU
12
12 Options
HEAT3

Figure 90: Outdoor CBO - 1x1...2 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 137 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.2 Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4
configuration.

OPTIONS

SUM ANY ANX The BTS has n TREs

If ANY not equipped (2 TREs max.)

TRE 1 and TRE 2are directly connected to ANX

AIR

Empty space, no dummy panels needed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

AIR

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b
AIR
ANC 1

S TRE 1 2 3 4
U ANC 1
M
A

AIR

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 91: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4 Configuration

138 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.3 Outdoor MINI - 1x1...8

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MINI - 1x1...8
configuration.

AIR

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

Legend

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1
AIR

ANY 1 ANY 2
S
U ANY ANY
ANC 1
M 2 1
A TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

AIR
If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANY are required
Pre−equipment possible

Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY pre−equipment,

the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

Figure 92: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...8 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 139 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.4 Outdoor CBO - 2x1

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor CBO - 2x1
configuration.

1234567890123456
1234567890123456
1234567890123456 The BTS has 2 sector with 1 TREs

a b a b
BATS ANC2 ANC1
ANC1 ANC2

TRE 1 TRE 1

ADAM2

P P S
U
M M M
1 1 A Empty space
2

FANU
2

FANU
TRE1 TRE1
FANU
12
12 Options
HEAT3

Figure 93: Outdoor CBO - 2x1 Configuration

140 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.5 Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2
configuration.

OPTIONS

Sector 1 has n TREs

SUM ANX ANX Sector 2 has p TREs
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)

Empty space, no dummy panels needed

AIR

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

AIR

The BTS has 2 sectors:

− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

AIR
a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
ANC 2 ANC 1
S
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 ) TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
M
A Sector 1 Sector 2

AIR

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 94: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 141 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.6 Outdoor MINI - 2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor Mini - 2x1...4
configuration.

AIR
Legend
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

The BTS has 2 sectors:

− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

FANU FANU FANU

AIR
a b a b

ANC 1 ANC 2
S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1) TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
A
Sector 1 Sector 2

AIR

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

Figure 95: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...4 Configuration

142 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.7 Outdoor MINI - 3x1

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MINI - 3x1
configuration.

OPTIONS

ANX The BTS has 3 TREs, one per sector

SUM TRE 3 TRE 2
(Sector 2)

FANU FANU FANU Empty space, no dummy panels needed

ANX ANX TRE 1

(Sector 3) (Sector 1)

AIR

Figure 96: Outdoor MINI - 3x1 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 143 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.8 Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2
configuration.
AIR The BTS has 3 sectors :
TRE2 TRE1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
ANC 3
− Sector 3 with q TREs
( Sector 3 )

a b a b a b
FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
AIR
TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
ANC 2 ANC 1 Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3
S
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M
A On each ANC:
The bridges can be removed at installation time
(on site), if maximum power is required.
AIR

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 97: Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 Configuration

144 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.9 Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 - GSM 1900 (ANX version)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 - GSM
1900 configuration (ANX version).
AIR
TRE2 TRE1
ANX 3
( Sector 3 ) The BTS has 3 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
FANU FANU FANU
AIR
a b a b a b
ANX 2 S ANX 1 ANX 1 ANX 2 ANX 3
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
A
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

AIR

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 98: Outdoor MINI - 3x1...2 - GSM 1900 Configuration (ANX version)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 145 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.10 Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...8

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...8
configuration for GSM 900/1800.
AIR
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

OPTIONS

The BTS has n TREs

FANU FANU FANU If no ANY (2 TREs max.):

AIR TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX

If ANY 2 only :
ANY2 is connected to ANX1
SUM ANY ANY ANY ANX
3 1 2 1 ANY filling order :
ANY2
then ANY1
AIR then ANY3
AIR

Empty space,
no dummy panels needed
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b
ANC 1
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 5 678
S
U ANY ANY ANC 1
M 2 1
A If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANYs
are required
Pre−equipment possible
AIR AIR

Empty Space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 99: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...8 Configuration

146 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.11 Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x11...12 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12
configuration.
AIR

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU

ANX1 and ANX2 are set to
AIR
the same sector number

ANY ANY ANX ANY ANY ANY ANX

SUM 1 2 1 3 1 2 2
Empty space,
no dummy panels needed
AIR AIR

TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b
ANC 1

FANU FANU FANU ANY 1 ANY 2

AIR AIR
TRE 1 2 3 4 5 678

S
U ANC 2 ANY ANY ANC 1 a b
M 2 1
A ANC 2
9
TRE 10 11 12
AIR AIR
Both ANCs are set to the same
sector number

Empty Space
TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 100: Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 147 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.12 Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...6

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1800 configuration using TRAD TREs following restriction has to
be considered: 2x5...6 with 45 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 2x1...4 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...6
configuration for GSM 900 and GSM 1800.
AIR Legend
ACSU TRE5 TRE6 TRE6 TRE5 − Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
ADAM
a b
P P P
ANC 1
M M M ANY ANC 1
1 1 1 1 (Sector 1)
2 2 2 FANU FANU FANU ANY 1
AIR
AIR TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6

S a b
U ANY ANC 2
IDU 1 IDU 2 ANC 2
M 2 (Sector 2)
A
ANY 2
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 AIR
FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 2 3 4 5 6

In each sector:
if no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required. TRE 1 to 4 are then cabled
on ANC
BBU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
Empty space
FANU FANU FANU
LPFU AIR Microwave IDU locations

Figure 101: Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...6 Configuration

148 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.13 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...6
configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 2x1...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
AIR

TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU For each sector :

AIR TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
if 2 TREs max. in the sector (No ANY)

ANY ANY ANY ANX ANY ANY ANY ANX

SUM 3 1 2 (Sector 1) 3 1 2 (Sector 2)

Empty space,
AIR AIR no dummy panels needed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 The BTS has 2 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

a b
ANC 1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 56
S ANC 1 ANC 2
U ANY ANY ANY ANY
M 2 1 ( Sector 1 ) 4 3 ( Sector 2 ) a b
A ANC 2

AIR AIR ANY 3 ANY 4

TRE 1 2 3 4 56
In each sector :
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required. TREs 1 to TRE4 are then cabled
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 on ANC
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty Space
AIR AIR

Figure 102: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...6 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 149 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.14 Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...4
configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1800 configuration using TRAD TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 45 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.

AIR Legend
ACSU
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 3 sectors:
ADAM − Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
P P P − Sector 3 with q TREs
M M M ANC 1
IDU 2 (Sector 1)
1 1 1
2 2 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR a b a b a b
AIR ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
S
ANC 3 U ANC 2
(Sector 3) IDU 1 M (Sector 2)
A

TRE 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 AIR

FANU FANU FANU

Empty space

BBU
Microwave IDU locations
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
LPFU AIR

Figure 103: Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...4 Configuration

150 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.15 Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4
configuration. (The ANX version is only valid for GSM 900/1800.)

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

For each sector :

FANU FANU FANU TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
if 2 TREs max. (no ANY)
AIR

ANY ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX

SUM 1 (Sector 1) 3 (Sector 3) 2 (Sector 2)
Empty space,
no dummy panels needed
AIR AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

U ANC ANC ANC
M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR

Empty Space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 104: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 151 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.1.16 Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4 GSM 1900

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4
GSM 1900 configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 3x1...3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.

AIR AIR
Legend
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors:
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

FANU FANU FANU

a b a b a b
AIR AIR
ANX 1 ANX 2 ANX 3

S ANY 1 ANY 2 ANY 3

U ANY ANX 1 ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2
M 1 (Sector 1) 3 (Sector 3) 2 (Sector 2)
A TRE1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR For each sector:

ANY is required if more than 2 TREs
Pre−equipment possible

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 105: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...4 GSM 1900 Configuration

152 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.2 Outdoor Configurations - Low Losses GSM 900/1800/1900

2.4.2.1 Outdoor MEDI - 1x3...8 Low Losses
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 1x3...8 -
Low Losses configuration.
AIR
TRE6 TRE5

OPTIONS
− The BTS has one sector
with n TREs

FANU FANU FANU − ANX1 and ANX2 are set to

AIR the same sector number

SUM ANY ANX ANY ANX

1 1 2 2

AIR AIR
Extension from
1x6 to 1x8

Empty space,
no dummy panels needed

TRE8 TRE7 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR

The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

AIR AIR

TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 5 6 7 8
S
U ANC ANC
1 2 Both ANCs are set to the same
M
A sector number (Remote Inventory)

Empty Space
AIR AIR

In case of 1x3...4:
On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site),
if no more than 2 TREs are
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 connected to them
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 106: Outdoor MEDI - 1x3...8 - Low Losses Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 153 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.2.2 Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12 Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12 -
Low Losses configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 1x11...12 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 1x1...10 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.

AIR AIR
Legend
TRE4 TRE3 TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

a b a b a b
AIR AIR
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

S
U ANC ANC ANC
M 1 3 2
A TRE1 2 3 4 5 6 9 10 7 8 11 12

AIR AIR The 3 ANCs are set to the same

sector number

TRE2 TRE1 TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 Empty space

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 107: Outdoor MEDI - 1x9...12 - Low Losses Configuration

154 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.2.3 Outdoor MEDI - 2x3...6 Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 2x3...6 -
Low Losses configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 2x6 with 28 W at +40 C
Configurations up to 2x3...5 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
AIR
TRE5 TRE6 TRE6 TRE5 Sector 1 has n TREs
Sector 2 has p TREs
OPTIONS

In each sector :
− Both ANXs are set to
the same sector number
FANU FANU FANU
− When no ANY, TREs 3 and 4
AIR are directly connected to ANX

ANX 4 ANX 1 ANY ANX 3 ANY ANX 2

SUM ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 ) Empty space,
( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
no dummy panels needed
Extension from
AIR AIR 2x4 to 2x6

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

The BTS has 2 sectors :

AIR AIR − Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 4

TRE 1 2 5 6 3 4
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR a b a b
ANC 2 ANC 3
( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 2 )
S
ANC U ANC ANC ANC TRE 1 2 5 6 3 4
4 M 1 3 2
A
In each sector :
Both ANCs are set to the same
AIR AIR sector number

Extension from
2x4 to 2x6

Empty Space
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU On each ANC:
AIR AIR The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site),
if no more than 2 TREs are
connected to them

Figure 108: Outdoor MEDI - 2x3...6 - Low Losses Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 155 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.2.4 Outdoor MEDI - 3x3...4 Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x3...4 -
Low Losses configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1900 configuration using TRAP TREs following restrictions have
to be considered: 3x4 with 28 W at +40 C
Configuration 3x3 without restrictions: 45 W at +45 C.
AIR AIR The BTS has 3 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 − Sector 2 with p TREs
ANC 6 ANC 5 − Sector 3 with q TREs
(Sector 3) (Sector 3)
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

a b a b a b
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 5
AIR AIR
TRE 1 2 12 12
S
ANC 4 U ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2 a b a b a b
(Sector 1) M (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 2) ANC 4 ANC 3 ANC 6
A

TRE 3 4 3 4 3 4
AIR AIR
On each ANC:
Bridges will be removed
at installation time (on site),
if no more than 2 TREs are
connected to them
Per sector, both ANCs are set
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
to the same sector number
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR Empty Space

Figure 109: Outdoor MEDI - 3x3...4 - Low Losses Configuration

156 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3 Outdoor Configurations - High Power GSM 1800

2.4.3.1 Outdoor CBO - 1x1...2
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the CBO - 1x1...2 configuration.
The BTS has 1 sectors with 2 TREs

AIR
a b
ANC 1
ANC 1
BATS
TRE 1 2
Sector 1

AIR
ADAM2
Empty space
S
P P U TRE2 TRE1
M M M
1 1 A On each ANC:
2 2 The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site)
FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 110: CBO - 1x1...2 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 157 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.2 Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.

AIR The BTS has 1 sector

TRE4
a b
ANC 1

TRE 1 2 3 4

FANU FANU FANU On site: on the ANC:

AIR Bridges can be removed if only
2 TREs connected to the ANC

Empty space
S
U
ANC 1
M
A With classical HP TREs
AIR
AIR
TRE4

FANU FANU FANU

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 AIR

FANU FANU FANU S

U ANC 1
AIR
M
A
AIR

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR
Figure 111: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

158 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.3 Outdoor MINI - 2x1

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 2x1 - High
Power GSM 1800 configuration.

OPTIONS

Sector 1 has 1 TRE

Sector 2 has 1 TRE
SUM ANX 2 ANX 1
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
Empty space,
no dummy panels needed
AIR

TRDH TRDH
TRE1 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
AIR

AIR

The BTS has 2 sectors with 1 TRE each

a b a b
AIR ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 2 ANC 1 TRE 1 TRE 1

S Sector 1 Sector 2
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M
A

AIR

Empty space
TRE1 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
AIR On each ANC:
The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site)

Figure 112: Outdoor MINI - 2x1 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 159 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.4 Outdoor CBO - 2x1

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the CBO - 2x1 configuration.
The BTS has 2 sectors with 1 TRE each

AIR a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
ANC 2 ANC 1
TRE 1 TRE 1
BATS ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
Sector 1 Sector 2

AIR
ADAM2
Empty space
S
P P U TRE1 TRE1
M M M
1 1 A On each ANC:
2 2 The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site)
FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 113: CBO - 2x1 Configuration

160 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.5 Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.

AIR The BTS has 2 sectors with up to 2 TREs each

TRE2 a b a b

ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
FANU FANU FANU
Sector 1 Sector 2
AIR

On each ANC:
Bridges will be removed at
S installation time, on site
U
ANC 2 ANC 1
M
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)
A
Empty space

AIR

With classical HP TREs

AIR

TRE2
TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

AIR FANU FANU FANU

AIR

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

AIR

TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

AIR
Figure 114: Outdoor MINI - 2x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 161 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.6 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...2

This configuration must be considered as a sub-equipment of the Outdoor
MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 configuration. Configuration replaced
by MINI configuration.
2.4.3.7 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1800 configuration using TADH TREs the ambient temperature
is +38 C.
AIR AIR

TRE4 TRE4

The BTS has 2 sectors:

− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR
a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
S
U ANC 1 ANC 2
M (Sector 1) (Sector 2)
A
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
AIR AIR

On site, and on each ANC:

Bridges can be removed if
only 2 TREs connected

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty slots
AIR AIR No Dummy Panels

With classical HP TREs

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE4

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR

S
U ANC 1 ANC 2
M (Sector 1) (Sector 2)
A
AIR AIR

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 115: Outdoor MEDI- 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

162 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.8 Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...2 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.

Note: Restrictions
For the GSM 1800 configuration using TADH TREs the ambient temperature
is +40 C.
AIR The BTS has 3 sectors:
ACSU − Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
TRE2
ADAM − Sector 3 with q TREs

P P P ANC 1
M M M IDU 2 (Sector 1)
1 1 1
2 2 2 a b a b a b
FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
AIR
AIR

S
ANC 3 U ANC 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
(Sector 3) IDU 1 M (Sector 2)
A
On each ANC:
TRE2 TRE1 Bridges will be removed at
AIR installation time, on site
FANU FANU FANU

Empty space

BBU Microwave IDU locations

TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

LPFU AIR

With classical HP TREs

ACSU AIR

ADAM TRE2
P P P ANC 1
IDU 2
M M M (Sector 1)
1 1 1
2 2 2 FANU FANU FANU
AIR
AIR
S
ANC 3 IDU 1 U ANC 2
(Sector 3) M (Sector 2)
A
TRE2 TRE1
AIR
FANU FANU FANU

BBU
TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
LPFU AIR

Figure 116: Outdoor CPT2 - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 163 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.9 Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2 -
High Power GSM 1800 configuration.
With classical HP TREs

AIR AIR AIR

TRE2 TRE2

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR AIR

a
S
ANX 1 ANX 3 ANX 2 U ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2
SUM (Sector 2) M ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )
(Sector 1) (Sector 3) A

AIR AIR AIR AIR 1

TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR AIR AIR

AIR AIR
Empty space,
TRE2 no dummy panels needed

The BTS has 3 sectors :

− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
FANU FANU FANU − Sector 3 with q TREs
AIR AIR

a b a b a b
S ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
U ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2
M ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )
A

AIR AIR 1 2 1 2 1 2

Empty space,
no dummy panels needed

On each ANC:
TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 The two bridges will be removed
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU at installation time (On site)
AIR AIR

Figure 117: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

164 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.3.10 Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...3

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High
Power GSM 1800 configuration. The configuration is based on the 3x1...2 –
High Power GSM 1800 configuration, extended with Medium Power TREs.
AIR AIR The BTS has 3 sectors
− Sector 1 with n TREs
TRE2 TRE3 TRE3 − Sector 2 with p TREs
(HP) (MP) (MP) − Sector 3 with q TREs

a b a b a b
FANU FANU FANU ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
AIR AIR
nc nc nc
S 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
U ANC 1 HP MP HP MP HP MP
M (Sector 1) ANC 3 ANC 2
A (Sector 3) (Sector 2)
On each ANC:
"The bridge, where the TRE MP
AIR AIR is connected, is removed on site"

Empty slots.
No Dummy Panels
(MP) (HP) (HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

With classical HP TREs

AIR AIR
TRE2 TRE3 TRE3
(HP) (MP) (MP)

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR

S
U ANC 1
(Sector 1) ANC 3 ANC 2
M
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)
A
AIR AIR

(MP) (HP) (HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)

TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 118: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...3 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 165 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4 Outdoor Configurations - Multiband BTS GSM 900/1800

2.4.4.1 Outdoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2
- Multiband BTS configuration.

OPTIONS

Sector 1 has n TREs

SUM ANX ANX Sector 2 has p TREs
(Sector 2) (Sector 1)

Empty space,
AIR no dummy panels needed
GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

AIR

The BTS has 2 sectors :

− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

a b a b
AIR ANC 1 ANC 2

ANC 2 ANC 1 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

S Sector 1 Sector 2
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M
A On the 2 ANCs the bridges can be removed to get more power
at antenna output (Low Losses)
(Operation to be performed during installation phase)
AIR

GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 119: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...2/1x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

166 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.2 Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4/1x1...4
- Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 2 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

FANU FANU FANU a b a b

AIR ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
ANC 2 ANC 1
S Sector 1 Sector 2
( Sector 2 ) U
M ( Sector 1 )
A

AIR

GSM 1800

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 120: Outdoor MINI - 1x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 167 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.3 Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR

TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5

OPTIONS

For each sector :

FANU FANU FANU
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
AIR if 2 TREs max. in the sector (no ANY)

Empty space,
ANY ANY ANY ANX ANY ANY ANY ANX no dummy panels needed
SUM 3 1 2 (Sector 1) 3 1 2 (Sector 2)
GSM 1800

AIR AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR The BTS has 2 sectors :

− Sector 1 with n TREs
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
− Sector 2 with p TREs

a b
ANC 1

ANY 1 ANY 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR
TRE 1 2 3 4 56

S ANC 1 ANC 2 a b
U ANY ANY ANY ANY ANC 2
M 2 1 ( Sector 1 ) 4 3 ( Sector 2 )
A
ANY 3 ANY 4

AIR AIR TRE 1 2 3 4 56

In each sector :
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then
cabled on ANC
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Space
AIR AIR GSM 1800

Figure 121: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration

168 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.4 Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS configuration.

AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU For each sector :

AIR
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
if 2 TREs max. in the sector (no ANY)

ANY ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX Empty space,

1 3 2 no dummy panels needed
SUM (Sector 1) (Sector 3) (Sector 2)
GSM 1800

AIR AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

U ANC ANC ANC
M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR

GSM 1800

Empty Space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 122: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 169 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.5 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

For each sector:

FANU FANU FANU TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
AIR if 2 TREs max. in the sector (no ANY)

Empty space,
no dummy panels needed
ANY ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX
SUM 1 (Sector 1) 3 (Sector 3) 2 (Sector 2) GSM 1800

AIR AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 3 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

U ANC ANC ANC
M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR

Empty Space

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 123: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

170 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.6 Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...2/2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...2/2x1...2
- Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR Legend
ACSU
TRE2 TRE1
ADAM The BTS has 4 sectors:
ANC 4
− Sector 1 with n TREs
(Sector 4)
P P P ANC 1 − Sector 2 with p TREs
M M M IDU 2 − Sector 3 with q TREs
(Sector 1)
1 1 1 − Sector 4 with r TREs
2 2 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR a b a b a b
AIR ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

ANC 3 S ANC 2
IDU 1 U
(Sector 3) (Sector 2)
M
A TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2
TRE2 TRE1
AIR
FANU FANU FANU a b
ANC 4
GSM 1800

BBU Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 2
FANU FANU FANU
LPFU AIR Microwave IDU locations

Figure 124: Outdoor CPT2 - 2x1...2/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 171 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.7 Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX

SUM (Sector 4) (Sector 1) (Sector 3) (Sector 2)

Empty space,
AIR AIR no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 4 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

( Sector 4 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

ANC U ANC ANC ANC
4 M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR
a b
ANC 4
GSM 1800

Empty Space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 125: Outdoor MEDI - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

172 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.8 Outdoor MEDI - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX

SUM (Sector 4) (Sector 1) (Sector 3) (Sector 2)

Empty slots
AIR AIR no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The BTS has 4 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

( Sector 4 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

ANC U ANC ANC ANC
4 M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR
a b
ANC 4
GSM 1800

Empty Space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 126: Outdoor MEDI - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 173 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.9 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX

SUM (Sector 4) (Sector 1) (Sector 3) (Sector 2)

Empty space,
no dummy panels needed
AIR AIR
GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 4 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

( Sector 4 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

ANC U ANC ANC ANC
4 M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 1 23 4 1 23 4

AIR AIR
a b
ANC 4

GSM 1800

Empty Space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 127: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

174 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.10 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

OPTIONS

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX

SUM (Sector 4) (Sector 1) (Sector 3) (Sector 2)

Empty space,
AIR AIR no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 4 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

( Sector 4 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

ANC U ANC ANC ANC
4 M 1 3 2
A TRE 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

AIR AIR
a b
ANC 4

Empty Space

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

Figure 128: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 175 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.11 Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...3/2x1...3

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...3/2x1...3
- Multiband BTS configuration.

AIR AIR The BTS has 4 sectors :

− Sector 1 with n TREs
TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 − Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

a b a b a b
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
AIR AIR

( Sector 4 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )

ANC U ANC ANC ANC TRE 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 23
4 M 1 3 2
A
a b
ANC 4
AIR AIR

1 2 3

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 GSM 1800
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty Space
AIR AIR

Figure 129: Outdoor MEDI - 2x1...3/2x1...3 - Multiband BTS Configuration

176 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.4.12 Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2/3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2/3x1...2
- Multiband BTS configuration.
AIR AIR
The BTS has 6 sectors.
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
ANC 6 ANC 5 − Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
( Sector 6 ) ( Sector 5 )
− Sector 4 with r TREs
− Sector 5 with s TREs
− Sector 6 with t TREs
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
ANC 4 ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2
S 1 2 1 2 1 2
( Sector 4 ) U ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 2 )
M
A a b a b a b
ANC 4 ANC 5 ANC 6
AIR AIR
1 2 1 2 1 2

GSM 900

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty space
AIR AIR

Figure 130: Outdoor MEDI - 3x1...2/3x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 177 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5 Outdoor Configurations - Multiband Cells GSM 900/1800

2.4.5.1 Outdoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2)
The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2) -
Multiband Cells configuration.

OPTIONS

The single sector has :

n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band

ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set to the same sector number

SUM ANX ANX
2 1 Empty space,
no dummy panels needed

AIR GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU
AIR

AIR

The single sector has :

n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band

a b a b
AIR ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
M
A On the 2 ANCs the bridges can be removed to get more power
at the antenna output (Low Loss)
(Operation to be performed during installation phase)
AIR

Empty space

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 131: Outdoor MINI - 1x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

178 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.2 Outdoor MINI - 1x(...4/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MINI - 1x(...4/...4) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
AIR

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 The single sector has :

n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band

FANU FANU FANU a b a b

AIR ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 3 4 TRE 1 2 3 4
S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
M
A

AIR

Empty space

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU
AIR

Figure 132: Outdoor MINI - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 179 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.3 Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
AIR
The single sector has :
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 n TREs in the GSM 1800 band
p TREs in the GSM 900 band
OPTIONS

ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set

to the same sector number
FANU FANU FANU
AIR
For each frequency band :
TRE1 and TRE2 are connected to ANX
if 2 TREs max. in the sector
ANY ANY ANY ANX ANY ANY ANY ANX (No ANY)
SUM 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 2

AIR AIR Empty space

no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR The BTS has 1 sector with :

TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 − n TREs in the GSM 900 band
− p TREs in the GSM 1800 band

a b
ANC 1

ANY 1 ANY 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR
TRE 1 2 3 4 56

a b
S
U ANY ANY ANC 1 ANY ANY ANC 2 ANC 2
M 2 1 4 3
A
ANY 3 ANY 4

AIR AIR TRE 1 2 3 4 56

In each sector :
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then
cabled on ANC
Empty
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
GSM 1800
AIR AIR

Figure 133: Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells Configuration

180 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.4 Outdoor CPT2 - 2x(...2/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor CPT2 - 2x(...2/...2) -
Multiband Cells configuration.

AIR Legend
ACSU TRE2 TRE1
ADAM The BTS has 2 sectors:
ANC 4
− Sector 1 with n TREs in GSM 900
(Sector 2)
P P P ANC 1 and r TREs in GSM 1800
M M M IDU 2 − Sector 2 with p TREs in GSM 900
(Sector 1)
1 1 1 and q TREs in GSM 1800
2 2 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR a b a b a b
AIR ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

S
ANC 3 U ANC 2
IDU 1
(Sector 1) M (Sector 2)
A TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2

TRE2 TRE1 AIR

a b
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 4
GSM 1800

BBU Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 1 2
FANU FANU FANU
Microwave IDU locations
LPFU AIR

Figure 134: Outdoor CPT2 - 2x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 181 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.5 Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
AIR Sector 1 has:
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
n TREs in the GSM 1800 band
p TREs in the GSM 900 band
OPTIONS
Sector 2 has:
q TREs in the GSM 900 band
r TREs in the GSM 1800 band
FANU FANU FANU
ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set
AIR to the same sector number (1)

ANX 3 and ANX4 are set to

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX to the same sector number (2)
SUM 4 1 3 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 1)

AIR AIR
Empty space
no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 2 sectors.

a b a b
Sector 1 ANC 1 ANC 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

TRE 1 2 1 23 4
( Sector 2 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
ANC U ANC ANC ANC
4 M 1 3 2 a b a b
A
Sector 2 ANC 3 ANC 4

AIR AIR

1 2 3 4 1 2

Empty Space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU GSM 1800
AIR AIR

Figure 135: Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

182 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.6 Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4) -
Multiband Cells configuration.
AIR
Sector 1 has:
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 n TREs in the GSM 900 band
p TREs in the GSM 1800 band
OPTIONS
Sector 2 has:
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
r TREs in the GSM 900 band
FANU FANU FANU
ANX 1 and ANX 2 are set
AIR to the same sector number (1)

ANX 3 and ANX4 are set to

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX to the same sector number (2)
SUM 4 1 3 2
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 1)

AIR AIR

Empty space
no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 2 sectors

Sector 1
a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

TRE 1 2 1 2 3 4
( Sector 2 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 )
U Sector 2
ANC ANC ANC ANC
4 M 1 3 2 a b a b
A ANC 3 ANC 4

AIR AIR

1 2 3 4 1 2

Empty Space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU GSM 1800
AIR AIR

Figure 136: Outdoor MEDI - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 183 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.7 Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layouts of the Outdoor MEDI -
1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells configuration.
AIR
Setor 1 has:
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 n TREs in the GSM 900 band
r TREs in the GSM 1800 band
OPTIONS
Setor 2 has:
p TREs in the GSM 900 band
q TREs in the GSM 1800 band
FANU FANU FANU
ANX 1 and ANX 4 are set
AIR to the same sector number (1)

ANX 2 and ANX3 are set

ANX ANX ANY ANX ANY ANX to the same sector number (2)
4 1 3 2
SUM
(Sector 1) (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 2)

AIR AIR
Empty space
no dummy panels needed

GSM 1800

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

AIR AIR
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
The BTS has 2 sectors

Sector 1
a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 4
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR

TRE 1 2 1 2
( Sector 1 ) S ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 2 )
ANC U ANC ANC ANC Sector 2
4 M 1 3 2 a b a b
A
ANC 3 ANC 2

AIR AIR

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

Empty Space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU GSM 1800
AIR AIR

Figure 137: Outdoor MEDI - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

184 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.4.5.8 Outdoor MEDI - 3x(...2/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the Outdoor MEDI - 3x(...2/...2) -
Multiband Cells configuration.

AIR AIR
The BTS has 3 sectors.
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
ANC 6 ANC 5 Sector 1 :
a b a b
( Sector 3 ) ( Sector 3 )
ANC 1 ANC 2

1 2 1 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
Sector 2 :
AIR AIR a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4
ANC 4 ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2
S
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 ) ( Sector 2 ) ( Sector 1 ) 1 2 1 2
M Sector 3 :
A
a b a b
ANC 5 ANC 6
AIR AIR
1 2 1 2

GSM 900

GSM 1800
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty space
AIR AIR

Figure 138: Outdoor MEDI - 3x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 185 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5 Multistandard Base Station Outdoor Configurations

2.5.1 MBO Standard Configurations - GSM 850/900/1800/1900

GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt
please contact the Alcatel support.

2.5.1.1 MBO1 - 1x1...8

Note: Restrictions
For GSM 1900, the configuration is limited to 6 TREs.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 1x1...8 configuration.

123
ADAM4

P P 123
123 P
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

123
M M M

123
1 1 1 a b
2 2 2

123
ANC 1

ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5
TRE 1 3 5 7 2 4 6 8

FANU FANU FANU If more than 4 TREs, 2 ANY are required

Pre−equipment possible
AIR

Up to 4 TREs, and if no ANY pre−equipment,

S the TRE1 to TRE4 are directly connected to the ANC
U ANY ANY
ANC 1
M 2 1
A
Empty space

123
Dummy panels if no modules installed

123 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, or if n>6,

otherwise: dummy panel is installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

Figure 139: MBO1 - 1x1...8 Configuration

186 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.1.2 MBO1 - 2x1...4

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.

Note: Restrictions
For GSM 1900, the configuration is limited to 6 TREs over the two sectors.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1- 2x1...4 configuration.

1234
ADAM4

1234
1234
1234
P P P
M M M
1 1
1234 1 The BTS has 2 sectors:

1234
2 2 2 − Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

1234
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4
Sector 1 Sector 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1 Empty space
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A
Dummy panels if no modules installed

123 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900, or if (n+p)>6,

otherwise: dummy panel is installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

Figure 140: MBO1 - 2x1...4 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 187 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.1.3 MBO1 - 3x1...2

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1- 3x1...2 configuration.

123
123
ADAM4
The BTS has 3 sectors :

123
− Sector 1 with n TREs

123
P P P − Sector 2 with p TREs
M M M − Sector 3 with q TREs
1
2
1
2 123
123
1
2

123 a b
ANC 1
a b
ANC 2
a b
ANC 3
TRE2 TRE1
ANC 3 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3
( Sector 3 )

On each ANC:
FANU FANU FANU The bridges can be removed at installation
AIR time (on site), if maximum power is required

ANC 2 S ANC 1
( Sector 2 ) U ( Sector 1 )
M
A

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

12 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900,
otherwise: dummy panel is installed
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 141: MBO1 - 3x1...2 Configuration

188 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.1.4 MBO2 - 1x9...12

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x9...12 configuration.
ADAM4
1234
1234
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

P P P
1234 P
a b

1234
M M M M
1 1 1 1 ANC 1
2 2 2
1234
1234
2
ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

a b
ANC 2
9
TRE 11 10 12
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR Both ANCs are set to the same
sector number

S
U ANY ANY ANC 1 ANC 2
M 2 1 Empty space
A
Dummy panels if no modules
installed

12
12
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900
and if n>6. Otherwise:
dummy panel is installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 142: MBO2 - 1x9...12 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 189 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.1.5 MBO2 - 2x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2- 2x1...6 configuration.

ADAM4
1234 The BTS has 2 sectors :

P P P 1234
1234
P
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

1234
M M M M
1 1 1 1

1234
a b
2 2 2 2

1234
ANC 1

ANY 1
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5
TRE 1 3 2 456

a b
ANC 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR ANY 2

TRE 1 3 2 456
S ANC 1 ANC 2
U ANY ANY In each sector :
M 1 ( Sector 1 ) 2 ( Sector 2 ) If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
A required. TREs 1 to TRE4 are then cabled
on ANC
AIR AIR
Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

123 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900
and if (n+p)>6. Otherwise:
dummy panel is installed
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 143: MBO2 - 2x1...6 Configuration

190 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.1.6 MBO2 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4

Note: Restrictions
Not for GSM 850.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4
configuration.
ADAM4
1234
1234
The BTS has 2 sectors with
respectively n and p TREs

1234
P P P P

1234
M M M M
1 1 1 1

1234
a b
2 2 2 2

1234
ANC 1

ANY 1 ANY 2
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

a b
ANC 2
FANU FANU FANU
9
AIR AIR TRE 11 10 12

S ANC 2
ANC 1
U ANY ANY (Sector 2)
2 1 (Sector 1)
M
A

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

123
123
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900
and if (n+p)>6. Otherwise:
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE12 TRE11 TRE10 TRE9 dummy panel is installed
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 144: MBO2 - 1x1...8 + 1x1...4Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 191 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.1.7 MBO2 - 3x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x1...4 configuration.

ADAM4
123
123
123
P P P P The BTS has 3 sectors:
M M M M

123
− Sector 1 with n TREs
1 1 1 1 − Sector 2 with p TREs

123
2 2 2 2 − Sector 3 with q TREs

TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3

ANC 3 a b a b a b
(Sector 3) ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4

S
U ANC 1 ANC 2
M (Sector 1) (Sector 2)
A
Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

123
installed

123 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900

and if (n+p+q)>6. Otherwise:
dummy panel is installed
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 145: MBO2 - 3x1...4 Configuration

192 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.2 MBO Low Losses Configurations - GSM 900/1800/1900

2.5.2.1 MBO1 - 1x5...8 Low Losses
Note: Restrictions
For GSM 1900, the configuration is limited to 6 TREs.
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 1x5...8 - Low Losses
configuration.

1234
ADAM4

1234
The BTS has 1 sector with n TREs

P P
1234 P

1234
M M M a b a b

1234
1 1 1
2 2 2 ANC 1 ANC 2

1234
TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 5 7 6 8
TRE8 TRE7 TRE4 TRE3
Both ANCs are set to the same
sector number

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
M
A

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

12
installed

12 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900

and if n>6. Otherwise:
dummy panel is installed
TRE6 TRE5 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

Figure 146: MBO1 - 1x5...8 - Low Losses Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 193 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.2.2 MBO2- 2x3...6 Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2- 2x3...6 - Low Losses
configuration.
ADAM4
1234
1234
The BTS has 2 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
P
M
P
M
P
M 1234
1234
P
M
− Sector 2 with p TREs

1234
1 1 1 1 a b a b
2 2 2 2 ANC 1 ANC 4

1234 TRE 1 5 2 6 3 4

TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5 a b a b

ANC 2 ANC 3

TRE 1 5 2 6 3 4

In each sector :
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Both ANCs are set to the same
AIR AIR sector number

On each ANC:
S The two bridges will be removed
at installation time (On site),
ANC 4 U ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2 if no more than 2 TREs are
(Sector 1) M (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 2) connected to them, and kept
A otherwise.

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

12 PM12 equipped if GSM 1900
and if (n+p)>6. Otherwise:
dummy panel is installed
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 147: MBO2 - 2x3...6 - Low Losses Configuration

194 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.2.3 MBO2 - 3x3...4 Low Losses

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x3...4 - Low Losses
configuration.
ADAM4
1234 The BTS has 3 sectors :

P P P 1234
1234
P
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

1234
M M M M
1 1 1 1

1234
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3
2 2 2 2

1234 a
ANC 1
b a
ANC 2
b a
ANC 5
b

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

ANC 6 ANC 5
(Sector 3) TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2
(Sector 3)

a b a b a b
ANC 4 ANC 3 ANC 6
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR TRE 3 4 3 4 3 4

On each ANC:
Bridges will be removed
S at installation time (on site)
ANC 4 U ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 2
(Sector 1) M (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 2)
A Per sector, both ANCs are set
to the same sector number

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

123
123
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 and if (n+p+q)>6. Otherwise:
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU dummy panel is installed

Figure 148: MBO2 - 3x3...4 - Low Losses Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 195 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.3 MBO High Power Configurations - GSM 900/1800

2.5.3.1 MBO1 - 1x1...4
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 1x1...4 - High Power
GSM 900/1800 configuration.
ADAM4
The BTS has 1 sector

P P P
M M M
1 1 1 a b
2 2 2
ANC 1

TRE 1 3 2 4

On site: on the ANC:

Bridges can be removed if only
2 TREs connected to the ANC

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

S
U ANC 1
M
A

Empty space

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy panels if no modules

installed
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 149: MBO1 - 1x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

196 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.3.2 MBO1 - 2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 2x1...2 - High Power
GSM 900/1800 configuration.

ADAM4

P P P
M M M
1 1 1
2 2 2
The BTS has 2 sectors with up to 2 TREs each

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2
Sector 1 Sector 2

FANU FANU FANU On each ANC:

Bridges will be removed at
AIR
installation time, on site

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

AIR

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Dummy panels if no modules

installed
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 150: MBO1 - 2x1...2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 197 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.3.3 MBO1 - 3x2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 3x2 - High Power
GSM 900/1800 configuration.

ADAM4
The BTS has 3 sectors with 2 TREs each

P P P
M M M
1 1 1 a b a b a b
2 2 2 ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2 TRE 1 2

TRE2 TRE1 Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

ANC 3
(Sector 3) On each ANC:
Bridges will be removed at installation time,
on site

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 installed
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 151: MBO1 - 3x2 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

198 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.3.4 MBO2 - 2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBOI - 2x1...4 - High Power
GSM 900/1800 configuration.

1234
ADAM4
The BTS has 2 sectors:

1234
− Sector 1 with n TREs
P P P P

1234
− Sector 2 with p TREs
M M M M

1234
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 a b a b

1234 ANC 1 ANC 2

1 324 1324

On site, and on each ANC:

Bridges can be removed if
FANU FANU FANU
only 2 TREs connected
AIR AIR

S
U ANC 1 ANC 2
M (Sector 1) (Sector 2)
A

AIR AIR Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules installed

123
123
PM12 equipped if (n+p)>6,
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 otherwise: dummy panel is installed
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 152: MBO2- 2x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 199 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.3.5 MBO2 - 3x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x1...4 - High Power
GSM 900/1800 configuration.

123
ADAM4

P P P
123 P The BTS has 3 sectors:
M
1
M
1
M
1 123
123
M
1
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

123
2 2 2 2

TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 a b a b a b

ANC 3
(Sector 3) ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4 1 3 2 4

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR

S
ANC 1 ANC 2
U
(Sector 1) (Sector 2)
M
A

Empty space

Dummy panels if no modules installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

123 PM12 equipped if (n+p+q)>6,
otherwise: dummy panel is installed

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 153: MBO2 - 3x1...4 - High Power GSM 1800 Configuration

200 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4 MBO Multiband BTS Configurations - GSM 900/1800

2.5.4.1 MBO1 - 1x1...4/1x1...4
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

1234
ADAM4

1234
P P 1234
1234
P

1234
M M M
1 1 1

1234
Multiband BTS:
2 2 2

1234
The BTS has 2 sectors :
− Sector 1 with n TREs
− Sector 2 with p TREs

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4
Sector 1 Sector 2

FANU FANU FANU

AIR

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1)
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules installed

Empty space

123
123
PM12 equipped if (n+p)>6,
otherwise: dummy panel is installed
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

Figure 154: MBO1 - 1x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 201 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.2 MBO2 - 1x1...6/1x1...6

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x1...6/1x1...6 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS:
P P P
M M M The BTS has 2 sectors :
1 1 1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
2 2 2 − Sector 2 with p TREs

a b a b
TRE6 TRE5 ANC 1 ANC 2
TRE6 TRE5

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 56 TRE 1 3 2 456

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU In each sector :

AIR AIR If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then
cabled on ANC
S
U ANY ANC 1 ANY ANC 2
M 1 (Sector 1) 2 (Sector 2)
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 155: MBO2 - 1x1...6/1x1...6 - Multiband BTS Configuration

202 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.3 MBO2 - 1x1...8/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2- 1x1...8/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband BTS:

P P P The BTS has 2 sectors:

M M M − Sector 1 with n TREs
1 1 1 − Sector 2 with p TREs
2 2 2
a b
ANC 1
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5
ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

a b
FANU FANU FANU ANC 2
AIR AIR
TRE 1 3 2 4

S ANC 2
ANC 1
U ANY ANY (Sector 2) In sector 1:
M 2 1 (Sector 1)
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
A is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
cabled on ANC

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty space

Figure 156: MBO2 - 1x1...8/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 203 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.4 MBO2 - 1x1...4/1x1...8

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x1...4/1x1...8 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS:
P P P
M M The BTS has 2 sectors:
M
1 1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
1
2 2 − Sector 2 with p TREs
2

a b
ANC 1
TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468

a b
FANU FANU FANU
ANC 2
AIR AIR
TRE 1 3 2 4
S ANC 2
ANC 1
U ANY ANY (Sector 2)
2 1 (Sector 1) In sector 1:
M
A If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
cabled on ANC

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU Empty space
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 157: MBO2 - 1x1...4/1x1...8 - Multiband BTS Configuration

204 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.5 MBO2 - 1x1...4/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x1...4/2x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS:
P P P
M M M The BTS has 3 sectors :
1 1 1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
2 2 2 − Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 a b a b a b

ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 24 1 3 24

AIR AIR Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

ANC 3 S ANC 1
(Sector 3) U (Sector 1) ANC 2
M (Sector 2)
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

Empty space
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 158: MBO2 - 1x1...4/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 205 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.6 MBO2 - 2x1...4/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 2x1...4/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS :
P P P
M M M The BTS has 3 sectors :
1 1 1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
2 2 2 − Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

FANU FANU FANU

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 24 1 3 24
AIR AIR

ANC 3 S ANC 1
(Sector 3) U (Sector 1) ANC 2
M (Sector 2)
A
GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 159: MBO2 - 2x1...4/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

206 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.7 MBO2 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband BTS :
The BTS has 4 sectors :
P P P
− Sector 1 with n TREs
M M M
− Sector 2 with p TREs
1 1 1
− Sector 3 with q TREs
2 2 2
− Sector 4 with r TREs

a b a b
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2

FANU FANU FANU

a b a b
AIR AIR
ANC 3 ANC 4

S
ANC 3 U ANC 1 TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2
(Sector 3) (Sector 1) ANC 4 ANC 2
M (Sector 4) (Sector 2)
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 160: MBO2 - 1x1...4/...4,...2,...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 207 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.8 MBO2 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2- ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband BTS :
The BTS has 4 sectors :
P P P
− Sector 1 with n TREs
M M M
− Sector 2 with p TREs
1 1 1
− Sector 3 with q TREs
2 2 2
− Sector 4 with r TREs

a b a b
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2

FANU FANU FANU a b a b

AIR AIR ANC 3 ANC 4

S
U TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2
ANC 3 ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2
(Sector 3) M (Sector 1) (Sector 4) (Sector 2)
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 161: MBO2 - ...4,...2,...2/1x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

208 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.9 MBO2 - 2x1...4/2x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 2x1...4/2x1...2 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS :
P P P
M M M The BTS has 4 sectors :
1 1 1 − Sector 1 with n TREs
2 2 2 − Sector 2 with p TREs
− Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR
a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4
S
ANC 3 U ANC 1
(Sector 3) (Sector 1) ANC 4 ANC 2
M (Sector 4) (Sector 2) TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 162: MBO2 - 2x1...4/2x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 209 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.10 MBO2 - 2x1...2/2x1...4

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2- 2x1...2/2x1...4 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS :
P P P The BTS has 4 sectors :
M M M − Sector 1 with n TREs
1 1 1 − Sector 2 with p TREs
2 2 2 − Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 a b a b

ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4
S
ANC 3 U ANC 1
(Sector 3) (Sector 1) ANC 4 ANC 2 TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2
M (Sector 4) (Sector 2)
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 163: MBO2 - 2x1...2/2x1...4 - Multiband BTS Configuration

210 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.11 MBO2 - 2x1...3/2x1...3

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 2x1...3/2x1...3 -
Multiband BTS configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband BTS :
P P P The BTS has 4 sectors :
M M M − Sector 1 with n TREs
1 1 1 − Sector 2 with p TREs
2 2 2 − Sector 3 with q TREs
− Sector 4 with r TREs

TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE3

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

TRE 1 3 2 1 3 2
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4
S
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2
(Sector 3) M (Sector 1) (Sector 4) (Sector 2) TRE 1 3 2 1 3 2
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 164: MBO2 - 2x1...3/2x1...3 - Multiband BTS Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 211 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.4.12 MBO2 - 3x1...2/3x1...2

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x1...2/3x1...2 -
Multiband BTS configuration.

ADAM4 Multiband BTS:

The BTS has 6 sectors :
P P P
M M M Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3
1 1 1
2 2 2 a
a b a b b
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2

ANC 6 ANC 5
(Sector 6) (Sector 5) Sector 4 Sector 5 Sector 6

a b a b a b
ANC 4 ANC 5 ANC 6
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR
TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2

S
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2 On each ANC:
(Sector 3) M (Sector 1) (Sector 4) (Sector 2) Bridges will be removed
A at installation time (on site)

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 165: MBO2 - 3x1...2/3x1...2 - Multiband BTS Configuration

212 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5 MBO Multiband Cells Configurations - GSM 900/1800

2.5.5.1 MBO1 - 1x(...4/...4)
The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO1 - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband
Cells configuration.

1234
ADAM4

1234
P P 1234
1234
P

1234
M M M
1 1 1
2 2
1234
1234
2
Multiband Cell:

The BTS has only 1 sector with:

− n TREs in GSM 900 band
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 − p TREs in GSM 1800 band
ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the
same sector number

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 3 2 4 TRE 1 3 2 4

AIR

S
ANC 2 U ANC 1
M
A

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules installed

Empty space

123
123
PM12 equipped if (n+p)>6,
otherwise: dummy panel is installed
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1

FANU FANU FANU

Figure 166: MBO1 - 1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 213 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.2 MBO2 - 1x(...6/...6)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband Cell:
P P P The BTS has only 1 sector with:
M M M
− p TREs in GSM 900 band
1 1 1
2 2 2 − n TREs in GSM 1800 band

ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the

same sector number
TRE6 TRE5 TRE6 TRE5

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

ANY 1 ANY 2
AIR AIR

TRE 1 3 2 456 TRE 1 3 2 456

S
U ANY ANY ANC 2
ANC 1
M 1 2 On each ANC:
A If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY is
required, TRE1 to TRE4 are then
cabled on ANC

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules installed

TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty space

Figure 167: MBO2 - 1x(...6/...6) - Multiband Cells Configuration

214 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.3 MBO2 - 1x(...8/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x(...8/...4) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband Cell:
P P P The BTS has only 1 sector with
M M M − n TREs in GSM 900 band
1 1 1 − p TREs in GSM 1800 band
2 2 2 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the
same sector number

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 a b

ANC 1

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR a b
ANC 2

S TRE 1 3 2 4
U ANY ANY ANC1 ANC 2
M 2 1
A On ANC1:
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
cabled on ANC

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU Empty space

Figure 168: MBO2 - 1x(...8/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 215 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.4 MBO2 - 1x(...4/...8)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x(...4/...8) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband Cell:

P P P The BTS has only 1 sector with

M M M − p TREs in GSM 900 band
1 1 1 − n TREs in GSM 1800 band
2 2 2 ANC1 and ANC2 are set to the
same sector number

TRE8 TRE7 TRE6 TRE5 a b

ANC 1

ANY 1 ANY 2

TRE 1 3 5 7 2 468
FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR a b
ANC 2

S TRE 1 3 2 4
U ANY ANY ANC1 ANC 2
M 2 1
A On ANC1:
If no more than 4 TREs, no ANY
is required. TRE1 to 4 are then
cabled on ANC

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
FANU FANU FANU Empty space
FANU FANU FANU

Figure 169: MBO2 - 1x(...4/...8) - Multiband Cells Configuration

216 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.5 MBO2 - 2x(...4/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4
Multiband Cell:
P P P The BTS has 2 sectors :
M M M Sector 1:
1 1 1 − n TREs in GSM 1800 band
2 2 2 − p TREs in GSM 900 band
Sector 2:
− q TREs in GSM 1800 band
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 − r TREs in GSM 900 band

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

FANU FANU FANU

AIR TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2
AIR

S a b a b
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 3 ANC 4
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) ANC 4 ANC 2
M (Sector 2) (Sector 1)
A
TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 170: MBO2 - 2x(...4/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 217 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.6 MBO2 - 2x(...2/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband Cell:

P P P The BTS has 2 sectors :

M M M Sector 1:
1 1 1 − n TREs in GSM 1800 band
2 2 2 − p TREs in GSM 900 band

Sector 2:
− q TREs in GSM 1800 band
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 − r TREs in GSM 900 band

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2

S a b a b
ANC 3 U ANC 1
(Sector 2) (Sector 1) ANC 4 ANC 2 ANC 3 ANC 4
M (Sector 2) (Sector 1)
A
TRE 1 3 2 4 1 2

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 171: MBO2 - 2x(...2/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

218 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.7 MBO2 - 2x(...3/...3)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 2x(...3/...3) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband Cell:
P P P The BTS has 2 sectors :
M M M Sector 1:
1 1 1 − n TREs in GSM 1800 band
2 2 2 − p TREs in GSM 900 band
Sector 2:
− q TREs in GSM 1800 band
− r TREs in GSM 900 band
TRE3 TRE3 TRE3 TRE3

a b a b
ANC 1 ANC 2

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

TRE1 3 2 1 3 2
AIR AIR

S a b a b
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2 ANC 3 ANC 4
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 1)
A
TRE 1 3 2 1 3 2

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 172: MBO2 - 2x(...3/...3) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 219 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.8 MBO2 - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4)
- Multiband Cells configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband Cell:

P P P The BTS has 2 sectors :

M M M
Sector 1:
1 1 1
− n TREs in GSM 900 band
2 2 2
− p TREs in GSM 1800 band

a b a b
TRE4 TRE3 TRE4 TRE3 ANC 1 ANC 3

TRE 1 3 2 4 1 3 24
Sector 2:
FANU − q TREs in GSM 900 band
FANU FANU
− r TREs in GSM 1800 band
AIR AIR

S a b a b
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 4
(Sector 1) (Sector 1) ANC 4 ANC 2
M (Sector 2) (Sector 2)
A
TRE 1 2 1 2

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 173: MBO2 - 1x(...2/...2),1x(...4/...4) - Multiband Cells Configuration

220 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.5.9 MBO2 - 3x(...2/...2)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x(...2/...2) - Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4 Multiband Cell:

P P P The BTS has 3 sectors :

M M M Sector 1: ANC1 + ANC2
1 1 1 Sector 2: ANC3 + ANC4
2 2 2 Sector 3: ANC5 + ANC6
Sector 1 Sector 2

a b a b a b
TRE4 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1
ANC 6 ANC 5 ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 3
(Sector 3) (Sector 3)
TRE 1 2 1 2 1 2
Sector 2 Sector 3
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU
AIR AIR a b a b a b
ANC 4 ANC 5 ANC 6

S 1 2
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2 TRE 1 2 1 2
(Sector 2) M (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 1)
A On each ANC:
Bridges will be removed
at installation time (on site)

GSM 1800

Dummy panels if no modules

installed
TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 TRE2 TRE1 Empty space
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 174: MBO2 - 3x(...2/...2) - Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 221 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.6 MBO Multiband BTS, Multiband Cells Configurations - GSM

850/1800/1900

GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt
please contact the Alcatel support.

2.5.6.1 MBO2 - 3x1/3x1...3

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x1/3x1...3 Multiband
BTS configuration.
ADAM4
1234
1234
The BTS has 6 sectors:

1234
P P P P Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

1234
M M M M
1 1 1 1

1234
2 2 2 2 a b a b a b

1234
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 6

TRE 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2
TRE2 TRE1 TRE3 TRE1
ANC 6 ANC 5 Sector 4 Sector 5 Sector 6
(Sector 6) (Sector 5)

a b a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4 ANC 5

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

AIR AIR TRE 1 1 1

On each ANC:
S Bridges will be removed
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2 at installation time (on site)
(Sector 3) M (Sector 1) (Sector 4) (Sector 2)
A

GSM 850

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

Empty space

123
123
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900,
TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 and if TREs (n+p+t)>3. Otherwise:
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU dummy panel is installed

Figure 175: MBO2 - 3x1/3x1...3 Multiband BTS Configuration

222 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

2.5.6.2 MBO2 - 3x(1/...3)

The following figure shows the rack layout of the MBO2 - 3x(1/...3) Multiband
Cells configuration.
ADAM4
1234
1234
The BTS has 3 sectors:

1234
P P P P Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

1234
M M M M
1 1 1 1

1234
2 2 2 2 a b a b a b

1234
ANC 1 ANC 2 ANC 6

TRE 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2
TRE2 TRE1 TRE3 TRE1
ANC 6 ANC 5
(Sector 3) (Sector 3)
a b a b a b
ANC 3 ANC 4 ANC 5

FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU TRE 1 1 1

AIR AIR

On each ANC:
S Bridges will be removed
ANC 3 U ANC 1 ANC 4 ANC 2 at installation time (on site)
(Sector 1) M (Sector 1) (Sector 2) (Sector 2)
A

GSM 850

Dummy panels if no modules

installed

Empty space

123
123
PM12 equipped if GSM 1900,
TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 TRE1 TRE3 TRE2 TRE1 and if TREs (n+p+t)>3. Otherwise:
dummy panel is installed
FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU FANU

Figure 176: MBO2 - 3x(1/...3) Multiband Cells Configuration

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 223 / 708

2 Configurations - Rack Layouts

224 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3 Indoor Cabinets

This chapter describes the indoor cabinets used in BTS A9100 configurations:

CIMI/CIDI

CIMA/CIDE

MBI3/MBI5.

The sections are supported with diagrams and illustrations, where necessary.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 225 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1 CIMI/CIDI
The CIMI and CIDI are indoor cabinets that support both omnidirectional
and sectorized configurations. The following figure shows the position of
the main modules.
CIMI CIDI

Top FANUs
Interconnection Panel Interconnection Panel

STASR 2 STASR 2

Dummy Panel Dummy Panel

STASR 1 STASR 1

FANUs FANUs
Air Inlet Air Inlet

Figure 177: CIMI/CIDI Module Positions

Both cabinets are designed to house two STASRs.

CIMI The upper subrack (STASR 2) contains the SUM and may contain TRE
and/or AN modules. The lower subrack (STASR 1) can contain TRE and/or
AN modules.

CIDI The upper subrack (STASR 2) can contain the SUM, the microwave equipment
and/or AN modules. The lower subrack (STASR 1) can contain the SUM
and/or TRE modules.

226 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.1 CIMI/CIDI Cabinet Access and Features

The following figure shows the CIMI/CIDI equipped with the interconnection
panel and two empty subracks.

Perforated RF Interface
Cover contains
FANUs
(CIMI only). Equipment Label

Interconnection Area

Perforated Door Strips

Dust Filter (CIDI only)

Subrack

EMC Gasket
(CIMI only)
Adjustable Feet

Figure 178: CIMI/CIDI Equipped with Empty Subracks

Construction The CIMI/CIDI is a steel box construction with four adjustable feet, on its
underside, to compensate for any unevenness in the floor. The cabinet has
no side access; all cable interfaces are accessible from the front or the top
of the cabinet.
The structure and dimensions of the mechanical rack and equipment comply
with IEC 297 standards.

Door The CIMI/CIDI can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall configurations.

Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via a door at the
front of the cabinet. The door is the full height of the cabinet. In case of
CIMI the door is fitted with a copper-beryllium gasket to ensure EMC integrity
when closed. An optional dust filter can be fitted to the CIDI door. The filter
is removable for cleaning.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 227 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

Cables All external cables, except for the antenna, are connected to the interconnection
panel. The external cables include the DC supply and Abis connections. The
antenna cabling is connected at the top of the cabinet.
A ribbon cable is used within the cabinet to link the subracks together; see
the following figure. In the case of CIMI the top end of the cable terminates
on the TFBP (refer to Top Fan Unit (Section 11.1.3)) for more information).
In the CIDI the cable terminates at the rear connector of the top subrack.
The bottom end terminates on the BTSRI board (refer to Remote Inventory
(Section 8.5) for more information).

TFBP Subrack
(CIMI
only)
Rear Front

Ribbon Cable Subrack

BTSRI

Figure 179: CIMI/CIDI Subracks Interconnection Cable

Cabinet Top The following figure is a top view of the CIMI, showing antenna connectors
and the fan cover. The cover is cut away to reveal extractor fans. The fans are
installed and removed via the front of the cabinet.
The CIDI cabinet differs in that it requires no top fans and no Top Fan
Backplane. The cabinet has a perforated top cover.
Fan Cover Top Fans (x6) Top Fan Backplane

Ground Bolt

Sector q/A Sector n/A

Sector q/B Sector n/B

Sector r/A Sector p/A

Sector r/B Sector p/B

Antenna
Antenna
Front Connectors
Connectors

Interconnection Panel DC Filter Connectors

Note: Sector n/p/q/r means the sector with n/p/q/r TREs.

A and B are numbering conventions of the antennas.
Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.

Figure 180: CIMI/CIDI Top View

228 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

The antennas are connected to RF connectors in a recess at the top of the

cabinet. An M8 bolt is also located on the top for connecting the cabinet to
ground. Any unequipped holes are fitted with a blanking plate.

Cooling The CIMI is air cooled by fans, both inside the cabinet and at the top. Cool air is
drawn-in through perforations on the door and is then forced up, through the
subracks, by the internal fans. The warm air is expelled through perforations at
the top of the cabinet.
The CIDI is cooled by fans inside the cabinet only, it does not require top fans.
Refer to Temperature Control (Chapter 11) for details of the cooling system
hardware.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 229 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.2 CIMI/CIDI Cabinet Interconnection Panel

All the external electrical interfaces are located on a panel at the top of the
cabinet; see the following figure.
Interconnection Area (BTSCA) Power Supply and
Circuit Breaker Area
Abis Interface Group (DCBREAK)
Equipment Labels XIO Interface Connectors

XBCB

XGPS
XRT
Abis 4 Abis 3 Abis 2 Abis 1

Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

XCLK1 Out
XCLK1 In
For details
see below
XCLK2 In/Out

XGND
GND

External Input/Output External Clock Krone Strip Abis Relays

Interface Group Interface Group

CIMI DC Variant CIDI DC Variant

Equipment DC Filter
DC Filter Connectors Labels Connectors

−48V 0V

−48V 0V

I I I
I I I
0 0 0
BTS S S 0 0 0
INT R R INT SR1 SR2
1 2

Circuit Circuit
Breakers Breakers

Figure 181: CIMI/CIDI Interconnection Panel

230 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

On the left-hand side (see the previous figure) is the interconnection area
(BTSCA); the shaded areas identify separate groups of connectors. The power
supply input-connectors and circuit breakers are located on the right-hand side.
All interfaces are over-voltage protected.
Located behind the interconnection area is an External Input/Output Board.
The XIOB is connected to the interconnection area and contains a 24 V DC/DC
converter and interface circuitry for external alarms.
The interconnection panel provides interfaces for:

Signals
XIO
External clock
Abis

DC supplies.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 231 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.3 CIMI/CIDI Signal Interfaces

XIO Interface The XIO connectors allow various external alarm devices to be connected
to the BTS A9100. These include smoke and flood detectors, as well as
electro-mechanical switches. Crimped or clamp strip contacts can be used
on the XIO connectors. The positions of the XIO connectors are shown
in Figure 181.
A detailed view of the XIO connectors is given in the following figure.

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
XI6
XI4

XI7

XI8
XI2

XI3

XI5
XI1
XIO 1

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
XI16
XI14
XI10

XI12

XI13

XI15
XI11
External XI9 XIO 2
Alarm
Inputs
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
XI17

XI24
XI18

XI19

XI20

XI22

XI23
XI21

XIO 3
X GND
X GND
X GND
X GND
+24V
+24V
+24V
+24V

X06
X04

X07
X08
X02
X03

X05
X01

External
Alarm
Outputs XIO 4

Figure 182: BTS A9100 Indoor XIO Interface Connectors

232 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

The XIO connectors are described in functional groups in the following table.

External Alarm Inputs Connectors XIO 1 to XIO 3 provide an interface

for connecting 24 external alarm inputs. Each
input alarm is reported to the OMC-R where it
is mapped to customer-defined ASCII text. The
ASCII text describes the particular alarm.
Each alarm input has two adjacent pins
associated with it on the XIO connector. If these
pins are open-circuit (open loop), an alarm is
generated.

External Alarm Outputs Connector XIO 4 provides an interface for the

SUM to control eight external alarm devices.
This feature is for future use. The SUM is
described in Station Unit Modules (Chapter 8).

+24 VDC Supply Connector XIO 4 provides a +24 VDC power

source for external alarm devices that require a
power supply.

XGND The XGND connector is used when attaching

the external alarm 24 VDC ground to the
BTS A9100 ground. If the connector pins are
not short-circuited (open loop), the input and
output alarms are isolated from the BTS A9100
ground.

Table 7: BTS A9100 Indoor XIO Interface Connectors (Functional Groups)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 233 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

The following table gives a detailed view of the external alarm inputs.

Alarm description Alarm connection Alarm generation

Alarm number XIO Input Alarm Class

1 1 9 No Outside

2 2 9 Yes Outside

3 3 9 No Outside

4 4 9 No Outside

5 5 9 No Outside

6 6 9 No Outside

7 7 9 No Outside

8 8 9 Yes Outside

9 9 9 Yes Outside

10 10 9 Yes Outside

11 11 9 Yes Outside

12 12 9 Yes Outside

13 13 9 Yes Outside

14 14 9 Yes Outside

15 15 9 Yes Outside

16 16 9 Yes Outside

17 17 9 Yes Outside

18 18 9 Yes Outside

19 19 9 Yes Outside

20 20 9 Yes Outside

21 21 9 Yes Outside

22 22 9 Yes Outside

23 23 9 Yes Outside

24 24 9 Yes Outside

Table 8: BTS A9100 Indoor External Alarm Inputs

234 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

External Clock Interface The external clock interface provides connectors for a variety of functions; see
Figure 181. The connectors are described in the following table.

XBCB The XBCB connector provides an external interface to the BCB.

Certain external control functions can be implemented via the
XBCB connector:

RI
Power supply status

Battery status

Additional Input/Output signals.

The BTS A9100 does not have to be powered up when
accessing the Remote Inventory function.

XRT The XRT connector provides access to the BTS A9100 via an
asynchronous serial interface. The signal levels conform to
CCITT V.24. This allows a standard terminal to be used for
radio supervision and loop-test purposes. The data rate is
programmable between 1200 and 115,000 baud. The XRT
Interface is controlled by the SUM.

XGPS The XGPS connector provides an asynchronous serial interface.

This controls and supervises an external GPS receiver.
The signal levels conform to CCITT V.24. The data rate is
programmable between 1200 and 115,000 baud. This interface
can also be used to synchronize the BTS A9100 to the GPS
receiver. The synchronizing signal conforms to RS-422. The
XGPS Interface is controlled by the SUM.

XCLK The XCLK connectors are used to synchronize the BTS A9100
to another BTS, which can be a G1 BTS, a G2 BTS or a BTS
A9100. The signalling interface conforms to RS-422. The
XCLK1 In and XCLK1 Out are connected together, pin-to-pin.
The XCLK2 In/Out connector provides a bidirectional clock
interface. The XCLK Interface is controlled by the SUM.

Table 9: BTS A9100 External Clock Interface Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 235 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

Abis Interface The Abis Interface provides components for a variety of functions; see Figure
181. The interface consists of the connectors described in the following table.

Abis Connectors The Abis Interface connects the BTS A9100 to

the BSC. There are four connectors, these are
Abis 1, 2, 3 and 4. All the connectors provide
120 and 75 impedances. The impedance is
selected by the type of cable connector plugged
into the interface.
Note: Only Abis 1 and 2 are currently used;
Abis 3 and 4 are provided for future use.

Krone Strip Connector The Krone strip supports an overvoltage

protection device and an Abis monitoring
device. The overvoltage protection device is a
’make-before-break’ type. This means there is
no interruption of service during insertion and
removal.

Abis Relays Four relays, one for each Abis Interface, are
controlled by the SUM. The relays can be used
to:

Perform loop-back tests on the individual

Abis Interfaces.
Provide transparent routing of the Abis traffic
when the BTS A9100 is powered down or
faulty. This ensures that the Abis connection
is not broken in multidrop configurations.

Table 10: BTS A9100 Abis Interface Connectors

236 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.4 CIMI/CIDI DC Supplies Interface

The external power supply inputs to the CIMI/CIDI are located at the top of the
cabinet; see Figure 181. The components are listed in the following table.

DC Filters In CIMI there are two DC filter connectors; one

for the 0 V input and one for the -48/-60 VDC
input.
CIDI requires only a single filter in the -48/-60
VDC line. The 0 V input connector consists of
an M8 bolt.

Circuit Breakers Three hydraulic-magnet type DC circuit

breakers protect the CIMI/CIDI equipment
from overload. Each subrack power supply is
protected by a separate circuit breaker. The
XIOB (which includes the interconnection area)
and the top fan backplane share the third
breaker (see CIMI/CIDI Power Supply and
Grounding (Section 3.1.5)).

Table 11: CIMI/CIDI, DC Supplies Interface

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 237 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.5 CIMI/CIDI Power Supply and Grounding

The CIMI/CIDI is powered from a -48/-60 VDC external power source. Power is
distributed to the cabinet via:

one filtered and one unfiltered input connectors for CIDI

two filtered input connectors for CIMI

see the following figure.

Ground DC Supply Part of Interconnection Panel
(M8 Bolt)

0 VDC Filter −48/−60 VDC Filter

Circuit
Breakers

2 1

5A

XIOB

Top Fan
Backplane

(CIMI only)

25 A
STASR2

25 A
STASR1

Figure 183: CIMI/CIDI DC Power Interconnections

Each subrack has:

A filtered input of -48/-60 VDC

A filtered 0 V return
A ground connector

A circuit breaker.

The XIOB and TFBP have the same inputs as the subracks.

238 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

The following table shows the rated values for the power components.

Items Component/Rating

0 and -48/-60 VDC Filters 4 µF capacitors, rated at 75A.

Circuit Breakers 1 and 2 25 A

Circuit Breaker 3 5A

Table 12: CIMI/CIDI Power Component Ratings

The CIMI/CIDI is EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet
level, the CIMI/CIDI is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of
the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to
the subracks via the cabinet bus bar. A functionally identical alternative to the
cabinet bus bar is used in later models of CIMI. This is a branched cableform.
The CIDI uses a bus bar for this purpose.
The bus bar (or cableform) also distributes the DC voltages to the subracks and
other CIMI/CIDI equipment.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 239 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.6 CIMI/CIDI Cables and Cable Sets

This section lists the cables and cable sets for all BTS A9100 CIMI/CIDI
configurations.

Internal Cables The CIMI/CIDI internal cables consist of the discrete cables and cable sets
listed in the following table.
Table 14 lists and describes the cables that comprise the cable sets.
For the physical and electrical descriptions of the discrete cables see Cable
Descriptions (Chapter 17).
For some of the cables and cable sets there exist different variants. For the
variants used in a specific cabinet refer to its parts list.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

BTSRIMI The BTSRIMI is a flat cable and Printed Circuit Board. It interconnects 3BK 07720
the subrack backplanes (and the TFBP in case of CIMI). A BTSRI
board is permanently attached to one end of the cable.

BUMI The BUMI is a branched cableform. It contains cables for the DC 3BK 07763
power connections to the subracks, XIOB, and top fans.

CA-ADCO Cable Assembly - Alarm Disable Connector disables eight alarm 3BK 07953
inputs. It connects to an XIO connector on the Interconnection Panel.

CIMI busbar The CIMI busbar is a hardware module used for the DC power 3BK 07763
connections to the subracks, XIOB, and top fans.

CS02 Cable Set 02 is an Antenna Network cable set. It connects an ANY to 3BK 07598
another ANY or to an ANX/ANC.

CS03 Cable Set 03 is a TRE cable set which connects a TRE to ANX/ANC 3BK 07599
or ANY.

CS04 Cable Set 04 is an Antenna cable set. It connects an ANX/ANC to 3BK 07600
two antenna cabinet connectors.

CS05 Cable Set 05 is the BTS Connection Area to SUM cable set. In a 3BK 07199
CIMI it interconnects the SUM and the Interconnection Panel. The
cable set carries the Abis 1 and Abis 2 Interfaces, and clock and
control signals to and from the SUM.

Table 13: CIMI/CIDI Internal Cables

240 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Cable Set Cable Description Part Number Quantity

CS02 RXRC The Receiver Radio Frequency Cable 3BK 07920 2

connects an ANY RX connector to an ANX or
another ANY RX connector.

TXRC The Transmitter Radio Frequency Cable 3BK 07919 1

connects an ANY TX connector to an ANX or
another ANY TX connector.

CS03 RXRC RXRC connects a TRE RX connector to an 3BK 07920 2

ANY, ANX or ANC RX connector.

TXRC TXRC connects a TRE TX connector to an 3BK 07919 1

ANY, ANX or ANC TX connector.

CS04 ANIC The Antenna Indoor Cable provides a duplex 3BK 07921 2
connection between the ANX/ANC and a
cabinet antenna connector.

CS05 CA-ABIS The Cable Assembly - Abis BTSCA-SUM 3BK 07922 1

Cable carries the Abis1/2 Interfaces from the
Interconnection Panel to the SUM.

CA-BTSCA The Cable Assembly - BTSCA-SUM Flat 3BK 07923 1

Cable carries clock and control signals
between the Interconnection Panel and the
SUM.

Table 14: CIMI/CIDI Cable Sets

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 241 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

External Cables The CIMI/CIDI external cables consist of discrete cables that are listed and
described in the following table.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

Antenna Jumper Antenna jumpers, 1 m/2 m/3 m /5 m length, HCF1/2, 2 x 7/16 straight 3BK 05360
male connectors. They connect the BTS to the main antenna cables.

CA01 Cable Assembly 01 is a 120 PCM cable. It provides the Abis1 and 3BK 07594
Abis2 connections between the BTS A9100 Interconnection Panel
and the customer’s 2 Mbit/s PCM distribution board.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired 1AC 01328
length. The cable used is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 0004
PCM cable.

CA02 Cable Assembly 02 is a 75 PCM cable. It provides the Abis1 and 3BK 07595
Abis 2 connections between the BTS A9100 Interconnection Panel
and the customer’s 2 Mbit/s PCM distribution board.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00110
The cable used is Flex3, a multicoaxial, 2Mbit/s, 75 PCM cable. 0011

A shorting plug, SP2M is used with Flex3, for impedance matching. 3BK 08949

CA-CBTE The Cable Assembly - Cable BTS Terminal is the BTS Terminal 3BK 07951
cable. It connects the BTS Terminal to the BTS Terminal connector
on the SUM.

CA-GC35 The Cable Assembly - Ground Cable 35 mm sq. is the cabinet ground 3BK 08031
cable. It connects to the M8 ground bolt on the cabinet, and to the
customer’s ground point.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. yellow/green power cable. 0003

CA-PC2W16 Cable Assembly - Power Cable Two Wires 16 mm sq. is a -48/0 3BK 08029
VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the DC connectors on the
Interconnection Panel, and to the customer’s DC power source.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00147
The cables used are a 16mmsq. blue power cable and a 16mmsq. 0001 (Blue)
black power cable.
1AC 00147
0002 (Black)

CA-PC35BK Cable Assembly - Power Cable 35 mm sq. Black is a 0 VDC 3BK 08030
cabinet power cable. It connects to the 0 VDC connector on the
Interconnection Panel, and to the customer’s 0VDC power source.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. black power cable. 0001

CA- PC35BL Cable Assembly - Power Cable 35 mm sq. Blue is a -48 VDC 3BK 08032
cabinet power cable. It connects to the -48 VDC connector on the
Interconnection Panel, and to the customer’s -48VDC power source.

242 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. blue power cable. 0002

External Alarms This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used 1AC 01328
is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. 0001

SCG2/3 Synchronization Cable Generation 2/3 is a clock synchronization 3BK 08101

cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the BTS A9100.

SCG3 Synchronization Cable Generation 3 is a clock synchronization cable. 3BK 07950

It connects a BTS A9100 to another BTS A9100.

SCM1/3 Synchronization Cable Mark 1/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It 3BK 08102
connects a G1 BTS Mark1 to the BTS A9100.

SCM2/3 Synchronization Cable Mark 2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It 3BK 08103
connects a G1 BTS Mark2 to the BTS A9100.

Table 15: CIMI/CIDI External Cables

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 243 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.1.7 CIMI/CIDI Data and Control Cabling

The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables.
CA GC35, CA PC2W16, CA PC35BK,
CA PC35BL

CA01/02

SCG2/3, SCG3, SCM1/3, SCM2/3

CA−ADCO

TFBP
BTSCA DC
(CIMI only)

CS05

BTSRIMI

CA−CBTE
STASR 2
Backplane

SUM

STASR 1
Backplane

BTSRI

Figure 184: CIMI/CIDI Data and Control Cabling

244 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2 CIMA/CIDE
The CIMA/CIDE are indoor cabinets that support both omnidirectional
and sectorized configurations. There are two variants, where the allowed
configurations are determined by the type of external power supply used
by the cabinet:

DC power supply variant

AC power supply variant.

The following figure shows the position of the main modules for both variants.
DC variant AC variant

Top FANUs Connector Area Top FANUs Connector Area

Connector Area STASR 5 Connector Area STASR 4
STASR 5 ASIB
Up to 4 TREs
Up to 4 TREs Power control modules Up to 4 TREs

FANUs
FANUs
FANUs Air Inlet FANUs
Air Inlet Air Inlet Air Inlet
STASR 4
STASR 4 STASR 3 STASR 3
Up to 2 ANCs and
ANs up to 2 Microwave Up to 2 ANCs and
Modules Up to 4 TREs or up to 2 Microwave
ANs Modules

Dummy Panel
Dummy Panel FANUs
STASR 3 Dummy Panel
STASR 3 Air Inlet
STASR 2
STASR 2
Up to 4 TREs
Up to 4 TREs
SUM and ANs Up to 4 TREs

FANUs
FANUs
Air Inlet FANUs
Air Inlet Dummy Panel
Air Inlet
STASR 2 STASR 2 STASR 1
STASR 1
SUM and ANs SUM, ANYs
and ANCs Up to 4 TREs ADAM, 3 PM12s,
SUM, ANC

Dummy Panel Dummy Panel FANUs FANUs

STASR 1 STASR 1 Air Inlet Air Inlet

Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs Batteries Fitted into

Batteries Fitted into
special Battery Tray special Battery Tray or
another STASR fitted
with TREs *)
FANUs FANUs
Air Inlet Air Inlet Dummy Panel Dummy Panel

CIMA CIDE CIMA CIDE

* ) If TREs are installed FANUs are installed under this STASR instead of over it.

Figure 185: CIMA/CIDE Module Positions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 245 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

DC Power Supply Variant The DC variant of the cabinet is designed to house up to five STASRs. The
odd-numbered subrack positions (1, 3 and 5) each contain up to four TREs.
STASR 2 contains the SUM and a mixture of ANX, ANY or ANC modules, as
required. STASR 4 can contain only a mixture of ANX, ANY or ANC modules,
as well as microwave communications modules.
Cooling is provided by FANUs situated at the base of each of the odd
-numbered subracks and, in the case of the CIMA, also at the top of the cabinet.

AC Power Supply Variant The AC variant of the CIMA is designed to house up to three STASRs and an
ASIB subrack. The odd-numbered subrack positions (1 and 3) each contain
up to four TREs. STASR 2 contains the SUM and a mixture of ANX and
ANY modules, as required.
The battery tray in the bottom of the cabinet can contain a BU41 or a BU100.
In case of CIMA Subrack 4 is an ASIB subrack containing the AC power
control modules.
The AC variant of the CIDE uses a backup battery which can be housed
internally or externally:

If an internal battery is used, the CIDE holds four STASRs. STASR 1

contains the SUM, three PM12s and the ADAM. STASR 2 and 4 each
contain up to four TREs. STASR 3 contains up to two ANCs, and optionally,
up to two microwave communications modules.

If an external battery is used, the CIDE holds five STASRs. The battery tray
at the bottom of CIDE is replaced by a STASR which contains up to four
additional TREs. In this case FANUs are installed under this STASR.

Cooling is provided by FANUs situated at the base of each of the subracks

containing TREs and the power control subrack.

246 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.1 CIMA/CIDE Cabinet Access and Features

The following figure shows the CIMA/CIDE equipped with the interconnection
panel and five empty subracks.
Top Cover

RF Interface RF Interface

Equipment Label

Interconnection Area

Note that the AC

variant uses an
ASIB to replace the
top STASR.

Perforated Door Strips

EMC Gasket
(CIMA only)

STASR
Note that the AC
variant may replace
the bottom STASR with
a battery tray
containing BU41 or
BU100.

Adjustable Feet

Figure 186: CIMA/CIDE Equipped with Empty Subracks

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 247 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

Construction The CIMA/CIDE is a steel box construction with four adjustable feet, on its
underside, to compensate for any unevenness in the floor. The cabinet has
no side access; all cable interfaces are accessible from the front or the top
of the cabinet.
The structure and dimensions of the mechanical rack and equipment comply
with IEC 297 standards.

Door The CIMA/CIDE can be installed in back-to-back or back-to -wall configurations.

Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via a door at the front
of the cabinet. The door is the full height of the cabinet and in case of CIMA is
fitted with a copper-beryllium gasket to ensure EMC integrity when closed.

Cables All external cables, except for the antenna, are connected to the interconnection
panel. The external cables include the AC or DC supply and Abis connections.
The antenna cabling is connected at the top of the cabinet.
A ribbon cable is used within the cabinet to link the subracks together; see
the following figure. The top end of the cable terminates on the TFBP (CIMA
only - refer to Top Fan Unit (Section 11.1.3) for more information). The bottom
end terminates on the BTSRI board (refer to Remote Inventory (Section 8.5)
for more information). If an internal battery is used in the AC Variant, the
ribbon cable also connects to the RIBAT (refer to RIBAT (Section 12.24) for
more information).

TFBP Subrack TFBP Subrack

(CIMA only) (CIMA only)

Ribbon Cable Subrack Ribbon Cable Subrack

Subrack
Rear Front Rear Subrack Front

Subrack Subrack

Sub
Subrack rack or
Battery
BTSRI BTSRI Tray

RIBAT in Case of
Battery (CIDE
DC variant only) AC variant

Figure 187: CIMA/CIDE Subracks Interconnection Cable

248 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Cabinet Top The following figure is a top view of the CIMA, showing antenna connectors
and the fan cover. The cover is cut away to reveal extractor fans. The fans are
installed and removed via the front of the cabinet.
Fan Cover Top Fans (x6) Top Fan Backplane

Ground Bolt

Sector q/A Sector n/A

Sector q/B Sector n/B

Sector r/A Sector p/A

Sector r/B Sector p/B

Antenna Antenna
Connectors Front Connectors

Interconnection Panel AC or DC Filter Connectors,

depending on CIMA variant

Note: Sector n/p/q/r means the sector with n/p/q/r TREs.

A and B are numbering conventions of the antennas.
Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.

Figure 188: CIMA Top View

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 249 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

The following figure is a top view of the CIDE. CIDE has no top fans, just a
perforated top cover.
Top Cover

AC Mains
Filter Ground Bolt
Terminals

Sector q/A Sector n/A

Sector q/B Sector n/B

Sector r/A Sector p/A

Sector r/B Sector p/B

Antenna
Connectors Antenna
Front Connectors

Interconnection Panel DC Filter Connectors DC Output Connector

Note: Sector n/p/q/r means the sector with n/p/q/r TREs.

A and B are numbering conventions of the antennas.
Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.

Figure 189: CIDE Top View

The antennas are connected to RF connectors at the top of the cabinet. An

M8 bolt is also located on the top for connecting the cabinet to ground. Any
unequipped holes are fitted with a blanking plate.
The CIDE AC Variant has an AC filter set in the roof plate next to the antenna
connectors on the left side. The filter has terminals for connection to a 230
VAC 1Ø supply.

Cooling The CIMA/CIDE is air cooled by fans, inside the cabinet and in case of CIMA
additionally at the top. Cool air is drawn-in through perforations on the door and
is then forced up, through the subracks, by the internal fans. The warm air is
expelled through perforations at the top of the cabinet by the top fans. Refer to
Temperature Control (Chapter 11) for details of the cooling system hardware.

250 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.2 CIMA/CIDE Cabinet Interconnection Panel

All the external electrical interfaces are located on a front-facing panel at the
top of the cabinet. The following figure shows the details of the CIMA/CIDE
DC and AC Variants.
Exception is the CIDE AC mains input, which is located in the cabinet roof.
AC mains input terminals are part of the AC mains filter. The filter is located
next to the antenna connectors, see Figure 189.
Interconnection Area (BTSCA) Power Supply and
Circuit Breaker Area
Abis Interface Group (DCBREAK)
Equipment Labels XIO Interface Connectors
XBCB

XGPS
XRT

Abis 4 Abis 3 Abis 2 Abis 1

XCLK1 Out Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

XCLK1 In

For details
see below
XCLK2 In/Out

XGND
GND

External Input/Output External Clock Krone Strip Abis Relays

Interface Group Interface Group

CIMA DC Variant CIMA AC Variant CIDE DC & AC Variant

Equipment DC Filter
DC Filter Connectors DC Output AC Input Labels Connectors DC Output (−48 V)

−48V 0V DC OUT
DC OUT 200 W max
−48V 0V −48 V/200 W max

+ L
EXT. 0V
I
BATTERY EXTERN DC
I I I I I I _
−48V I I I I I I
0 0 0 0 0 0
BTS S S S S S 0 0 0 0 0 0
INT R R R R R INT & SR1 SR2 SR3 SR4 SR5
1 2 3 4 5 N DC OUT

Circuit External External Circuit

Breakers Battery DC Breakers

Figure 190: CIMA/CIDE Interconnection Panel, DC and AC Variants

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 251 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

On the left-hand side of the Interconnection Panel (see the previous figure)
is the interconnection area; the shaded areas identify separate groups of
connectors. The power supply input-connectors and circuit breakers are
located on the right-hand side.
Located behind the interconnection area is an XIOB. The XIOB is connected to
the interconnection area and contains a 24 V DC/DC converter and interface
circuitry for external alarms.
The interconnection panel provides interfaces for:

Signals
XIO
External clock
Abis

Power supplies
DC variant external power supplies, or
AC variant external power supplies.

252 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.3 CIMA/CIDE Signal Interfaces

XIO Interface The XIO connectors allow various external alarm devices to be connected
to the BTS A9100. These include smoke and flood detectors, as well as
electro-mechanical switches. Crimped or clamp strip contacts can be used
on the XIO connectors. The positions of the XIO connectors are shown
in Figure 190.
A detailed view of the XIO connectors is given in Figure 182.
The XIO connectors are described in functional groups in Table 7.
Table 8 gives a detailed view of the eternal alarm inputs.

External Clock Interface The external clock interface provides connectors for a variety of functions; see
Figure 190. The connectors are described in Table 9.

Abis Interface The Abis Interface provides components for a variety of functions; see Figure
190. The interface consists of the connectors described in Table 10.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 253 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.4 CIMA/CIDE External Power Supply Interfaces

CIMA DC Variant The external power supply inputs to the CIMA are located on a panel to the
right of the interconnection area; see Figure 190. The components are listed in
the following table.

DC Filters There are two DC filter connectors; one for the 0 V

input and one for the -48/-60 VDC input.

Circuit Breakers Six hydraulic-magnet type DC circuit breakers protect

the CIMA equipment from overload. Each subrack
power supply is protected by a separate circuit breaker.
The XIOB (which includes the interconnection area)
and the top fan backplane share the sixth breaker (see
Figure 191).

Table 16: CIMA, DC Power Supply Interface

CIMA AC Variant The external power supply inputs to the CIMA are located on a panel to the
right of the interconnection area; see Figure 190. The components are listed in
the following table.

AC Filter There is one AC filter connector, for the 230 VAC 1Ø

input.

DC Filter There is one DC filter connector, for the -48/-60 VDC

output.

Circuit Breaker One hydraulic-magnet type DC circuit breaker protects

the CIMA equipment from overload.
The CIMA power supply system for the AC variant is
described in Figure 192.

DC Output A 9 pin D-type connector provides -48 VDC supply at

200 W max.

Table 17: CIMA, AC Power Supply Interface

254 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

CIDE DC and AC Variant The external power supply inputs to the CIDE are located on top of an AC
mains filter fitted in the roof of the cabinet; see Figure 189. The components
are listed in the following table.

AC Filter There is one AC filter connector, for the 230 VAC 1Ø

input.

DC Filters There are two DC filter connectors; one for the 0 V

input and one for the -48/-60 VDC input.

Circuit Breakers Six hydraulic-magnet type DC circuit breakers protect

the CIDE equipment from overload. Each subrack
power supply is protected by a separate circuit breaker.
See Figures 191 and 193.

DC Output A 9 pin D-type connector provides -48 VDC supply at

200 W max. to two optional Microwave Communication
Modules.

Table 18: CIDE, DC and AC Power Supply Interface

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 255 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.5 CIMA/CIDE Power Supply and Grounding

3.2.5.1 CIMA/CIDE DC Variant
The CIMA/CIDE is powered from a -48/-60 VDC external power source.
Power is distributed to the cabinet via two filtered input connectors; see the
following figure.
Ground DC Supply Part of Interconnection Panel
(M8 Bolt)

0 VDC Filter −48/−60 VDC Filter

DC Output Circuit Breakers
−48 V / 200 W
max (CIDE only)

6 5 4 3 2 1

5A
XIOB

Top Fan
Backplane
(CIMA only)

STASR 5 25 A

STASR 4 25 A

STASR 3 25 A

STASR 2 25 A

STASR 1 25 A

Figure 191: CIMA/CIDE DC Power Interconnections

256 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Each subrack has:

A filtered input of -48/-60 VDC

A filtered 0 V return

A ground connector

A circuit breaker.

The XIOB and TFBP (CIMA only) have the same inputs as the subracks.
The following table shows the rated values for the power components.

Items Component/Rating

0 and -48/-60 VDC Filters 4 µF capacitors, rated at 75A.

Circuit Breakers 1 - 5 25 A

Circuit Breaker 6 5A

Table 19: CIMA/CIDE Power Component Ratings

The CIMA/CIDE is EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet
level, the CIMA/CIDE is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of
the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to
the subracks via the cabinet bus bar. Regarding CIMA a functionally identical
alternative to the cabinet bus bar is used in the AC variant and the later DC
variant of CIMA. This is a branched cableform.
The bus bar (or cableform) also distributes the DC voltages to the subracks
and other CIMA/CIDE equipment.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 257 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.5.2 CIMA AC Variant

The following figure shows the power supply distribution for the CIMA AC
variant.

ASIB
AC In
put
AFIP
To/From
APOD Control FANUs
Alarms

ACRI BCB
PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1 BCU1

Shunt

DC Bus

GND 0 VDC −48 VDC

ABAC

S
APOD h
Ground u
(M8 Bolt) n
Circuit t
Breakers

6 5 4 3 2 1

0 VDC
(M6 Bolt)

5A 5A
AFIP
XIOB
*
External
Battery
Top Fan
Backplane

*
STASR 4 25 A BU41
or
BU100

STASR 3 25 A 0 VDC
−48 VDC

External
STASR 2 25 A −48 VDC
200 W

STASR 1 25 A
*
Only one battery possible

Figure 192: CIMA AC Variant Power Supply System

258 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

The AC input is 230 VAC 1Ø. The AC input is connected to the AFIP, where it is
filtered and passed to APOD. APOD is located in the ASIB and contains an AC
circuit breaker used to isolate the AC input supply.
ASIB contains the modules that:
Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer to APOD (Section 12.8) and
PM08 (Section 12.9) for detailed descriptions of APOD and the PM08s,
respectively. Up to five PM08s are used in the CIMA; these are PM08/5 to
PM08/1.

Control the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. Refer
to BCU1 (Section 12.12), ABAC (Section 12.16), BU41 (Section 12.20),
BU100 (Section 12.21) for detailed descriptions of BCU1 and ABAC, and the
optional items BU41 and BU100, respectively.

The DC supply produced in the ASIB is connected to the remaining modules in

the CIMA via the circuit breakers located on the APOD.
The CIMA is EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet
level, the CIMA is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the
cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the
subracks via a branched cableform. The cables are terminated with Faston,
Matenlock and spade connectors.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 259 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.5.3 CIDE AC Variant

The following figure shows the power supply distribution for the AC variant. The
presence of the battery depends on the power supply option selected:

CIDE without backup battery

CIDE with an internal backup battery

CIDE with an external backup battery.

AC In AC
put Filter OMU

PM12/3 PM12/2 PM12/1

ADAM

0 VDC −48 VDC

DCBREAK Optional inter

nal or external
Battery Unit
Circuit
Breakers
DC Output BU41 or
BU100 RIBAT
200 W max 6 5 4 3 2 1

0 VDC
(M6 Bolt)

Ground
(M8 Bolt)
10 A
XIOB

25 A
STASR 5

STASR 4 25 A

STASR 3 25 A

STASR 2 25 A

STASR 1 25 A

Figure 193: CIDE AC Variant Power Supply System

260 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

The AC input is 230 VAC 1Ø. The AC input is connected to the AC Filter, where
it is filtered and passed to three PM12s. The mains power connection to
each PM12 is via a flying socket.
The three PM12s convert the AC input to 0/-48VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section
12.11) for a description of the PM12. Up to three PM12s are used in a CIDE;
these are PM12/3 to PM12/1.
Control of the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing is
provided by the OMU via the BCB. Charge/discharge current is monitored via a
shunt in the ADAM. The ADAM acts as an interface between the PM12s, the
batteries and the power distribution inside the BTS. Refer to ADAM (Section
12.17) for a detailed description of the ADAM and for a functional description of
the power supply system.
DC power is distributed in the BTS via DCBREAK and the bus bar. DCBREAK
contains six circuit breakers, five for STASRs 1 - 5, one for XIOB.
The CIDE is EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet level,
the CIDE is connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the cabinet
with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the subracks
via a busbar system. The cables are terminated with Faston, Matenlock and
spade connectors.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 261 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.6 CIMA/CIDE Cables and Cable Sets

This section lists the cables and cable sets for all BTS A9100 CIMA/CIDE
configurations.

Internal Cables The CIMA/CIDE internal cables consist of the discrete cables and cable sets.
The following table lists the cables and cable sets, Table 21 lists and describes
the cables that comprise the cable sets.
For the physical and electrical descriptions of the discrete cables see Cable
Descriptions (Chapter 17).
For some of the cables cable sets there exist different variants. For the variants
used in a specific cabinet refer to its parts list.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

ADABA ADABA connects the battery via breakers to ADAM. It includes a cable 3BK 25146
for the battery temperature sensor.

ADABM ADABM connects the -48 VDC filter to ADAM or the interconnection area. 3BK 25139

BTSRIMA The CIMA BTS Remote Inventory Board with Cable for MEDI is a flat 3BK 07720
cable and a PCB. It interconnects the subrack backplanes and the TFBP.
A BTSRI board is permanently attached to one end of the flat cable.

BUMA The Cable Assembly Maxi as used in the later variant of CIMA is a 3BK 07762
branched cableform. It contains cables for the DC power connections to
the subracks, XIOB, and top fans.

CA-ADCO The CA-ADCO disables eight alarm inputs. It connects to an XIO 3BK 07953
connector on the Interconnection Panel.

CIMA busbar The CIMA busbar is a hardware module used for the DC power 3BK 07762
connections to the subracks, XIOB, and top fans.

CS02 CS02 is an AN cable set. It connects an ANY to another ANY or to 3BK 07598
an ANX or ANC.

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. 3BK 07599

In a CIMA it connects a TRE to ANX or ANY.
In a CIDE it connects a TRE to ANC.

CS04 CS04 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANX or ANC to two antenna 3BK 07600
cabinet connectors.

CS05 CS05 is the BTSCA to SUM cable set. In a CIMA it interconnects the 3BK 07199
SUM and the Interconnection Panel. The cable set carries the Abis 1 and
Abis 2 Interfaces, and clock and control signals to and from the SUM.

262 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number

CA-PCAN CA-PCAN connects the -48 VDC filter (on DCBREAK) to ADAM or to 3BK 25115
the interconnection area.

CA-PCAP CA-PCAP connects the 0 VDC filter (on DCBREAK) to ADAM or to the 3BK 25114
interconnection area.

Table 20: CIMA/CIDE Internal Cables

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Qty

ADABA CA-ADABM CA-ADABM connects -48 VDC from ADAM 3BK 25139 1
to the battery breaker.

CA-ADABP CA-ADABP connects 0 VDC from ADAM to 3BK 25138 1

the battery breaker.

CA-BABRM CA-BABRM connects -48 VDC from the 3BK 25141 1

battery breaker to the battery interconnection
area

CA-BABRP CA-BABRP connects 0 VDC from the battery 3BK 25140 1

breaker to the battery interconnection area.

CA-BSENS CA-BSENS connects the battery temperature 3BK 08119 1

sensor to RIBAT.

CS02 RXRC The RXRC connects an ANY RX connector 3BK 07920 2

to an ANX, ANC or another ANY RX
connector.

TXRC The TXRC connects an ANY TX connector to 3BK 07919 1

an ANX, ANC or another ANY TX connector.

CS03 RXRC The RXRC connects a TRE RX connector to 3BK 07920 2

an ANY, ANX or ANC RX connector.

TXRC The TXRC connects a TRE TX connector to 3BK 07919 1

an ANY, ANX or ANC TX connector.

CS04 ANIC The ANIC provides a duplex connection 3BK 07921 2

between the ANX or ANC and a cabinet
antenna connector.

CS05 CA-ABIS The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1/2 Interfaces 3BK 07922 1
from the Interconnection Panel to the SUM.

CA-BTSCA The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control 3BK 07923 1

signals between the Interconnection Panel
and the SUM.

Table 21: CIMA/CIDE Cable Sets

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 263 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

External Cables The CIMA/CIDE external cables consist of discrete cables that are listed
and described in the following table.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

AC Supply This AC power supply cable can be made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00170
The cable used is a single pair 4 mm sq. power cable. 0012

Antenna Antenna jumpes, 1 m/2 m/3 m/5 m length, HCF1/2, 2 x 7/16 straight 3BK 05360
Jumper male connectors. They connect the BTS to the main antenna cables.

CA01 CA01 is a 120 PCM cable. It provides the Abis1 and Abis2 3BK 07594
connections between the BTS A9100 Interconnection Panel and the
customer’s 2Mbit/s PCM distribution board.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01328
The cable used is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. 0004

CA02 CA02 is a 75 PCM cable. It provides the Abis1 and Abis 2 3BK 07595
connections between the BTS A9100 Interconnection Panel and the
customer’s 2Mbit/s PCM distribution board.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00110
The cable used is Flex3, a multicoaxial, 2Mbit/s, 75 PCM cable. 0011

A shorting plug, SP2M is used with Flex3, for impedance matching. 3BK 08949

CA-CBTE CA-CBTE is the BTS Terminal cable. It connects the BTS Terminal to 3BK 07951
the BTS Terminal connector on the SUM.

CA-GC35 CA-GC35 is the cabinet ground cable. It connects to the M8 ground 3BK 08031
bolt on the cabinet, and to the customer’s ground point.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. yellow/green power cable. 0003

CA- PC2W16 CA PC2W16 is a -48/0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the 3BK 08029
DC connectors on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customer’s DC
power source.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00147
The cables used are a 16mmsq. blue power cable and a 16mmsq. 0001 (Blue)
black power cable.
1AC 00147
0002 (Black)

CA-PC35BK CA PC35BK is a 0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the 0 VDC 3BK 08030
connector on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customer’s 0VDC
power source.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. black power cable. 0001

CA -PC35BL CA PC35BL is a -48 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects to the -48 3BK 08032
VDC connector on the Interconnection Panel, and to the customer’s
-48VDC power source.

264 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. blue power cable. 0002

External This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used 1AC 01328
Alarms is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. 0001

SCG2/3 SCG2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the 3BK 08101
BTS A9100.

SCG3 SCG3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to 3BK 07950
another BTS A9100.

SCM1/3 SCM1/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 1 3BK 08102
to the BTS A9100.

SCM2/3 SCM2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 2 3BK 08103
to the BTS A9100.

Table 22: CIMA/CIDE External Cables

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 265 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.2.7 CIMA/CIDE Data and Control Cabling

The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables.

TFBP
(CIMA only)

STASR 5
Backplane
CA GC35, CA PC2W16, CA PC35BK,
CA PC35BL

CA01/02

STASR 4
SCG2/3, SCG3, SCM1/3, SCM2/3 Backplane

CA−ADCO

BTSCA DC

STASR 3
CS05 Backplane

CA−CBTE
STASR 2
Backplane

SUM

STASR 1
Backplane

BTSRIMA

BTSRI

Figure 194: CIMA/CIDE Data and Control Cabling

266 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3 Multistandard Base Station Indoor

The MBI3/MBI5 are indoor cabinets that support both omnidirectional
and sectorized configurations. There are two variants, where the allowed
configurations are determined by the type of external power supply used
by the cabinet:

DC power supply variant

AC power supply variant.

The following figure shows the position of the main modules for both variants.

Top FANUs Top FANUs Top FANUs

Connector Area Connector Area Connector Area
STASR 5 STASR 5 STASR 5

Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs

FANUs FANUs FANUs

Air Inlet Air Inlet Air Inlet
STASR 4 STASR 4 STASR 4

SUM, ANYs SUM, ANYs SUM, ANYs

and ANCs and ANCs, and ANCs
BATS (option)

Top FANUs
Connector Area Dummy Panel Dummy Panel Dummy Panel
STASR 3 STASR 3 STASR 3 STASR 3

DC: TREs, ANC

Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs
AC: ADAM, 2 or 3PM12s,
BATS (Option)

FANUs FANUs FANUs FANUs

Air Inlet Air Inlet Air Inlet Air Inlet
STASR 2 STASR 2 STASR 2 STASR 2

DC: SUM, ANYs, ANCs SUM, ANYs ADAM, 3 PM12s, ADAM, 3 PM12s,
and ANCs SUM, ANC SUM, ANC
AC: SUM, ANCs
BATS (option)

Dummy Panel Dummy Panel Dummy Panel FANUs

STASR 1 STASR 1 STASR 1

DC: Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs Up to 4 TREs Large batteries fitted into

AC: SUM, TREs special battery tray

FANUs FANUs FANUs

Air Inlet Air Inlet Air Inlet Empty Space

MBI3 − AC or DC Variant MBI5 − DC Variant MBI5 − AC Variant with or w/o BATS MBI5 − AC Variant with large BBU

Figure 195: MBI3/MBI5 Module Positions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 267 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

DC Power Supply Variant The DC variant of the cabinets is designed to house up to three or five STASRs.
The odd-numbered subrack positions each contain up to four TREs. STASR
2 contains the SUM and a mixture of ANY and ANC modules, as required.
STASR 4 can contain only a mixture of ANY or ANC modules, as well as
microwave communications modules.
Cooling is provided by FANUs situated at the base of each of the odd-numbered
subracks and also at the top of the cabinets.

AC Power Supply Variant The AC variant of the MBIs uses a backup battery which can be housed
internally or externally:
If an internal battery is used, the MBI3 holds two, the MBI5 holds four
STASRs. STASR 1 contains the SUM, three PM12s and the ADAM. STASR
2 and 4 each contain up to four TREs. STASR 3 contains up to two ANCs,
and optionally, up to two microwave communications modules.

If an external battery is used, the MBI3 hold three, the MBI5 holds five
STASRs. The battery tray at the bottom of MBIs is replaced by a STASR
which contains up to four additional TREs. In this case FANUs are installed
under this STASR.

Cooling is provided by FANUs situated at the base of each of the subracks

containing TREs and the power control subrack.

268 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.1 MBI Cabinet Access and Features

The following figures show the MBI3/MBI5 equipped with the interconnection
panel and three or five empty subracks.
Top Fan Unit
AC Input
RF Interface RF Interface

Interconnection Area Equipment Label

Perforated Door Strips

STASR

Adjustable Feet

Figure 196: MBI3 Equipped with Empty Subracks

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 269 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

Top Fan Unit

AC Input
RF Interface RF Interface

Interconnection Area Equipment Label

Perforated Door Strips

EMC Gasket

STASR

Note that the AC

variant may replace
the bottom STASR with
a battery tray
containing BU101

Adjustable Feet

Figure 197: MBI5 Equipped with Empty Subracks

270 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Construction The MBI3/MBI5 are steel box constructions with four adjustable feet, on its
underside, to compensate for any unevenness in the floor. The cabinets
have no side access; all cable interfaces are accessible from the front or the
top of the cabinets.
The structure and dimensions of the mechanical rack and equipment comply
with IEC 297 standards.

Door The MBI3/MBI5 can be installed in back-to-back or back-to -wall configurations.

Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via a door at the front
of the cabinet. The door is the full height of the cabinet.

Cables All external cables, except for the antenna and AC supply, are connected to
the interconnection panel. The external cables include DC supply and Abis
connections. The antenna cabling and AC supply are connected at the top
of the cabinet.
A ribbon cable is used within the cabinet to link the subracks together; see the
following figure. The top end of the cable terminates on the TFBP (refer to Top
Fan Unit (Section 11.1.3) for more information). The bottom end terminates on
the BTSRI board (refer to Remote Inventory (Section 8.5) for more information).
If an internal battery is used in the AC Variant, the ribbon cable also connects to
the RIBAT (refer to RIBAT (Section 12.24) for more information).
MBI5

DC variant AC variant

TFBP
Subrack Subrack

MBI3

DC variant AC variant Ribbon

Subrack Cable Subrack

Subrack Subrack Subrack Subrack

Rear Front

Subrack Subrack Subrack Subrack

Subrack
or
Subrack Subrack Subrack Battery
Tray
BTSRI

RIBAT in case of battery FANU in case of subrack

Figure 198: MBI3/MBI5 Subracks Interconnection Cable

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 271 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

Cabinet Top The following figure is a top view of the MBI3/MBI5, showing antenna
connectors, AC main filter terminal, fan cover and ground bolt. The cover is
cut away to reveal extractor fans. The fans are installed and removed via the
front of the cabinet.
AC Filter with
new Fixation Panel Top Fan Backplane Ground Bolt M8
Fan Cover Top Fans (x6)

Antenna Antenna
labelling labelling
on the roof on the roof

Q ANT A N ANT A

Q ANT B N ANT B

R ANT A
Auxiliary3 x N
(*) R ANT B antenna blocks
(microwave)

P ANT A P ANT B

Antenna External Input Board Multistandard BTS Connection Area Blind Power Supply and Hole for SMA
Connectors XIBM MSCA Plate Circuit Breaker Area connector GPS

(*) Auxiliary 3 x 7/16 antenna blocks

Note: Antenna connectors are not necessary completely equipped.

Figure 199: MBI3/MBI5 Top View

The antennas are connected to RF connectors at the top of the cabinet. An

M8 bolt is also located on the top for connecting the cabinet to ground. Any
unequipped holes are fitted with a blanking plate.
The MBI3/MBI5 AC variant has an AC filter set in the roof plate next to the
antenna connectors on the left side. The filter has terminals for connection
to a 230 VAC 1Ø supply.

Cooling The MBIs are air cooled by fans, inside the cabinet and additionally at the top.
Cool air is drawn-in through perforations on the door and is then forced up,
through the subracks, by the internal fans. The warm air is expelled through
perforations at the top of the cabinet by the top fans. Refer to Temperature
Control (Chapter 11) for details of the cooling system hardware.

272 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.2 MBI3/MBI5 Cabinet Interconnection Panels

All the external electrical interfaces are located on front-facing panels at the
top of the cabinet. The following figures show the details of the MBI3/MBI5
interconnection panels.
Exception is the AC mains input, which is located in the cabinet roof. AC mains
input terminals are part of the AC mains filter. The filter is located next to the
antenna connectors, see previous figure.
External Alarm Input Board Multistandard Multistandard Connection Area Power Supply and
XIBM MSCA Circuit Breaker Area
DCBR3

Equipment Labels External Interface DC Output External Clock Equipment DC Filter DC Output
Connectors Interface Group Abis Interface Group Labels Connectors −48 V/500 W max

GND −48V 0V
XCLK1 Out
XCLK1 In

DC OUT
+12 V Abis 3 Abis 1 500 W max

Abis 4 Abis 2
Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1
XCLK2 In/Out

I I I I
XBCB

0 0 0 0
INT & SR1 SR2 SR3
DC OUT
XRT RS232

Krone Strip Abis Relays Extension Area Circuit

(Blind Plate) Breakers

Figure 200: MBI3 Interconnection Panels

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 273 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

External Alarm Input Board Multistandard Multistandard Connection Area Power Supply and
XIBM MSCA Circuit Breaker Area
DCBR5

Equipment Labels External Interface Connectors External Clock Equipment DC Filter DC Output
DC Output Interface Group Abis Interface Group Labels Connectors −48 V/500 W max

GND −48V 0V

XCLK1 Out
DC OUT

XCLK1 In
+12 V Abis 3 Abis 1 500 W max

Abis 4 Abis 2
Abis 4 I Abis 3 I Abis 2 I Abis1

XCLK2 In/Out
I I I I I I
XBCB

0 0 0 0 0 0
INT & SR1 SR2 SR3 SR4 SR5
DC OUT
XRT RS232

Krone Strip Abis Relays Extension Area Circuit Breakers

(Blind Plate)

Figure 201: MBI5 Interconnection Panels

On the left-hand side of the interconnection area (see figures above) is the
External Alarm Input Board Multistandard XIBM, followed by the Multistandard
Interconnection Area MSCA in the middle. An extension area is covered with a
blind plate. The power supply input/output connectors and circuit breakers are
located on DCBR3/DCBR5 on the right-hand side.
The XIBM contains a 12 V DC/DC converter and interface circuitry for external
alarms on the back side of the panel.
The interconnection panels provide interfaces for:

Signals
External alarms
External clock
Abis

DC Power supplies.

274 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.3 MBI Signal Interfaces

XIBM Interface The XIBM interface connectors are listed in the following table.
Connectors
External Alarm Interface ’Mini Combicon’ connectors XI 1 and XI 2
provide an interface for connecting 16 external
alarm inputs. Each input alarm is reported to the
OMC-R where it is mapped to customer-defined
ASCII text. The ASCII text describes the
particular alarm.
Each alarm input has two adjacent pins
associated with it on the XI connector. If these
pins are open-circuit (open loop), an alarm is
generated. So every unconnected input alarm
is bridged by a short circuit on the plug-in
connector. For test purpose it is possible to
pull the alarm inputs by software on active or
inactive level in order to check them.

DC Output The DC Output Connector provides a +12 VDC

power source for external alarm devices that
require a power supply.
The GND connector is used when attaching
the external alarm 12 VDC ground to the
BTS A9100 ground. If the connector pins are
not short-circuited (open loop), the input and
output alarms are isolated from the BTS A9100
ground.

XBCB The XBCB connector provides an external

interface to the internal BCB.

If the BTS is powered, the XBCB can

be used to control external devices (e.g.
AC/DC power supply, batteries or to provide
additional I/O signals).

In case of the BTS is not powered, the

XBCB can be externally powered. Then the
direction of the interface is reversed so that
it can be used for remote inventory of the
whole BTS.
The signal levels are according to RS485. An
EEPROM is used to store the remote inventory
data of the XIBM part.

Table 23: XIBM Interface Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 275 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

The XI connectors allow various external alarm devices to be connected

to the BTS A9100. These include smoke and flood detectors, as well as
electro-mechanical switches. Crimped or clamp strip contacts can be used on
the XI connectors. The positions of the XI connectors are shown in figures
above.
A detailed view of the XI connectors is given in the following figure.

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
XI6
XI4

XI7

XI8
XI2

XI3

XI5
XI1 XI 1
GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND

GND
XI16
XI14
XI10

XI12

XI13

XI15
XI11
XI9

XI 2

Figure 202: MBI External Alarm Interface Connectors

276 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

MSCA Clock Interface The MSCA external clock interface provides connectors for a variety of
functions; see Figures 200and 201. The connectors are described in the
following table.

XRT The XRT connector provides access to the BTS A9100 via
an asynchronous serial interface. The signal levels conform
to CCITT V.24. This allows a standard terminal to be used
for radio supervision and loop-test purposes. The data rate
is programmable between 1200 and 115,000 baud. Only
transmit and receive lines are used. Hardware flow control is
not implemented. Drivers and control of the XRT interface are
located on the SUMA.

RS232 The RS232 connector provides an asynchronous serial interface

to control and supervise an external GPS receiver or an antenna
tilt signal. The signal levels conform to CCITT V.24. The data
rate is programmable between 1200 and 115,000 baud. Only
transmit and receive lines are used. Hardware flow is not
implemented. This interface can also be used to synchronize
the BTS A9100 to the GPS receiver or another external clock
reference. These signal lines are according to RS422. Drivers
and control of the RS232 interface are located on the SUMA.

XCLK The XCLK connectors are used to synchronize the BTS A9100
to another BTS (G1 BTS, G2 BTS, BTS A9100) in time and
frequency or vice versa. The signalling interface conforms to
RS-422. There are three XCLK connectors:

XCLK1IN: input

XCLK1OUT: output

XCLK2IN/OUT: bi-directional interface.

The input XCLK1IN and the output XCLK1OUT are connected
together, pin-to-pin. The XCLK2IN/OUT connector provides a
bidirectional clock interface. Bus drivers and control logic are
located on the SUMA.

Table 24: MSCA External Clock Interface Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 277 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

MSCA Abis Interface The MSCA Abis Interface provides components for a variety of functions; see
Figures 200and 201. The interface consists of the connectors described in
the following table.

Abis Connectors The Abis Interface connects the BTS A9100 to

the BSC. There are four connectors, these are
Abis 1, 2, 3 and 4. All connectors provide 120
and 75 impedances. The impedance is
selected by the type of cable connector plugged
into the interface.
Note: Only Abis 1 and 2 are currently used;
Abis 3 and 4 are provided for future use.

Krone Strip Connector The Krone strip supports an overvoltage

protection device and an Abis monitoring
device. The overvoltage protection device is a
’make-before-break’ type. This means there is
no interruption of service during insertion and
removal of the inserts.

Abis Relays Four relays, one for each Abis Interface, are
controlled by the SUMA. The relays can be
used to:

Perform loop-back tests on the individual

Abis Interfaces.

Provide transparent routing of the Abis traffic

when the BTS A9100 is powered down or
faulty. This ensures that the Abis connection
is not broken in multidrop configurations.

Table 25: MSCA Abis Interface Connectors

278 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.4 MBI External Power Supply Interfaces

The external power supply inputs/outputs to/from the MBI3/MBI5 are located
on top of an AC mains filter fitted in the roof of the cabinet or on the power
supply and circuit breaker area DCBR3/DCBR5, see Figures 196 and 197.
The components are listed in the following table.

AC Filter There is one AC filter connector, for the 230 VAC 1Ø

input.

DC Filters There are two DC filter connectors; one for the 0 V

input and one for the -48/-60 VDC input.

Circuit Breakers Four (MBI3) or six (MBI5) hydraulic-magnet type

DC circuit breakers protect the MBI equipment from
overload. Each subrack power supply is protected by a
separate circuit breaker. See Figures 200 and 201.

DC Output A 3-pin D-type connector provides -48 VDC supply at

500 W max. to two optional Microwave Communication
Modules or external transmission equipment, pylon
lightning, etc..

Table 26: MBI, DC and AC Power Supply Interface

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 279 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.5 MBI Power Supply and Grounding

3.3.5.1 MBI DC Variant
The MBI DC variants are powered from a -48/-60 VDC external power source.
Power is distributed to the cabinet via two filtered input connectors; see the
following figures.
Ground DC Input DC Output DC Input
(M8 Bolt) 0V −48 V / 500 W max −48 V

DCBR3
0 VDC −48/−60 VDC
Filter Filter
Clamp Panel
(not on
DCBR3)

Circuit Breakers

INT & SR3 SR2 SR1

DC OUT

XIBM

Top Fan 15 A
Backplane

30 A
STASR3

30 A
STASR2

30 A
STASR1
BUS Bar BUS Bar

Figure 203: MBI3 DC Power Interconnections

280 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Ground DC Input DC Output DC Input

(M8 Bolt) 0V −48 V / 500 W max −48 V

DCBR5
0 VDC −48/−60 VDC
Filter Filter
Clamp Panel
(not on DCBR5)

Circuit
Breakers

INT & SR5 SR4 SR3 SR2 SR1

DC OUT

XIBM

15 A
Top Fan
Backplane

30 A
STASR 5

30 A
STASR 4

30 A
STASR 3

30 A
STASR 2

30 A
STASR 1
BUS Bar BUS Bar

Figure 204: MBI5 DC Power Interconnections

Each subrack has:

A filtered input of -48/-60 VDC

A filtered 0 V return
A ground connector

A circuit breaker.

The XIBM and TFBP have the same inputs as the subracks.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 281 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

The following table shows the rated values for the power components.

Items Component/Rating

0 and -48/-60 VDC Filters 4 µF capacitors, rated at 75 A

Circuit Breakers 1 - 3 (MBI3) 30 A

Circuit Breakers 1 - 5 (MBI5)

Circuit Breaker 4 (MBI3) 15 A

Circuit Breaker 6 (MBI5)

Table 27: MBI Power Component Ratings

The MBIs are EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet
level, the MBIs are connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of the
cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to the
subracks via the cabinet bus bar.
The bus bar also distributes the DC voltages to the subracks and other MBI
equipment.

282 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.5.2 MBI AC Variant

The following figures show the power supply distribution for the AC variant of
MBI5. MBI3 AC variants are similar (only less circuit breakers and STASRs),
but it is not possible to install a large internal backup battery (no BU101
possible, only BATS). The presence of the battery depends on the power
supply option selected:

MBI without backup battery

MBI with an internal backup battery

MBI with an external backup battery.

AC AC
Filter OMU
I nput

PM12/3 PM12/2 PM12/1

ADAM

0 VDC −48 VDC

Ground
(M8 Bolt) DC Output

DCBR5
0 VDC −48V/−60 VDC
Filter Filter

Circuit
Breakers

XIBM

15 A
Top Fan
Backplane

30 A
STASR 5

30 A
STASR 4

30 A
STASR 3

30 A
STASR 2

30 A
STASR 1
BUS Bar BUS Bar

Figure 205: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System w/o Battery

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 283 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

AC AC
Filter OMU
I nput

PM12/3 PM12/2 PM12/1

Back
panel
ADAM

LOAD BATT
Front
side 0 VDC −48 VDC −48 VDC
Ground Battery
(M8 Bolt) DC Output Breakers

DCBR5
0 VDC −48V/−60 VDC Optional internal
Filter Filter Battery Unit

+ −
Battery RIBAT

Circuit
Breakers

to BCB

XIBM

15 A
Top Fan
Backplane

30 A
STASR 5

30 A
STASR 4

30 A
STASR 3

30 A
STASR 2

30 A
STASR 1
BUS Bar BUS Bar

Figure 206: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System with internal Battery

284 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

AC AC
Filter OMU
I nput

PM12/3 PM12/2 PM12/1

Back
panel
ADAM

LOAD BATT
Front
side 0 VDC −48 VDC −48 VDC
Ground
(M8 Bolt)
DC Output Battery
Breakers
DCBR5
0 VDC −48V/−60 VDC GND
Filter Filter
Optional external
Battery Unit

− +
Battery RIBAT

Circuit
Breakers

XBCB

XIBM

15 A
Top Fan
Backplane

30 A
STASR 5

30 A
STASR 4

30 A
STASR 3

30 A
STASR 2

30 A
STASR 1
BUS Bar BUS Bar

Figure 207: MBI5 AC Variant Power Supply System with external Battery

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 285 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

The AC input is 230 VAC 1Ø. The AC input is connected to the AC Filter, where
it is filtered and passed to three PM12s. The mains power connection to
each PM12 is via a flying socket.
The three PM12s convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer to PM12 (Section
12.11) for a description of the PM12. Up to three PM12s are used in a MBI;
these are PM12/1 to PM12/3.
Control of the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing is
provided by the OMU via the BCB. Charge/discharge current is monitored
via a shunt in the ADAM. The ADAM acts as an interface between PM12s,
batteries and power distribution inside the BTS. Refer to ADAM (Section 12.17)
for a detailed description of the ADAM and for a functional description of
the power supply system.
In the MBI3 DC power is distributed in the BTS via DCBR3 and the bus bar.
DCBR3 contains four circuit breakers, three for STASRs 1 - 3, one for XIBM
and top fan unit.
In the MBI5 DC power is distributed in the BTS via DCBR5 and the bus bar.
DCBR5 contains six circuit breakers, five for STASRs 1 - 5, one for XIBM
and top fan unit.
The MBIs are EMC protected at both cabinet and module level. At cabinet
level, the MBIs are connected to ground via a cable terminated on top of
the cabinet with an M8 bolt. At module level, ground continuity is carried to
the subracks via a busbar system. The cables are terminated with Faston,
Matenlock and spade connectors.

286 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.6 MBI Cables and Cable Sets

This section lists the cables and cable sets for all BTS A9100 MBI
configurations.

Internal Cables The MBI internal cables consist of the discrete cables and cable sets.
The following table lists the cables and cable sets, Table 29 lists and describes
the cables that comprise the cable sets.
For the physical and electrical descriptions of the discrete cables see Cable
Descriptions (Chapter 17).
For some of the cables and cable sets there exist different variants. For the
variants used in a specific cabinet refer to its parts list.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

ADABA ADABA connects the battery via breakers to ADAM. It includes a 3BK 25146
cable for the battery temperature sensor.

ADABM ADABM connects the -48 VDC filter toa clamp panel. In 3BK 25139
combination with CA-PCAN there can be made a connection to
the circuit breakers of DCBR3/DCBR5.

BTSRI3 The BTS Remote Inventory Board with Cable for MBI3 is a flat 3BK 025973
cable and a PCB. It interconnects the subrack backplanes and
the TFBP. A BTSRI board is permanently attached to one end of
the flat cable.

BTSRI5 The BTS Remote Inventory Board with Cable for MBI5 is a flat 3BK 025974
cable and a PCB. It interconnects the subrack backplanes and
the TFBP. A BTSRI board is permanently attached to one end of
the flat cable.

CA-ADCO The CA-ADCO disables eight alarm inputs. It connects to an XIO 3BK 07953
connector on the Interconnection Panel.

CABATS CABATS connects the small battery unit BATS to ADAM. 3BK 25873

CA-PCAN CA-PCAN connects the ADAM or the –48 VDC filter (on 3BK 25115
DCBR3/DCBR5) to the DC breakers on DCBR3/DCBR5.

CA-PCAP CA-PCAP connects the 0 VDC filter (on DCBR3/DCBR5) to 3BK 25114
ADAM..

CS02 CS02 is an AN cable set. It connects an ANY to another ANY 3BK 07598
or to an ANC.

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. 3BK 07599

It connects a TRE to an ANC.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 287 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number

CS04 CS04 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANC to two antenna 3BK 07600
cabinet connectors.

CS05 CS05 is the MSCA to SUM cable set. It interconnects the SUM 3BK 07199
and the MSCA. The cable set carries the Abis 1 and Abis 2
Interfaces, and clock and control signals to and from the SUM.

Table 28: MBI Internal Cables

288 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Qty

ADABA CA-ADABM CA-ADABM connects -48 VDC from ADAM 3BK 25139 1
to the battery breaker.

CA-ADABP CA-ADABP connects 0 VDC from ADAM to 3BK 25138 1

the battery breaker.

CA-BABRM CA-BABRM connects -48 VDC from the 3BK 25141 1

battery breaker to the battery interconnection
area

CA-BABRP CA-BABRP connects 0 VDC from the battery 3BK 25140 1

breaker to the battery interconnection area.

CA-BSENS CA-BSENS connects the battery temperature 3BK 08119 1

sensor to RIBAT.

CS02 RXRC The RXRC connects an ANY RX connector 3BK 07920 2

to an ANC or another ANY RX connector.

TXRC The TXRC connects an ANY TX connector 3BK 07919 1

to an ANC or another ANY TX connector.

CS03 RXRC The RXRC connects a TRE RX connector to 3BK 07920 2

an ANY or ANC RX connector.

TXRC The TXRC connects a TRE TX connector to 3BK 07919 1

an ANY or ANC TX connector.

CS04 ANIC The ANIC provides a duplex connection 3BK 07921 2

between the ANC and a cabinet antenna
connector.

CS05 CA-ABIS The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1/2 Interfaces 3BK 07922 1
from the MSCA to the SUM.

CA-BTSCA The CA-BTSCA carries clock and control 3BK 07923 1

signals between the MSCA and the SUM.

Table 29: MBI Cable Sets

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 289 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

External Cables The MBI external cables consist of discrete cables that are listed and described
in the following table.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

AC Supply This AC power supply cable can be made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00170
The cable used is a single pair 4 mm sq. power cable. 0012

Antenna Antenna jumpes, 1 m/2 m/3 m/5 m length, HCF1/2, 2 x 7/16 straight 3BK 05360
Jumper male connectors. They connect the BTS to the main antenna cables.

CA01 CA01 is a 120 PCM cable. It provides the Abis1 and Abis2 3BK 07594
connections between the BTS A9100 Interconnection Panel MSCA and
the customer’s 2Mbit/s PCM distribution board.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01328
The cable used is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. 0004

CA02 CA02 is a 75 PCM cable. It provides the Abis1 and Abis 2 3BK 07595
connections between the BTS A9100 Interconnection Panel MSCA and
the customer’s 2Mbit/s PCM distribution board.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00110
The cable used is Flex3, a multicoaxial, 2Mbit/s, 75 PCM cable. 0011

A shorting plug, SP2M is used with Flex3, for impedance matching. 3BK 08949

CA-CBTE CA-CBTE is the BTS Terminal cable. It connects the BTS Terminal to 3BK 07951
the BTS Terminal connector on the SUM.

CA-GC35 CA-GC35 is the cabinet ground cable. It connects to the M8 ground 3BK 08031
bolt on the cabinet, and to the customer’s ground point.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. yellow/green power cable. 0003

CA- PC2W16 CA PC2W16 is a -48/0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects the 3BK 08029
DC connectors on the DCBR3/DCBR5 and the customer’s DC power
source.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00147
The cables used are a 16mmsq. blue power cable and a 16mmsq. 0001 (Blue)
black power cable.
1AC 00147
0002 (Black)

CA-PC35BK CA PC35BK is a 0 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects the 0 VDC 3BK 08030
connector on the DCBR3/DCBR5 and the customer’s 0VDC power
source.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. black power cable. 0001

CA -PC35BL CA PC35BL is a -48 VDC cabinet power cable. It connects the -48 3BK 08032
VDC connector on the DCBR3/DCBR5 and the customer’s -48 VDC
power source.

290 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01723
The cable used is a 35mmsq. blue power cable. 0002

External This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used 1AC 01328
Alarms is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable. 0001

SCG2/3 SCG2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to the 3BK 08101
BTS A9100.

SCG3 SCG3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to 3BK 07950
another BTS A9100.

SCM1/3 SCM1/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 1 3BK 08102
to the BTS A9100.

SCM2/3 SCM2/3 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G1 BTS Mark 2 3BK 08103
to the BTS A9100.

Table 30: MBI External Cables

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 291 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

3.3.7 MBI Data and Control Cabling

The following figures show the logical interconnections provided by data and
control cables.
CA GC35, CA PC2W16, CA PC35BK,
CA PC35BL

CA01/02
TFBP

SCG2/3, SCG3, SCM1/3, SCM2/3

CA−ADCO BTSRI3

XIBM/MSCA DC

STASR 3
CS05 Backplane

CA−CBTE
STASR 2
Backplane

SUM

STASR 1
Backplane

BTSRI

Figure 208: MBI3 Data and Control Cabling

292 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 3 Indoor Cabinets

TFBP

STASR 5
Backplane
CA GC35, CA PC2W16, CA PC35BK,
CA PC35BL

CA01/02

STASR 4
SCG2/3, SCG3, SCM1/3, SCM2/3 Backplane

CA−ADCO

XIBM/MSCA DC

STASR 3
CS05 Backplane

CA−CBTE
STASR 2
Backplane

SUMA

STASR 1
Backplane

BTSRI5

BTSRI

Figure 209: MBI5 Data and Control Cabling

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 293 / 708

3 Indoor Cabinets

294 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4 Outdoor Cabinets

This chapter describes the outdoor cabinets used in BTS A9100 configurations.

COME/COMI

CODE/CODI

COEP
CPT2

MBO1

MBO2

CBO.

The sections are supported with diagrams and illustrations if necessary.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 295 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.1 Outdoor Cabinets General Information

There are four classes of outdoor cabinets available to house the BTS A9100
equipment.

COME/CODE - 3-doors outdoor cabinet

COMI/CODI/CPT2/MBO2 - 2-doors outdoor cabinet

COEP/MBOE - 1-door outdoor extension cabinet

MBO1 - 1-door outdoor cabinet

CBO - 1 door outdoor cabinet.

The COEP is designed to allow to extend in the field a COMI to a COME and a
CODI to a CODE. The MBOE is designed to extend MBO1 to an MBO2.
All outdoor cabinets support both omnidirectional and sectorized configurations.
The following figures show the possible positions of the main modules. The
positions of the modules in the subracks are configuration dependent; for more
information, refer to Configurations - Rack Layouts (Chapter 2).

296 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

COME

COMI COEP

Service Light
and AC Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment 2 Smoke
Power Socket Detector

Service Light
Equipment and AC
Labels Power Socket
(not neces
Electricity sarily
Door Alarms Meter Option STASR 5 equipped)
Override ACSB
Option
Key Switch

DCDP
Interconnection Not neces
Panel sarily
equipped
STASR 2 STASR 4
SRACDC or
ACSR
Door Alarm
Document Switch
Holder (installation
on upper or
BTSRIOUT STASR 1 STASR 3 lower posi
tion)
Battery (2 BU41s
or BU100)

Flood De
tector
(installation
on left or
right posi
tion)
Front View

HEAT2 HEAT2 HEAT2 HEAT2

HEAT2

HEX2 HEX2 HEX2

Top View

Figure 210: COME/COMI/COEP Module Positions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 297 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

CODE

CODI COEP

Service Light Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment 2

and AC Power Smoke
Socket Detector

Equipment
Labels
ACSU
Door Alarms
Override STASR 3 STASR 6
Key Switch STASR 7
(Bus−bar)

Interconnection
Panel

Document Options or STASR 2 STASR 5

Holder 2nd Battery

Battery STASR 1 STASR 4

Door Alarm
LPFU Switch

Flood
Detector BTSRIOUT

Front View

HEAT2 HEAT2
HEAT2

HEX2 HEX2 HEX2

Top View

Figure 211: CODE/CODI/COEP Module Positions

298 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Service Light Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1

and AC Power Smoke
Socket Detector

Equipment
Labels
ACSU

Door Alarms
STASR 6
Override
STASR 3
Key Switch
(Bus−bar)

OUTC

Document STASR 5
Holder STASR 2

Door Alarm
Switch
Battery STASR 4

LPFU

Flood
Detector

Front View

HEAT2
HEAT2

HEX2 HEX2

Top View

Figure 212: CPT2 Module Positions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 299 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Service Light

Smoke Detektor

AC Switch Unit
(ACMU)

LPFM
ADAM4

STASR 7
HEX Breaker
Options Area
(e.g. Microwaves)

Door Alarms
STASR 3 Override
Key Switch
Batteries

Document
Holder
OUTC
STASR 2
Battery Cover

Batteries

Door Alarm
STASR 1
Switch

Flood
Detector

Front View

HEAT2

HEX4

Top View

Figure 213: MBO1 Module Positions

300 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

MBO2

Service Light
MBO1 MBOE

Smoke Detektor

AC Switch Unit
(ACMU)
LPFM
ADAM4

HEX Breaker
STASR 7 STASR 0

Options Area
Door Alarms
(e.g. Microwaves)
Override
Key Switch

STASR 3 STASR 6
Batteries

OUTC
Document
Holder

STASR 2 STASR 5
Battery Cover

Batteries
Door Alarm
Switch

STASR 1 STASR 4
Flood
Detector

Front View

HEAT2

HEAT2
HEX4
HEX3

Top View

Figure 214: MBO2 Module Positions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 301 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

CBO

Options Area Door Switch

(e.g. Microwaves)

DCUC

ACUC

STASR 2 OUTC

LPFC
ADAM 2

External Batteries
Breaker

Cables Entry
STASR 1

Front View

HEAT3

HEX5

Top View

Figure 215: CBO Module Positions

COME/COMI/CODE/CODI/CPT2 cabinets have two or three compartments:

Side compartment

BTS compartment 1

BTS compartment 2.

MBO1/MBO2 cabinets have one or two compartments:

MBO1

MBOE.

CBO cabinet has one compartment.

302 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.1.1 Side Compartment

The side compartment is designed to house AC/DC power equipment and
provide an external cables connection point. All external cables, except RF
cables, enter the side compartment. The layout of the Side Compartment
differs for COME/COMI and CODE/CODI/CPT2 versions.

COME/COMI At the top of the compartment is room for an optional electricity meter. An
ASCB provides AC distribution and circuit breakers for the incoming AC mains
supply. ACSB also provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines.
The SRACDC or ACSR houses the modules that convert the AC mains supply
into a 0/-48 VDC supply.
Between the side compartment and BTS compartment 1 is the Interconnection
Panel. This provides connectors for DC supplies, and for the external Abis,
alarm and clock cables.

CODE/CODI AC mains power is applied to the LPFU located at the bottom of the side
compartment. The LPFU provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines
and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the top of the side compartment
is the ACSU which provides AC distribution. The ACSU contains AC circuit
breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays.
Directly underneath the ACSU a STASR contains the ADAM and three PM12s.
There is also provision for optional microwave equipment.
Above the batteries on the floor there can be fitted an additional BU41 or BU100.
Between the side compartment and BTS compartment 1 is the Interconnection
Panel. This provides connectors for DC supplies, and for the external Abis,
alarm and clock cables.

CPT2 AC mains power is applied to the LPFU located at the bottom of the side
compartment. The LPFU provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines
and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the top of the side compartment
is the ACSU which provides AC distribution. The ACSU contains AC circuit
breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays.
Directly underneath the ACSU a STASR contains the ADAM and three PM12s.
Directly above the batteries a STASR contains up to four TREs and three
FANUs.
At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC).
It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions and provides
connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis,
alarm and clock cables.

Common Features Other equipment items include:

BOSU for power distribution. In CODE circuit breakers are provided in the
BOSU for isolating the DC supply from XIOB, HEX2, STASR 7 and the
Power Distribution Units

HEAT2 on the floor in COME and on the lower left side panel in CODE/CPT2.

Two optional BU41s or one BU100 on the floor in COME. CODE has one
BU41 or one BU100 on the floor, an additional BU41 or BU100 can be
fitted above (as an option)

Document holder on the side panel

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 303 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Equipment labels on the side panel

HEX2 on the inside of the door

Door alarm switch on the side frame

Door alarm override key switch on the side frame (COME/COMI) or on

the bus-bar (CODE/CODI/CPT2)

Service light, AC power socket at the top.

4.1.2 BTS Compartment 1

COME/COMI A COME/COMI BTS compartment 1 holds two STASRs. The lower subrack
(STASR 1) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs. The upper subrack
(STASR 2) holds the SUM and a mixture of ANX or ANY modules, as required.

CODE/CODI/CPT2 A CODE/CODI/CPT2 BTS Compartment 1 holds three STASRs. The top and
bottom subracks contain up to four TREs and three FANUs each. The middle
subrack holds the SUM and a mixture of ANC and ANY modules as required.

Common Features Other equipment items include:

Up to two HEAT2s on the floor for COME/COMI, one HEAT2 for

CODE/CODI/CPT2.

HEX2 on the inside of the door.

Door alarm switch on the side frame

Flood detector on the floor

RF lightning protectors in the floor

Smoke detector on the ceiling

Service light and an AC power socket at the top.

The method used for DC supply isolation depends on the compartment type:

For the COME/COMI there are two possibilities:

Above the upper subrack is the DCDP. Circuit breakers are provided for
isolating the DC supply from the STASRs, HEX2s, XIOB and optional
microwave link equipment. The optional equipment is housed above
the DCDP.
Circuit breakers are provided in the BOBU for isolating the DC supply
from the STASRs, HEX2s, XIOB and optional microwave link equipment.
The optional equipment is housed above the upper subrack (STASR 2).

In the CODE/CODI/CPT2 circuit breakers are provided in the BOBU for

isolating the DC supply from the STASRs and HEXxs.

304 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.1.3 BTS Compartment 2

The BTS compartment 2 holds three STASRs. The upper and lower subracks
each contain up to four TREs and three FANUs. The middle subrack contains a
mixture of ANX, ANY or ANC modules, as required.
Other equipment items include:

For COME up to two HEAT2s on the floor, one HEAT2 for CODE.

HEX2 on the inside of the door

Door alarm switch on the side frame

RF lightning protectors in the floor

Service light and an AC power socket at the top (not necessarily equipped).

4.1.4 MBO1
MBO1 is designed to house AC/DC power equipment. All external cables
enter the MBO1 at roof top.
AC mains power is applied to the LPFM located at the left upper side of the
MBO1 compartment. The LPFM provides lightning protection for the AC supply
lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. At the left upper back side
of the compartment is the ACMU which provides AC distribution. The ACMU
contains AC circuit breakers and a thermostat with the associated power relays.
Underneath the ACMU optional modules (e.g. microwaves) are installed.
Directly underneath these optional modules the batteries (BU101) are located.
There is a specific battery box which contains two batteries in an upper and two
batteries in a lower block. All batteries are connected in series.
To the right of the batteries and the optional modules a rack frame is installed
which contains 4 STASRs. The top STASR (STASR 7) contains ADAM4 and
two, three or four PM12s.
STASR 1 (bottom) contains up to four TREs and three FANUs; STASR 2 above
contains a mixture of SUMA, ANY and ANC modules as required; STASR 3
above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of TREs and an ANC and three
FANUs each.
At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC).
It contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions and provides
connectors for DC supplies, temperature sensor, and for the external Abis,
alarm and clock cables.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 305 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Other equipment items include:

BOMU for power and alarm distribution in MBO1/MBOE. Circuit breakers are
provided in the BOMU for isolating the DC supply from XIOB, HEX3/HEX4,
STASRs and the Power Distribution Units.

HEX4 on the inside of the door

HEAT2 at the back of the front door underneath HEX4

Document holder at the cover of the battery box

Equipment labels on the side panel

Door alarm switch on the side frame

Door alarm override key switch (part of BOMU)

Service light, AC power socket, and smoke detector at the top

Flood detector on the floor.

4.1.5 MBOE
An MBOE holds four STASRs. The top subrack (STASR 0) can be used for
optional 19” units. The bottom subrack (STASR 4) contains up to four TREs
and three FANUs each. STASR 5 above contains a mixture of ANC and ANY
modules as required. STASR 6 above contains up to four TREs or a mixture of
TREs and an ANC and three FANUs each.
Other equipment items include:

HEX3 on the inside of the door

HEAT2 at the bottom on the right side frame

Door alarm switch on the side frame

RF lightning protectors in the roof

Service light and an AC power socket at the top.

306 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.1.6 CBO
CBO is designed to house two TREs with up to two ANCs and an optional
BATS module. Above the STASRs up to three 19” units can be installed.
All external cables enter the CBO at the right side of the cabinet where the
cables entry is located.
AC mains power is applied to the LPFC located above the cable entry of the
CBO cabinet. The LPFC provides lightning protection for the AC supply lines
and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply. Above the LPFC is the ACUC
which provides AC distribution. The ACUC contains AC circuit breakers, a
thermostat and an AC power socket.
The DCUC, which provides DC distribution, is located above the ACUC.
At the top of the rack space is foreseen for options installation. Maximum three
MW units can be installed.
The bottom STASR (STASR1) contains the ADAM2, two PM12s, SUMA and up
to two TREs and three FANUs; STASR2 above contains the BATS and up to
two ANC modules.
At the right side of the compartment is the Outdoor Control Board (OUTC). It
contains the XIOB, BTSRI, RIBAT and COAR functions , temperature sensor,
and for the external Abis, alarm and clock cables.
Other equipment items include:

HEX5 on the inside of the door

HEAT3 under the STASR1

Equipment labels on the side panel

Door alarm switch on the side frame

Degasing filtered holes are foreseen at the top and the bottom of the cabinet.

Two holes are foreseen at the bottom of the door for water outlet from HEX5.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 307 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.2 Outdoor Cabinet Access and Features

The following figures show the BTS A9100 outdoor cabinets without subracks.
Alternative
Door Style Side Compartment

BTS Compartment 1

Hinged Outer Roof

Subrack Mounting
Rail

BTS Compartment 2
Lifting Ring
Inner Roof (flat on
CODE/CODI)

Bolt and
Washer

Interconnection
Panel

RIBAT (CODE/
CODI only)

Cable Entry Plate

Guiding
Channel
COME/COMI: Perforated
Panel, carries COAR Antenna
CODE/CODI: Part of Panel, Cabinet Connectors
carries COAR and RIBATs Joining Plinth
Brackets

Side Panel

Cabinets joined by four M8 Bolts.

Guiding Channel used for tool ac
cess from side of cabinet Removable Panel

Figure 216: BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabinet Construction COME/COMI/CODI/CODE

308 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Hinged Outer Roof

Side panel
Outdoor Control Board (OUTC)

Figure 217: BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabinet Construction CPT2

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 309 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Figure 218: Multistandard BTS Outdoor Cabinet Construction MBO1

310 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Figure 219: Multistandard BTS Outdoor Cabinet Construction MBO2

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 311 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Figure 220: Compact BTS Outdoor Construction CBO

312 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Main Design Features Cabinet extensibility onsite

Cabinet dismountible onsite for easier manual transportation

Front access to BTS equipment only

Side walls removable - thus extended cabinet without partition wall inside

Easy removeable roof, socle panels (not MBO1/MBO2/CBO) and heat

exchanger

Double-skined wall (not for CBO) and roof

Cooling by air/air heat exchanger (generic)

Environmental - and EMC protected

Construction Each BTS A9100 compartment consists of a box-shaped frame bolted to a
plinth. Other components are added to this basic construction, as required.
All two or three compartments are bolted together. The method of joining
the cabinets is different for each variant. One COME/COMI variant uses
joining brackets fixed to the sides and bottom of the cabinet frame. Another
COME/COMI variant and CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO2 use four M8 bolts in
the corners of the cabinet with guiding channels at the rear of the cabinet to
help locate the fixing tool and bolts.
The COME/COMI side compartment and BTS compartment1 are separated
by perforated panels which prevents RF interference from entering the side
compartment. Similar panels are used in CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO2,
however only as a structural element and support for COAR and RIBATs
(CODE/CODI) or OUTC (CPT2/MBO1/MBO2). The space between BTS
compartments 1 and 2 is open.
Each compartment has a separate rear panel. COME/CODE: The
side compartment and BTS compartment 2 each have a side panel.
COMI/CODI/CPT2 The side compartment and BTS compartment 1 each have
a side panel. MBO1: The compartment has two side panels. MBO2: MBO1
and MBOE have a side panel each.

Roof The outer roof of each compartment can be raised at the front and
unhinged at the rear for removal. This reveals an inner roof (flat on
CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBOx) and four lifting rings. Each outer roof must be
removed, in turn, from right to left.
On MBOx roofs a label warns to lift top cover with care at windy conditions.

Door All the BTS A9100 cabinets can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall
configurations. Access to each compartment is via a door at the front. The
door provides both an environmental and EMC seal when closed. Mounted
on the inside of the door is a HEXx. Above (COME/COMI/CBO) or under
(CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO2) the HEXx is a latch mechanism for keeping
the door open during maintenance.
Each door contains a door lock, to be opened by a key. Each door presses
an electronical switch. All door switches are serially connected. In the side
compartment or MBO1 compartment there is mounted another electronical
switch, the so-called door alarm override switch, which uses the same key
as the side compartment or MBO compartment door lock. It secures that
non-authorized opening of the doors lead to an alarm.
Not less than 0.8 m free space must be left in front of the cabinet doors, 0.1
or 0.2 m at side and back.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 313 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Subracks The subracks are secured to two vertical mounting rails. The rails are
positioned on the left and right sides of each compartment.
Refer to Standard Telecommunications Subrack (Chapter 6) and AC Power
Subracks (Chapter 7) for detailed information on STASR, SRACDC, and
ACSR, respectively.

External Cable Entry All external cables, including antenna cables, enter the cabinet via the cable
entry plate or from below the plinth. The plate can be fitted to the front or left
side of the side compartment plinth. The outward-facing sides of the plinths
are covered by removable panels.
For MBO1/MBO2 the side panel has a variable notch on bottom or top so
that all external cables can be passed through. If the external cables come
directly from the BTS socket the notch is not needed and can be closed. There
is a space between side panel and internal rack construction to take in the
cables. The cables are fixed at the side of the internal rack and led to the
top where they enter the cabinet.
For CBO the cables entry has an adjustable cover plate that must be removed
so that the cables can be passed through.

Internal Internal power and signal connections between the side compartment
Interconnections and BTS compartment 1 are made via the interconnection panel or the
outdoor control board (CPT2). Internal signal connections between MBO1
and MBOE are made via the outdoor control board. The interconnection
panel also contains a PCB. Refer to Outdoor Cabinet Interconnection Panel
COMI/COME/CODI/CODE (Section 4.3) for detailed information on the
interconnection panel. The outdoor control board consists the function of four
boards: COAR, XIOB, BTSRI, and RIBAT. Refer to Outdoor Cabinet Signal
Interfaces (Section 4.4) for detailed information.
BTS compartments 1 and 2 have RF connectors fitted to the floor. These are
for antenna cabling.

STASR Ribbon Cable COME/CODE only: A ribbon cable is used within the cabinet to link the STASRs
together. The ribbon cable is in two parts, joined by the BTSRIOUT board
between them. One cable part connects to the subracks in BTS compartment
1, and the other to the subracks in BTS compartment 2. Refer to Remote
Inventory (Section 8.5) for information on the Remote Inventory function.

Heating and Cooling Heating is provided by HEAT2s if the internal air temperature is below 10

C. Above this temperature, module cooling is provided by FANUs. If the
temperature increases above 20C, the HEXxs switch on. As the temperature
rises further, the HEXx fan speed increases. HEXxs transfer heat from the
cabinet interior to the outside air environment.
Refer to HEX2 (Section 11.2), HEX3/HEX4 (Section 11.3), HEX 5 (Section
11.4), HEAT2 (Section 11.5) and HEAT3 (Section 11.6) for detailed information.

Adjustable Feet Adjustable feet are provided in each corner of the compartment (MBO1/MBO2)
or compartment plinth to help levelling the cabinet, but finally shims must
be used.

Cabinet Installation All the BTS A9100 cabinets can be installed in back-to-back or back-to-wall
configurations. Access to the subracks and the interconnection panel is via
a door at the front of the cabinet.
Not less than 0.8 m free space must be left in front of the cabinet doors.

Wind Load The cabinet is designed to withstand a wind load of 180 km/h.

314 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Smoke Detector An optical smoke detector is fitted to the inner roof plate of the MBO1 or BTS
compartment 1 (COME/COMI/CODE/CODI/CPT2). In case of smoke inside
the BTS an alarm is raised.

Flood Detector A flood detector is fitted to the bottom plate of the MBO1 or BTS compartment
1 (COME/COMI/CODE/CODI/CPT2). If water enters the BTS above the bottom
plate an alarm is raised.

Service Light/AC Power In each compartment a service light with an integral 230 VAC power socket is
Socket fitted (not necessarily equipped in BTS compartment 2). If needed the service
light can be switched on by the service stuff.

Document Holder At the left side wall inside of the side compartment a document box is mounted
to store A4 docments. In MBO1 the document holder is fitted at the cover
of the battery box.

Extensibility The BTS cabinet COMI can be extended onsite to COME by sticking an
additional BTS cabinet COEP at the right hand side. The same applies to
extend a CODI to a CODE by adding a COEP. MBO1 cabinet can be extended
onsite to MBO2 by adding MBOE.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 315 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.3 Outdoor Cabinet Interconnection Panel

COMI/COME/CODI/CODE
All the power and signal connections between the side compartment
and BTS compartment 1 are made via the interconnection panel for
COME/COMI/CODE/CODI (via OUTC for CPT2). The following figure shows
the details when viewed from the side compartment.
COME/COMI CODE/CODI

AC Connectors
Light Heater RIBAT1

COAR COAR

Ground

RIBAT2
DC Connectors
−48 V (Blue) 0 V (Red) −48 V (Blue) 0 V (Black)

(Viewed from Side Compartment) (Viewed from Side Compartment)

Figure 221: BTS A9100 Outdoor, Interconnection Panel

The interconnection panel carries the components listed in the following table.

Components COME/COMICODE/CODI

2 filter connectors to provide 230 VAC power for HEAT2, service light and AC X -
power socket in BTS compartment 1

0/-48 V power distribution 2 filters with M6 bolt connectors for DC X -

power distribution by the DCDP or
1 filter with one M6 bolt connector (-48
VDC) and one M6 bolt (0 VDC) for DC
power distribution by the BOBU.

1 Feed through terminal HDFKV25 (-48 - X

VDC) and 1 M6 bolt (0 VDC) for DC
power distribution.

M8 ground bolt X -

Connectors for RIBAT1 and RIBAT2 - X

Status and control signals via the COAR X X

Table 31: BTS A9100 Outdoor, Interconnection Panel Components

316 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The following figure shows the COME/COMI COAR, viewed from the side
compartment.

Ext−Alarms

External
Input/
Output Surge
Protectors
Interface
Group Alarms
Side Comp
X303

XI17−24
XBCB
XGND
Equipment
XRT Labels
HEX
XCLK2 Power
External In/Out XGPS
Clock
XCLK1
Interface
In
Group
Abis 4
XCLK1
Out

Abis 3

Abis
Interface Abis 2
Group Abis
Relays

Abis 1
Krone Strip

Figure 222: COME/COMI COAR Front View

The shaded areas in the previous figure identify separate external interface
groups. All these interfaces are over-voltage protected.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 317 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

The following figure shows the front view of the CODE/CODI COAR.

Ext−Alarms Alarms
Side
External Comp
Input/ EBCB
Output
Interface
Group Surge
Protectors

X303

XI17−24
XBCB
XGND
Equipment
XRT Labels
XCLK2
In/Out XGPS
External
Clock XCLK1
Interface In
Group Abis 4
XCLK1
Out

Abis 3

Abis Abis 2
Interface
Abis
Group
Relays

Abis 1
Krone Strip

Figure 223: CODE/CODI COAR Front View

318 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The following figure shows the rear view of the COME/COMI and CODE/CODI
COAR.

ALARM BTS1
ALARM BTS2
COME/
COMI
only

HEX
Power

ABIS 3+4
SUM
ABIS2

ABIS 1+2
ABIS1

Figure 224: BTS A9100 Outdoor COAR Rear View

Located behind the COAR (BTS compartment 1 side) is the XIOB. The XIOB is
connected to the COAR and contains a 24 V DC/DC converter and interface
circuitry for external alarms.
The COAR provides interfaces for:

XIO

External clock

Abis
Miscellaneous connections.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 319 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.4 Outdoor Cabinet Signal Interfaces

XIO Interface The XIO connectors allow various alarm devices to be connected to the BTS
A9100. These include smoke and flood detectors, as well as electro-mechanical
switches. Crimped or clamp strip contacts can be used on the XIO connectors.
The positions of the XIO connectors are shown in Figures 222, 223 and 225.
The XIO interface connectors are described in the following table.

External Alarm Inputs The Ext-Alarms connector provides an interface

for three external alarms. These are alarms
that are external to the cabinet (for example,
an antenna lamp failure alarm). The three
external alarms are part of a group of 16 alarms
which includes the pre-wired smoke detector,
door switches, etc. The 16 alarms are reported
to the OMC-R, via the SUM. At the OMC-R,
the alarms are mapped to predefined and
customer-defined ASCII text. The ASCII text
describes the particular alarm. Each external
alarm input has two adjacent pins associated
with it on the Ext-Alarms connector. If these
pins are open-circuit (open loop), an alarm is
generated.

Additional Alarm Inputs Connector XI17-24 provides an interface

for connecting eight additional non -BTS
alarm inputs. Each additional alarm is
reported to the OMC-R, via the SUM. At the
OMC-R, the additional alarms are mapped to
customer-defined ASCII text. The ASCII text
describes the particular alarm. Each additional
alarm input has two adjacent pins associated
with it on the XI17-24 connector. If these
pins are open -circuit (open loop), an alarm is
generated.

External Alarm Outputs Connector X300 provides an interface for the

SUM to control eight external alarm devices.
This feature is for future use. The SUM is
described in Station Unit Modules (Chapter 8).

+24 VDC Supply Connector X303 provides a +24 VDC power

source for external alarm devices that require a
power supply.

+ 5 VDC Supply Connector X112 provides a +5 VDC power

source for RIBAT.

XGND The XGND connector is used when referencing

the external alarm 24 VDC ground to the
BTS A9100 ground. If the connector pins are
not short-circuited (open loop), the input and
output alarms are isolated from the BTS A9100
ground.

Table 32: BTS A9100 Outdoor Interface Connectors

320 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The following table shows a list with the pre-wired internal alarms.

BTS BTS
Pre-wired Side Compartment Compartment
Internal Alarm Compartment 1 2

Door alarm* X X X

Door alarm X - -
over-ride

Smoke detector X*** X -

alarm

Float detector X*** X -

alarm

Heat exchang. X ** X X
alarm*

Table 33: BTS A9100 Outdoor Pre-wired Internal alarms

* These alarms are serially linked and reported as only one alarm in case
of multifailure.
** When equipped (more than 6 TREs).
*** For MBO1/MBO2 only.
The following table shows the pin assignment of the Ext-Alarms connector.

Pin Description

1 GND (braid earthing clamp)

2 ALM 1 (GND)

3 ALM 1 (ext. alarm no 10)

4 ALM 2 (GND)

5 ALM 2 (ext. alarm no 13)

6 ALM 3 (GND)

7 ALM 3 (ext. alarm no 14)

8 GND (braid earthing clamp)

Table 34: BTS A9100 Outdoor Ext-Alarms Connector

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 321 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

To enhance the capabilities of the BTS A9100 outdoor in terms of coverage,

the REK feature may be used (not for CPT2). The REK is composed of two
modules, a Masthead Amplification Box and a Power Distribution Unit, but only
Power Distribution Unit ensures the alarm interface with the BTS. Up to seven
alarms can be reported to the BTS (taking into account that the maximum
configuration is six TREs, and that in an outdoor BTS only eight external
alarms are available for that purpose.)
The following table gives detailed view of the external alarm inputs.

Alarm description Alarm connection Alarm generation

Alarm
number XIO Input Alarm class

1 1 9 Not used -

2 2 9 Not used -

3 3 9 Yes Inside

4 4 9 Yes Inside

5 5 9 Yes Inside

6 6 9 Yes Inside

7 7 9 Yes Inside

8 8 9 Not used -

9 9 9 Not used -

10 10 9 Yes Outside

11 11 9 Not used -

12 12 9 Not used -

13 13 9 Yes Outside

14 14 9 Yes Outside

15 15 9 Not used -

16 16 9 Not used -

17 17 9 Yes Inside (*)

18 18 9 Yes Inside (*)

19 19 9 Yes Inside (*)

20 20 9 Yes Inside (*)

21 21 9 Yes Inside (*)

22 22 9 Yes Inside (*)

322 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Alarm description Alarm connection Alarm generation

Alarm
number XIO Input Alarm class

23 23 9 Yes Inside (*)

24 24 9 Yes Inside

Table 35: BTS A9100 Outdoor External Alarm Inputs

(*) Provisions for REK: Masthead Amplification Box and Power Distribution
Unit alarms (not for CPT2).

External Clock Interface The external clock interface provides connectors for a variety of functions; see
Figures 222, 223 and 225. The connectors are described in Table 9.

Abis Interface The Abis Interface provides components for a variety of functions; see Figures
COME/COMI COAR Front View (222), CODE/CODI COAR Front View (223)
and OUTC, Front View (225). The interface consists of the connectors
described in Table BTS A9100 Abis Interface Connectors (10).

Miscellaneous Connectors are provided for the side compartment, see the following table.
Connections Interface
Alarms This includes the door alarm switch and the HEXx alarm.

HEX2 This is the 0/-48 VDC power supply from the DCDP or BOBU
(COME/COMI (depending on COME/COMI variant).
only)

Table 36: BTS A9100 Outdoor Miscellaneous Connections Interface

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 323 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.5 Outdoor Control Board CPT2/MBO1/MBO2/CBO

The Outdoor Control Board (OUTC) consists the functions of four previous
separate boards:

COAR

XIOB

BTSRI
RIBAT.

The following figure shows the front part of the OUTC.

EBCB (optional)

DC IN

EXT − ALARMS
ALARM INPUTS

External

Input/
ALARM OUTPUTS

Output

Interface External
XBCB
SUN CONNECTION

Group Input/

XRT Output

Interface
SIDE COMPARTMENT XGPS Group
ALARMS
COMPARTMENT 1
ALARMS
ABIS4

External XCLK 2 IN/ OUT

Clock
XCLK 1 IN
Interface ABIS3

Group XCLK 1 OUT

KRONE CONNECT

ABIS2 Abis
ABIS 3&4

Interface

Group
Abis
ABIS1
Interface
ABIS 1&2

Group

ABIS 1 ABIS 2
Remote
FLAT CABLE SIDE COMPARTMENT
Inventory

Part
RIBAT
Port
FLAT CABLE COMPARTMENT 1 TEMP. SENSOR

Figure 225: OUTC, Front View

324 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The function of all these four boards are kept except the following points:
The provided output voltage on the external output connector is 12 V instead
of 24 V; the current per output is limited to 50 mA instead of 100 mA.

No galvanic isolation between external inputs/outputs and BTS.

The ’Power Architecture’ of the OUTC is different to the previous boards,
see the following figure. Each part of the board is powered by the power
supply of the OUTC even the BTSRI part, RIBAT part and BCB part of the
XIOB. On the previous boards these parts are only supplied via BCB_VCC.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 325 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

DC VCC5.5
−48/
60V Linear Linear External
DC Regulator Regulator Power Supply
VCC12
5V VCC_BRI XBCB_VCC

BCB_VCC

VCC
Temp SUM
Sensor

VDD

ALARM
XBCB
INPUTS NGTSL

ALARM
RIBAT Part
Outputs
NGTSL1
...2
...3 BTSRI Part
Driver
VCC_BRI
XIOB Part

NGTSL

BCB_VCC

BCB_VCC_BP
Figure 226: OUTC, Power Architecture

326 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.5.1 Connection Area (COAR) Part

The Connection Area is part of the OUTC. It provides external BTS interfaces
which are grouped in three different functional parts:

Abis
External Clock Interface

External Inputs/Outputs.

Abis The Abis part provides the external interfaces for four separate Abis links (Abis
1 ... Abis 4). The interface consists of the connectors described in Table BTS
A9100 Abis Interface Connectors (10).
The KRONE Strip Connector provides also the possibility to monitor the Abis
links. Therefore the overvoltage insert has to be pulled out and has to be
replaced by a special monitor insert.
The interconnection between the SUMA and the OUTC consists of the following
cables:

Abis 1,2 The Abis cable is realized by a 4 pair RF shielded cable. It

cable is a 120 Ohm cable which is used if the external Abis cables
have 120 Ohms or 75 Ohms.
The needed impedance conversion is realized on the OUTC
itself.

Abis 3,4 The Abis cable is realized by a 4 pair RF shielded cable. It

cable is a 120 Ohm cable which is used if the external Abis cables
have 120 Ohms or 75 Ohms.
The needed impedance conversion is realized on the OUTC
itself.

OUTC-SUM The OUTC-SUM cable is a flat cable with 37 wires. It is

cable equipped on the SUMA side with a Sub D connector of 37
pins/male, on the OUTC side with a Sub D connector of 37
pins/female.

Table 37: Interconnection OUTC – SUMA

External Clock Interface The external clock interface provides connectors for a variety of functions.
The connectors are described in Table BTS A9100 External Clock Interface
Connectors (9).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 327 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

External Inputs/Outputs The external Input/Output part of the OUTC provides the interfaces for 16 BTS
alarm inputs, 8 additional non-BTS alarms, and 8 alarm outputs. ’Open’ alarm
inputs are interpreted by the BTS as ’alarm on’. Therefore any unconnected
input alarm has to be bridged by a short circuit on the plug in connector.
The following table informs about the external inputs/outputs.

Onboard The interfaces are realised with two ’Mini Combicon’

connectors connectors, one SUBD9 and one SUBD15 connector (to
connect five internal BTS alarms, e.g. heat exchanger,
door, fire, key, water) and one connector with screws for
special protected alarm inputs (three alarms).
One of the two ’Mini Combicon’ connectors provides eight
alarm inputs, the other one provides the alarm outputs and
+12 VDC voltage.

Plug in The insert in these connectors can be either a version with

connectors clamp strip contacts or a version with crimp contacts.
The version with clamp strip can be used for customer with
no common interface and so no preequipped cable can
be used. The version with crimp contacts is the solution if
the customer has a common interface and preequipped
cables can be used.
Every unconnected input alarm has to be bridged by a
short circuit on the plug in connector.

Alarm disable The ’alarm disable insert’ consists of a connector with crimp
connector contacts which provides the short circuits for 8 alarm inputs.
It is inserted in the alarm input connectors which are not
connected by an external alarm cable to suppress alarms
based on open inputs.

Overvoltage The OUTC additionally provides surge arrestors for three

Protection alarms to protect the circuitry of these inputs. This interface
is realised on connector ’EXT-ALARMS’ for the external
alarm numbers10, 13, and 14.
The alarms 17 to 24 are not protected by special transient
or overvoltage components but these inputs have to
withstand a wave 1.2/50 1500 V.
The alarm outputs are protected by bi-directional
suppressor diodes.

Table 38: External Inputs/Outputs

328 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.5.2 BTSRI Part

The BTS Remote Inventory part of the OUTC is used to store basic information
about a BTS in a non volatile memory.
Flat cables from compartment 1 and side compartment or MBO1/MBO2 are
connected to the BTSRI part.
The mounting position of the flat cables are located on the bottom of the
OUTC (see Figure 225).
The following figure shows the block diagram of the BTSRI part.

B
C
Flat Cable B
BCB
Side Compartment NGTSL EEPROM
p Driver
or MBO1
l
u
s

Reset
Circuit
B Protection
C Overcurrent
Flat Cable B
BTS Compartment 1
p
or MBOE l BCB_VCC_BP
u
s

Figure 227: Block Diagram of BTSRI Part

The heart of the BTSRI part is an NGTSL-ASIC. An EEPROM is used as

memory (256 x 16 bits). A reset circuit (MAX 811) is used to reset the ASIC at
power on.
The BTSRI part is either powered via the flat cable (BCB_VCC_BP: provided
by the SUMA) or via the power supply of the OUTC board. An overcurrent
protection protects the BCB_VCC_BP line.
The access to this board can be established via BCB bus. There are two
possibilities to establish a link to the BTSRI:

If the BTS is in traffic, the SUM can use the BCB bus as interface to the
BTSRI.

If the BTS is unpowered, the BTSRI can be accessed by an external tool

via XBCB- (and BCB-) bus. Then the external tool provides the necessary
power supply.

The subrack number is coded on the flat cable with holes. Five wires are
reserved on the cable for that purpose. Up to six subracks can be coded which
corresponds to the large outdoor configuration.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 329 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.5.3 XIOB Part

The External Alarm Input and Output Board (XIOB) part is used as interface
between an external environment and the BTS. The board provides 16 BTS
alarm inputs, 8 additional non-BTS alarms, and 8 alarm outputs. These alarms
are described in Tables BTS A9100 Outdoor Interface Connectors (32) to BTS
A9100 Outdoor External Alarm Inputs (35). The functionality of the XIOB
is integrated in the OUTC.
The following figure shows the block diagram of the XIOB part.

48V in 12V out

12 VDC
5 VDC

EEPROM
BCB VCC Overcurrent 12 VDC
Protection

Alarm
Inputs
NGTSL 1

Outputs

BCB BUS Bus Alarm

NGTSL 2
Driver Inputs

GND

NGTSL 3 Alarm
Inputs

EBCB_VCC XBCB_VCC

TTL/ XBCB_BUS
RS485
EBCB_SP conversion

Figure 228: Block Diagram of the XIOB part

Three NGTSLs are used; each NGTSL handles 8 alarm inputs. The first
NGTSL also controls 8 outputs and the EEPROM, which is used to store the
remote inventory data of the XIOB part. The third NGTSL can be used to pull
the alarm inputs to the active or inactive status for test purposes. It is possible
to pull the alarm inputs with software on active or inactive level in order to check
them. Alarm test 0 pulls all inputs to the inactive status and alarm test 1
pulls all inputs to the active status.

330 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The alarm inputs use comparators to detect an alarm. Open alarm inputs are
regarded as active. A current of approximately 1 mA flows from the alarm input
to ground if the alarm input is pulled to ground. An alarm line must stay longer
than 1 ms in the active status in order to be detected as active.
The alarm outputs use Darlington transistor arrays with open collectors.
No galvanic isolation is provided between inputs /outputs to the BTS. One
common ground (GND) is used within the BTS including inputs and outputs.
The DC/DC converter is switched on if the BCB_VCC (powered by the SUMA)
is available. An overcurrent protection protects the BCB_VCC line. A 12 VDC
power supply is used to supply input and output cicuitry. This power supply can
be used to supply relays that can be switched with the outputs.
An XBCB interface provides access to the internal base station control bus
(BCB):

If the BTS is powered, then the interface can be used to control external
devices.

If the BTS is unpowered, the XBCB can be powered external. Then the
direction of the interface is changed so that it can be used for remote
inventory of the BTS.

The signal levels are according to RS 485. An ABTE 16246 is used as

internal BCB driver.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 331 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.5.4 RIBAT Part

The RIBAT board is part of the battery, physically integrated in the OUTC. Its
task is to measure the battery temperature and to provide the OMU with the
temperature value and the battery Remote Inventory information which includes
the information of the battery type. The knowledge of the temperature value
is neccessary for charging. The board contains a BCB interface to transfer
the information.
The RIBAT will be supplied from the BTS not from the batteries. The power
consumption is about 30 mA. The operating temperature range of the board is
0 C to 70 C.
The connection and addressing differs for different configurations. The following
figure shows the RIBAT block diagram.
Remote Supply
Voltage Input

Fixed address
0000 0011 1100 0001
(JC1 hqx )
BCB
NGTSL

D
A

RI
EEPROM

Temperature
Sensor

Figure 229: RIBAT Block Digram

332 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The board consists of a NGTSL which is the terminal for ISL data link, the
Remote Inventory EEPROM including the Remote Inventory information, and
the analogue part for temperature measuring.
The analog part includes signal conditioning and an ADC to digitize the
temperature value. An external PT100 temperature sensor is connected to
the analogue part. The ADC outputs are connected directly to the NGTSL
alarm inputs.
Power supply is provided remotely either via the BCB_VCC_BP or the internal
power supply of the OUTC.
The internal battery of the outdoor BTS is located inside a side compartment.
The RIBAT is connected to the BCB via a flat band cable coming from the
backplane.
The battery temperature range which can be measured is between -10 C and
70 C. This range is extended against the operating temperature range of the
batteries (0 C to 50 C) and the minimum operating temperature range of the
RIBAT to submit high or low temperature alarm. The measurement resolution
is 0.5 C. Values below -10 C means a short cut at the temperature sensor.
Values above 70 C means not connected or interrupted sensor.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 333 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.6 Outdoor Cabinet Power Supply and Grounding

There are different power supply systems for COME/COMI and
CODE/CODI/CPT2/MBO1/MBO2/CBO.

COME/COMI For COME/COMI there exist two different power supply systems, one based on
PM08s with BCU1 and another one based on PM11s with BCU2.
Certain elements are common for both variants.
The AC input is connected to ACSB via the optional electricity meter. ACSB
contains lightning over-voltage protectors, input supply fuses, and circuit
breakers for AC power distribution. The AC input can be 230 VAC 1Ø or 415
VAC 3Ø. The switched outputs from ACSB are 230 VAC 1Ø. These are
used for:
HEAT2s

Service light and AC power sokets

SRACDC or ACSR.

The COME/COMI is grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an

M8 bolt fitted to the side compartment plinth. From there, separate ground
straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.
The COME/COMI power supply system with PM08 s and BCU1 is shown in
the following figure.

AC Input Electricity AC to Heaters, Service Light

Meter ACSB and AC Power Sockets

To/From
ACIB Control FANUs
Alarms

XBCB
ACRI
PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1 BCU1

0 VDC
Shunt
−48 VDC
DC Bus

Shunt
BACO
SRACDC

BU41

Figure 230: COME/COMI AC/DC Power Supply System with PM08s and BCU1

334 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The SRACDC contains the modules that:

Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer toACIB (Section 12.1) and PM08
(Section 12.9) for detailed descriptions of ACIB and the PM08s, respectively.
Three PM08s are used in the COMI, five PM08s are used in the COME.

Control the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. Refer to
BCU1 (Section 12.12), BACO (Section 12.14) and BU41 (Section 12.20) for
detailed descriptions of BCU1, and the optional items BACO and BU41,
respectively.

The DC supply produced in the SRACDC is connected to the DCDP via the
interconnection panel. Refer to DCDP (Section 12.25) for a detailed description
of the DCDP.
The COME/COMI power supply system with PM11 s and BCU2 is shown in
the following figure.

AC Input Electricity AC to Heaters, Service Light

Meter ACSB and AC Power Sockets

To/From
Control
FANUs
Alarms

XBCB
PM11/4 PM11/3 PM11/2 PM11/1 BCU2

0 VDC
Shunt
−48 VDC
DC Bus

Shunt
BAC2
ACSR

BU41 or
BU100

Figure 231: COME/COMI AC/DC Power Supply System with PM11s and BCU2

The ACSR contains the modules that:

Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer toPM11 (Section 12.10) for a
detailed description of the PM11s. Three PM11s are used in the COMI,
four PM11s are used in the COME.

Control the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. Refer to
BCU2 (Section 12.13), BAC2 (Section 12.15), BU41 (Section 12.20), and
BU100 (Section 12.21) for detailed descriptions of BCU2, and the optional
items BAC2 and BU41 or BU100, respectively.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 335 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

The DC supply produced in the ACSR is connected to the BOBU via the
interconnection panel.
The ACSB used in in combination with PM11s is slightly different from the
ACSB used in combination with PM08s. In Figure 231 the ACSB distributes
the AC input directly to the PM11s and the ACSB executes the functions
normally performed by the ACIB.

CODE/CODI/CPT2 The CODE/CODI/CPT2 power supply system differs from that of COME/COMI
because it is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions
are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA.
The following figures show the power supply system for CODE/CODI/CPT2.
AC mains power is applied to the LPFU located at the bottom of the Side
Compartment. The LPFU provides over-voltage lightning protection for the
AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed
description of the LPFU refer to LPFU (Section 12.4)). The AC input can
be 230 VAC 1Ø or 400 VAC 3 Ø.
AC power is then passed to the ACSU located at the top of the side
compartment. The ACSU provides AC distribution via seven AC circuit
breakers. The switched outputs from the ACSU are used for:

Two or three PM12s

HEAT2s and optional air conditioning

Service Light and AC power sockets.

For a detailed description of the ACSU refer toACSU (Section 12.6).

The CODE/CODI/CPT2 are grounded by connecting an external ground cable
to an M8 bolt fitted to the side compartment plinth. From there, separate ground
straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in each compartment.

336 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

AC Input LPFU AC to Heaters, Service Light

ACSU and AC Power Sockets

PM12/3 PM12/2 PM12/1

0 VDC
ADAM −48 VDC
DC Bus

STASR

BU41 or
BU100

OMU RIBAT

Figure 232: CODE/CODI/CPT2 AC/DC Power Supply System

The STASR contains the modules that:

Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer toPM12 (Section 12.11) for
a detailed description of the PM12s. Three PM12s are used in the
CODE/CODI/CPT2. The operation of the PM12s is controlled by software
running in the OMU.

Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The
sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer toADAM (Section 12.17) , BU41
(Section 12.20) and BU100 (Section 12.21) for detailed descriptions of
ADAM and the batteries BU41, BU100 and BU101.

The DC supply produced in the STASR is connected to the BOSU and BOBU
via the interconnection panel.
A specific installation set can be used to connect DC power of bus bar via
external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon
lightning, etc..

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 337 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

MBO1/MBO2 The MBO1/MBO2 power supply system differs from that of COME/COMI
because it is completely integrated in the BTS. The system control functions
are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA.
The following figure shows the power supply systems for MBO1 and MBO2.
AC mains power is applied to the LPFM located at the upper side of the MBO1
compartment. The LPFM provides over-voltage lightning protection for the
AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed
description of the LPFM refer to LPFM (Section 12.3)). The AC input can
be 230 VAC 1Ø or 400 VAC 3 Ø.
AC power is then passed to the ACMU located at the top of the MBO1
compartment. The ACMU provides AC distribution via five AC circuit breakers.
The switched outputs from the ACMU are used for:

Two to four PM12s in combination with ADAM4

HEAT2s and optional air conditioning

Service Light and AC power sockets.

For a detailed description of the ACMU refer toACMU (Section 12.5).

The MBO1/MBOE are grounded by connecting an external ground cable to
an M8 bolt fitted to the left upper side of the MBO1 (near LPFM). From there,
separate ground straps are used to ground the major equipment modules in
each compartment.

AC Input AC to Heaters, Service Light

LPFM ACMU and AC Power Sockets

PM12/4* PM12/3* PM12/2 PM12/1

0 VDC
ADAM4 −48 VDC
DC Bus

STASR

BU101
OMU
RIBAT * not necessarily equipped

Figure 233: MBO1/MBO2 AC/DC Power Supply System

The STASR contains the modules that:

Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer toPM12 (Section 12.11) for a
detailed description of the PM12s. Two or three PM12s are used in the
MBO1, three or four PM12s are used in the MBO2. The operation of the
PM12s is controlled by software running in the OMU.
Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The
sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer toADAM4 (Section 12.19) and
BU101 (Section 12.22) for detailed descriptions of ADAM4 and the BU101
battery.

338 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The DC supply produced in the STASR is connected to the BOMU via ADAM4.
A specific installation set can be used to connect DC power of bus bar via
external cable entry to external loads like transmission equipment, pylon
lightning, etc..

CBO The CBO power supply system is completely integrated in the BTS. The system
control functions are performed by the OMU which is part of the SUMA.
The following figure shows the power supply system for CBO.
AC mains power is applied to the LPFC located above the cables entry
compartment. The LPFC provides over-voltage lightning protection for the
AC supply lines and HF filtering for the incoming AC supply (for a detailed
description of the LPFC refer to LPFC (Section 12.2)). The AC input is 230
VAC 1Ø .
AC power is then passed to the ACUC located above the LPFC. The ACUC
provides AC distribution via two AC circuit breakers. The switched outputs
from the ACUC are used for:

Two PM12s in combination with ADAM2

HEAT3
AC power socket.

For a detailed description of the ACUC refer toACUC (Section 12.7).

The CBO is grounded by connecting an external ground cable to an M8 socket
fitted to the right upper side of the cables entry. From there, separate ground
straps are used to ground all equipment modules.

AC Input AC to Heater
LPFC ACUC and AC Power Sockets

PM12/2 PM12/1

0 VDC
DC Bus ADAM2 −48 VDC

STASR

BATS or
External
OMU Batteries
RIBAT

Figure 234: CBO AC/DC Power Supply System

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 339 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

The STASR contains the modules that:

Convert the AC input to 0/-48 VDC. Refer toPM12 (Section 12.11) for a
detailed description of the PM12s. Two PM12s are used in the CBO. The
operation of the PM12s is controlled by software running in the OMU.

Sense the output DC voltage level for battery charging and testing. The
sense data is passed to the OMU. Refer to ADAM2 (Section 12.18) and
BATS (Section 12.23) for detailed descriptions of ADAM2 and the BATS
battery.

The DC supply produced in the STASR is connected to the DCUC via ADAM2.
Refer to DCUC (Section 12.26) for detailed description of DCUC.

Temperature Control The ACSB/ACSU/ACMU contain a relay which is controlled by a thermostat.

In case of ACUC a permanent connection is maintained up to -33C. When
the temperature is above -20 C, the AC supply is connected to the AC/DC
converters.
If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on,
there is no AC supply to the AC/DC converters. This means that the 0/-48 VDC
supply is not available and the BTS A9100/CBO cannot operate. However, AC
power is available to the HEAT2s/HEAT3.
When the HEAT2s/HEAT3 raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20

C, the power relay is activated and the AC supplies are passed to the AC/DC
converters. The HEAT2/HEAT3 prevent the internal cabinet temperature
from below 0 C .
When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUM switches on
the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational.

340 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.7 Outdoor Cabinet Lightning Protection

Protection against the effects of lightning strikes is provided for external cables,
see the following table.

External Cable Lightning Protection

AC Mains Supply Two types of lightning protectors can be fitted:

Medium stage protectors (IEC61643, Class

2) are installed in lines L1, L2, L3 and N in
AC input inside of cabinet.

Coarse protectors (IEC61643, Class 1) are

installed externally if the cabinet is sited in
exposed locations. Such locations are, for
example, building tops and open fields.

Abis Interface Medium stage spark gap over-voltage protection

is provided by the Krone strip on the COAR or
OUTC.

Three External Alarms Combined medium stage and fine overvoltage

protection is provided by the COAR or OUTC
surge protectors. Additional external coarse
protection is unnecessary.

Antenna Connectors Quarter wave (λ/4) lightning protectors are fitted

as feeders come through into the cabinet. For
detailed information on the lightning protectors,
refer toAntenna Connector Lightning Protectors
(Chapter 14).

Table 39: BTS A9100 Outdoor Lightning Protection

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 341 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.8 Outdoor Cabinet Cables and Cable Sets

This section lists the cables and cable sets for all BTS A9100 outdoor
configurations.

Internal Cables The BTS A9100 outdoor internal cables consist of the discrete cables and cable
sets listed in Tables COMI/COME/COEP Outdoor Internal Cables (40) to
CBO Outdoor Internal Cables (44).
Table BTS A9100 Outdoor Cable Sets (45) lists and describes the cables
that comprise the cable sets.
For the physical and electrical descriptions of the discrete cables see Cable
Descriptions (Chapter 17).
For some of the cables and cable sets there exist different variants. For the
variants used in a specific cabinet refer to its accompanying cable list.

COME

Mnemonic Description Part Number COMI COEP

BTSRIOUT BTSRIOUT is a flat cable which is 3BK 08126 X -

permanently attached to a BTSRI
board. It interconnects the BTS
compartment 1 STASR backplanes
and the BTSRI.

CA-ACSC CA-ACSC gathers alarms from the 3BK 08078 X -

side compartment. This consists
of the key switch, door switch and
HEX2 alarms. The cable connects
to the Alarms Side Comp connector
on the COAR.

CA-ADCO CA-ADCO disables eight alarm 3BK 07953 X -

inputs. It connects to the XI17 - 24
connector on the COAR.

CA-APC2 CA-APC2 gathers BTS compartment 3BK 08215 X -

1 alarms from:
Door switch

Smoke detector

Flood detector

HEX2.

CA-ASMC CA-ASMC is an AC power cable. It 3BK 08807 X -

connects 230 VAC from ACSB to
ACIB.

342 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

COME

Mnemonic Description Part Number COMI COEP

CA-ONCCx CA-ONCCx carries: - X -

0/-48VDC from the bus bar

TX/RX from the Connection Area

Abis1/2 Interfaces from the SUM.

The cable connects to the customer
equipment in BTS compartment 1.

CA-OSCP1 CA-OSCP1 short circuits the HEX2 3BK 08095 X -

P1 connector of CA-ACSC. This
suppresses the side compartment
HEX2 alarm. The side compartment
HEX2 is only fitted in the COME
when there are more than six TREs.

CA-OSCP2 CA-OSCP2 short circuits the Alarms 3BK 08096 X -

BTS2 connector on the COAR. This
suppresses the BTS compartment 2
HEX2 and door switch alarms. BTS
compartment 2 is part of COME.

CS02 CS02 is an AN cable set. It connects 3BK 07598 X X

an ANY to another ANY or to an
ANX/ANC.

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects 3BK 07599 X X

a TRE to an ANX/ANC or an ANY.

CS07 CS07 is an ANT cable set. It 3BK 07964 X X

connects an ANX/ANC to two
antenna cabinet connectors.

CS08 CS08 is the customer equipment 3BK 08036 X -

cable set. It connects a BTS to the
microwave equipment and other
customer equipment.

CS09 CS09 is a BTS compartment 1 basic 3BK 08037 X -

cable set. It contains cables for:

DC power connections to the

STASRs, HEX2 and XIOB.

Signal connections to the SUM.

This includes the Abis 1 and Abis
2 Interfaces, clock, control and
alarm signals.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 343 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

COME

Mnemonic Description Part Number COMI COEP

CS10 CS10 is an optional cable set. It 3BK 08042 - X

provides the 0/-48 VDC supply for
the side compartment HEX2. The
side compartment HEX2 is only
fitted in the COME when there are
more than six TREs.

CS11 CS11 is the BTS compartment 2 3BK 08040 - X

basic cable set. It contains cables
for:

DC power connections to the

STASRs and HEX2.

Signal connections between the

STASRs.

CS12 CS12 is a TRE cable set. It connects 3BK 08041 X -

a TRE to ANY.

Table 40: COMI/COME/COEP Outdoor Internal Cables

CODE

Mnemonic Description Part Number CODI COEP

BATCO BATCO connects the battery via 3BK 25156 X -

breakers to the interconnection area.
It includes a cable for the battery
temperature sensor.

BTSRIOUT BTSRIOUT is a flat cable which is 3BK 08126 X -

permanently attached to a BTSRI
board. It interconnects the BTS
compartment 1 STASR backplanes
and the BTSRI.

CA-ADCO CA-ADCO disables eight alarm 3BK 07953 X -

inputs. It connects to the XI17 - 24
connector on the COAR.

CA-ONCCx CA-ONCCx carries: - X -

0/-48VDC from the bus bar

TX/RX from the Connection Area

Abis1/2 Interfaces from the SUM.
The cable connects to the customer
equipment in BTS compartment 1.

344 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

CODE

Mnemonic Description Part Number CODI COEP

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects 3BK 07599 X X

a TRE to an ANX/ANC or an ANY.

CS07 CS07 is an ANT cable set. It connects 3BK 07964 X X

an ANX/ANC to two antenna cabinet
connectors.

CS08 CS08 is the customer equipment 3BK 08036 X -

cable set. It connects a BTS to the
microwave equipment and other
customer equipment.

CS11 CS11 is the BTS compartment 2 3BK 08040 - X

basic cable set. It contains cables for:
DC power connections to the
STASRs and HEX2.

Signal connections between the

STASRs.

CS15 CS15 is a BTS compartment 1 basic 3BK 08719 X -

cable set. It contains cables for:

DC power connections to the

STASRs, HEX2 and XIOB.
Signal connections to the SUM.
This includes the Abis 1 and Abis
2 Interfaces, clock, control and
alarm signals.

CS16 CS16 is a side compartment basic 3BK 08775 X -

cable set. It contains cables for:

DC power connections to the

HEX2.

Signal connections to the SUM.

This includes control and alarm
signals.

Table 41: CODI/CODE/COEP Outdoor Internal Cables

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 345 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number

BATCO Version AA BATCO AA connects the battery via breakers to the 3BK 25156
interconnection area. It includes a cable for the
battery temperature sensor.

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects a TRE to an 3BK 07599

ANC or an ANY.

CS07 CS07 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANC to 3BK 07964

two antenna cabinet connectors.

CS15 CS15 is a BTS compartment 1 basic cable set. It 3BK 08719

contains cables for:

DC power connections to the STASRs, HEX2

and OUTC.

Signal connections to the SUM. This includes

the Abis 1 and Abis 2 Interfaces, clock, control
and alarm signals.

CS16 CS16 is a side compartment basic cable set. It 3BK 08775

contains cables for:

DC power connections to the HEX2.

Signal connections to the SUM. This includes

control and alarm signals.

Table 42: CPT2 Outdoor Internal Cables

346 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number MBO1 MBO2

BATCO Version BATCO BA connects the battery via 3BK 25156 X X

BA breakers to the interconnection area.
It includes a cable for the battery
temperature sensor.

CM01 CM01 is an MBO1 basic cable set. It 3BK 25818 X X

contains cables for:
DC power connections to the
STASRs, HEX4 and OUTC

Signal connections to the SUM.

This includes the Abis 1 and Abis 2
Interfaces, clock, control and alarm
signals

Remote inventory data.

CM02 CM02 is an MBOE compartment basic 3BK 25819 X

cable set. It contains cables for:

DC power connections and alarms

to the HEX3

DC power connections to the

STASRs

Remote inventory data.

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects 3BK 07599 X X

a TRE to an ANC or an ANY.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 347 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Mnemonic Description Part Number MBO1 MBO2

CS07 CS07 is an ANT cable set. It connects 3BK 07964 X X

an ANC to two antenna cabinet
connectors.

CS25 ANCO provides a duplex connection 3BK 26151 X X

between the ANX/ANC and a cabinet
antenna connector.

Table 43: MBO1/MBO2 Outdoor Internal Cables

Mnemonic Description Part Number

CBOA CBOA is an CBO basic cable set. It contains cables 3BK 26346
for:

DC power connections to the STASRs, HEX5

and OUTC

Signal connections to the SUM. This includes

the Abis 1 and Abis 2 Interfaces, clock, control
and alarm signals

Remote inventory data.

BATSC BATSC connects the battery to the ADAM board 3BK 26354
and the 0V bolt.

CS03 CS03 is a TRE cable set. It connects a TRE to an 3BK 07599

ANC or an ANY.

CS26 CS26 is an ANT cable set. It connects an ANC to 3BK 26351

two antenna cabinet connectors.

Table 44: CBO Outdoor Internal Cables

348 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

BATCO CA-BABRM CA-BABRM connects -48 VDC 3BK 25141 1

Version AA from the battery to the battery
breaker.

CA-BABRP CA-BABRP connects 0 VDC from 3BK 25140 1

the battery to the battery breakers.

CA-BRCM CA-BRCM connects -48 VDC 3BK 25246 1

from the battery breaker to the
battery interconnection area

CA-BRCP CA-BRCP connects 0 VDC from 3BK 25245 1

the battery breaker to battery
interconnection area.

CA-BSENS CA-BSENS connects the battery 3BK 08119 1

temperature sensor to RIBAT or
OUTC.

BATCO CA-CBRM CA-CBRM connects -48 VDC 3BK 25868 1

Version AB from the battery to the battery
breaker.

CA-CBRP CA-CBRP connects 0 VDC from 3BK 25869 1

the battery to the battery breakers.

CA-BRCM CA-BRCM connects -48 VDC 3BK 25246 1

from the battery breaker to the
battery interconnection area

CA-BRCP CA-BRCP connects 0 VDC from 3BK 25245 1

the battery breaker to battery
interconnection area.

CA-BSENS CA-BSENS connects the battery 3BK 08119 1

temperature sensor to RIBAT or
OUTC.

BATSC CA-PDCP CA-PDCP connects the 0 VDC 3BK 25231 1

from the battery to the ground bolt.

CA-ADACM CA-ADACM connects the -48 VDC 3BK 25248 1

from the battery to the ADAM2
board.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 349 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CM01 BOMU Busbar Outdoor Multistandard 3BK 25672 1

Unit
BOBU carries AC and DC power
supplies to the STASRs, XIOB,
HEX3/HEX4, HEAT2, service
lights, customer and microwave
equipment.
BOBU transfers alarms from the
HEX3/HEX4, smoke detector,
flood detector, and door switches
to the OUTC.

CA-RIMO1 Remote Inventory Multistandard 3BK 25822 1

Out cable
RIMO1 transfers remote inventory
data of MBO1 modules to OUTC.

CA-Ground CA-Ground is a cabinet ground 3BK 25182 1

cable. It connects LPFM to a
groung bolt.

CA-BRCP CA-BRCP connects 0 VDC from 3BK 25245 1

the battery breaker to battery
interconnection area.

CA-ABIS The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1/2 3BK 07922 1

Interfaces from the COAR (OUTC)
to the SUM.

CA-BTSCA The CA-BTSCA carries clock and 3BK 07923 1

control signals between the COAR
(OUTC) and the SUM.

CM02 CA-PCOS Power cable outdoor for upper 3BK 08809 AA 2

subracks (MBO2)

CA-PCOS Power cable outdoor for bottom 3BK 08809 BA 1

subrack (MBO2)

CA-HOAP HEX outdoor alarm and power 3BK 25820 1

cable
The CA-HOAP connects HEX3
and BOMU transferring dc power
and alarms.

CA-RIMO2 Remote Inventory Multistandard 3BK 25823 1

Out cable
CA-RIMO2 transfers remote
inventory data of MBO2 modules
to OUTC.

350 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CS02 RXRC RXRC connects an ANY RX 3BK 07920 2

connector to an ANX/ANC or
another ANY RX connector.

TXRC TXRC connects an ANY TX 3BK 07919 1

connector to an ANX/ANC or
another ANY TX connector.

CS03 RXRC RXRC connects a TRE RX 3BK 07920 2

connector to an ANY or ANX/ANC
RX connector.

TXRC TXRC connects a TRE TX 3BK 07919 1

connector to an ANY or ANX/ANC
TX connector.

CS07 ANOC ANOC provides a duplex 3BK 07965 2

connection between the ANX/ANC
and a cabinet antenna connector.

CS08 Variant CA-DFUX CA-DFUX carries the Abis1/2 3BK 08503 1

BA Interfaces to the SUM.

CS08 Variant CA-GCMW CA-GCMW is a cabinet ground 3BK 07934 1

CA cable. It connects the microwave
equipment to ground.

CA-MXBP CA-MXBP carries 0/-48VDC from 3BK 08886 1

the bus bar. The cable connects
to the microwave equipment in
BTS compartment 1.

CA-RFMW CA-RFMW carries the TX/RX to 3BK 07931 1

the bottom plate of the BTS.

CS08 Variant CA-2MMC2 CA-2MMC2 carries the Abis1/2 3BK 08289 1

BB Interfaces to the SUM.

CA-GCMW CA-GCMW is a cabinet ground 3BK 07934 1

cable. It connects the microwave
equipment to ground.

CA-MLBP CA-MLBP carries 0/-48VDC from 3BK 08887 1

the bus bar. The cable connects
to the microwave equipment in
BTS compartment 1.

CA-RFMW CA-RFMW carries the TX/RX to 3BK 07931 1

the bottom plate of the BTS.

CS09 CA-ABIS CA-ABIS carries the Abis1/2 3BK 07922 1

Interfaces from the COAR to the
SUM.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 351 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CA-BTSCA CA-BTSCA carries clock and 3BK 07923 1

control signals between the COAR
and the SUM.

CA-H2PC1 H2PC1 carries 0/-48 VDC from 3BK 08077 1

the DCDP. The cable connects to
the BTS compartment 1 HEX2.

CA-OSPC CA-OSPC carries 0/-48 VDC from 3BK 08079 2

the DCDP to an STASR.

CA-XBCBO CA-XBCBO carries alarm and 3BK 08205 1

Remote Inventory information
from the ACRI to the COAR.

CA-XIOPC CA-XIOPC carries 0/-48 VDC 3BK 08087 1

from the DCDP to the XIOB.

CS10 CA-H2PC2 Cable Assembly - HEX2 Power 3BK 08092 1

Cable 2 carries 0/ -48 VDC from
the DCDP. The cable connects to
the COAR.

CA-H2PC3 Cable Assembly - HEX2 Power 3BK 08093 1

Cable 3 carries 0/-48 VDC from
the HEX Power connector on the
COAR. The cable connects to the
side compartment HEX2.

CS11 Variant CA12 Cable Assembly 12 is a flat 3BK 08086 1

AA cable that interconnects the
BTS compartment 2 STASR
backplanes and the BTSRIOUT.

CA-ACB2 Cable Assembly - Alarm Cable 3BK 08091 1

BTS2 gathers alarms from BTS
compartment 2. This consists of
the door switch and HEX2 alarms.
The cable connects to the Alarms
BTS2 connector on the COAR.

CA-H2PC1 CA-H2PC1 carries 0/-48 VDC 3BK 08077 1

from the DCDP. The cable
connects to the BTS compartment
2 HEX2.

CA-OSPC CA-OSPC carries 0/-48 VDC from 3BK 08079 1 of AA, 2 of

the DCDP to an STASR. AB

CS11 Variant CA12 CA12 is a flat cable that 3BK 08086 1

BA interconnects the BTS
compartment 2 STASR
backplanes and the BTSRIOUT.

352 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 3BK 08810 1

0/-48 VDC from the BOBU

Alarms to the BOBU.

The cable connects to the BTS
compartment 2 HEX2.

CA-PCOS Cable Assembly - Power Cable 3BK 08809 3

Outdoor Subrack carries 0/-48
VDC from the BOBU to the
STASR.

CS12 RXRC The RXRC connects a TRE RX 3BK 07920 2

connector to an ANY connector.

TXRC The TXRC connects a TRE TX 3BK 07919 1

connector to an ANY connector.

CS15 Variant BOBU BOBU carries AC and DC 3BK 08742 1

CA power supplies to the STASRs,
XIOB, HEX2, HEAT, service
lights, customer and microwave
equipment.
BOBU transfers alarms from the
HEX2, smoke detector, flood
detector, and door switches to the
COAR.

CA-ABIS The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1/2 3BK 07922 1

Interfaces from the COAR to the
SUM.

CA-BTSCA The CA-BTSCA carries clock and 3BK 07923 1

control signals between the COAR
and the SUM.

CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 3BK 08810 1

0/-48 VDC from the BOBU

Alarms to the BOBU.

The cable connects to the BTS
compartment 1 HEX2.

CS15 Variant BOBU BOBU carries AC and DC 3BK 08742 1

DA power supplies to the STASRs,
XIOB, HEX2, HEAT, service
lights, customer and microwave
equipment.
BOBU transfers alarms from the
HEX2, smoke detector, flood
detector, and door switches to the
OUTC.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 353 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CA-RICPT2 The CA-RICPT2 is a flat cable 3BK 25538 1

which is permanently attached to
the OUTC board. It interconnects
the BTS compartment 1 STASR
backplanes and the OUTC.

CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 3BK 08810 1

0/-48 VDC from the BOBU

Alarms to the BOBU.

The cable connects to the BTS
compartment 1 (CPT2) HEX2.

CS16 BOSU BOSU carries AC and DC power 3BK 08741 1

supplies to the HEX2, HEAT,
Variant AA
service lights, and ASCB/ACSU.
BOSU transfers alarms from the
HEX2, key and door switch to the
COAR.

CA-Ground1 CA-Ground1 is a cabinet ground 3BK 08118 1

cable. It connects the ACSB to a
ground bolt.

CA-Ground2 CA-Ground2 is a cabinet ground 3BK 08117 1

cable. It connects between two
ground bolts.

CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 3BK 08810 1

0/-48 VDC from the BOBU

Alarms to the BOBU.
The cable connects to the BTS
compartment 1 HEX2.

CA-XBCBO CA-XBCBO carries alarm and 3BK 08205 1

Remote Inventory information
from the BCU2 to the COAR.

CS16 BOSU BOSU carries AC and DC power 3BK 08741 1

supplies to the HEX2, HEAT,
Variant CA
service lights, and ACSB/ACSU.
BOSU transfers alarms from the
HEX2, key and door switch to the
COAR.

CA-CSTR CA-CSTR connects the COAR 3BK 25178 1

with RIBAT 1, RIBAT 2 and STASR
7.

354 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CA-Ground CA-Ground is a cabinet ground 3BK 25182 1

cable. It connects the LPFU
grounding bolt to the bottom plate.

CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 3BK 08810 1

0/-48 VDC from the BOBU

Alarms to the BOBU

The cable connects to the BTS
compartment 1 HEX2.

CA-PDCM CA-PDCM carries -48 VDC 3BK 25232 1

from ADAM to the side wall
interconnection area.

CA-PDCP CA-PDCP carries 0 VDC 3BK 25231 1

from ADAM to the side wall
interconnection area.

CA-ADACM CA-ADACM carries -48 VDC 3BK 25248 1

from ADAM to the battery
interconnection area.

CA-ADACP CA-ADACP carries 0 VDC 3BK 25247 1

from ADAM to the battery
interconnection area.

CS16 BOSU BOSU carries AC and DC power 3BK 08741 1

supplies to the HEX2, HEAT,
Variant DA
service lights, and ACSU.
BOSU transfers alarms from the
HEX2, key and door switch to the
OUTC.

CA-Ground CA-Ground is a cabinet ground 3BK 25182 1

cable. It connects the LPFU
grounding bolt to the bottom plate.

CA-RICPT1 The CA-RICPT1 is a flat cable 3BK 25537 1

which is permanently attached to
the OUTC board. It interconnects
the side compartment STASR
backplanes and the OUTC.

CA-OHAC CA-OHAC carries: 3BK 08810 1

0/-48 VDC from the BOBU

Alarms to the BOBU

The cable connects to the BTS
compartment 1 HEX2.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 355 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

Cable Sets Mnemonic Description Part Number Quantity

CA-PDCM CA-PDCM carries -48 VDC from 3BK 25232 1

ADAM/ADAM2 to the side wall
interconnection area.

CA-PDCP CA-PDCP carries 0 VDC from 3BK 25231 1

ADAM/ADAM2 to the side wall
interconnection area.

CA-ADACM CA-ADACM carries -48 VDC 3BK 25248 1

from ADAM/ADAM2 to the battery
interconnection area.

CA-ADACP CA-ADACP carries 0 VDC from 3BK 25247 1

ADAM/ADAM2 to the battery
interconnection area.

CA-ABIS The CA-ABIS carries the Abis1/2 3BK 07922 1

Interfaces from the OUTC to the
SUMA.

CA-BTSCA The CA-BTSCA carries clock and 3BK 07923 1

control signals between the OUTC
and the SUMA.

CS25 ANCO ANCO provides a duplex 3BK 26151 2

connection between the ANX/ANC
and a cabinet antenna connector.

CS26 ANLC ANLC provides a duplex 3BK 26349 2

connection between the ANX/ANC
and a cabinet antenna connector.

Table 45: BTS A9100 Outdoor Cable Sets

356 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

External Cables The BTS A9100 outdoor external cables consist of the discrete cables listed
in the following table. They belong to COME/COMI and CODE/CODI. There
are no COEP external cables, because COEP is used to extend COMI to
COME and CODI to CODE.

Mnemonic Description Part Number

AC Supply This cable can be made on-site to the desired length. The cable used 1AC 00468 0003
is a five-core 6 mm sq. power cable.

Antenna Antenna jumpers, 1 m/2 m/3 m/5 m length, HCF1/2, 2 x 7/16 straight 3BK 05360
Jumper male connectors. They connect the BTS to the main antenna cables.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 01328 0004
The cable used is L907, an 8 pairs shielded, 2Mbit/s, 120 PCM cable.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00110 0011
The cable used is Flex3, a multicoaxial, 2Mbit/s, 75 PCM cable.

CA-CBTE CA-CBTE is the BTS Terminal cable. It connects the BTS Terminal 3BK 07951
to the BTS Terminal connector on the SUM.

CA-GC35 CA-GC35 is the cabinet ground cable. It connects to the M8 ground 3BK 08031
bolt on the side compartment floor, and to the customer’s ground point.

This cable can be replaced by one made on-site to the desired length. 1AC 00465 0003
The cable used is a 50mmsq. yellow/green power cable.

OCC23 OCC23 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a G2 BTS to 3BK 08303

the BTS A9100.

OCC33 OCC33 is a clock synchronization cable. It connects a BTS A9100 to 3BK 08304
another BTS A9100.

Table 46: BTS A9100 Outdoor External Cables List

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 357 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9 Outdoor Cabinet Cabling

4.9.1 Outdoor Cabinet DC Power and Alarm Cabling
4.9.1.1 COME/COMI/CODE/CODI
There are two variants of cable sets used to distribute DC power and alarms
within the BTS A9100 outdoor cabinets:
One variant is used for COME/COMI AXXX

One variant is used for COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI.

The following figure shows the cables that carry DC power and alarms within
the COME/COMI AXXX.
Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment
(COME only)

XIOB DCDP
CA−XIOPC CA−OSPC
X1 X12−X14 To STASRs
(COME only)
X6 X7 X8 X9/X10

HEX2 CA−ADCO
(optional) CA−OSPC

CA−H2PC3 HEX HEX CA−H2PC2 To STASRs

Power Power
(COME only)
Power CA−H2PC1 AB (COME only)
CA−ACSC Alarms
Side Alarms CA−ACB2 for COME
Comp BTS2 CA−OSCP2 for COMI
Alarm

COAR
Door Switch CA−H2PC1 AA
HEX2 HEX2
Alarms (COME only)
Key Switch BTS1

Power Power
CA−APC2

Alarm Alarm

Door Switch Door Switch

Smoke Detector

Flood Detector

Figure 235: COME/COMI AXXX, DC Power and Alarm Cabling

358 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

The following figure shows the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and
alarms within the COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI. Note that, although
the bus bars carry AC power, this is not shown in the following figure.
Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1 BTS Compartment 2

GND Optional GND (CODE/COME only)

Power
0 VDC XIOB Supplies 0 VDC
(COME only)
−48 VDC −48 VDC

Optional
Power
BOSU BOBU
Supplies
(CODE
only)
STASR 1
CA−ADCO
STASR 7 STASR 2
(CODE Alarms
only) BTS STASR 3

STASR 4
Alarms
Side STASR 5
Comp
STASR 6

COAR HEX2
HEX2 HEX2
(CODE/
(optional) COME only)

Power Power Power

Alarm Alarm Alarm

Door Switch

Door Switch Door Switch

Key Switch Smoke Detector

Flood Detector

Figure 236: COME/COMI BXXX and CODE/CODI, DC Power and Alarm Cabling

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 359 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.1.2 CPT2
The following figure shows the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and
alarms within the CPT2. Note that, although the bus bars carry AC power, this
is not shown in the figures.
Side Compartment BTS Compartment 1

GND GND

0 VDC 0 VDC

−48 VDC −48 VDC

BOSU BOBU

STASR 2 STASR 4
CA−ADCO
STASR 3 STASR 5
Alarms
BTS STASR 6

Alarms
Side
Comp

XIOB
Function
HEX2 HEX2
(optional)
OUTC

Power Power

Alarm Alarm

Door Switch Door Switch

Key Switch Smoke Detector

Flood Detector

Figure 237: CPT2 DC Power and Alarm Cabling

360 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.1.3 MBO1/MBO2
The following figure show the cables and bus bars that carry DC power and
alarms within the MBO1 and MBO2. Note that, although the bus bars carry AC
power, this is not shown in the figures.
GND

0 VDC

−48 VDC

Door Switch

Key Switch

Smoke
Detector
Water
Detector
HEX4

STASR 7

STASR 3

STASR 2

STASR 1 BOMU

CA−ADCO

X901
Alarms
X910

XIOB
Function

OUTC

Figure 238: MBO1 DC Power and Alarm Cabling

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 361 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

GND

0 VDC

−48 VDC

Door Switch Door Switch

Key Switch

Smoke
Detector
Water
Detector
HEX4 HEX3

STASR 7 STASR 0 (not used)

STASR 3 STASR 6

STASR 2 STASR 5

STASR 1 BOMU STASR 4

CA−ADCO

X901
Alarms
X910

XIOB
Function

OUTC

MBO1 MBOE
Figure 239: MBO2 DC Power and Alarm Cabling

362 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.1.4 CBO
The following figure shows the cables that carry DC power and alarms within
the CBO. Note that, although the bus bars carry AC power, this are not shown
in the figures.
GND

0 VDC

−48 VDC

HEX5

Optional Equipment

STASR 2

STASR 1 DCUC

CA−ADCO

X901
Alarms
X910

XIOB
Function

OUTC

CBO
Figure 240: CBO DC Power and Alarm Cabling

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 363 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.2 Outdoor Cabinet Data and Control Cabling

4.9.2.1 COME/COMI
The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables for the COME/COMI.
COEP

STASR5 Backplane

COAR
OCC23/OCC33 CA−ABIS

STASR2 Backplane
STASR4 Backplane

SUM

STASR1 Backplane STASR3 Backplane

BTSRIOUT
CA12

BTSRI

Figure 241: COME/COMI Data and Control Cabling

364 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.2.2 CODE/CODI
The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables for the CODE/CODI.

STASR 7 Backplane

RIBAT 1

COEP
RIBAT 2

STASR 3 Backplane STASR 6 Backplane

COAR
OCC23/OCC33 CA−ABIS

STASR 2 Backplane STASR 5 Backplane

SUMA

STASR 1 Backplane STASR 4 Backplane

BTSRIOUT
CA12

BTSRI

Figure 242: CODE/CODI Data and Control Cabling

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 365 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.2.3 CPT2
The following figures show the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables for the CPT2.

STASR 3 Backplane STASR 6 Backplane

Option:
OCC23/OCC33 CA−ABIS

CA−BTSCA
STASR 2 Backplane STASR 5 Backplane

OUTC
SUMA

STASR 4 Backplane

CA−RICPT1 CA−RICPT2

Figure 243: CPT2 Data and Control Cabling

366 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 4 Outdoor Cabinets

4.9.2.4 MBO1/MBO2
The following figures show the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables for the MBO1/MBO2.

STASR 7 Backplane

Option:
OCC23/OCC33

STASR 3 Backplane

CA−ABIS

STASR 2 Backplane CA−BTSCA

SUMA
OUTC

STASR 1 Backplane

CA−RIMO1

Figure 244: MBO1 Data and Control Cabling

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 367 / 708

4 Outdoor Cabinets

STASR 7 Backplane
STASR 0 Backplane
(not equipped)
Option:
OCC23/OCC33

STASR 3 Backplane STASR 6 Backplane

CA−ABIS

STASR 2 Backplane CA−BTSCA STASR 5 Backplane

SUMA
OUTC

STASR 1 Backplane STASR 4 Backplane

CA−RIMO1 CA−RIMO2

MBO1 MBOE
Figure 245: MBO2 Data and Control Cabling

4.9.2.5 CBO
The following figure shows the logical interconnections provided by the data
and control cables for the CBO.
Option:
OCC23/OCC33

STASR 2 Backplane

OUTC
CA−ABIS

CA−BTSCA
STASR 1 Backplane

SUMA

CA−RIBCO

Figure 246: CBO Data and Control Cabling

368 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

5 External Battery Cabinets

This chapter describes external cabinets used to house large backup batteries.
It contains:

External indoor battery cabinet

External outdoor battery cabinet.

The sections describe mechanical design of battery cabinets and cabling

between battery cabinets and BTS.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 369 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

5.1 External Indoor Battery Cabinet

The external indoor battery cabinet is used to house a large backup battery. In
this case it is not allowed to use a BTS configuration with an internal battery
in parallel. As required up to three battery units (48 V) can be installed
inside the cabinet.
The following figures show block diagrams illustrating the principle. If battery
units are connected to different BTSs, each battery unit is connected with
separate DC connectors and can be switched on/off by a separate circuit switch
(block diagram 1). Battery units can also be connected in parallel. Then DC
output connectors of BTS1 are used. DC battery voltage can be switched on/off
by using the common circuit switch.
DC Output Connectors XBCB
BTS1 BTS2 BTS3 3 2 1

Breaker F3
Temperature Sensor

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 3
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Breaker F2 Battery Unit 3

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 2
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 2
Breaker F1

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 1
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 1

Figure 247: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 3x1 Battery Units

370 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

DC Output Connectors XBCB

BTS1 BTS2 BTS3 3 2 1

Common
Breaker F4

Breaker F3 Temperature Sensor

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 3
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Breaker F2 Battery Unit 3

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 2
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 2
Breaker F1

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 1
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 1

Figure 248: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 1x2 + 1x1
Battery Units

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 371 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

DC Output Connectors XBCB

BTS1 BTS2 BTS3 3 2 1

Common
Breaker F4

Breaker F3 Temperature Sensor

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 3
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 3
Breaker F2

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 2
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 2
Breaker F1

− + − + − + − +
RIBAT 1
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V

Battery Unit 1

Figure 249: External Indoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram 1x3 Battery Units

372 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

5.1.1 Mechanical Design

The external indoor battery is built by using housing of MBI3 cabinet (see MBI
Cabinet Access and Features (Section 3.3.1) ). For environmental conditions
and electromagnetic compatibility see Environment (Chapter 18).
The following figure shows that the battery units are mounted in three shelves,
one unit per shelf. Each unit consists of four separate battery blocks (12 V)
connected in line. Battery units can be connected to separate circuit switches
(placed at the left side of each unit) and separate connectors (placed at the
connection area at the top) for different BTSs. Battery unit can also be
connected in parallel with a common circuit switch (connection area at the top)
and a common connector for one BTS.
Adjustible brackets are at both sides of each shelf for positioning of the battery
unit. The distance between battery blocks is maintained by means of spacers
supplied with battery.
Battery units are covered with a small cover plate to secure the batteries.
Common Circuit Switch XBCB Connectors for RIBAT Cable

DC Output Connectors
(to BTS)

Circuit Switch
for one Battery Unit

Different types of
Battery Units just
shown for
demonstration
(cabinet must be
equipped with
identical batteries)

Circuit Switch
for one Battery Unit

Cover Plate

Figure 250: External Indoor Battery Cabinet

One battery terminal of each unit is connected with a temperature sensor,

which monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by
SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 373 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

First this sensor information is collected and stored in RIBAT boards, which are
placed behind each battery unit at the rear side of the shelves. RIBAT boards
are powered by a BTS via RIBAT cable(s).
RIBAT boards (for more information see RIBAT (Section 12.24) ) are connected
with the XBCB connectors placed at the connection area on the top. If
battery units are connected in parallel, corresponding RIBAT boards are also
connected together producing a common result of monitoring.
RIBAT and DC battery cables are connected to the BTS(s) passing through the
battery cabinet on the top.

374 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

5.1.2 External Battery

Battery type used in external indoor battery cabinet is BU101. This type is also
used in indoor and outdoor BTSs and external outdoor battery cabinet.
A detailled description inclusive charging, discharging and storage parameters
is given in BU101 (Section 12.22). Battery blocks of one unit are installed in
line (contrary to installation in MBO cabinet) as shown in the following figure.
To BUS Bar via
Circuit Breaker To BUS Bar

Temperature
Sensor Cable
(to RIBAT)

Battery Battery Battery Battery

Front View

Jumper

Top View

Figure 251: External Indoor Battery Unit

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 375 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

5.1.3 Battery Cabinet External Cabling

There are following cables used for connection of an external battery cabinet
indoor with a BTS and ground:

CA-PCEBP, 3BK 25259 AAAA, Power Cable external Battery 0 V

CA-PCEBM, 3BK 25260 AAAA, Power Cable external Battery –48 V

CA-GND, 3BK 25349 AAAA, Ground Cable for external Battery

CA-RIBEB, 3BK 25258 AAAA, RIBAT Cable for external indoor Battery.

Mechanical design of cables can be found in External Cables (Section 17.2).

5.2 External Outdoor Battery Cabinet

The external outdoor battery cabinet is used to house a large backup battery.
In this case it is not allowed to use a BTS configuration with an internal battery
in parallel. As required up to three battery units (48 V) can be installed
inside the cabinet.
The following figure shows a block diagram illustrating the principle. All battery
units are connected in parallel via two bus bars. Each battery branch can be
switched on/off separately by a single pole circuit switch. Complete DC battery
voltage can be switched on/off by using the common circuit switch. Connection
to BTS is made via terminal blocks.
Common
Circuit Switch

+VE BUS Bar

BTS
−VE BUS Bar
Terminal Block

Single Pole
Circuit Switch

− + − + − + − +
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
Battery Unit 3
Single Pole
Circuit Switch

− + − + − + − +
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
Battery Unit 2
Single Pole
Circuit Switch

− + − + − + − +
12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
Battery Unit 1

Figure 252: External Outdoor Battery Cabinet, Block Diagram

376 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

5.2.1 Mechanical Design

Dimensions The external outdoor battery cabinet has the following dimensions:

Total Height 1500 mm

Width 700 mm

Depth 800 mm

Table 47: Dimensions

Weight
Cabinet pre-equipped with ACU but without batteries < 180 kg

Cabinet with three battery units < 600 kg

Table 48: Weight

Cabinet The external outdoor battery cabinet consists of a box-shaped frame bolted to a
plinth. Four clearance long holes in the bottom (one in each edge) allow to
fix the cabinet to fundament using M12 anchor bolts. Other components are
added to this basic construction. The cabinet has foam insulated walls and roof.
The following figure shows the internal arrangement of the cabinet. The battery
units are mounted in three shelves, one unit per shelf. Each unit consists of
four separate battery blocks (12 V) connected in line. The minus line of each
battery unit is connected to a separate single-pole circuit switch placed at the
DC breaker box above the battery floors. From that circuit switch the minus
line is connected to a bus bar. Plus lines of all battery units are connected to
another bus bar. Both bus bars are connected with a double pole main circuit
switch (placed at the DC breaker box) and then with terminal blocks placed at
the bottom of the right side wall for further connection to BTS. An exhausting
tube of each battery unit is connected to the roof.
Adjustible brackets are at both sides of each shelf to position the battery unit.
The distance between battery blocks is maintained by means of spacers
supplied with battery.
Battery units are covered in front with a small cover plate to secure the batteries.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 377 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

RIBAT Plate Door Switch

Smoke Detector

DC Breaker Box

Battery Units

A
Transmission
Blocks

External
Airconditioner Cable Entry
with integrated heater
Front View
AC Box
(behind frame)

Battery Unit

Jumper

Internal Internal
Cable Entry Cable Entry

Top View A
(Bottom Floor)

Figure 253: External Battery Cabinet Outdoor

One battery terminal (+ pole) of each unit is connected with a temperature

sensor, which monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is
used by SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus to prevent battery
overheating. This sensor information is collected and stored in RIBAT boards,
which are placed above the DC breaker box.
RIBAT boards (for more information see RIBAT (Section 12.24)) are powered
by the BTS via CA-RIBEO cable.

378 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

Door Access to the external outdoor battery cabinet is via a door at the front. The
door provides both an environmental seal and EMI protection when closed.
Mounted on the inside of the door is an airconditioner with an integrated heater.
Above the airconditioner is a latch mechanism for keeping the door open during
maintenance. Restrainers allow to fix the door open at 90, 110 and 135.
The door has a 3-point-latching system with Eurocylinder barrel located
centrally. It can be opened by a key.
The door presses an electronical switch. This switch causes an alarm, if the
door is open. It can be switch off for maintenance operation.

Cable Entry and AC, DC, RIBAT (CA-RIBEO) and Alarm cables enter the cabinet via the cable
Terminals entry plate at the bottom of back, the left or right side wall. Internally cables are
passed through cable glands at the ground floor. Then cables are connected
to the DC and alarm terminals (placed at the right inner side wall), the AC
distribution box (placed at the left inner side wall), or to the first RIBAT board.
The AC distribution box is shown in the following figure. It contains an 1-pole
AC main switch (L), a residual current breaker (RCB) for service light and
socket and a switch for the airconditioner and integrated heater.
Lightning protections for AC leads (L, N) are placed at the right and wired to
earthing strip.
To
Service Light/
Socket
Residual Current Breaker
’Service Light/
Socket’

Surge
Protections

To
Airconditioner/
Heater

AC
Distribution
Box

Switch
’Airconditioner/
Heater’

AC
Main Switch
AC Main Entry
Bottom Plate

Figure 254: AC Distribution Box

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 379 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

Environmental The external battery cabinet equipment housings provide the necessary
Conditions environmental and safety protection according to the standard ETS 300 019
-1-4 class 4.1E, for outdoor equipment.
The minimum ambient temperature is –45 C, exceptional ambient temperature
is up to 45 C. Shock and vibration according to class 4M3, earthquake
according to Bellcore 3.
Storage conditions are according to ETS 300 019-1-1 class 1.2.
Transportation conditions (packed) are either according to ETS 300 019-1-2
class 2.3 (public transportation, cabinet without batteries fitted) or to ETS 300
019-1-2 class 2.2 (careful transportation, cabinet with battery fitted). Transport
and crane lifting with batteries is possible.

Electromagnetic Conducted emission on AC (airconditioner/heater) are according to EN

Compatibility 55022 class B.
Harmonic current emissions on AC lines are according to EN 61000-3-2.

380 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

5.2.2 External Battery

Battery type used in external outdoor battery cabinet is BU101. This type is
also used in indoor and outdoor BTSs and internal indoor battery cabinet.
A detailled description inclusive charging, discharging and storage parameters
is given in BU101 (Section 12.22). Battery blocks of one unit are installed in
line (contrary to installation in MBO cabinet) as shown in the following figure.
To BUS Bar via
Circuit Breaker To BUS Bar

Temperature
Sensor Cable
(to RIBAT)

Battery Battery Battery Battery

Front View

Jumper

Exhausting
Hoses

Top View

Figure 255: External Outdoor Battery Unit

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 381 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

5.2.3 Auxiliary Equipment

Airconditioner The airconditioner is used to maintain temperature of battery in range of about
20 – 25 C at ambient temperature up to 45 C, solar load included.
The airconditioner is fixed to the door via 2x5 M5 studs placed on the door. The
unit is supplied by 230 VAC; cooling capacity is 350 W.
The following figure shows the internal and external air paths.
Air Outlet
Top
Internal
Air Path

Rear Side Door Side

External
Air Path

Air Inlet
Air Paths
Door Side Rear Side Side View

Figure 256: Airconditioner Unit, Air Paths

The internal warmer air is taken into the internal fan at the top of the unit and
is forced through the evaporator coil and supplied back to the bottom of the
cabinet. The heater element is located in front of the fan intake area.
The external cooler air is taken into the external fan positioned in the bottom
of the unit and is forced through the coil and exhausted back to the external
environment at the top.
Supervision of airconditioner is producing one sum alarm if the unit fails. The
alarm line is wired to signal terminals for further connection to BTS.

Heater The heater is used for warm up period from –33 C and to maintain temperature
inside the cabinet above 10 C. The heater is integrated in the airconditioner.
The heater element (1 kW) is located in the upper internal part of the
airconditioner just before the internal fan intake.
The heater is controlled by a control board and is supplied by 230 VDC. For
protection two thermal switches are placed close to the heater elements. Both
have a setting at 40 C for cut off and 25 C for resetting.

382 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 5 External Battery Cabinets

Overcurrent Protections The breakers for AC lines are fitted in a box in the left side wall of cabinet:

Breaker Type Description

1x 1–pole C16A MCB in L line Incoming mains line

1x 2–pole 6A/30mA RCB in L and N lines Interior light and service

socket

1x 1–pole C10A MVB in L line Airconditioner and heater

Table 49: Overcurrent Protection AC Lines

The breakers for DC lines are fitted in the distribution box at top of cabinet:

Breaker Type Description

1x 2–pole 80 A MCB fast acting in 0 V Main DC Outgoing

and –48 V main DC lines

3x 1–pole 80 A MCB in –48 V line Separate battery branch

1x 1–pole 2 A fuse or MCB in 12 V line Smoke detector

Note: 0 V lead (+ pole of battery) is connected to PE inside of BTS

Note: 0 V and –48 V main DC lines can be switched off/on too by a 2–pole
circuit switch inside of BTS

Table 50: Overcurrent Protection DC Lines

Lightning Protection Lightning protection is equipped for AC lines only. It is fitted in the left side wall
of cabinet close to cable entry and wired to earthing strip. There are medium
stage protectors (category c) for L and N leads.

Door Switch The cabinet is equipped with an electromechanical door switch. If the door
is opened an alarm is raised and sent to the BTS. The alarm line is wired to
signal terminals. The alarm can be cancelled manually, if an open door is
required for maintenance operations etc..

Smoke Detector An optical smoke detector is fitted on the top of the right inner side wall of the
cabinet. In case of smoke inside the cabinet an alarm is raised and sent to
the BTS. The smoke detector is powered by +12 VDC provided from the BTS.
Alarm and DC power lines are wired to signal terminals.

Service light and AC Service light and integral 230 VAC power socket are fitted at top of cabinet,
Power Socket both protected by one common 6A MCB.

RIBAT RIBAT is a printed circuit board for remote inventory and temperature
supervision of battery. Up to three RIBAT-boards (one for each battery unit) can
be fitted in one cabinet. The boards are placed on a 19” panel and fitted above
the distribution box on the top. Each RIBAT reports the supervision result at a
dedicated address (for more information seeRIBAT (Section 12.24)). RIBAT
boards are powered by +5 VDC provided from the BTS. RIBATS are connected
to XBCB bus in BTS via CA-RIBEO cable.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 383 / 708

5 External Battery Cabinets

Document Wallet The document wallet is attached to the inner side of the door or side wall to
store A4 documents.

5.2.4 Battery Cabinet External Cabling

There are following cables used for connection of an external battery cabinet
outdoor with a BTS and ground:

PC05B5, 3BK 25561 AAAA, AC Power Cable, 3x2.5 mm² in 100 m roll

PC25BL1D, 3BK 25995 AAAA, Power Cable (-48 V), 1x25 mm² blue
in 100 m roll

PC25B1D, 3BK 08963 BAAA, Power Cable (0 V), 1x25 mm² black in 100
m roll

PC50YG1D, 3BK 08961 BAAA, Ground Cable, 50 mm² green/yellow

in 100 m roll

CA12058, 3BK 08965 AAAA, Alarm Cable, L907, 4 quads, 120 Ohms
in 100 m roll

CA-RIBEO, 3BK 26138 AAAA, RIBAT Cable external Battery outdoor.

All external cables listed above are fixed installation cables connected to
terminals at both sides. Cable lengths depend on local distance between
battery cabinet and BTS.
CA-RIBEO cable is connected to the first RIBAT board at the battery cabinet
side; at BTS side it is connected to the OUTC board via XBCB connector.
Mechanical design of CA-RIBEO cable/connector can be found inExternal
Cables (Section 17.2).

384 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 6 Standard Telecommunications Subrack

6 Standard Telecommunications Subrack

This chapter describes the STASR used in BTS A9100 configurations. It

contains:
General information

Mechanical characteristics

Subrack layout

Electrical description.

The sections are supported with diagrams and illustrations, where necessary.
An illustration of the subrack is also included.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 385 / 708

6 Standard Telecommunications Subrack

6.1 STASR General Information

The STASR is the standard telecommunications subrack for all BTS A9100
configurations. The number of subracks used, and the types of plug-in modules
fitted into the subracks, is configuration dependent.
Each STASR plug-in module has a unique number which identifies its position
within the cabinet. The number consists of:

Subrack number - coded on the subrack interconnecting ribbon cable

Slot position within subrack - coded on the subrack backplane PCB.

The possible plug-in modules can be:

TRE

SUMA/SUMP
Antenna Network modules: ANC, ANX, ANY

Power Supply equipment: ADAM, ADAM4, PM12

Microwave modules.

6.2 STASR Mechanical Characteristics

The following figure shows the STASR with no modules fitted.

Inter−subrack Power Ground

Connector Connector Connector

Module Connector

Hole for Camloc Backplane Module

Fastener FANU Guide Module Connector
Subrack Fixing Lug Rail Guide Rail

Figure 257: STASR Construction

For common information and dimensions refer toSubracks (Section 1.3).

The STASR has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and
signalling interface for the modules. The backplane has nine connectors for the
plug-in modules and three for the FANUs. An inter-subrack cable connector at
the top of the backplane is provided for multiple subrack configurations. The
power connection consists of three Faston connectors.
Refer to STASR Electrical Description (Section 6.3) for a description of the
subrack backplane.

386 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 6 Standard Telecommunications Subrack

6.3 STASR Electrical Description

Power Supplies and The STASR receives its -48/-60 VDC supply from the cabinet DC distribution
Grounding panel, via the cabinet bus bar. Each module fitted within the STASR has its own
on-board DC/DC converter, except the ANY which is a passive RF module.
Ground continuity, between the subrack and the equipment rack, is ensured
by using earth linking straps. The straps are attached to the equipment rack
bus-bar at one end and terminated on the subrack with a Faston connector. The
subrack is also fixed to the equipment rack with conductive self-tapping screws.

Backplane The backplane is a multi-layer PCB. It distributes the -48/-60VDC, to power

the subrack equipment, and the digital signals between the various plug-in
modules. The following figure shows a front view of the backplane and the
positions of the various connectors.
Module Connectors Power Connectors
Ribbon Cable 0 V GND −48 V
Connector FACB
FACB Connectors
X113
X100

X116 Equipment
Label

Connector X117
Identity
X101 X102 X103 X104 X105 X106 X107 X108 X109

X110 X111 X112

FANU Connectors
Pin 1, Row A

Figure 258: STASR Backplane Connector Layout, Front View

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 387 / 708

6 Standard Telecommunications Subrack

Connectors and Cables The following table lists and describes the STASR cables and connectors. For
connector locations, see Figure 258.

Name Quantity Type and Description

Module Connectors 9 Millipacs Type 1.

FACB Connectors 2 2 x 6-pin male Header type connector.

2 x 16-pin male Header type connector.
The FACB connectors are linked to the FANU connectors via the
backplane printed wiring.

FANU Connectors 3 Type R 1/3 30-M connectors.

Three FANU connectors are positioned at the bottom of the subrack
backplane (see Figure 258).

Ribbon Cable 1 C 64 M (DIN 41612) connector.

The cable is used to interconnect multiple subracks (see Figure
CIMI/CIDI Subracks Interconnection Cable (179) and Figure 187). It is
pre-equipped with the correct number of connectors for the number of
subracks deployed.

Power Cable 1 Three-core twin and earth, terminated with a three-in-one Faston
connector.

Table 51: STASR Connectors and Cables

The following table lists the module connectors and the associated modules.
The symbol shows that the particular connector is a possible plug-in position
for the associated module.

TRE
ConnectorSUMA SUMP ANC ANX ANY TRE HP IDU

X101 - -

X102 - - - - - - -

X103 - - - - - -

X104 - - - - -

X105 - - - - - -

X106 - - -

X107 - - - - - -

X108 - - - - -

X109 - - - - - -

Table 52: STASR Module Connectors and Associated Modules

388 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 7 AC Power Subracks

7 AC Power Subracks

This chapter describes the different AC power subracks used in BTS A9100
configurations:

SRACDC

ACSR

ASIB.

The sections are supported with diagrams and illustrations, where necessary.
An illustration of each subrack is also included.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 389 / 708

7 AC Power Subracks

7.1 SRACDC
The SRACDC is the power subrack used for all BTSA9100 outdoor
configurations with PM08 power supply module. It contains plug-in modules
which convert the AC mains supply into a 48 VDC supply. The plug-in modules
are fitted in predefined slots within the subrack.
SRACDC contains the following modules:

ACIB

ACRI

BACO

BCU1
Up to five PM08s

FANUs.

7.1.1 SRACDC Mechanical Characteristics

The following figure shows the SRACDC subrack with no modules fitted.
Pin 1, Row A

X200 X201 X202

Backplane

Connector
Identity

Subrack X100 X101 X102 X103 X104 X106

Fixing Lug

Module Guide
Rail

FANU Hole for Camloc FANU Guide Module

Connector Fastener Rail Connectors

Figure 259: SRACDC Subrack Front View

For common information and dimensions refer toSubracks (Section 1.3).

The SRACDC has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and
signalling interface for the modules. The backplane contains nine connectors
for the plug-in modules and three for the FANUs.

390 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 7 AC Power Subracks

7.1.2 SRACDC Subrack Layout

Modules are fitted at the predefined positions shown in the following figure.

BACO ACRI ACIB

PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1 BCU1

Figure 260: SRACDC Module Positions

There are five PM08 slots. The PM08s are identified by numbers in the range 1
to 5, as shown.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 391 / 708

7 AC Power Subracks

7.1.3 SRACDC Electrical Description

Power Supplies and The SRACDC power supply system subrack is fixed to the equipment rack
Grounding with conductive self-tapping screws. Ground continuity is maintained by the
metal fittings and securing brackets.
The SRACDC is isolated from the AC supply voltage. The 230 VAC supply
from the ACSB connects directly to the AC IN connector on the front of ACIB
(see the following figure). From there it connects to the front of the PM08s
where it is converted to 0/-48 VDC. The DC is connected to the SRACDC
backplane for distribution to:
BACO for charging the optional batteries

DCDP for further distribution to the STASR subracks, XIOB and HEX2s.

Backplane The SRACDC backplane distributes the 0/-48VDC to the subrack equipment
that requires it. Two power cables carry the DC power to the equipment external
to the SRACDC. The following figure shows a rear view of the backplane and
the positions of the various connectors.

X204
X204 −48V

R211
R201

X203

0V
X203
Module Connector

0/−48 VDC
Power Out
Connectors FANU Connector

Figure 261: SRACDC Backplane Connector Layout Rear View

392 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 7 AC Power Subracks

Connectors and Cables The following table lists and describes the SRACDC subrack cables and
connectors. For connector locations, see Figures SRACDC Subrack Front View
(259) and SRACDC Backplane Connector Layout Rear View (261).

Name Quantity Type and Description

Module Connectors 6 H15-F (DIN 41612).

The connectors are used by the PM08s and the BACO.

Module Connectors 3 R64-M-a-c (DIN 41612).

The connectors are used by the ACRI, BACO and BCU1.

FANU Connectors 3 Type R 1/3 30-M connectors.

Three FANU connectors are positioned at the bottom of the subrack
backplane (see Figure 261).

Ribbon Cable 1 C 64 M (DIN 41612) connector.

The cable is used to interconnect multiple subracks. It is pre-equipped
with the correct number of connectors for the number of subracks
deployed.

Power Cables 2 60 A power terminals M5 x 8.

The cables carry the 0/-48 VDC to the interconnection panel.

Table 53: SRACDC Connectors and Cables

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 393 / 708

7 AC Power Subracks

7.2 ACSR
The ACSR is the power subrack used for BTSA9100 outdoor configurations
with PM11 power supply modules. ACSR contains plug-in modules which
convert the AC mains supply into a 48 VDC supply. The plug-in modules are
fitted in predefined slots within the subrack.
ACSR contains the following modules:

BAC2

BCU2

Up to four PM11s

FANUs.

7.2.1 ACSR Mechanical Characteristics

The following figure shows the ACSR subrack with no modules fitted.
Pin 1, Row A

Backplane

Subrack
Fixing Lug

Module
Guide Rail

Hole for Camloc FANU Guide FANU Module

Fastener Rail Connector Connectors

Figure 262: ACSR Subrack Front View

For common information and dimensions refer toSubracks (Section 1.3).

The ACSR has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and
signalling interface for the modules. The backplane contains six connectors for
the plug-in modules and two for the FANUs.

394 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 7 AC Power Subracks

7.2.2 ACSR Subrack Layout

Modules are fitted at the predefined positions shown in the following figure.

BAC2 PM11/4 PM11/3 PM11/2 PM11/1 BCU2

Figure 263: ACSR Module Positions

There are four PM11 slots. The PM11s are identified by numbers in the range 1
to 4, as shown.

7.2.3 ACSR Electrical Description

Power Supplies and The ACSR power supply system subrack is fixed to the equipment rack with
Grounding conductive self -tapping screws. Ground continuity is maintained by the metal
fittings and securing brackets.
The ACSR is connected to the AC supply voltage. The 230 VAC supply from
the ACSB connects to the ACSR backplane. From there it connects to the
PM11s where it is converted to 0/-48VDC. The DC is connected to the ACSR
backplane for distribution to:
BAC2 for charging the optional batteries

BOBU for further distribution to the STASR subracks, XIOB and HEX2s.

Backplane The ACSR backplane distributes the 230 VAC supply from the ACSB to the
PM11s. The backplane also distributes the 0/-48VDC to the subrack equipment
that requires it.
One, five-wire, power cable carries the AC power from the ACSB to the
backplane. Two power cables carry the DC power to the equipment external to
the ACSR. The following figure shows a rear view of the backplane and the
positions of the various connectors.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 395 / 708

7 AC Power Subracks

Module Connector

L1 L2 N L3

230 VAC GND FANU Connector 0/−48 VDC

Power In (M5 Bolt) Power Out
Connectors Connectors

Figure 264: ACSR Backplane Connector Layout Rear View

396 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 7 AC Power Subracks

Connectors and Cables The following table lists and describes the ACSR subrack cables and
connectors. For connector locations, see Figures ACSR Subrack Front View
(262) and ACSR Backplane Connector Layout Rear View (264).

Name Quantity Type and Description

Module Connectors 5 H15-F (DIN 41612).

The connectors are used by the PM11s and BAC2.

Module Connectors 1 R64-M-a-c (DIN 41612).

The connector is used by BCU2.

FANU Connectors 2 Type R 1/3 30-M connectors.

Two FANU connectors are positioned at the bottom of the subrack
backplane (see Figure 264).

Ribbon Cable 1 C 64 M (DIN 41612) connector.

The cable is used to interconnect multiple subracks. It is pre-equipped
with the correct number of connectors for the number of subracks
deployed.

AC Power Cables 1 Four faston connectors and one M5 x 8 terminal.

The cables carry the 230 VAC (L1, L2, L3, N, and GND) from the ACSB.

DC Power Cables 2 60 A power terminals M5 x 8.

The cables carry the 0/-48 VDC to the interconnection panel.

Table 54: ACSR Connectors and Cables

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 397 / 708

7 AC Power Subracks

7.3 ASIB
The ASIB is the power subrack for the BTS A9100 indoor configurations
powered from an AC mains supply. It contains plug-in modules which convert
the AC mains supply into a 48VDC supply. The plug-in modules are fitted in
predefined slots within the subrack.

7.3.1 ASIB Mechanical Characteristics

The following figure shows the ASIB subrack with no modules fitted.
Pin 1, Row A

X201 X202 X250

Backplane
X300

Connector
Identity

Subrack X100 X101 X102 X103 X104 X106

Fixing Lug

Module Guide
Rail

FANU Hole for Camloc FANU Guide Module

Connector Fastener Rail Connectors

Figure 265: ASIB Front View

For common information and dimensions refer toSubracks (Section 1.3).

The ASIB has an integral backplane, which provides the electrical and
signalling interface for the modules. The backplane has nine connectors for the
plug-in modules and three for the FANUs.

398 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 7 AC Power Subracks

7.3.2 ASIB Layout

Modules are fitted at the predefined positions shown in the following figure.

ABAC APOD ACRI

PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1 BCU1

Figure 266: ASIB Module Positions

There are five PM08 slots. The PM08s are identified by numbers in the range 1
to 5, as shown.

7.3.3 ASIB Electrical Description

Power Supplies and The ASIB is isolated from the AC supply voltage. The 230 VAC supply from the
Grounding AFIP connects via the backplane to the APOD. From there it connects to the
front of the PM08s where it is converted to 0/-48 VDC. The DC is connected to
the ASIB backplane for distribution to:

ABAC for charging the optional batteries

Cabinet cable trunk for further distribution to the STASR subracks.

The subrack is fixed to the equipment rack with conductive M6 screws. Ground
continuity is maintained by the metal fittings and securing brackets.

Backplane The backplane distributes the 0/-48VDC to the subrack equipment that requires
it. Four power cables carry the DC power to the equipment external to the
ASIB. The following figure shows a rear view of the backplane and the positions
of the various connectors.

Module Connector

FANU Connector

Figure 267: ASIB Backplane Connector Layout Rear View

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 399 / 708

7 AC Power Subracks

Connectors and Cables The following table lists and describes the ASIB subrack cables and connectors.
For connector locations, see Figures ASIB Front View (265) and ASIB
Backplane Connector Layout Rear View (267).

Name Quantity Type and Description

Module Connectors 6 H15-F (DIN 41612).

The connectors are used by the PM08s and the ABAC.

Module Connectors 3 R64-M-a-c (DIN 41612).

The connectors are used by the ACRI, ABAC and BCU1.

FANU Connectors 3 Type R 1/3 30-M connectors.

Three FANU connectors are positioned at the bottom of the subrack
backplane (see Figure 267).

Ribbon Cable 1 C 64 M (DIN 41612) connector.

The cable is used to interconnect multiple subracks. It is pre-equipped
with the correct number of connectors for the number of subracks
deployed.

Power Cables 4 60 A power terminals M5 x 8.

The cables carry the 0/-48 VDC to the interconnection panel.

Table 55: ASIB Connectors and Cables

400 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

8 Station Unit Modules

This chapter describes the station unit modules SUMP and SUMA used in BTS
A9100 configurations. It contains:

Introduction

Trans & Clock functions

BSII

OMU functions
RI

Power supply

LEDs and calibration

Front panel.

The sections are supported with diagrams, where necessary, showing the
functional blocks and their interfaces.
A drawing of the physical appearance of the module is also included, showing
LED indicators, connectors and controls.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 401 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

8.1 Introduction to Station Unit Modules

The SUMP/SUMA provides the central management and control of all the BTS
A9100 modules. It has responsibility for the following functional areas:

Digital transmission

Timing and clock generation

Management of the BTS internal digital interfaces

O&M functions

RI

Control of the AC/DC converters and check of the batteries (SUMA only).

The following figure gives an overview of all the interfaces connected to the
SUMP/SUMA.

BTS
BTS
G1/G2/A9100 XCLK(14)
EXT CLK ref BTS A9100

CLKI (13)

OML(1)
RSLi(7), TCHi(8)
RSL(2),TCH(3) TRE
IOM(10), IOM−CONF(9)
RCB(5)
BSC
Other Abis flows(6) IOM(10), IOM_CONF(9)
AN
Qmux(4) SUMA/
TSC
SUMP
AC/DC

IGPS (16) Internal FAN

GPS XGPS (15) GPS
receiver
REL_CON(18) *)
Battery
CA
EBCB(12) BCB(11)

*) MMI(17)
Battery
XBCB(12)

External
tool

:
*) for SUMA only
BTS Terminal

Figure 268: The SUMP/SUMA in its Environment

402 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

The following table provides information relative to the links mentioned in Figure
268. All external links connected to CA in Figure 268 are routed through
the CA to the SUMA/SUMP.

Note: Regarding AN, ANX, ANY, ANC modules are connected to BCB, but only ANX
and ANC are connected to IOM and IOM_CONF.

Ref Link 2 Comment

OML L The link carries O&M messages between BSC and BTS. The link is routed by the
SUMP/SUMA from/to Abis to/from BSII.

RSL L These links are transparently routed by the SUMP/SUMA from/to Abis

TCH L to/from the BSII.

Qmux L This link is used for the remote transmission O&M between the TSC and the
Transmission part of the BTS.

RCB L This link is used to control the ring functionalities between the BIEs by managing
F, S, R, FEA, AIS bits.

Other Abis L All the other flows carried by Abis are transparently routed in Abis ring or drop
flows through the SUMP/SUMA.

RSLi L The Radio Signalling Link is for TRE telecom function.

TCHi L The Traffic Channel is for TRE telecom function.

IOM_CONF L It is used to broadcast the IOM configuration by the SUMP/SUMA.

IOM L This link carries O&M messages exchanged between the SUMP/SUMA and
other BTS modules connected on the IOM.
These links are used for BTS internal O&M between SUMP/SUMA and other
BTS equipment.

BCB P The link is connected to other BTS modules and allows the BTS Remote
Inventory supported by SUMP/SUMA.

XBCB P The link is connected to the external tool for Remote Inventory. XBCB is changed
(EBCB) into EBCB in between SUMP/SUMA and CA.
When the SUMP/SUMA is powered off, the BTS module Remote Inventory
information is reported to the external tool through the EBCB.
When the SUMP/SUMA is powered on, the alarms from XIOB are reported to
SUMP/SUMA through the EBCB.

CLKI P This link distributes BTS internal synchronizing signals to TRE and AN.

XCLK P The link carries BTS external clock synchronization signals for either master
or slave configuration.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 403 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

Ref Link 2 Comment

XGPS P These flows are used in order to communicate with the GPS system.
It is External GPS when the GPS system is outside the BTS and Internal GPS
when it is plugged inside the SUMP/SUMA
These flows carry the supervision interface of the GPS system (Configuration,
Fault)

IGPS P These flows carry the GPS CLK reference.

MMI L This link is connected to a PC used as a BTS Terminal which includes the local
BTS O&M application, it includes:

the download of software for SUMP/SUMA and other BTS downloadable

modules,

the BTS commissioning tests,

the O&M commands for the Transmission part of the SUMP/SUMA

the O&M commands for the Clock part of the SUMP/SUMA (for OCXO
calibration and OCXO tuning).

REL_CON P This relay command flow is used to control Abis relays, this flow has its own
physical interface.

Table 56: SUMP/SUMA Interfaces

2)
This column indicates for each link if it is a logical link (L) or a physical link (P).
The following figure shows the functional block diagram of the SUMP/SUMA.
External Interfaces Internal Interfaces

System Master Clock, TDMA

Frame Clock and Frame Number
XCLK Distribution to TRE and AN
XGPS CLK CLKI

HFFI
2 Mbit/s BSII
Abis 1 2 Mbit/s Switch 2 Mbit/s
BSII 0
2 Mbit/s Transmission and 2 Mbit/s
Abis 2 BSII 1
& Clock Timing
2 Mbit/s
BSII 2
(SUMA
XGPS only)

XRT
O&M
MMI

XBCB RI BCB

HFFI Hook for Future Interface: It consists of 4 Lines which are in the backplane and
which are free for future evolution.

Figure 269: SUMP/SUMA Basic Architecture

404 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

The SUMP/SUMA provides a switchable 2 Mbit/s duplex connection between

the Abis Interface and the BSII. The BSII is used to transfer TCH information
to the TRE module, and O&M information to the OMU/SUM microprocessor.
SUMA has an additional BSII 2 interface. This is used to carry exclusively
TCH information.
The SUMP/SUMA comprises the following function blocks:

Trans and Clock

BSII
OMU

RI.

The SUMP uses two microprocessors, the SUMA only one to run the
software/firmware for the O&M and Transmission & Clock functions.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 405 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

8.2 Transmission & Clock Functions

The SUMP/SUMA Transmission & Clock functions provide:
Clock selection and generation

Two 2Mbit/s interfaces to the BSC, via a PCM link

The following figure shows the Transmission & Clock architecture.

XCLK
CLKI
XGPS CLK CGU

Abis 1 2 Mbit/s
CLK Framer

Time Slot 2 Mbit/s

Switch

Abis 2 2 Mbit/s
CLK Framer

Abis 3 CLK Framer

Time Slot 2 Mbit/s

Switch

Abis 4 CLK Framer

Optional with Piggy−back Board

BSII 0
XGPS Transmission &
Clock Micropro− BSII 1
TMMI
cessor (*) BSII 2
(SUMA
(*) for SUMA part of the SUM processor only)

Figure 270: SUMP/SUMA Transmission & Clock Architecture

The principal functional components and interfaces of the Transmission &

Clock are as follows:

Abis Interface

Transmission & Clock microprocessor

CGU

Q1 link.

8.2.1 Abis Interface

The Abis Interface is the digital interface to the BSC. The SUMP/SUMA provides
two G.703 Abis Interfaces. They support the following communications links:

TCH, which carries speech and/or data

OML, which uses a LAPD protocol

RSL, which carries signalling data for the telecommunications functions

Q1 Link, which carries transmission management data.

406 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

Relays, mounted on the cabinet interconnection panel, are used to route the
Abis links transparently if the SUMP/SUMA is switched off.
The Abis Interface consists of the functional entities shown in the following table.

Clock Recovery The Clock circuit recovers timing from the PCM
link.

Framer Device The Framer is responsible for:

Insertion of frame/multiframe synchronization

patterns

Monitoring frame and multiframe

synchronization

HDB3 coding/decoding for PCM

AIS detection

Frame and CRC error detection.

The Framer can be configured for CRC by the
Transmission & Clock/SUM microprocessor, via
the Time Slot Switch.

Time Slot Switch The Time Slot Switch is responsible for mapping
the 64 kbit/s time slots onto the TCH. The switch
is configured by the Transmission & Clock/SUM
microprocessor.

Loop-back Relays Relays on the SUMP/SUMA provide a loop-back

on the Abis Interface for testing the Abis links.

Table 57: SUMP/SUMA, Abis Interface Functional Entities

Two additional Abis Interfaces can be implemented with a ’Piggy-back’ board

(SUMA only). This is an optional feature of the BTS A9100.

8.2.2 Transmission & Clock Microprocessor

In case of SUMA the Transmission & Clock functions run on the only SUM
microprocessor.
The Transmission & Clock microprocessor controls the transmission and clock
functions on the SUMP/SUMA. It consists of a QUICC (SUMP) or PowerQUICC
(SUMA), with access to the RAM and to the EEPROM.
The external signal connected to the microprocessor is the XGPS, for
controlling a GPS receiver.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 407 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

8.2.3 Station Unit Module Clock Generation Unit

The functions of the clock generation unit consist in the

Generation of the GSM clock by an internal OCXO for TRE and AN

modules in the BTS
The possiblity to synchronize the OCXO:
On an external clock reference coming from (Slave synchronization -
Slave BTS) another BTS (G1, G2, BTS A9100)
On the Abis clock (PCM synchronization - Master BTS)
on the GPS CLOCK receiver (GPS synchronization - Master BTS)
No synchronization (OCXO in free run mode) (OCXO free running -
Master BTS)

Generation of both frame clock and frame number for TRE and AN modules
in the BTS
For Master BTS it is a local generation.
For Slave BTS both frame clock and frame number are aligned on
those provided by the Master BTS.

Distribution through the CLKI of GSM clock, frame clock and frame number

The OCXO calibration (which is done on time in the factory and consists in
the measurement of the OCXO curve and is stored in the SUM EEPROM)

The OCXO tuning (which consists in the change of the OCXO tuning value)

The possibility to synchronize other BTSs (G1 BTS, G2 BTS, BTS A9100).

Note In the case of "OCXO free running", an on-site periodic electronic tuning is
necessary. (For further information refer to the EVOLIUM BTS A9100/A910
Corrective Maintenance Handbook.)

Note Regarding "GPS synchronization" the SUMA hardware is ready to have a

GPS receiver plugged-in.

Note The "GPS synchronization" concerns frequency synchronization, time

synchronization (so that all BTSs have the same Frame Number).

408 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

8.2.4 Q1 Link
The Q1 link is a logical link routed via the Abis Interface, the time slot switch,
the BSII switch and the BSII to the O&M functions. The O&M functions are
performed remotely by the BSC TSC, via the Q1 link, or locally via a BTS
Terminal.
All BTS A9100 transmission equipment have Q1 addresses, which identify
them to the TSC. The transmission equipment is supervised by the the TSC
using the Q1 protocol.
The TSC, or a local BTS Terminal, can interrogate the SUMP/SUMA for the
following data:

Performance measurement
Alarms

Abis clock source

Loop request

Firmware version
Hardware version.

The Q1 link is also used for software downloads, for configuration purposes.

8.3 Base Station Internal Interface

The BSII is an internal digital interface to the TRE module. The BSII bus
consists of three 2Mbit/s full duplex links:

BSII 0

BSII 1

BSII 2.

The BSII basically consists of the following two functional components:

BSII PLL

BSII Switch.

BSII PLL The BSII PLL is logically a part of the CGU. It locks the BSII CLK to a fixed
frequency of 2.048 MHz. The clock is then distributed to the Transmission &
Clock/SUM microprocessor, and an NGISL device. Distribution is via the
SUMP/SUMA Glue Logic.
The NGISL device is an ASIC, providing an internal serial link to the Remote
Inventory EEPROM. It also performs serial-to-parallel conversion, to allow the
OMU microprocessor access to the EEPROM.

BSII Switch The BSII switch performs the following functions:

Distribution of the system clock, TDMA frame clock and FN

64 kbit/s time slot mapping

Q1 message routing.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 409 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

The BSII switch is implemented with a CPLD, which is a part of the Glue Logic.
Its main function is to select between BSII 0, BSII 1 and BSII 2, which are the
internal interfaces for O&M data distribution and uplink and downlink TCH.
The data is multiplexed, via line drivers, onto the internal interfaces under
control of the Transmission & Clock/SUM microprocessor. The Glue logic
monitors the status of the BSII PLL via a lock detect signal. The drivers are
disabled if the PLL is not locked to the BSII clock.

8.4 Operations & Maintenance Functions

The O&M functions include:
Starting the BTS A9100

Configuring the BTS A9100, under control of the BSC

Executing maintenance commands

Filtering and correlating faults

Reporting, and acting on, the status of the modules

Controlling the PM12s, depending on the battery status (SUMA only).

The OMU/SUM microprocessor performs the following O&M functions:

Configuration management

Fault management

Performance management

Configuration and supervision of the BSII

Routing MMI messages to the Transmission & Clock microprocessor
(SUMP only)

Test facilities.

The O&M architecture is shown in the following figure. It consists of the

following functional entities:

OMU microprocessor for SUMP and for SUMA as part of the SUM processor

SDRAM

Flash EEPROM

NGISL ASIC
Glue logic.

410 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

XRT
OMU
External Interfaces MMI
Microprocessor
(*) SDRAM Flash
LEDs
EEPROM

Control Bus

Reset Address & Data Bus

Glue
NGISL BCB
Logic
BSII

(*) for SUMA part of the SUM processor Remote Inventory

Figure 271: SUMP/SUMA, O&M Architecture

BTS Control Bus Most of the internal control functions are managed via the BCB. The BCB also
interfaces to an EEPROM which holds inventory information on the BTS
A9100 modules.
The BCB is used for the following functions:
Accessing the RI

Module insertion/extraction detection

Alarm/data collection

Control of battery and PM12s (SUMA only).

The BCB is also used for:

Remote bit setting

The remote bit setting function consists of setting memory bits, to control,
disable or reset certain hardware. There are eight such BCB bits available,
one of which is reserved for power supply control.
Boundary scanning
The boundary scanning function allows remote access to a particular
module, via a boundary scan path. This facility can be used to reprogram
the module’s initialization sequence. For example, by downloading fresh
data to an on-board Flash EEPROM.

OMU Microprocessor In case of SUMA the O&M functions run on the only SUM processor.
The OMU microprocessor controls the O&M functions on the SUMP. It is a
Power QUICC device, with access to the following memory devices:

SDRAM, organized as 32 bits wide and accessible in 8, 16 or 32 bit words

Flash EPROM providing memory that is 32 bits wide.

The external signals connected to the microprocessor are:

MMI - for connecting a BTS terminal

XRT - for radio supervision and loop tests.

Glue Logic The Glue logic, implemented as a PLA, supports the CPU and connects the
various functional blocks together.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 411 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

8.5 Remote Inventory

The Remote Inventory is related to an Alcatel standard. It consists in storing in
a non-volatile memory the basic information related to a module from hardware
(and possibly software) point of view. This information is available out of the
module even for unpowered modules.
Range of information goes from module manufacturing (serial number,
manufacturing and repair history, ...) to module design (part number, hardware
capability, firmware release...).
One Part of the Remote Inventory is mandatory, while another is optional.
The access to the inventory information is "remote" because it is managed
externally to the module. However, this access can be requested from different
levels:

Module access
Inventory of the unplugged (and so unpowered) modules through a
dedicated module connector

Internal BTS access

Inventory of all BTS modules from a central node internal to the BTS
(SUMP/SUMA). Only SUMP/SUMA has to be powered.

External BTS access

Inventory of all BTS modules from a central node external to the BTS
(XBCB connected tool). It is used when the complete BTS is unpowered
(including SUMP/SUMA).

For both internal and external BTS accesses, the BCB is used.

8.6 Station Unit Module Power Supply

SUMP The SUMP is powered by two identical DC/DC converters. The DC/DC
converters work in parallel to provide all the voltages required by the SUMP
circuitry. This parallel mode of operation provides redundancy. If one DC/DC
converter fails, the other is capable of supplying all the necessary SUMP
voltages.

SUMA The SUMA is powered by a single, highly reliable DC/DC converter.

Voltages The SUMP/SUMA DC/DC converters’ input/output voltages are shown in

the following table.

Voltage Value

V in -38.4 VDC min.

-72 VDC max.

-48 VDC to -60 VDC nom.

V out SUMP +3.3 VDC ±3 %

+5.1 VDC ±3 %

+12 VDC ±10 %

412 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

Voltage Value

V out SUMA +3.3 VDC ±2 %

+5.1 VDC ±2 %

Table 58: SUMP/SUMA Input/Output Voltages

Normal operation of V out is unaffected by temperature fluctuations in the

range -10 oC to 70 oC.

Fuse The inputs of the power supply are protected by an on-board fuse, located
on the SUMP/SUMA board.

Protection The SUMP/SUMA power supply circuitry is protected against short circuit and
accidental polarity inversion on its inputs.

Grounding Ground continuity for the module is achieved with ground pins on the subrack
backplane which connect to the bus bar ground.

8.7 Station Unit Module LEDs

There are eight LEDs on the SUMP front panel or six LEDs on the SUMA
front panel, which provide a visual indication of the operational status of the
SUMP/SUMA module (see Figure 272). The following table describes each
LED and provides a definition of the various operational states.

LED Color Status Description SUMP

SUMA

OML Yellow Status of the OML. X X

On Link connected.

Blinking Connecting link.

Off Link disconnected.

ABIS 1 Yellow Status of Abis 1 for X X

Transmission & Clock.

On Abis 1 serviceable.

Blinking Failure detected on Abis 1.

Off Not configured or not used.

O&M Yellow O&M status for the OMU. X X

On Operational.

Blinking In a transient state, before

reaching the operational
state.

Off Not used.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 413 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

LED Color Status Description SUMP

SUMA

ABIS 2 Yellow Status of Abis 2 for X X

Transmission & Clock.

On Abis 2 serviceable.

Blinking Failure detected on Abis 2

Off Not configured or not used.

OMU (for Red OMU alarm status. X X

SUMP)

FAULT (for On Fatal alarm or module is

SUMA) unserviceable.

Blinking Non-fatal alarm.

Off No alarm.

Trans Transmission & Clock alarm X -

FAULT status.

On Fatal alarm or module is

unserviceable.

Blinking Non-fatal alarm.

Off No alarms.

PS1 (for Green Converter 1 status. X X

SUMP)

ON (for On Converter 1 serviceable.

SUMA)

Off Converter 1 faulty.

PS2 Green Converter 2 status. X -

(SUMP
only)

On Converter 2 serviceable.

Off Converter 2 faulty.

ABIS 3 Yellow Status of Abis 3 for - (X)

Transmission & Clock.

On Abis 3 serviceable.

Blinking Failure detected on Abis 3.

Off Not configured or not used.

414 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

LED Color Status Description SUMP

SUMA

ABIS 4 Yellow Status of Abis 4 for - (X)

Transmission & Clock.

On Abis 4 serviceable.

Blinking Failure detected on Abis 4.

Off Not configured or not used.

Table 59: SUMP/SUMA LED Descriptions

(X) Optional, if piggy-back board is connected on the SUMA board.

Note: During a reset of the OMU microprocessor, all the red and yellow LEDs are
lit for approximately 100 ms. This is a test of the LEDs to make sure they
are all working.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 415 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

8.8 Station Unit Module Front Panel

The following figure shows the SUMP and SUMA front panels.
SUMP SUMA

Camloc Fasteners
Module
Extractors

Abis 1/2
Connector Abis 3/4
Connector
Equipment
Label

LEDs

BTS Connection Optional Piggy−

Area Connector back Board

BTS Terminal
Connector

Test
Connector

USB Connector GPS

Connector
OML ABIS1
O&M ABIS2
LEDs
LEDs
OMU Trans FAULT
PS1 PS2

Figure 272: SUMP/SUMA Front Panel

416 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 8 Station Unit Modules

The following table describes the SUMP/SUMA front panel connectors.

Connector Type Description SUMP SUMA

Abis 1/2 9-pin Sub-D Provides two Abis Interfaces. The X X

female connector is pre-equipped for both
75 and 120 impedance cables.
The impedance is selected by the
type of cable connector used.
Two more Abis Interfaces are
possible with a piggy-back board.

Abis 3/4 9-pin Sub-D Provides two Abis Interfaces on - X

female SUMA piggy-back board. The
connector is pre-equipped for both
75 and 120 impedance cables.
The impedance is selected by the
type of cable connector used.

BTS Connection 37-pin Sub-D Provides the following digital X X

Area female interfaces:

XBCB

XRT
XGPS

XGPS CLKX

CLK1

Abis relay control.

BTS Terminal 9-pin Sub-D For connecting a computer terminal. X X

female It provides a V.24 asynchronous
serial interface, which can be
used for local maintenance and
configuration purposes. Presence of
a terminal is automatically detected.

BTS Terminal USB port For connecting a computer terminal. - X

It provides a high speed serial
interface, which can be used for
local maintenance and configuration
purposes. Either the V.24 interface
or the USB interface can be
connected to a BTS Terminal, but
not both. Presence of a terminal is
automatically detected.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 417 / 708

8 Station Unit Modules

Connector Type Description SUMP SUMA

Test 9-pin Sub-D male Provides remote access to the X X

OMU and Transmission & Clock
microprocessors (in case of SUMP)
and to the SUM processor (in case
of SUMA) for factory test purposes.

GPS SMA female Provides a synchronisation output - X

from an optional on-board GPS
receiver.

Table 60: SUMP/SUMA Front Panel Connectors

418 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

9 Transceiver Equipment

This chapter describes the transceiver equipment used in BTS A9100

configurations. It contains:

Introduction

Digital functions

Analog functions

Power supply
LEDs

Front Panel.

The sections are supported with diagrams showing the functional blocks
and their interfaces.
A drawing of the physical appearance of the module is also included, showing
LED indicators, connectors and controls.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 419 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

9.1 Introduction to Transceiver Equipment

The TRE combines digital baseband and analog RF functionality in one
module. The architecture is split into three functional blocks:

Digital part TRED

Analog part TREA with the power amplifier TEPAxx (for
TADH/TAGH//TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP) or TREPAxx (for TRDH, TRDM,
TRGM, TRPM)
Power supply TREP (for TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM), TREPS (for
TRAG/TRAD), or TREPSH (for TADH/TAGH//TRAL/TRAP).

In the TADH/TAGH//TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP TRE variants TRED and TREA

are realized on one submodule (TREDAx).
The TRE basic architecture is shown in the following figure.
TREDAx (for TADH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP)

T(R)EPAxx to

TRED TREA ANCx

from

TREPxx

Figure 273: TRE Basic Architecture

The TRE performs the digital functions interface to the SUM and the analog
functions interface to the AN module. The TRE contains its own integrated
power supply.
The following types of TRE modules are available for the different BTS A9100
variants:

TADH, TRE module high power for GSM 1800

TAGH, TRE module high power for GSM 900

TRAD, TRE module medium power for GSM 1800

TRAG, TRE module medium power for GSM 900

TRAL, TRE module medium power for GSM 850

TRAP, TRE module medium power for GSM 1900.

TRDH, TRE module high power for GSM 1800

TRDM, TRE module medium power for GSM 1800

TRGM, TRE module medium power for GSM 900

TRPM, TRE module medium power for GSM 1900

GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt
please contact the Alcatel support.

420 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

9.2 Digital Functions

The following figures show a block diagram of the TRED hardware architecture.
They show the functional blocks, relative to each other, and the interfaces to
the TRED. The shaded areas identify separate functional blocks, which are
realized on the same hardware device.

TRED Architecture of
TRDH, TRDM, TRGM,
TRPM
RCD RPI Power
Switch/Reset

MMI/Debug 1 Debug 2 LEDs ETI

BCBT RI

ADR
SCP ETA

CLKI
CGU I2C

ECPL

MBED

DEM
BSII 0
DEC
BSII 1
MUX BED DEM CUL CUI

FHL

HFFI ENC TXP

ENCT

Figure 274: TRED Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 421 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

Functional Entities The TRED (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) consists of the following functional
entities (see also Figure TRED Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM)
(274)):
Entity Control Parallel Link (ECPL)
Signalling and Control Processor (SCP)

Decoder (DEC)

Demodulator (DEM)

Multiplexer, Baseband, Encryption and Decryption (MBED)

Encoder and Transmitter Processor (ENCT)

Carrier Unit Logic (CUL)

Clock Generation Unit (CGU)

External Test Adapter (ETA)

Remote Inventory (RI).

TRED Architecture of
TADH, TAGH, TRAD,
TRAG, TRAL, TRAP
RCD RPI Power USB : MMI
Swit/Reset Debug
ET
LEDs

BCB RI

ADR
SCP I2C

CLKI
CGU
BSII0
BSII1 ECPL
BSII2

DCOP IRDMC

UBEL
MBED

DEM
From
IRDM IF
DRCS Filter
DEC

MUX DEM
BED

FHL BBTX To
ASIC I/Q
HFFI Modulator
ENC TXP

ENCT on TREA

Figure 275: TRED Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP)

422 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

Functional Entities The TRED (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP) consists of the following
functional entities (see also Figure TRED Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD,
TRAG, TRAL, TRAP) (275)):
ECPL
SCP

DEC

DEM

Incremental Redundancy Data Memory (IRDM)

MBED, part of UBEL

Decoder Coprocessor (DCOP), part of UBEL

IRDM Controller (IRDMC), part of UBEL

United Baseband Logic (UBEL), containing MBED, DCOP, and IRDMC

ENCT

CGU
RI

Baseband ASIC for Transmitter (BBTX), located on TREA

Diversity Receiver Chip Set (DRCS), located on TREA.

Interfaces The TRED provides a number of system interfaces. The following table briefly
describes each of them (see also Figures TRED Architecture (TRDH, TRDM,
TRGM, TRPM) (274) and TRED Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG,
TRAL, TRAP) (275)).

ADR Module address, provides a unique address to each module in the BTS. Used to set
BCB physical BCB terminal address and BSII HDLC address.

BCB Base station control bus, used for Remote Inventory (RI) read write and for controlling
and supervision of the power supply.

CLKI Clock interface, used to distribute the EVOLIUM BTS A9100 master clock and the frame
clock multiplexed on the same line with the frame number in a serial format.

BSII Base station internal interface, transfers all TCH related data (traffic and
signalling) and internal O&M data.TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP: 3 links,
TRDH/TRDM/TRGM/TRPM: 2 links.

HFFI Hook for future interface, is a spare interface and can be used for future extensions.

FHL Frequency hopping link, used for downlink baseband frequency hopping.

RCD Remote cabling detection, detects DC voltage variations on the TREA receiver inputs.

RPI Remote power interface, consists of:

Power lines for TRED and TREA DC supply

On/off control of the power supply

Alarm handling for the TREP/TREPS/TREPSH DC input and DC output signals.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 423 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

MMI/Debug 1 Debug interface, for TRE (development and validation only).

Debug 2 Debug interface, for TRE (development and validation only).

PSwitch/Reset Manual frontpanel power switch, disables the TREP/TREPS/TREPSH for TRE
maintenance (security function for actions on RF cables). Also used to generate the
push buttom reset (PB_SRST) with fast off/on sequence.

LEDs Front panel LED control.

ETI Used to trace the ECPL, or access it with a test tool.

I2C Interface to the TREA EEPROM which stores the calibration and adjustment data.

CUI Transfers uplink and downlink TCH data, and configuration/control data between TRED
and TREA.

USB Universal serial bus as known from the personal computer domain. It is used to
channelize the tool interfaces ET/ISA, MMI, ALFS and Debug which are all targets for
communication with a PC.

Table 61: TRED Interface Descriptions

9.2.1 Entity Control Parallel Link

The ECPL is the main internal control bus. It provides a parallel interface
between the SCP and the other functional blocks in the TRED.

9.2.2 Signalling and Control Processor

The SCP performs Layer 2 and Layer3 central processing for signalling and
O&M functions. Layer 2 performs O&M functions using LAPD protocols. Layer
3 performs general traffic management functions for the Air Interface.
The SCP consists of a Power QUICC device, supported by SDRAM and
Flash Memory. The following figure shows a block diagram of the SCP and its
peripheral memory and logic devices.
USB
MMI (only TRAx/TADH)

RI

LEDs
SCP Flash
Microprocessor SDRAM Memory
I2CA
Address &
Control Bus
Chip Select
Data Bus

TRED Glue Logic

BSII ETA ETI

Power Switch/ Only TRGM, TRDM, TRDH, TRPM

Reset
ECPL

Figure 276: TRED, SCP Function Blocks

424 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

9.2.3 Decoder
The decoder performs uplink channel decoding, and interfaces the TRAU
frames to the BSII. The hardware consists of a DSP and an SRAM. The
functions performed by the decoder are:
Soft-decision bit combining for antenna diversity (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM,
TRPM)

Decryption and decryption process control

On the terrestrial link side:

Rate adaptation
TRAU frame adaptation

On the radio channel side:

Channel decoding
Speech, data and signal de-interleaving

Measurements preprocessing

Inband control of the demodulator.

Block Diagram The following figure shows a functional block diagram of the decoder.
To/From MBED

Coded Uplink Decoded Uplink

Data Data ECPL

DSP and
Memory DCOP

IRDM IRDMC

ECPL Interrupt/Reset UBEL

only TRAx/TADH

Figure 277: TRED, Decoder

DSP The decoder is comprised of a DSP and its associated SRAM.
The input to the decoder consists of a serial interface. The interface carries
clock, frame signals and the demodulated data from eight RF time slots.
The DSP decodes and transmits eight full-rate or enhanced full-rate (or 16
half-rate) TCHs to the BSII, via the MBED. Each full-rate channel can be
replaced by a GPRS channel.
The ECPL interface is used mostly for booting code during resets. The
interrupt/reset interface sets the boot mode, and later provides frame and
time slot interrupts.

9.2.4 Incremental Redundancy Data Memory

The IRDM is required by the EGPRS feature to store demodulated packet data
blocks for incremental redundancy function.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 425 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

9.2.5 IRDM Controller

Hardware and access control function for the IRDM. The IRDMC function is
implemented in the UBEL FPGA.

9.2.6 Decoder Coprocessor

The DCOP is a slave of the DEC to enhance signal processing functions
which are more efficient to be implemented in a FPGA than in a DSP. The
introduction of the DCOP is linked to the EGPRS feature. The DCOP function is
implemented in the UBEL FPGA.

9.2.7 Demodulator
The demodulator demodulates the uplink channels. The functions performed
are:

Antenna diversity combining (TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP)

Radio link measurements on a burst basis

Using control information provided by the decoder:

Preprocessing
Channel demodulation
Equalization of the received signals

DC offset compensation.

Block Diagram The following figure shows a functional block diagram of the demodulator.
Modulated Input Demodulated
from CUL/DRCS Output to MBED

DSP and DSP and

Memory Memory

ECPL Interrupt/Reset

Figure 278: TRED, Demodulator

DSPs The demodulator is comprised of two DSPs, each of which has its own SRAM.
The inputs to the demodulator consist of two serial interfaces. The interfaces
carry clock, frame signals and the data from eight RF time slots. Each DSP
demodulates eight full-rate or enhanced full-rate (or 16 half-rate) TCHs for
one antenna path.
It demodulates either access or normal bursts (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM).
It combines and demodulates either access or normal burst for both antenna
paths (TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP).

426 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

The ECPL interface is used almost exclusively for booting code during resets.
The interrupt/reset interface sets the boot mode, and later provides frame and
time slot interrupts.

9.2.8 Multiplexer, Baseband, Encryption and Decryption

The MBED functions are combined in a single FPGA. The functions performed
by the MBED are:

Multiplexing of baseband data

Baseband encryption
Baseband decryption

Interfacing digital processing functions on the TCH.

The following figure shows a functional block diagram of the MBED.

CLKI ECPL

Timing Control

To Encoder

Ciphering
Encoder
Interface
Uplink and
Downlink Frequency
BSII BSII Hopping Link FHL
Multiplexer Multiplexer
Block

Decoder
Interface Demodulator
To Demodulator
Interface

To Decoder

Figure 279: TRED, Multiplexer, Baseband, Encryption and Decryption

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 427 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

The following table gives a short description of each block.

Control The Control block is the main controlling function of the MBED. It contains
several status and control registers that are updated via the ECPL interface.

Timing The Timing block is connected to CLKI which carries the master clock, frame
clock and frame number. The main role of the timing block is to:
Provide clocks for the DSPs

Retrieve the frame number and transfer it to the ECPL.

Ciphering The Ciphering block performs pattern generation according to the configuration
information, that is:

A5 type

Encryption/decryption key

Frame number.
The configuration information is sent inband from the encoder/decoder. This
means that it is possible to change the A5 algorithm and key on a call-by-call
basis.

BSII Multiplexer The BSII Multiplexer selects between the BSII links for the uplink and downlink
directions. The selection of the correct bits to be sent downlink, and the
insertion of bits at the correct position in uplink, is done by the DSPs.

Uplink and Downlink The Uplink Multiplexer handles two data flows:
Multiplexer
Data from the decoder. Additionally, the uplink cipher key is forwarded to
the ciphering block.

TCH data from the demodulator is forwarded to the decoder. The deciphering
bits coming from the ciphering block are added to this data stream.
The Downlink Multiplexer splits the data stream coming from the encoder:

Inband signalling from the TXP is forwarded to the demodulator, together

with the ARFCN.

The downlink ciphering key is extracted and forwarded to the ciphering

block. The ciphering bits from the ciphering block are sent back to the ENCT.

The FHL data stream is forwarded to the FHL Interface.

Frequency Hopping The Frequency Hopping Link Block provides the interface to the FHL. If the FHL
Link Block is configured and used, the data is sent to, and received from, the FHL. If the
FHL is not configured, the downlink data is forwarded to the TXP.

Demodulator Interface The Demodulator Interface provides clock and frame signals for the demodulator
DSPs.

428 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

Decoder Interface The Decoder Interface provides the connection to and from the decoder. It also
provides clock and frame signals to the decoder DSP.

Encoder Interface The Encoder Interface provides the connection to and from the encoder and
TXP. It also provides clock and frame signals to the encoder DSP.

Table 62: TRE, MBED Functional Entities

9.2.9 Encoder and Transmitter

The ENCT receives the downlink TRAU frames from the BSII, performs channel
encoding on them and transmits them to the TREA block. The hardware
consists of a DSP and an SRAM.
The functions performed by the ENCT are:

On the terrestrial link side:

Rate adaptation
TRAU frames management
Transcoder time alignment

On the radio channel side:

Channel coding
Speech, data and signalling interleaving

Radio frequency hopping law computation for downlink and uplink

TREA control, including transmitter and receiver parts

FHL interface management if baseband hopping

Encryption and encryption process control.

The following figure shows a functional block diagram of the ENCT.

MBED CUL or BBTX
BSII MUX Uplink/Downlink MUX

DSP

Encoder TXP

Figure 280: TRED, ENCT Functional Block

Encoder The Encoder encodes the data for eight full-rate or enhanced full-rate (or 16
half-rate) TCHs. Each full-rate channel can be replaced by a GPRS channel.
This data is received from the MBED. The encoded data, ciphering configuration
and the frequency number for the RF transmission, are sent to the MBED.

TXP The MBED sends the encoded data to the TXP for transmission on the Air
Interface. It also sends the cipher bits coming from the ciphering block. The
TXP processes the data and extracts all additional information coming from the
Encoder or FHL. The resulting data stream is sent to the CUL or BBTX.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 429 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

9.2.10 Carrier Unit Logic

For TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM only: The CUL adapts the ENCT DSP
signals to provide the various data and control lines required for the TREA. The
CUL consists of an FPGA and some external drivers and registers.

9.2.11 Clock Generation Unit

The CGU consists of two PLLs: one for the BSII clock and one for the CLKI
clock. It also provides an internal clock distribution function.

9.2.12 External Test Adapter

For TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM only: The ETA device contains its own
internal logic and drivers which enables external test equipment to be
connected to the ECPL.

9.2.13 TRE Remote Inventory

The Remote Inventory is used to store information about the TRE module
(part number, name, serial number, etc.). It consists of an EEPROM which is
connected to the BCB ASIC. The stored information is read via the BCB.

9.2.14 Base Band Transmitter Module

For TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP only: The BBTX adapts ENCT DSP
signals to provide various data and control lines required for the TREA.
The BBTX consists of a mixed signal ASIC.

9.2.15 Diversity Receiver Chip Set

For TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP only: DRCS performs IF A/D
conversion and digital filtering and decimation for both antenna paths.

430 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

9.3 Analog Functions

The TRE analog part performs the analog functions within the TRE. These
functions are split between the two functional parts:

TRE analog part TREA

TRE power amplifier TREPAxx or TEPAxx.

In case of GSM 1900 the TRE analog part is called TREAP. Depending on the
frequency for the TRE power amplifier there are different variants available.

TEPADM for GSM 1800, medium power.

TEPADH for GSM 1800, high power

TEPAGM for GSM 900, medium power

TEPAGH for GSM 900, high power

TEPALM for GSM 850, medium power

TEPAPM for GSM 1900, medium power

TREPAGM for GSM 900, medium power

TREPADM for GSM 1800, medium power

TREPAPM for GSM 1900, medium power

TREPADH for GSM 1800, high power

The following figures show block diagrams of the TRE analog part hardware
architecture. They show the functional blocks and the interfaces to the TRED.
The shaded areas define the TREA and TEPAxx (or TREPAxx) parts.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 431 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

TX TX
IF TX Power
Synthesizer Synthesizer
Synthesizer Regulation
1 2

I
From
I/Q
ENCT
Baseband Modulator IF TX
via
Modulator & Filter Mixer
CUL To Combiner/
Up−converter
(CUI) Q Duplexer
TX Driver TX Power
Amplifier Amplifier

Clean−up Loop
RF Loop Coupling
Oscillator

TREPAxx

Baseband I/Q IF RF
Filter LNA RX0
Demodulator Filter Mixer

RX
ADC Synthesizer
1
To DEM
on TRED
RX From Antenna
via ADC Network
Synthesizer
CUL 2
(CUI)

Baseband I/Q IF RF
Filter LNA RX1
Demodulator Filter Mixer

TREA

Figure 281: TRE Analog Part Architecture (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM)

432 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

IF TX TX TX Power
Synthesizer Synthesizer Synthesizer Regulation
1 2

I To combiner
From Baseband Modulator IF
ENCT & Filter Mixer
Modulator Duplexer
Up−converter
Q
TX Driver TX Power
BBTX Amplifier Amplifier

Transmitter part
Clean−up RF Loop
Reveiver part Oscillator Loop Coupling

TEPAxx

IF RF
LNA RX0
ADC Filter Mixer

RX
Synth.
To DEM 1
on TRED DDC DRCS From Antenna
Network
RX
Synth.
2

IF RF
LNA RX1
ADC Filter Mixer

TREA

Digital part (positioned at analog module)

Figure 282: TRE Analog Part Architecture (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP)

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 433 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

The following table gives a short description of each of the TRE analog
functional entities.

Baseband Modulator The baseband modulator transforms the incoming digital data stream into two
baseband signals: I and Q. These baseband signals are fed to the up-converter.
The modulation is GSMK modulation or EDGE*.
* for TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP

I/Q Modulator and The I/Q baseband signals are fed to the up-converter. Then they are
Up-converter transformed into the IF frequency band (211 MHz).

Transmitter Amplifiers The TX amplification stages are physically split between the TREA and TEPAxx
(or TREPAxx) sections (see Figure 281 or Figure 282). The stages comprise
the following three components:
TX Driver Amplifier

The TX Driver Amplifier stage is located on the TREA. It consists of a

preamplifier a power control circuitry and a main amplifier. An isolator
provides output impedance matching and protection for a low voltage FET
on the output.

Power Regulation
The Power Regulation stage is located on the TREA. It consists of a control
path and a multiplexing detection path. An EEPROM is used to store data
for calibrating the transmitter output power.
The control path consists of a 12-bit DAC. The detection path consists of a
12-bit ADC and a low-pass filter. (For TADH/TAGH/TRAD/TRAG/TRAL/TRAP
it is realized on the BBTX).

TX Power Amplifier
The TX Power Amplifier is located on the TEPAxx (or TREPAxx) part of
the module. It provides the final amplification stage for the transmit RF
signal, from the TREA. It feeds the amplified RF signal to the AN module,
as required.

Clean-up Oscillator The Clean-up Oscillator provides spectrally pure reference clocks required for
synchronization of the transmitters, receivers and synthesizers.

Transmitter Hopping The Transmitter Hopping Synthesizers generate the RF frequencies for the
Synthesizers transmitter. There are two hopping synthesizers working in parallel. While one
synthesizer is active, the other selects the next transmission frequency.

434 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

Receivers Two receivers are physically located on the TREA. The main functions of the
receivers for TRGM, TRDM, TRDH, TRPM are:
Low noise amplification

Down conversion

IF filtering

IQ demodulation

Baseband filtering
Baseband digitizing.
The main functions of the receivers for TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL,
TRAP are:

Low noise amplification

Down conversion
IF filtering

IF sampling

Digital I/Q demodulation

Digital Baseband filtering

Digital Decimation.

Receiver Synthesizers The Receiver Hopping Synthesizers generate the RF frequencies for the
receiver. There are two hopping synthesizers working in parallel. While one
synthesizer is active, the other selects the next receive frequency.

RF Loop The RF Loop provides an analog test loop between the transmitter and
receivers. It performs analog self-tests, mainly for start-up test purposes. The
RF Loop circuitry generates a frequency of 45MHz (GSM 850/GSM 900), 95
MHz (GSM 1800), or 80 MHz (GSM 1900) and converts the transmitter output
signals to the receiver frequency.
The RF Loop functionality is physically split between the:

TREA, which contains the RF loop itself

TEPAxx (or TREPAxx), which contains the RF loop coupling function (see
Figure 281 and Figure 282).

Table 63: TRE Analog Part Functional Entities

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 435 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

9.4 TRE Power Supply

The TREP, TREPS, TREPSH are on-board power supplies, providing all the
necessary voltages and currents for the TRE analog and digital functions.
In the case of medium power TREs, the power supply consists of one DC/DC
converter. For high power TREs, the power supply contains an additional
DC/DC converter which provides a +26 V supply for the high power analog
circuits.

Voltages For normal operational requirements, the DC input voltage V in can be any
value between -38.4 VDC and -72 VDC. If the input is too low, the power supply
switches off automatically. When the input voltage is restored, the power supply
switches back on. If the input voltage falls below -38.4 VDC, the output is
maintained within the specified values, until the TRE power supply switches off.
The following table provides the TRE power supply output voltage parameters.

TRE
Output Min. Max. Version TRE
Voltage Tolerance Value Value (1) Version (2)

+3.3 V ±3 % 3.2 V 3.4 V X X

+5.1 V ±3 % 4.95 V 5.25 V X

–5.1 V ±3 % –4.95 V –5.25 V X

+5.3 V ±3 % 5.14 V 5.46 V X

+12 V ±3 % 11.64 V 12.36 V X

-12 V ±5 % -11.4 V -12.6 V X

+26 V ±2 % 25.48 V 26.52 V X X

(1): TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM

(2): TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP

Table 64: Output Voltage Parameters

Fuse The TRE power supply input is protected by a fuse with a high-breaking
capacity (15 A).

On/Off Switch The TRE module is equipped with an on/off power switch. It is a rocker type
switch, fitted slightly below the front panel’s profile to prevent accidental
switching.

Remote Switching The TREPS can be remotely switched on and off by the OMU, via the BCB. This
feature is implemented on the module with an optically isolated on/off switch.

436 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

Low Voltage Alarms If an output voltage falls below a preset threshold value, an alarm is raised. The
following table gives the minimum and maximum threshold values. The values
are measured across the output connector pins.

Output Threshold TRE TRE

Voltage Min. Threshold Max. Version (1) Version (2)

+3.3 V 2.7 V 3.0 V X X

+5.1 V 4.2 V 4.6 V X

–5.1 V –4.2 V –4.6 V X

+5.3 V 4.4 V 4.8 V X

+12 V 10.0 V 11.0 V X

–12 V –10.0 V –11.0 V X

+26 V 22.0 V 24.0 V X X

(1): TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM

(2): TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP

Table 65: Low Voltage Alarm Thresholds

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 437 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

9.5 Transceiver Equipment LEDs

There are eight LEDs (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM) or six LEDs (TADH,
TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP) on the front panel, which provide a visual
indication of the operational status of the TRE module (see the following
figure). The following table describes each LED and provides a definition
of their various operational states.

TRE TRE
LED Color Status Description Version (1) Version (2)

RSL Yellow RSL connection status X X

On Link connected

Blinking Connecting link

Off Link disconnected

TX Yellow Transmission status (not BCCH) X X

On Transmitting on SDCCH, CBCH or

TCH

Blinking Emitting (normal operation)

Off Not transmitting

OP Yellow TRE operational status X X

On Fully operational

Blinking Initializing

Off Not operational

BCCH Yellow BCCH transmission status X X

On Transmitting

Off Not transmitting

FAULT Red Alarm status X X

(1): two LEDs connected in parallel
(2): one LED

On Fatal alarm

Blinking Non-fatal alarm

Off No alarm

5V POWER Green Status of the +5 V power supply X

On +5 V present

438 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

TRE TRE
LED Color Status Description Version (1) Version (2)

Off +5 V faulty

3.3V Green Status of the +3.3 V power supply X

POWER

On +3.3 V present

Off +3.3 V faulty

PWR Green Status of the TRE power supply X

output voltages

On Output voltages present

Off Output voltages faulty

(1): TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM

(2): TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP

Table 66: TRE LED Descriptions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 439 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

9.6 Transceiver Equipment Front Panel

The following figures show the TRE front panels.
Camloc Fasteners

Equipment
Label Transmitter
Connector
POWER

ENABLE TX
On/Off
Rocker Switch
OFF

Test Module
TEST
Connector Extractor

RX 0 Receiver
Connectors
RX 1

RSL TX
OP BCCH
LEDs
FAULT
5V 3.3V POWER

Figure 283: TRE Front Panel (TRDH, TRDM, TRGM, TRPM)

440 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 9 Transceiver Equipment

Camloc Fasteners

Transmitter
Connector

TX

POWER

ENABLE

On/Off
Rocker Switch OFF

Equipment
TEST
USB Test Labels
Connector

Module
Extractor

RX0
Receiver
Connectors
RX1

RSL TX
LEDs 0P BCCH
PWR FAULT

Figure 284: TRE Front Panel (TADH, TAGH, TRAD, TRAG, TRAL, TRAP)
Connectors The following table describes the TRE front panel connectors.

Connector Description

Test Provides an interface to the TRE for factory test purposes.

TX Provides the transmit RF Interface to the AN module.

RX 0, RX 1 Provides two receive RF Interfaces from the AN module.

Table 67: TRE Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 441 / 708

9 Transceiver Equipment

442 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10 Antenna Networks

This chapter describes the different antenna networks used in BTS A9100
configurations:

ANX

ANY

ANC.

The sections are supported with diagrams where necessary, showing the
functional blocks and their interfaces.
Drawings of the physical appearance of the modules are also included, showing
LED indicators, connectors and controls.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 443 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

10.1 ANX
The ANX provides the intermediate RF stage between the TREs and the
antenna. The following figure shows the basic architecture.

TXA Duplexer ANT A

RX0A Splitter
RX1A

RX1B Splitter
RX0B

TXB Duplexer ANT B

Figure 285: ANX Basic Architecture

On the downlink, the ANX connects two TRE transmitters to two antennas. On
the uplink, it splits the received signals and passes them to the TRE receivers.
The following types of ANX modules are available for the different BTS
A9100 variants:

ANXG, ANX module for GSM 900

ANXD, ANX module for GSM 1800

ANXP, ANX module for GSM 1900.

The following figure shows the ANX in more detail. The shaded areas identify
the uplink functions.
Directional
TXA In
Coupler
Uplink Functions
Duplexer ANT A
TRE RX0A Out
LNA
Filter
RX1A Out
Power
Splitter A AN BSII
LEDs Microprocessor

Gain Control VSWR

Receiver

Rotary Switch BCB BCB

Interface

Remote Switching
DC/DC
Power Converter −48 VDC
DC Feed
Splitter B
RX1B Out
LNA
TRE RX0B Out
Duplexer ANT B
Uplink Functions
TXB In Directional
Coupler

Figure 286: ANX Architecture

The duplexers provide coupling of the transmitted and received signals,

allowing a single antenna to be used for both downlink and uplink channels.

444 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

The ANX also allows the return loss of the transmitted signals to be measured,
at the antenna connector, using VSWR techniques.
The uplink channel comprises amplifiers, with remotely-adjustable gain control,
remote DC feed and 3 dB power splitters.

10.1.1 AN Downlink Functions

The downlink functions are performed by the components shown in the
following table.

No. of Components

Downlink Component Description ANX ANC

Combiner The combiner is used to connect two TX inputs to the - 2

single antenna. Connection between the combiner
output TX..OUT and the input to the duplexer TX..IN is
made by a link on the front panel of the AN.

Duplexer The duplexer provides the coupling function for the 2 2

transmitted and received RF signals. The duplexer
provides a bi-directional signal path; thus a single
antenna can be used for the transmission and reception
of both downlink and uplink channels.
The downlink path functions of the duplexer are
provided by a transmit filter, which:
Provides a transmitter path to the antenna

Suppresses unwanted emissions outside the

downlink band, especially emissions that fall into
the uplink band

Prevents downlink signals from blocking the receiver

Prevents noise or spurious emissions in the

downlink signal from causing interference in the
receive band.

Directional Coupler The antenna directional coupler comprises a dual 2 2

directional coupler. It monitors the VSWR forward
and reflected power at the antenna connector. These
values are used to measure the return loss of the
antenna (refer also toAntenna Network Controller
(Section 10.1.4) for a description of the VSWR
receiver).

Table 68: ANX/ANC, Downlink Components

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 445 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

10.1.2 AN Uplink Functions

The uplink functions are performed by the components shown in the following
table.

No. of Components

Uplink Component Description ANX ANC

Duplexer The duplexer provides the coupling function for the 2 2

transmitted and received RF signals. The duplexer
provides a bi-directional signal path; thus a single
antenna can be used for the transmission and reception
of both downlink and uplink channels.The uplink path
functions of the duplexer are provided by a receive
filter, which:

Provides an RF path from the antenna to the

receiver
Suppresses unwanted signals outside the uplink
band

Prevents downlink signals from entering the

receiver.

LNA The LNA amplifies the received RF signals. The 2 2

LNA consists of a balanced amplifier configuration,
designed to provide good VSWR values, noise
compression and good reliability.
The LNA contains a digital step-attenuator for
controlling the overall gain of the antenna network.
The attenuator compensates for any losses in the
connecting cables, for example, when an ANY module
is used.

Remote DC Feed The remote DC feed is used for feeding a +5 V TTL 1 1

signal to the receiver output ports. This is used to
provide an indication of the status of the antenna cable
connections.

Power Splitter A 3 dB power splitter distributes the received signals 2 2

to two separate outputs. It also supports the correct
grouping of the connectors, which simplifies the
external cable interconnections for the BTS A9100
modules.

Table 69: ANX/ANC, Uplink Components

446 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.1.3 BTS Control Bus Interface

The BCB Interface is located on the backplane. It interfaces the data and
control signals to the BCB as listed in the following table.

Signal Description

RI The Remote Inventory stores data such as

the RIT name, module type, frequency band,
diversity and duplexer type.

Power Supply Control The BCB Interface supports remote on/off

switching of the DC/DC converters. They are
switched with an optically-isolated switch on the
power supply.

DC Line Supervision The BCB Interface delivers a TTL level signal

which is used by the remote DC feed. A circuit
in the TRE detects the signal and feeds back a
status message to the BCB (refer to AN Uplink
Functions (Section 10.1.2) for information about
the remote DC feed).

Rotary Switch The BCB Interface is connected to a rotary

switch on the ANX front panel. The switch
position is associated with the antenna sector,
in sectorized configurations. The switch position
is read via coded address lines.

Table 70: ANX/ANC, BCB Interface

10.1.4 Antenna Network Controller

The ANCON is responsible for maintaining the operation of the ANX. Its
principal functions are:

Setting the LNA gain for the assigned TREA receiver

LNA alarm supervision

Measuring antenna VSWR

Reporting VSWR alarms

Selection of antenna sector

RF cabling status detection

RI, via the BCB Interface

Remote power on/off, via the BCB Interface

Status display, via front panel LEDs.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 447 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

The following figure shows the ANCON architecture. The shaded areas
represent hardware shared by different functions.

Flash
EEPROM

Control Signals SRAM

Backplane
VSWR Receiver Glue
Logic
Forward Baseband
TXA ADC BSII
Mixer Interface
Reverse

TXB Forward
Reverse
Input MUX BSII PLL 2048 MHz
Local AN
Synthesizer Microprocessor

Subrack
LNA 1 Address
LNA Control
Signals & Alarms LNA 2

CLKII CLKI
PLL Interface
DC Feed &
Rotary Switch
RI
Alarms
DC/DC BCB BCB
To LNAs
Converter On/Off ASIC Interface

RI
EEPROM

DC Input
−48 VDC

Figure 287: ANCON Architecture

The ANCON consists of the following functional entities:

VSWR receiver

BSII frame clock PLL

CLKII clock PLL

AN microprocessor and associated memory

Glue logic

Remote Inventory.

448 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

VSWR Receiver The VSWR receiver is a selective VSWR meter which measures the forward
and reflected (reverse) power of the transmitters. The VSWR is measured at
the output of the duplexer couplers, and fed to an RF MUX in the receiver
(see Figure 287).
The VSWR receiver consists of:

Local synthesizer

Input MUX.

A local synthesizer generates a signal which is used to compare the baseband

frequency with the ARFCN. The local synthesizer is set to the ARFCN
frequency by the AN microprocessor.
The input MUX provides the RF inputs to the VSWR receiver. It provides a
selective input of the forward and reverse power from transmitters A and B. The
input MUX operates under the control of the AN microprocessor.

BSII Frame Clock PLL The BSII frame clock PLL recovers the BSII frame clock from the backplane.
The clock outputs are used for BSII communications, the AN microprocessor
and the PLL lock-detect signal.

PLL Loop BSII Comms

BSII Frame CLK Switch Filter
Glue
Microprocessor
VCXO Logic

Clock Edge Control Signal BSII PLL Lock Detect

Figure 288: ANCON, BSII Frame Clock PLL

CLKII Clock PLL The CLKII clock PLL recovers the BSII master clock from the backplane. The
clock outputs are used for the local synthesizer reference clock, the ’start
conversion’ signal for the baseband ADC and the CLKII lock-detect signal.

PLL Loop Local Synthesizer

BSII Master CLK Switch Filter
Glue
Start Conversion
VCXO Logic

Clock Edge Control Signal CLKII Lock Detect

Figure 289: ANCON, CLKII Clock PLL

AN Microprocessor The AN microprocessor performs LNA alarm supervision and gain setting, and
control of the status LEDs. It also provides an interface to the baseband ADC in
the VSWR receiver (see Figure 287).
The microprocessor compares the ADC output with known VSWR values. If the
VSWR exceeds pre-defined thresholds, an alarm is raised (refer to Table ANX
LED Descriptions (73)). If the reflected power is very high, the transmitters are
shut down to avoid possible damage to equipment. High reflected power can
be caused by, for example, a break in the antenna coupling.
The AN microprocessor hardware consists of a QUICC microprocessor,
supported by two memory devices an Flash EEPROM and an SRAM.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 449 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Glue Logic The Glue logic consists of a number of registers, realized on a single CPLD
device. It also converts 5 V TTL signals to 3.3 V, required by the Power QUICC
microprocessor.
The Glue logic maintains the following interfaces and/or functions:
AN microprocessor to the BSII

Board/module address register

Baseband ADC

LNA error register

LNA gain adjustment register.

The Glue logic also controls the BSII frame clock PLL and the CLKII master
clock PLL with a clock edge control signal (see Figure 288 and Figure 289).

Remote Inventory The Remote Inventory is used to store information about the ANX module
(part number, name, serial number, etc.). It consists of an EEPROM which
is connected to the BCB ASIC. The stored information is read via the BCB
Interface.

10.1.5 AN Power Supply

The ANPS is a DC/DC converter, providing all the necessary voltages for
the ANX/ANC components.

Voltages The following table provides ANPS input/output voltage parameters.

Voltage Value

V in -38.4 VDC min.

-72 VDC max.

-48 VDC to -60 VDC nom.

V out +5.1 VDC ±3 %

+12 VDC ±3 %

Table 71: ANPS Input/Output Voltage Parameters

Normal operation of V out is unaffected by temperature fluctuations in the

range -10 oC to 70 oC.

Fuse The input of the ANPS is protected by a fuse with a high-breaking capacity
(15 A).

Protection The ANPS circuitry is protected against short circuit and accidental polarity
inversion on its inputs.

Grounding Ground continuity for the module is achieved with ground pins on the subrack
backplane which connect to the bus bar ground.

Remote Switching The ANPS can be remotely switched on and off by the OMU, via the BCB. This
feature is implemented on the module with an optically isolated on/off switch.

450 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

Low Voltage Alarms Alarms are raised if the voltage level is too low. The following table provides the
low voltage threshold tolerances for ANPS alarms.

Voltage Threshold Min. Threshold Max.

Vin 30.4 V 38.4 V

5.1 V 4.2 V 4.6 V

12 V 10.0 V 11.0 V

Table 72: ANPS Alarm Thresholds

10.1.6 ANX LEDs and Alarms

This section provides information on the ANX’s LEDs and Alarms.

LEDs There are eight LEDs on the front panel, which provide a visual indication of the
operational status of the ANX module. The following table describes each LED
and provides a definition of their various operational states.

LED Color Status Description

VSWR A Yellow VSWR status of Antenna 1.

On Good VSWR.

Slow Blinking Threshold 1 reached.

Fast Blinking Threshold 2 reached.

Off VSWR not supervised.

VSWR B Yellow VSWR status of Antenna 2.

On Good VSWR.

Slow Blinking Threshold 1 reached.

Fast Blinking Threshold 2 reached.

Off VSWR not supervised.

O&M Yellow O&M status.

On IOM link operational.

Off IOM link not established.

ALARM Red Alarm status (both LEDs are

connected in parallel)

On IOM link operational

Blinking Non-urgent alarm

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 451 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

LED Color Status Description

Off IOM link not established

On +5 V present.

5V Green Status of +5 V power supply.

Off +5 V faulty.

12 V Green Status of +12 V power supply.

On +12 V present.

Off +12 V faulty.

Table 73: ANX LED Descriptions

Alarms The ANX detects the alarm conditions shown in the following table.

VSWR The AN microprocessor can raise four alarms

when VSWR values exceed certain, preset,
thresholds. The values are downloaded from
the OMU software. There is a non-urgent and
an urgent alarm for each antenna.

Amplifier There are two amplifier alarms for each

LNA. One indicates a degraded amplifier
performance, and the other a total failure. A
total failure is regarded as a performance that is
below a useable output.

DC line supervision The remote +5 V TTL DC feed signal is used

for supervision of the RF cabling continuity. A
circuit in the TREA receiver detects the signal
and a message is fed back, via the BCB.

Table 74: ANX/ANC Alarm Conditions

10.1.7 ANX/ANC Performance Characteristics

The performance characteristics of the ANXs/ANCs are shown in the following
table.

Parameter GSM 850 1) GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Transmit band 869 - 894 MHz 925 - 960 MHz 1805 - 1880 MHz 1930 - 1990 MHz

Receive band 824 - 849 MHz 880 - 915 MHz 1710 - 1785 MHz 1850 - 1910 MHz

Power for each transmitter 45 W maximum 45 W maximum 45 W maximum 45 W maximum

channel input

Number of channels 124 174 374 299

452 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

Parameter GSM 850 1) GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Bandwidth for each channel 200 kHz 200 kHz 200 kHz 200 kHz

Return loss at receive port > 16 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB

2)
Return loss at transmit port > 16 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB
3)
Return loss at antenna port > 18 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB > 18 dB

Return loss at coupler port > 18 dB > 18 dB ≥ 18 dB ≥ 18 dB

Group delay distortion in ≤100 ns ≤100 ns ≤ 100 ns ≤ 100 ns

transmit band

Isolation between receive port >30 dB >30 dB >30 dB > 30 dB

and antenna port

Isolation between receive >20 dB 22 dB 22 dB > 22 dB

ports

Isolation between transmit >50 dB/ 22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB >50 dB/ 22 dB >50 dB/ 22dB
ports (A to B/ 1 to 2)

Insertion loss in transmit pass 0.3 - 1.6 dB 0.3 - 1.6 dB < 0.3 - 1.6 dB < 0.3 - 1.6 dB
band

Intermodulation products at <-101 dBm <-103 dBm <-103 dBm <-103 dBm
antenna port with 2x 20 W
signals at one transmit port
and 50 on receive port in
receive band

Intermodulation products at -75 dBc <-75 dBc <-75 dBc <–75 dBc
antenna port with 2x 20 W
signals at one transmit port
and 50 on receive port in
transmit band

RF input impedance 50 50 50 50

RF output impedance 50 50 50 50

1) Valid for ANCL only

2) For ANC with bridge: >18 dB
3) For ANC with bridge: >16 dB

Table 75: ANX/ANC Performance Characteristics

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 453 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

10.1.8 ANX Front Panel

The following figure shows the layout and O&M features of the ANX’s front
panel.
Camloc
Fasteners
Module
Extractors

RX0AOUT
Transmitter
Connectors
RX1AOUT

TXAIN

Antenna
Connectors

ANTA
ANTB

Equipment
Label

TXBIN

RX1BOUT
Receiver
Connectors
RX0BOUT

Rotary
Switch

VSWRA
O&M VSWRB
LEDs ALARM ALARM
5V 12V

Figure 290: ANX Front Panel

454 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

Connectors The ANX has two transmitter input connectors and four receiver output
connectors on its front panel. Therefore, one ANX module can be interfaced
to two TRE modules, or an ANY module if used.
The following table describes the ANX front panel connectors.

Connector Description

TXAIN Provides the RF transmitter interfaces from two

TRE modules, or an ANY module if used.
TXBIN

RX0AOUT Provides the RF receiver interfaces between

antenna A and the first TRE receiver connectors
RX1AOUT
RX0 and RX1, or an ANY module if used.

RX0BOUT Provides the RF receiver interfaces between

antenna B and the second TRE receiver
RX1BOUT
connectors RX0 and RX1, or an ANY module
if used.

ANTA Provides the RF interface to/from two antennas,

A and B.
ANTB

Table 76: ANX Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 455 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

10.2 ANY
The ANY is a passive RF module, having neither a controller nor a power
supply. It is an optional RF distribution device, which is used to expand the
capacity of the ANX/ANC. Therefore, it is basically an extension unit to the
ANX/ANC module.
The following types of ANY modules are available for the different BTS
A9100 variants:
ANYD, ANY module for GSM 1800

ANYG, ANY module for GSM 900

ANYL, ANY module for GSM 850

ANYP, ANY module for GSM 1900.

GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt
please contact the Alcatel support.

The following figure shows the logical position of the ANY in relation to the
TREs and the ANX. The signal paths are also indicated.

TRE

Antenna TRE
ANX/ ANY
ANC TRE

TRE

Downlink Path

TRE

Antenna
TRE
ANX/ ANY
ANC TRE

TRE
Uplink Path

Figure 291: ANY Relationships

The ANY performs functions for both the:

Downlink path
Uplink path.

Downlink Path The RF signals coming from the TREs enter the ANY at four TX connectors
on the front panel. They are combined in pairs by RF combiners and fed to
two TX output connectors. The ANY performs a 4:2 reduction of the TRE
transmitter outputs. The two concentrated outputs are coupled to the ANX/ANC
inputs, via external RF cables.

Uplink Path Each of the four RF signals from the ANX/ANC passes through a 1:2 RF
splitter. These signals are distributed in four groups to the TREs, via external
RF cables. Each group provides a path for antenna diversity and non-diversity.

456 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.2.1 ANY Functions

The following figure shows the method of combining the transmitter outputs
and distributing the receiver inputs.

Combiner
TXA In1

RX0A Out1

RX1A Out1 TXA Out

ANX/
RX0A In ANC

TXA In2 RX1A In

Power
Divider

RX0A Out2

RX1A Out2

RF Interfaces to/ ANYRI

from Four TRE BCB Interface
Modules
Combiner
TXB In1

RX0B Out1

RX1B Out1 TXB Out

RX0B In ANX/
ANC

TXB In2 RX1B In

Power
Divider

RX0B Out2

RX1B Out2

Figure 292: ANY Architecture

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 457 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

The ANY consists of the functional entities shown in the following table.

Combiner The Combiner consists of two hybrid devices.

Each device concentrates two transmitter
outputs into one, thus halving the number of
antennas required. The combiner takes the TX
outputs from four TREs, via external cabling,
and feeds them to the TXIN connectors on the
ANX/ANC.

Power Dividers The Power Dividers split and distribute the

received RF signals, from the ANX module,
to four outputs. The outputs are connected,
via external cabling, to the inputs of the TRE
module. There are two Power Dividers in each
ANY module, each consisting of two splitters,
providing diversity and non-diversity paths.

BCB Interface The BCB interface is located on the subrack

backplane. It interfaces the following ANYRI
data to the BCB Bus:

Inventory

Subrack position of the ANY

Subrack number.

ANY Remote Inventory The ANYRI is specifically designed to hold

Remote Inventory data for the ANY module. It
is functionally and physically separate from the
RF part of the ANY.
The ANYRI consists of three components:

BCB Interface driver

BCB ASIC
Serial EEPROM.
The inventory data, which is held in a serial
EEPROM, is transferred via the BCB ASIC and
the BCB Interface. The ANYRI components are
powered from a DC supply, which is present on
the backplane.

Table 77: ANY, Functional Entities

458 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.2.2 ANY Performance Characteristics

The performance characteristics of the ANY are shown in the following table.

Parameter GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Transmit band 869 - 894 MHz 925 - 960 MHz 1805 - 1880 1930 - 1990
MHz MHz

Receive band 824 - 849 MHz 880 - 915 MHz 1710 - 1785 1850 - 1910
MHz MHz

Power for each transmitter 40 W maximum 40 W maximum 40 W maximum 40 W maximum

channel input

Number of channels 124 174 374 299

Bandwidth for each channel 200 kHz 200 kHz 200 kHz 200 kHz

Insertion loss at transmit band 3.3 ± 0.2 dB 3.3 ± 0.2 dB 3.3 ± 0.2 dB 3.3 ± 0.2 dB

Insertion loss at receive band 3.3 ± 0.2 dB 3.3 ± 0.2 dB 3.3 ± 0.2 dB 3.3 ± 0.2 dB

Return loss at receive port > 21 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB

Return loss at transmit port > 21 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB > 21 dB

Isolation between transmit and > 85 dB > 90 dB ≤ 90 dB ≤ 90 dB

receive ports

Isolation between receive > 25 dB > 25 dB > 25 dB > 25 dB

output ports of same coupler

Isolation between receive ports > 50 dB > 50 dB > 50 dB > 50 dB

of different networks

Isolation between transmit > 25 dB > 25 dB > 25 dB > 25 dB

input ports of same network

Isolation between transmit > 50 dB > 50 dB > 50 dB > 50 dB

input ports of different networks

Intermodulation products at < -108 dBm < -108 dBm < -108 dBm < -108 dBm
antenna port with 2 x 40 W (2 x
30 W for GSM 1800 and GSM
1900) signals at one transmit
port and 50 on receive port
in receive band

Intermodulation products at < -75 dBc < -75 dBc < - 75 dBc < - 75 dBc
antenna port with 2 x 40 W (2 x
30 W for GSM 1800 and GSM
1900) signals at one transmit
portand 50 on receive port in
transmit band

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 459 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Parameter GSM 850 GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

RF input impedance 50 50 50 50

RF output impedance 50 50 50 50

Table 78: ANY Performance Characteristics

460 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.2.3 ANY Front Panel

The following figure shows the layout of the ANY front panel.
Camloc
Fasteners
Module
Mnemonic or Extractor
Serial Number
Label
RX0AIN

Transmitter Receiver
Connectors Connectors

RX1AIN
TXAOUT
RX0AOUT1

RX1AOUT1
TXAIN1
RX0AOUT2

RX1AOUT2
TXAIN2
RX0BIN

RX1BIN
TXBOUT
RX0BOUT1

RX1BOUT1
TXBIN1
RX0BOUT2

RX1BOUT2
TXBIN2
Mnemonic or
Serial Number Module
Label Extractor

Figure 293: ANY Front Panel

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 461 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Transmitter Connectors The ANY has four transmitter input connectors and two transmitter output
connectors on its front panel.
The following table describes the ANY transmitter connectors.

Connector Description

TXAOUT Provide two RF interfaces to the transmitter

inputs of an ANX/ANC module.
TXBOUT

TXAIN1, TXAIN2 Provide four RF interfaces from four TRE

transmitter outputs.
TXBIN1, TXBIN2

Table 79: ANY Transmitter Connectors

Receiver Connectors The ANY has four receiver input connectors and eight receiver output
connectors on its front panel.
The following table describes the ANY receiver connectors.

Connector Description

RX0AIN Provide two RF receiver interfaces from the

ANX/ANC receiver outputs RX0AOUT and
RX1AIN
RX1AOUT.

RX0BIN Provide two RF receiver interfaces from the

ANX/ANC receiver outputs RX0BOUT and
RX1BIN
RX1BOUT.

RX0AOUT1, RX1AOUT1 Each pair of connectors provide two RF receiver

interfaces to the TRE receiver inputs RX0 and
RX0AOUT2, RX1AOUT2
RX1.
RX0BOUT1, RX1BOUT1
RX0BOUT2, RX1BOUT2

Table 80: ANY Receiver Connectors

462 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.3 ANC
The ANC provides the intermediate RF stage between the TREs and the
antenna.
Its tasks are:

To combine the output signals of up to four transmitters and to connect

them to up to two antennas.

To feed the received signals from the antenna to the radio front end, where
the signals are amplified and distributed to up to eight receivers.

To allow simultaneous transmission and receiving on antennas (duplexer).

To provide filtering for the TX- and RX-path.

To supervise the VSWR of the antennas.

The following figure shows the basic architecture.

TXAIN1
Combiner Duplexer ANT A
TXAIN2

RX0AOUT1
RX0AOUT2 Splitter
RX1AOUT1
RX1AOUT2
ANCC
RX0BOUT1
RX0BOUT2
RX1BOUT1 Splitter
RX1BOUT2

TXBIN1 Duplexer ANT B

Combiner
TXBIN2

Figure 294: ANC Basic Architecture

On the downlink, the ANC connects two TRE transmitters to two antennas. On
the uplink, it splits the received signals and passes them to the TRE receivers.
The following types of ANC modules are available for the different BTS
A9100 variants:

ANCD, ANC module for GSM 1800

ANCG, ANC module for GSM 900.

ANCL, ANC module for GSM 850

ANCP, ANC module for GSM 1900.

GSM 850 is not supported by all BSS software releases. If you are in doubt
please contact the Alcatel support.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 463 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

The following figure shows the ANC in more detail.

TX Combiner A
Load 60 W*)
TXAIN1

TXAIN2

TXAOUT
External Bridge A
Directional
TXAIN Coupler A
Uplink Functions
RX0AOUT1 Duplexer ANTA
TRE A
RX0AOUT2
LNA
Filter
RX1AOUT1
RX1AOUT2 Power ANCC
Splitter A AN BSII
LEDs Microprocessor

Gain Control VSWR

Receiver

BCB
Interface BCB

Remote
Switching
DC/DC
Power DC Feed Converter −48
Splitter B VDC
RX1BOUT1
RX1BOUT2
LNA
RX0BOUT1
TRE
RX0BOUT2 Duplexer ANTB
Uplink Functions B
TXBIN Directional
Coupler B
External Bridge B
TXBOUT

TXBIN1

TXBIN2
Load 60 W*)
TX Combiner B

*) 150 W for ANCD/ANCP

Figure 295: ANC Architecture

If one transmitter is used in each branch A and B, the RF signals are passing
the duplexers before feeding the antennas.
If two transmitters are used in a branch, the coupler will be used in front of the
duplexer. This coupler is connected by an RF cable bridge.
The duplexers provide coupling of the transmitted and received signals,
allowing a single antenna to be used for both downlink and uplink channels.
The ANC also allows the return loss of the transmitted signals to be measured,
at the antenna connector, using VSWR techniques.
The uplink channel comprises amplifiers, with remotely-adjustable gain control,
remote DC feed and 3 dB power splitters.

464 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

Downlink Functions The downlink functions are performed by the components shown in Table
ANX/ANC, Downlink Components (68).

Uplink Functions The uplink functions are performed by the components shown in Table
ANX/ANC, Uplink Components (69).

BTS Control Bus The BCB Interface is located on the backplane. It interfaces the data and
Interface control signals to the BCB as listed in Table ANX/ANC, BCB Interface (70).

Antenna Network From a functional point of view the ANCC is the same as the ANCON used in
Controller the ANX (but without the DC/DC converter). Therefore for the description of the
ANCC see Antenna Network Controller (Section 10.1.4).

Power Supply As part of the ANCC there is a DC/DC converter, providing all the necessary
voltages for the ANC components. As the DC/DC is functionally the same used
in the ANX refer to AN Power Supply (Section 10.1.5) for its description.

10.3.1 ANC LEDs andAlarms

This section provides information on the ANC’s LEDs and Alarms.

LEDs There are four LEDs on the front panel, which provide a visual indication of the
operational status of the ANC module. The following table describes each LED
and provides a definition of their various operational states.

LED Color Status Description

VSWR A Yellow VSWR status of Antenna 2

On VSWR OK

Slow Blinking Low threshold reached

Fast Blinking High threshold reached

Off VSWR not supervised

VSWR B Yellow VSWR status of Antenna 1

On VSWR OK

Slow Blinking Low threshold reached

Fast Blinking High threshold reached

Off VSWR not supervised

O&M Yellow/Red O&M status

Yellow On ANC is in O&M operational mode

Red On Not used. (Only active during startup

LED test in case of LNA cabling
error)

Off ANC is not operational

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 465 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

LED Color Status Description

ALARM Yellow/Red Alarm status

Yellow On Normal situation (FS/SW running, no

alarms present, module is powered)

Red Blinking Non-fatal alarm present

Off No Power presence or LED failure

Red On Fatal alarm for the module or module

in out of order state

Table 81: ANC LED Descriptions

Alarms The ANC detects the alarm conditions shown in Table ANX/ANC Alarm
Conditions (74).

10.3.2 ANC Performance Characteristics

The performance characteristics of the ANC are shown in Table ANX/ANC
Performance Characteristics (75).

466 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.3.3 ANC Front Panel

The following figures show the layout and O&M features of the three versions of
the ANC front panel.
Camloc
Fasteners

Transmitter
Input Connectors TXAIN1 RX1AOUT1

RX0AOUT1

TXAIN2 RX1AOUT2

RX0AOUT2
RF bridge TXAIN
(if TXAIN1 VSWRB
and/or TXAIN2 used)
ALARM

Combined
Transmitter ANTB
Output Connector TXAOUT
(TXAIN1 + TXAIN2)

High Voltage
Warning

TXBOUT

Antenna
Connector

ANTA

Module TXBIN
Extractor

O&M
LEDs
VSWRA

TXBIN2
RX0BOUT2

RX1BOUT2
Receiver
Connectors
RX0BOUT1
TXBIN1
RX1BOUT1

Figure 296: ANC Front Panel Version 1

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 467 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Camloc
Fasteners

TXAIN1

Transmitter
Input Connectors RX1AOUT1
TXAIN2 RX0AOUT1

RX1AOUT2

RX0AOUT2

VSWRB

ALARM
Combined
Transmitter TXAIN
Output Connector
(TXAIN1 + TXAIN2)

Antenna
Connector TXAOUT

ANTA ANTB
High Voltage
Warning
TXBOUT
RF bridge
(if TXBIN1
and/or TXBIN2 used)
TXBIN
Module
Extractor

O&M
LEDs
VSWRA TXBIN2

RX0BOUT2

RX1BOUT2
Receiver
Connectors TXBIN1
RX0BOUT1

RX1BOUT1

Figure 297: ANC Front Panel Version 2

468 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

Camloc
Fasteners
Combined
Transmitter
Output Connector TXAOUT
(TXAIN1 + TXAIN2)

TXAIN RX1AOUT1
RF bridge
RX0AOUT1
(if TXAIN1 and/or
TXAIN2 used)
RX1AOUT2
TXAIN1
Transmitter RX0AOUT2
Input Connectors
VSWRB
TXAIN2 ALARM

Antenna
Connector

ANTA ANTB

High Voltage
Warning

Module
Extractor

TXBIN2
O&M
LEDs
VSWRA

RX0BOUT2
TXBIN1
RX1BOUT2
Receiver
Connectors
RX0BOUT1 TXBIN
RX1BOUT1

TXBOUT

Figure 298: ANC Front Panel Version 3

Connectors The ANC has four transmitter input connectors and eight receiver output
connectors on its front panel. Therefore, one ANC module can be interfaced to
four TRE modules, or two ANY modules if used.
The following table describes the ANC front panel connectors.

Connector Description

TXAIN1, TXAIN2 Provide the RF transmitter interfaces from four

TRE modules, or two ANY modules if used.
TXBIN1, TXBIN2

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 469 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Connector Description

TXAIN, TXAOUT A bridge between both connectors provides the

interface between two combined RF transmitter
signals and the duplexer of branch A.

TXBIN, TXBOUT A bridge between both connectors provides the

interface between two combined RF transmitter
signals and the duplexer of branch B.

RX0AOUT1 Provide the RF receiver interfaces between

antenna A and the first TRE receiver connectors
RX1AOUT1
RX0 and RX1, or a first ANY module if used.

RX0AOUT2 Provide the RF receiver interfaces between

antenna A and the second TRE receiver
RX1AOUT2
connectors RX0 and RX1, or a first ANY module
if used.

RX0BOUT1 Provide the RF receiver interfaces between

antenna B and the third TRE receiver
RX1BOUT1
connectors RX0 and RX1, or a second ANY
module if used.

RX0BOUT2 Provide the RF receiver interfaces between

antenna B and the fourth TRE receiver
RX1BOUT2
connectors RX0 and RX1, or a second ANY
module if used.

ANTA Provide the RF interface to/from two antennas,

A and B.
ANTB

Table 82: ANC Front Panel Connectors

The front panel connector types are described in the following table.

ANC Version 1 ANC Versions 2 and 3

ANTA, ANTB 7/16 7/16

TXAOUT, TXBOUT N female SMA female

All other TXnn N female N female

All RXnn SMB SMB

Table 83: ANC, Front Panel Connector Types

470 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

10.4 GSM/UMTS Co-siting

Introduction GSM cabinet and UMTS cabinet can be installed at the same site. Normally
all antenna feeder cables between antennas (A and B) and BTSs have to be
installed separately for GSM and UMTS as shown in the following figure.
Separate Antenna Feeders A + B
for GSM and UMTS

GSM UMTS
Antennas Antennas
A+B A+B

AB AB

ANCx ANRU

BTS Node B
GSM UMTS
850/900/1800

Figure 299: GSM/UMTS Co-siting

With the help of diplexer filters at both ends of the feeder cables GSM
(850/900/1800) band and UMTS band can be decoupled in order to use the
same feeder cable for both services. The following figure shows the principle.
Double−Diplexer

Diplexer B

Antennas A + B Antennas A + B
Diplexer A
GSM UMTS

Diplexer
Double−Diplexer

AB AB

ANCx ANRU
Common Antenna Feeders

BTS Node B
GSM UMTS
850/900/1800

Figure 300: GSM/UMTS Co-siting with Diplexers and Common Feeders

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 471 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Functional Description The following figure shows the block diagram of the diplexer. The base station
feeder cable of GSM and UMTS part is connected to the according BTS port
of the diplexer. The signal passes the bandpath filter of the diplexer and is
available at the antenna connector.
Antenna

Diplexer

TMA
GSM UMTS
BIAS
Bandpath Bandpath
Circuit

GSM BTS UMTS BTS

Figure 301: Diplexer, Block Diagram

The insertion losses of the filters are as low as possible to achieve the best
noise figures in the uplink and low attenuation in the TX downlink.
GSM and UMTS bandpath filters provide following features

Suppression of spurious and noise signals from the transmitter(s) out of

band
Suppression of intermodulation product(s)

Rejection of harmonics of the transmitter(s)

Isolation of the UMTS branch (GSM part) or GSM branch (UMTS part).

The following table shows the out of band attenuations of the diplexer filters.

Filter Frequency (MHz) Attenuation Remark

GSM 850 1920 – 2170 >60 dB UMTS Band

GSM 900
GSM
1800

UMTS 824 – 960 >60 dB GSM 850 Band

GSM 900 Band

UMTS 1710 – 1880 >60 dB GSM 1800 Band

Table 84: Diplexer Filters Out of Band Attenuations

472 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 10 Antenna Networks

The UMTS branch is additionally equipped with a Tower Mounted Amplifier

(TMA) BIAS circuit. This BIAS circuit allows the DC power supply (12 VDC)
of a TMA using the RF feeder cable. The appropriate power distribution unit
(PDU) is part of the ANRU module.
The GSM part of the diplexer is decoupled from the UMTS BIAS circuit part. If
both branches (GSM and UMTS) should be equipped with a tower mounted
amplifier, this external diplexer cannot be used. Then all necessary equipments
of a TMA (inclusive feeders) have to be installed twice.

Mechanical Design The external diplexers are designed for indoor and outdoor applications.
They are fully purchased items. Therefore mechanical design, dimensions
and weight depend on selected manufacturer and cannot be described here
in detail. Moreover there are additional differences of dimensions between
GSM 850/900/UMTS and GSM 1800/UMTS diplexers dependent on used
frequencies.
The following figure shows a GSM 1800 (DCS)/UMTS double-diplexer (for
antennas A and B) as an example.

Side View

RF Connector
DCS UMTS
ANT

Ground Connector

DCS UMTS

ANT Mounting Flanges

(with holes)

Bottom View
Figure 302: Diplexer, Mechanical Design (Example)

The diplexer has six RF connectors (7/16 female) for connecting GSM BTS,
UMTS BTS and antennas. A ground connector is available to connect diplexer
to ground. Two mounting flanges are used to fix the diplexer to an immobile
equipment near BTSs.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 473 / 708

10 Antenna Networks

Environmental The external diplexer housings provide the necessary environmental and safety
Conditions protection according to the standard ETS 300 019 -1-4 class 4.1E.
The minimum ambient temperature is –45 C, humidity up to 100 % at +38

C. Earthquake is according to ETS 300 019 -2-3 .

EMC Requirements The EMC requirements are derived from ETS 300 342-3/phase 2, TS 25.104
and EN 55022.

474 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

11 Temperature Control

This chapter describes the different modules used in BTS A9100 configurations
to control the temperature inside the cabinets:

Cooling System, which consists of FANU and FACB

HEX2

HEX3

HEX4
HEX5

HEAT2

HEAT5

The sections are supported with diagrams, if necessary. Illustrations of the

FANU and FACB are also included.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 475 / 708

11 Temperature Control

11.1 Cooling System

The BTS A9100 is equipped with a forced-air cooling system. Depending on
the BTS A9100 variant the cooling system may consist of up to three RITs; see
the following figure.
The three RITs are:

FANU
FACB

TFBP.
TFBP
FANU

FACB

Ribbon Cable
Connectors

Subrack
Backplane

FACB

FANU

Figure 303: Cooling System Components

A FANU consists of a moulded-plastic frame containing two fan blowers (see

Figure 305). The FANU is connected to the TFBP or subrack backplane.
Three FANUs are controlled by one FACB. The FACB monitors the fans and
provides power and digital speed control of the FANUs. The FACB is fitted
on a TFBP or a subrack backplane, as required.
A special case exists where two FANUs are fitted as a pair below the ACSR
used in BTS A9100 outdoor configurations. These two FANUs are controlled by
the BCU2 contained in the ACSR. The BCU2 monitors the fans and provides
power and digital speed control of the FANUs.
A feature of the cooling system is its ability to control the front and back rows
of fans, independently of each other (see Figure 306). This enables the
temperature inside the cabinet to be regulated more precisely. It also extends
the life of the fans and keeps noise levels to a minimum.

476 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

11.1.1 Fan Units

The FANUs are usually installed in groups of three. The exception is where
they are fitted as a pair below the ACSR used in variant 2 of the BTS A9100
outdoor configurations.
The FANUs are normally situated below the subracks containing TREs.
Additional FANUs can be installed at the top of the equipment rack; see the
following figure.

EBCB (optional)

DC IN

EXT − ALARMS

ALARM INPUTS
External

Input/ ALARM OUTPUTS

Output

Interface External
XBCB
Group SUN CONNECTION Input/

XRT Output

Interface
SIDE COMPARTMENT XGPS Group
ALARMS
COMPARTMENT 1
ALARMS
ABIS4

External XCLK 2 IN/ OUT

Clock
XCLK 1 IN
Interface ABIS3

Group XCLK 1 OUT

KRONE CONNECT

ABIS2 Abis
ABIS 3&4

Interface

Group
Abis
ABIS1
Interface
ABIS 1&2

Group

ABIS 1 ABIS 2
Remote
FLAT CABLE SIDE COMPARTMENT
Inventory

Part
RIBAT
Port
FLAT CABLE COMPARTMENT 1 TEMP. SENSOR

Figure 304: Subrack Air Circulation

The fan blowers are driven by electronically-commutated motors. These

are protected against reverse polarity and blocking due to an obstruction in
the fan blades.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 477 / 708

11 Temperature Control

Air is taken from the front of the cabinet and forced through the subracks. The
fans force the air in an upwards direction to dissipate the heat generated by
the subrack modules (mainly the TREs). The FANUs at the top of the rack
assist air-flow by pulling the air through the rack and expelling it through
grills at the top of the cabinet.
Dummy panels are used to fill the FANU positions that are not equipped (indoor
racks). These provide an air outlet at the back of the subrack.

FANU Appearance The FANU consists of a moulded-plastic frame for mounting the two fan blowers.
The fan blowers are manufactured from fibreglass reinforced plastic. They are
are fixed in the moulded-plastic frame with a simple snap-in mechanism.
The FANUs are inserted in guide rails, at the bottom of the subrack, and locked
in position with a latch. The electrical connection is achieved with a connector,
fitted to the rear of the FANU, which plugs-in to the subrack backplane. The
following figure shows a three-dimensional image of the FANU.
Blowers

Power Connector

Latch

Handle

Guide Rails

Figure 305: FANU

Fan Blower Operational The following table lists the operational parameters for the fan blowers.
Parameters
Parameter Description

Type: PAPST 4318/2, version 113

Max. air flow: 170 m 3/h

Acoustic noise: <45 dB

Operating voltage: 20 VDC to 40 VDC

Table 85: Fan Blower Unit Operating Parameters

478 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

11.1.2 Fan Control

The principal function of the FACB is to control the fan speed of the front
and back rows of fans, independently of each other. Each FACB controls
three FANUs.
The BCU2 performs the functions of the FACB in the special case of a pair
of FANUs fitted below the ACSR used in variant 2 of the BTS A9100 outdoor
configurations.
The FACB has the following functionality:

Performs control and supervision of the fans

Detects the fan module and its date of manufacture

Supplies power to the fans

Provides an interface to the BCB.

The following figure shows the FACB architecture in block diagram form.
20 VDC to
−38 VDC to Fuse Filtering 40 VDC
DC/DC Converter
−72 VDC and Surge (Front Row)
Limiting

Input
RI Voltage Regulator
EEPROM Monitoring

FANUs

BCB
Interface Voltage Front Row Fans
FACB Controller Monitor and
Limiter
Backplane
Address Back Row Fans

Fan Speed

Regulator

DC/DC Converter
(Back Row)
20 VDC to
40 VDC

Figure 306: FACB Architecture

The FACB activates the fans within the temperature range: -40 C to +70 C.
However, at very low temperatures, in the range -40 C to -10 C, the fans
operate without digital speed control.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 479 / 708

11 Temperature Control

The FACB consists of the functional entities described in the following table.

FACB Controller The controller is responsible for the following

interfaces:
I/O for the BCB

Backplane address

Date of FANU manufacture

Fan speed control output

Remote on/off switching

RI EEPROM.

BCB Interface All OMU messages, such as fan alarms, are

communicated via the BCB interface. The
BCB also provides an interface to the Remote
Inventory EEPROM, via the FACB controller.

RI EEPROM The Remote Inventory EEPROM stores

information about the FACB.

Power Supply The FANU power supply consist of two on-board

DC/DC converters. These provide power
independently for the front and back rows of
fans. The DC/DC converters operate on an
input voltage in the range -38 VDC to -72 VDC.
This is converted to a variable output in the
range +20VDC to +40VDC.
The input to the FACB DC/DC converters is
protected from accidental reverse polarity,
transient voltages and surges.

Fan Speed Control The output of the DC/DC converters is

monitored and dynamically regulated by the
FACB controller PWM techniques. A square
wave output signal from the fans indicates
rotational speed of the fans. The PWM signal is
used to control the fan speed.

Table 86: FACB Functional Entities

Fuse The input of the FACB is protected by a fuse with a high breaking capacity
(3.5 A).

Date Coding Three pins on the FANU connector are hard-wired to provide a fixed code for
the year of manufacture. The code is read from the FACB controller.

Remote Switching The front and back row DC/DC converters can be remotely switched on and off,
independently of the other. The fan speeds for each row can also be adjusted.
This function is implemented by the OMU, via the BCB Interface to the FACB.

480 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

FACB Appearance The FACB is a small PCB which is fitted to the STASR backplane between the
third and fourth module connectors (see Figure 258).
The following figure shows the layout of the FACB; only the principle
components are marked. The layout is shown so that the FACB can easily be
identified.

Connector

Connector

Controller

Figure 307: FACB Component Layout

Alarms Two independent fan alarms, for the front and back rows, can be raised under
the control of the FACB. An alarm is raised when a fan-related output voltage
is out of tolerance. The following table lists the voltage threshold-tolerances
before an alarm is raised.

Voltage Threshold Min. Threshold Max.

U Front 13 V 20 V

U Back 13 V 20 V

Table 87: Alarm Threshold Voltages

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 481 / 708

11 Temperature Control

11.1.3 Top Fan Unit

Within some BTS A9100 variants additional FANUs at the top of the cabinet
assist the air circulation. They are connected to the TFBP, which provides the
electrical and signalling interface between the FANUs and the FACB. The TFBP
is mounted at the top of the cabinet, on the rear wall. It is powered from a
-48/-60 VDC external power source, via the cabinet bus bar.
The following figure shows the TFBP connector layout.
FANU Connectors

Connector X110 X111 X112

Identity

X117
Equipment X116
Label FACB X113

0V

Ground
Ribbon Cable Connector
−48 VDC
X100

Pin 1, Row A

Figure 308: TFBP Connector Layout

The following table lists and describes the TFBP connectors.

Connector Type Description

X110, X111, R 1/3, male FANU Connectors

X112

X116 2 x 6-pin Header, male The FACB connectors

are linked to the FANU
X117 2 x 16-pin Header, male
connectors via the TFBP
printed wiring.

X100 C 64 M DIN 41612, male Ribbon Cable

X113 3 x Faston Power

Table 88: TFBP Connectors

482 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

11.2 HEX2
HEX2 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It maintains the correct air
environment within the cabinets. The airflow within the cabinets is isolated from
the outside environment.
HEX2 is mounted on the inside of the compartment door. It cools the internal
air by transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows
the main components of HEX2.

Temperature
Air Outlet Sensor
HEX2

Inner Fans
Warm Air Warm Air
Inlet Inlet

HEX2
Air Outlet

Heat Sink
Cassette

HEX2 Door
Mounting
on
Alternative Outer
Cabinet Compartment
Door
Subrack Subrack
Inner
Compartment

FANU FANU
Outer Fans
Cool Air Cool Air
Outlet Outlet

Air Inlet

HEX2 Control Box

Air Inlet

Figure 309: HEX2 Main Components

HEX2 is a box which is divided into inner and outer compartments by a

heat sink cassette. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner
compartment by the inner fans. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and
returned to the cabinet as cool air.
The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside
environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is
drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fans.
The fans controller is contained within a control box. When the internal
temperature reaches 20 C, the inner fans switch on and operate at minimum
speed. When the internal temperature reaches 30 C, the outer fans switch
on and also operate at minimum speed. As the temperature rises further, fan
speed increases for both the inner and outer fans.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 483 / 708

11 Temperature Control

If the temperature sensor fails or is disconnected, all fans operate at maximum

speed and an alarm is raised.

LED(s) There are three versions of HEX2, two with only one LED and another one
with four LEDs, where the reason for the alarm is shown in more detail (but
only on the module itself):

Versions with one LED (versions ADAC, ADCA)

There is one LED on the front of the control box. It illuminates when
there is an alarm.

Version with four LEDs (version ADBA)

There are the following four LEDs on the module:
High/Low Temp: Temperature sensor failure, inside temperature above
70 C or below -60 C
Heater: Heater failure (not used; not correlated to HEAT2)
Ext. Fan: External fan failure
Int. Fan: Internal fan failure
But the alarm raised by HEX2 is only an accumulative alarm.
Alarms HEX2 raises an alarm when:

A fan fails

The temperature sensor is disconnected

The controller is faulty

The internal temperature reaches 70 C.

Appearance The following figure shows the front and the two possible rear views of HEX2.

Equipment
Labels
Air
Outlet

Temperature
Sensor Connector
LEDs:
LED High/Low
Temp
Fan Fan Cables

Control Box Heater

Alarm Connector Ext. Fan

Int. Fan
DC Connector

Door Side Rear Side (Version ADCA) *) Rear Side (Version ADBA)

*) Version ADCA has only the left fan and internal cabling

Figure 310: HEX2 Appearance

484 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

Connectors The following table describes the HEX2 control box connectors.

Connector Type Description

DC Connector 9-pin Sub-D male 48 VDC power in.

Alarm Connector 9-pin Sub-D female Alarm out.

Table 89: HEX2 Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 485 / 708

11 Temperature Control

11.3 HEX3/HEX4
HEX3 and HEX4 are used in Multistandard BTS Outdoor versions. They
maintain the correct air environment within the cabinets. Fresh air cooling is
not allowed in the outdoor BTSs. Therefore the airflow within the cabinets is
isolated from the outside environment.
HEX4 is mounted on the inside of the MBO1 door, HEX3 is mounted on the
inside of the MBOE door. They cool the internal air by transferring heat to
the outside environment. The following figure shows the main components
of HEX3 and HEX4.

Temperature
Sensor Air Outlet
HEX3/4

Inner Fan Warm Air

Inlet

HEX2

Heat Sink
Cassette

Door

Outer
Compartment
Subrack
Inner
Compartment
FANU

Outer Fan
Cool Air
Outlet

Air Inlet

Figure 311: HEX3/HEX4 Main Components

HEX3 and HEX4 are boxes which are divided into inner and outer circuits by a
heat sink cassette (core). The core consists of thermal conductive material
allowing heat exchange between both circuits. The air is circulated by one
blower in each circuit. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner
compartment by the inner fan. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and
returned to the cabinet as cool air.
The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside
environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is
drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fan.

486 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

Blower Rotation Control The temperature controlled regulation of blower rotation is contained within a
control unit which is assembled inside of inner circuit. Inner and outer blower
are independent form each other. The control of blowers is an internal function
of heat exchanger.
When the internal temperature reaches 20 C, the inner fans switch on and
operate at minimum speed. When the internal temperature reaches 30 C, the
outer fans switch on and also operate at minimum speed. As the temperature
rises further, fan speed increases for both the inner and outer fans.
After switch-on the blowers speed accelerate continously up to the maximum
specified rotation. Then the speed is regulated down to the specified ramp.

Temperature Sensor The temperature sensor is mounted in heat exchanger at the air inlet of inner
circuit. Failure of temperature sensor (e.g. sensor disconnected or short
circuited) causes following response:

All blowers are rotating with full specified speed

Alarm occurs, red LED is lit.

The response can be delayed up to 5 sec. after the failure occured.

Alarm There is one alarm output per heat exchanger. Alarm will be raised when:
At least one blower fails

Temperature sensor/plug disconnected or short circuited

The controller is faulty

Temperature exceeds 70 C
Temperature drops below -60 C (sensor failure).

The response can be delayed up to 5 sec. after the failure occured.

LED An alarm indication is realized by means of a red LED located visible at the lid
(inner circuit side).
The red LED is lit in case of an alarm.

Test Port The test port allows to connect an external temperature simulator (variable
resistor) setting respectively temperature value to check blower operation
depending upon temperature.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 487 / 708

11 Temperature Control

Appearance The following figure shows the front and the rear views of HEX3/HEX4. Please
note that HEX3 and HEX4 only differ in width and weight.
Door Side Rear Side

DCand Alarm
Connector

Fan LED

Air Test Connector

Outlet*
Equipment
Labels

Air Inlet
(Protected with grid)

Air
Inlet* Air Outlet
(Protected with grid
Water if necessary)
Outlet Fan
Guiding tubes
for fixing bolts

* Grid not necessary

Figure 312: HEX3/HEX4 Appearance

Connectors The following table describes the HEX3/HEX4 connectors.

Connector Type Description

DC and Alarm Connector 9-pin Sub-D male 48 VDC power in

(fuse T6.3 A)Alarm
out

Test Connector 9-pin Sub-D female Connection

of external
temperature
simulator

Table 90: HEX3/HEX4 Connectors

488 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

Mechanical Parameters The following table lists the mechanical parameters of HEX3/HEX4.

Parameter HEX3 HEX4

Height (mm) 1150 1150

Width (mm) 450 600

Depth (mm) 150 150

Weight (kg) 24 28

Table 91: HEX3/HEX4 Mechanical Parameters

11.4 HEX 5
HEX5 is used in Compact BTS Outdoor (CBO) versions. It maintains the
correct air environment within the cabinets. Fresh air cooling is not allowed in
the outdoor BTSs. Therefore the airflow within the cabinets is isolated from
the outside environment.
HEX5 is mounted on the inside of the CBO door. It cools the internal air by
transferring heat to the outside environment. The following figure shows the
main components of HEX5.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 489 / 708

11 Temperature Control

Temperature
Sensor Air Outlet
HEX5

Inner Fan Warm Air

Inlet

HEX2

1234
1234
Cooling Core

1234
1234
Door

1234
1234
Outer 1234
1234
1234
Compartment Subrack

1234
Inner
Compartment
FANU

Outer Fan
Cool Air
Outlet

Air Inlet

Figure 313: HEX5 Main Components

HEX5 is a box which is divided into inner and outer circuits by a heat sink
cassette (core). The core consists of thermal conductive material allowing heat
exchange between both circuits. The air is circulated by one blower in each
circuit. Warm air from inside the cabinet is drawn into the inner compartment
by the inner fan. It is then blown past the heat sink cassette and returned
to the cabinet as cool air.
The heat gathered in the heat sink cassette is transferred to the outside
environment by the air stream in the outer compartment. The outside air is
drawn into the outer compartment by the outer fan.

490 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

Blower Rotation Control The temperature controlled regulation of blower rotation is contained within a
control unit which is assembled inside of inner circuit. Inner and outer blower
are independent form each other. The control of blowers is an internal function
of heat exchanger.
When the internal temperature reaches 20 C, the inner fans switch on and
operate at minimum speed. When the internal temperature reaches 30 C, the
outer fans switch on and also operate at minimum speed. As the temperature
rises further, fan speed increases for both the inner and outer fans.
After switch-on the blowers speed accelerate continously up to the maximum
specified rotation. Then the speed is regulated down to the specified ramp.

Temperature Sensor The temperature sensor is mounted in heat exchanger at the air inlet of inner
circuit. Failure of temperature sensor (e.g. sensor disconnected or short
circuited) causes following response:

All blowers are rotating with full specified speed

Alarm occurs, red LED is lit flashing.

The response can be delayed up to 15 sec. after the failure occured.

Alarm There is one alarm output per heat exchanger. Alarm will be raised when:
At least one blower fails

Temperature sensor/plug disconnected or short circuited

The controller is faulty

Temperature exceeds 70 C
Temperature drops below -60 C (sensor failure).

The response can be delayed up to 15 sec. after the failure occured.

LED An alarm indication is realized by means of a red LED located visible at the lid
(inner circuit side).
The red LED is lit flashing in case of temperaure/temperature sensor alarm

The red LED is lit continuously in case of fan alarm

Test Port The test port allows to connect an external temperature simulator (variable
resistor) setting respectively temperature value to check blower operation
depending upon temperature.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 491 / 708

11 Temperature Control

Appearance The following figure shows the front and the rear views of HEX5.
Door Side Rear Side

Air Outlet Air Intlet

Grill Guard
Equipment
Labels DC and Alarm
Connector

Test Connector

Air Intlet Air Outlet

Water Outlet
Figure 314: HEX5 Appearance
Connectors The following table describes the HEX5 connectors.

Connector Type Description

DC and Alarm Connector 9-pin Sub-D male 48 VDC power in

(fuse T6.3 A)Alarm
out

Test Connector 9-pin Sub-D female Connection

of external
temperature
simulator

Table 92: HEX5 Connectors

492 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

Mechanical Parameters The following table lists the mechanical parameters of HEX5.

Parameter HEX5

Height (mm) 800

Width (mm) 450

Depth (mm) 130

Weight (kg) 13

Table 93: HEX5 Mechanical Parameters

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 493 / 708

11 Temperature Control

11.5 HEAT2
HEAT2 is an electrical air heater used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It
switches on automatically when the internal air temperature falls below
a predefined value.
HEAT2 is an electro-mechanical assembly fitted to the floor, the side wall or
beneath the HEX4 (MBO1) of each compartment in the outdoor BTS A9100.
The following figure shows the circuit schematic.

Internal
Thermostat
External
Thermostat

10 Fan
AA Variant:
600 W
CA Variant:
950 W
Heater

X1 X2 (Variant AA only)

Figure 315: HEAT2 Circuit Schematic

The 230 VAC supply enters HEAT2 at connector X1. From there it is routed
to the heater and fan (via connector X2 in case of variant AA). If in case of
variant AA another HEAT2 is fitted, its AC supply is provided by the socket
which is part of connector X2.
The external thermostat closes a switch when the temperature is below 10 C.
The switch completes the circuit for the AC supply to the heater and fan. The
fan blows air through the heating elements of the heater.
The heater is protected by an internal thermostat. If the temperature of the
heater assembly exceeds 90 C, the thermostat within the heater assembly
opens a switch. This breaks the AC circuit to the heater elements.

494 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

Appearance The following figure shows the side and top views of HEAT2 variant AA.
Heater Assembly

External
Thermostat

Connector X2

Fan Connector X1

Side View

Grille

Screw

Temperature Adjuster

Top View

Figure 316: HEAT2 Variant AA Appearance

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 495 / 708

11 Temperature Control

The following figure shows the side and top view of HEAT2 variant CA.
Grid
Connector X1

Heater

Fan

Thermostat
(Thermostat fixed at
10 oC with safety
varnish)
Angle Side View

Connection
Cable L = 800 m

Connection
Area

Label High
Voltage DIN/
ISO 3864 (Size
20 mm)

Equipment Labels

Top View

Figure 317: HEAT2 Variant CA

Connectors The following table describes the HEAT2 connectors.

Connector Description

X1 Provides the 230 VAC input.

X2 (Variant AA only) Provides the 230 VAC source for a second,

optional HEAT2.

Table 94: HEAT2 Connectors

496 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 11 Temperature Control

11.6 HEAT3
HEAT3 is an electrical air heater used in outdoor BTS Compact versions.
It switches on automatically when the internal air temperature falls below
a predefined value.
HEAT3 is an electricall assembly fitted between the bottom plate of the
Compact BTS Outdoor and the lowest subrack. The following figure shows
the circuit schematic.

Integral
Temperature
Limiter
External
Thermostat

10 °C
500 W

Heater

X1

L
PE
N

Figure 318: HEAT3 Circuit Schematic

The 230 VAC supply enters HEAT3 at connector X1.

The external thermostat closes a switch when the temperature is below 10 C.
The switch completes the circuit for the AC supply to the heater.
The heater is protected by an internal thermostat. If the temperature of the
heater assembly exceeds 70 C, the thermostat within the heater assembly
opens a switch. This breaks the AC circuit to the heater elements.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 497 / 708

11 Temperature Control

Appearance The following figure shows the side and top views of HEAT3.

Connector X1

Heater Plate

Heating Mat

Labels

Figure 319: HEAT3 Appearance

Connectors The following table describes the HEAT3 connectors.

Connector Description

X1 Provides the 230 VAC input.

Table 95: HEAT3 Connectors

498 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

This chapter describes all power supplies and power distribution units used in
BTS A9100 configurations. It describes:

ACIB

LPFC

LPFM

LPFU
ACMU, ACSU

APOD

PM08, PM11, PM12

BCU1, BCU2

BACO
BAC2

ABAC

ADAM, ADAM4

BU41, BU100, BU101

BATS

RIBAT

DCDP.

The sections are supported with diagrams, where necessary, showing the
functional blocks and their interfaces.
A drawing of the physical appearance of the module is also included, showing
the connectors and controls.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 499 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.1 ACIB
ACIB is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It distributes its AC input to five
output connectors. The five output connectors provide the AC power source
for the PM08s.
ACIB is housed in the SRACDC. It distributes 230 VAC to the five PM08s. If
the temperature within ACIB falls below a predefined level, the AC supply to
the PM08s is automatically switched off. The following figure shows the circuit
schematic.
Output
1 /3

PE

N PM08/1

L1/L3
PE

N PM08/2

L1/L3
PE

N PM08/3

L1/L2
Input
Relay
1 /3 PE

L1/L3 N PM08/4

L1/L2
L1/L2
PE

N PM08/5
L1/L1
L1/L1
−20

Temperature Sensor

N
PE PE = Permanent Earth

Figure 320: ACIB Circuit Schematic

The ACIB input connector is connected to the ACSB where provision is made
for 1Ø or 3Ø operation. If the cabinet AC supply is:

230 VAC 1Ø - each of the three live wires in the input connector receives the
same, single phase L1. The PM08s connected to the output connectors
also receive the phase L1.

400 VAC 3Ø - each of the three live wires in the input connector receives
a different phase, L1, L2 or L3. The PM08s connected to the output
connectors share the L1, L2 and L3 phases, as shown in Figure ACIB
Circuit Schematic (320).

The AC input is connected to the five AC outputs via a relay which is controlled
by a temperature sensor. When the temperature is above -20 C, the AC input
is connected to the five AC output connectors.
If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on,
there is no AC supply to the PM08s. This means that the 0/-48 VDC supply
is not available and the BTS A9100 cannot operate. However, AC power
is available to the HEAT2s.

500 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

When the HEAT2s raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20 C, the
relay is activated and the DC supplies are produced. The HEAT2s prevent the
internal cabinet temperature from falling to -20 C thereafter.
When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMP switches on
the telecommunications modules and the BTSA9100 becomes operational.

Front Panel The following figure shows the front panel of ACIB.
Camloc
Fastener

Warning
Label

AC In
Equipment
Labels

AC Out 3

2 1

Figure 321: ACIB Front Panel

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 501 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Connectors The following table describes the ACIB front panel connectors.

Connector Description

AC In Provides a 230 VAC 1Ø or 400 VAC 3Ø input.

AC Out 1- 5 Provides 230 VAC 1Ø outputs for the five

PM08s.

Table 96: ACIB Front Panel Connectors

502 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.2 LPFC
LPFC is used in Compact BTS Outdoor cabinets. Its functions are:
Connection of AC mains to the BTS

Lightning protection of the AC mains in

Line filtering.

The following figure shows the block diagram of the LPFC.

Lightning Protectors

AC Line Filter

AC in Terminals

L L

N N

PE PE

Metal Box

Bolt M6

Figure 322: LPFC Block Diagram

The multistandard BTS outdoor cabinet is supplied with 230 VAC 1 Ø.

The LPFC is mounted above the cables entry compartment. The cover of the
LPFC has a window which allows to check the lightning protection modules
without removing the cover.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 503 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following figure shows the LPFC top view.

AC Out
to ACUC

Recess
in cover

Equipment
Handle Labels

LPFC Cover

AC Mains In

Bolt M8
for GND
Figure 323: LPFC Top View

504 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.3 LPFM
LPFM is used in multistandard BTS outdoor cabinets. Its functions are:

Connection of AC mains to the BTS

Lightning protection of the AC mains in

Line filtering.

The following figure shows the block diagram of the LPFM.

Lightning Protectors

AC Line Filter
AC in Terminals

L3 L3

L2 L2

L1 L1

N N

PE PE

Metal Box

Bolt M6

Figure 324: LPFM Block Diagram

The multistandard BTS outdoor cabinet can be supplied with 230 VAC 1 Ø or
400 VAC 3Ø. If the cabinet AC supply is:

230 VAC 1 Ø - the three AC in terminals are connected by a bridge, i.e.

each of the three live wires receives the same, single phase L1.

400 VAC 3 Ø - each of the three live wires at the AC in terminals receives a
different phase, L1, L2 or L3.

The LPFM is mounted on the left upper side of the MBO1 cabinet. The cover
of the LPFM has a window which allows to check the lightning protection
modules without removing the cover.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 505 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following figure shows the LPFM top view.

INDICATION LIGHTN. PROTECT.

ACout to ACMU
LPFM
Cover

L3
L2
L1
Recess
in cover

Information,
Equipment
and Warning
Bolt M6
Lables
for GND

Figure 325: LPFM Top View

506 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.4 LPFU
LPFU is used in outdoor BTS A9100 configurations. Its functions are:

Connection of AC mains to the BTS

Lightning protection of the AC mains in

Line filtering.

The following figure shows the block diagram of the version AA (three phases).

Lightning Protectors

AC Line Filter
AC in Terminals

L3 L3

L2 L2

L1 L1

N N

PE PE

Metal Box

Bolt M6

Figure 326: LPFU Version AA, Block Diagram

The outdoor BTS can be supplied with 230 VAC 1 Ø or 400 VAC 3Ø. If the
cabinet AC supply is:

230 VAC 1 Ø - the three AC in terminals are connected by a bridge, i.e.

each of the three live wires receives the same, single phase L1.

400 VAC 3 Ø - each of the three live wires at the AC in terminals receives a
different phase, L1, L2 or L3.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 507 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following figure shows the LPFU top view with removed cover.

Glands

PE
AC in N
Terminals 1
2
PG29 PG16 3
L1

L2
Lightning
Protectors L3

N
AC Filter
3 phases

Bolt M6

Figure 327: LPFU Version AA, Top View (with Cover Removed)

508 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.5 ACMU
ACMU is used in multistandard BTS outdoor configurations. Its functions are:
Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters, heaters/air conditioning
and Service Lights (with AC power sockets)

Switching the AC lines to the connected modules by using circuit breakers.

The following figure shows the block diagram.

N

Temperature Sensor
N distributed to
−20
all modules

Circuit Breakers K1
F5 L1
L1 to PM12/1

AC Mains In
F4 L2
L2 to PM12/2
3 Phase
AC−Mains−
Connection F3 L3
L3 to PM12/3

F2 L2
to Heat2/Airc.

L3
to Service Light
F1 and AC Power
N Socket

PE distributed to
PE
all modules

Figure 328: ACMU Block Digram

The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the three AC/DC

converters via a relay which is controlled by a temperature sensor. When
the temperature is above -20 C, the AC input is connected to the three AC
output connectors.
If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on,
there is no AC Supply to the PM12s. This means that the 0/-48 V supply
is not available and the BTS A9100 cannot operate. However, AC power
is available to the HEAT2.
When the HEAT2s raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20 C, the
relay is activated and the DC supplies are produced. The HEAT2s prevent the
internal cabinet temperature from falling to -20 C thereafter.
When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMA switches on
the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 509 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the ACMU front panel.

Warning
Label

Equipment
BTS HEATING SERVICE + LIGHT Label
L1 L2 L3
F5 F4 F3 F2 F1

Warning
Label

Figure 329: ACMU Front Panel

510 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.6 ACSU
ACSU is used in outdoor BTS A9100 configurations. Its functions are:
Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters, heaters/air conditioning
and Service Lights (with AC power sockets)

Switching the AC lines to the connected modules by using circuit breakers.

The following figure shows the block diagram for CODI/CODE/CPT2.

N

Temperature Sensor
N
−20 distributed to all
modules

Circuit Breakers

L1 to PM12/1
L1
AC Mains In
L2 to PM12/2
3 Phase L2
AC−Mains−
Connection to PM12/3
L3
L3

L1 to Heat2/Airc.

L2 to Heat2/Airc.

L3 to Heat2/Airc.

L1 to Service Light
and AC Power
Socket

PE
PE distributed to all
modules

Figure 330: CODI/CODE/CPT2, ASCU Block Digram

The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the three AC/DC

converters via a relay which is controlled by a temperature sensor. When the
temperature is above -20 C, the AC input is connected to the two or three AC
output connectors.
If the temperature is below -20 C when the BTS A9100 is first switched on,
there is no AC Supply to the PM12s. This means that the 0/-48 V supply
is not available and the BTS A9100 cannot operate. However, AC power
is available to the HEAT2.
When the HEAT2s raise the internal cabinet temperature above -20 C, the
relay is activated and the DC supplies are produced. The HEAT2s prevent the
internal cabinet temperature from falling to -20 C thereafter.
When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMA switches on
the telecommunications modules and the BTS A9100 becomes operational.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 511 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the ACSU front panel of CODI/CODE/CPT2.
Warning
BTS HEATING SERVICE + LIGHT Label
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3

F7 F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1

Figure 331: ACSU Front Panel CODI/CODE/CPT2

12.7 ACUC
ACUC is used in Compact BTS Outdoor (CBO) configurations. Its functions are:

Distribution of the AC input to AC/DC converters, heaters/air conditioning

and AC power socket
Switching the AC lines to the connected modules by using circuit breakers.

The following figure shows the block diagram.

F4
1

V=10 C
2

F1 F2 F3
PE N L L PE N N L PE
L N
N L
1 2 3 4 5 6 X21 7 8 9

X1 X2 X3 L N X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9
AC Mains In PE

1 Phase PE
AC Mains N

Connection L

N PE L N PE L N PE L

TO PM12 TO HEAT3

Figure 332: ACUC Block Digram

The AC input controlled by circuit breakers is connected to the two AC/DC

converters. From –33C the AC power is applied to the PM12 modules, FAN
units and to HEAT3.
When the internal cabinet temperature rises above 0 C, the SUMA switches on
the telecommunications modules and the CBO becomes operational.
When the internal cabinet temperature rises above10 C the HEAT3 is switched
off.

512 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the ACUC front panel.

BTS HEATING RCB SERVICE SERVICE SOCKET

F1 F2 F3 S1

WARNING: TO ISOLATE THE COPMPLETE

SYSTEM SWITCH OFF THE AC−MAINS
AND BATTERY BREAKER

Figure 333: ACUC Front Panel

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 513 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.8 APOD
APOD is used in indoor BTS A9100 versions that use an AC power supply. It
distributes its AC input to five output connectors. The five output connectors
provide the AC power source for the PM08s. The DC output from the PM08s is
then distributed to the subracks and other equipment by the APOD.
APOD is housed in the ASIB. It distributes 230 VAC to the five PM08s. The DC
supply produced by the PM08s is connected to the remaining modules in the
cabinet via the circuit breakers located on the APOD, see the following figure.

AC Circuit Breaker APOD

N
Input 1

PE

DC Circuit Breakers
6
INT

5
Subrack 4

4
Subrack 3
−48 VDC
3
Subrack 2

2 PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1

Subrack 1

1
EXT

0 VDC PE
DC Bus

Figure 334: APOD Circuit Schematic

514 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the front panel of APOD.
Camloc Warning
Fastener Label

DC Output
Circuit
Breakers AC Input
Circuit
Breaker

Equipment
Labels

3
AC Output 1
Cables to PM08s
2

Figure 335: APOD Front Panel

Connectors The following table describes the APOD front panel connectors.

Connector Description

AC Input AC Input Circuit Breaker

INT, SR1, SR2, SR3, SR4, EXT DC Output Circuit Breakers

AC Out 1- 5 Provides 230 VAC 1Ø outputs for the five

PM08s.

Table 97: APOD Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 515 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.9 PM08
PM08 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It converts the AC input voltage
to provide DC power for the cabinet equipment.

12.9.1 PM08 Functional Description

PM08 is housed in the SRACDC. It is an 800 W AC/DC power supply module
which converts 230 VAC to 0/-48 VDC nom. Five PM08s (PM08/1 - PM08/5)
are fitted in parallel to provide n + 1 redundancy, with load sharing. The
following shows the arrangement.
AC Input

Control
ACIB
Alarms

PM08/5 PM08/4 PM08/3 PM08/2 PM08/1 BCU1

0 VDC
−48 VDC
DC Bus

Figure 336: PM08 Load-Sharing

BCU1 performs for the PM08s the functions listed in the following table.

Control PM08 outputs are connected to the SRACDC

backplane DC Bus and monitored by BCU1. When
the output voltage changes because of a changed
load, the PM08s automatically compensate for the
change.
BCU1 controls the overall output voltage of the
PM08s. The nominal -48 V output is typically
-54.5 V at 20 C. During battery charging, BCU1
changes the output voltage within the range -52V
to -57 V. During battery testing, the output voltage
can be reduced to -44 V.
The DC Bus provides DC power to:
DCDP

BU41, via the BACO.

Alarm Collection PM08 raises alarms for:

Mains power failure

Power module failure.

The alarm is collected by BCU1. For more
information on alarms, refer toPM08 Electrical
Characteristics (Section 12.9.2).

Table 98: BCU1 Functions for PM08

516 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.9.2 PM08 Electrical Characteristics

Input Voltage The following table shows the PM08 input voltage parameters.

Input Parameter

Input voltage 220 VAC to 230 VAC (±15 %)

Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Number of phases Single phase

Table 99: PM08 Input Voltage Parameters

Note: PM08 can be operated at 110 VAC if the output power is limited to 500W.

Fuses Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM08 are protected by fast acting
10 A fuses. The fuses are accessed by removing protective caps on the
module’s front panel.

Output Voltage The following table shows the PM08 output voltage parameters.

Output Parameter
o
Nominal output voltage at 20 C -54.5 VDC

Output voltage range -50 VDC to -58 VDC

Line regulation U in ±15 %

Dynamic load regulation 5 % of output voltage

Static load regulation 0.2 %

Dynamic response 2 ms

Voltage ripple < 400 mV p-p

Table 100: PM08 Output Voltage Parameters

Note If BCU1 fails or is not fitted, the PM08 produces an output of -52 VDC (±0.25
V). If batteries are not fitted, the default voltage is produced at all times.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 517 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Output Current The following table shows the PM08 output current parameters.

Output Parameter

Nominal I out at -54.6 VDC 15 A

Minimum I out 0A

Maximum I out 19 A

Current limitation (I max) 16 A to 19 A

o
Derating 3 % of I out (at > 60 C)

Shared load current <10 % of I out (of single module)

Table 101: PM08 Output Current Parameters

Protection and Alarms The PM08’s internal protection feature raises an alarm and shuts down the
PM08 for:

Mains power feature

Under voltage: output voltage below -40.5 VDC

Over voltage: output voltage exceeds -60 VDC

Over current: output voltage at 0V (short circuit)

Over temperature: PM08 heat sink temperature in range +85 C to +100 C.

518 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.9.3 PM08 Front Panel

The following figure shows the front panel of PM08.
Camloc
Fastener

AC In
Connector

Fuses

Labels

Status LED

Handle

Figure 337: PM08 Front Panel

LED PM08 has a single LED on its front panel. The type of LED fitted depends
on the part number of the PM08. The following table shows the PM08 part
numbers and associated LED states.

PM08 Part Number LED State Description

3BK 06783 BAAA Green Normal operational conditions.

Off Fault.

3BK 06783 BBAA Green Normal operational conditions.

Orange Power limitation mode (maximum power

of 800 W reached).

Red Fault.

Table 102: PM08 LED States

Connector The only PM08 front panel connector is AC In, an IEC 320 connector for coded
conditions, where the 230 VAC input cable from the ACIB is plugged in.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 519 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.10 PM11
PM11 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions where the ACSR is employed.
PM11 converts the AC input voltage to provide DC power for the cabinet
equipment.

12.10.1 PM11 Functional Description

PM11 is housed in the ACSR. It is an 1100 W AC/DC power supply module
which converts 230 VAC to 0/-48 VDC nom. Four PM11s (PM11/1 - PM11/4) are
fitted in parallel to provide n + 1 redundancy, with load sharing. The following
figure shows the arrangement.

AC Input
ACSB

Control
Alarms

PM11/4 PM11/3 PM11/2 PM11/1 BCU2

0 VDC
−48 VDC
DC Bus

Figure 338: PM11 Load-Sharing

BCU2 performs for the PM11s the functions listed in the following table.

Control PM11 outputs are connected to the ACSR backplane DC Bus and
monitored by BCU2. When the output voltage changes because of a
changed load, the PM11s automatically compensate for the change.
BCU2 controls the overall output voltage of the PM11s. The nominal
-48 V output is typically -54.5 V at 20 C. During battery charging,
BCU2 changes the output voltage within the range -52V to -57 V.
During battery testing, the output voltage can be reduced to -44 V.
The DC Bus provides DC power to:

BOBU

BU41 or BU100, via the BAC2.

Alarm Collection PM11 raises alarms for:

Mains power failure

Power module failure.The alarm is collected by BCU2.

For more information on alarms, refer to PM11 Electrical Characteristics
(Section 12.10.2).

Table 103: BCU2 Functions for PM11

520 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.10.2 PM11 Electrical Characteristics

Input Voltage The following table shows the PM11 input voltage parameters.

Input Parameter

Input voltage 220 VAC to 230 VAC (±15 %)

Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Number of phases Single phase

Table 104: PM11 Input Voltage Parameters

Note: PM11 can be operated at 110 VAC if the output power is limited to 500W.

Fuses Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM11 are protected by fast acting
10 A fuses. The fuses are accessed by removing protective caps on the
module’s front panel.

Output Voltage The following table shows the PM11 output voltage parameters.

Output Parameter
o
Nominal output voltage at 20 C -54.6 VDC

Output voltage range -50 VDC to -57 VDC

Line regulation U in ±15 %

Dynamic load regulation 5 % of output voltage

Static load regulation 0.2 %

Dynamic response 2 ms

Voltage ripple < 400 mV p-p

Table 105: PM11 Output Voltage Parameters

Note If BCU2 fails or is not fitted, the PM11 produces an output of -52 VDC (±0.25
V). If batteries are not fitted, the default voltage is produced at all times.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 521 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Output Current The following table shows the PM11 output current parameters.

Output Parameter

Nominal I out at -54.6 VDC 20 A

Minimum I out 0A

Maximum I out 24 A

Current limitation (I max) 21 A to 24 A

o
Derating 3 % of I out (at > 60 C)

Shared load current <10 % of I out (of single module)

Table 106: PM11 Output Current Parameters

Protection and Alarms The PM11’s internal protection feature raises an alarm and shuts down the
PM11 for:

Mains power feature

Under voltage: output voltage below -40.5 VDC

Over voltage: output voltage exceeds -60 VDC

Over current: output voltage at 0V (short circuit)

Over temperature: PM11 heat sink temperature in range +85 C to +100 C.

522 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.10.3 PM11 Front Panel

The following figure shows the front panel of PM11.
Camloc
Fastener

Status LED

Handle

Labels

Fuses

Figure 339: PM11 Front Panel

LED PM11 has a single LED on its front panel. The following table shows the
LED states.

LED
State Description

Green Normal operational conditions.

Off Fault.

Table 107: PM11 LED States

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 523 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.11 PM12
PM12 converts the AC input voltage to provide DC power for the cabinet
equipment. PM12 is used in indoor and outdoor BTS A9100 versions where the
SUMA is employed.

12.11.1 PM12 Functional Description

Two or three PM12s and an ADAM or four PM12s and an ADAM4 are put
together in one half or two third of a STASR (see Figure 351 or 357). The
ADAM/ADAM4 is connected to the DC distribution of the BTS. Each PM12 is
controlled from OMU (part of SUMA) via BCB. Batteries fitted to a BTS have a
temperature sensor which is controlled by RIBAT (seeRIBAT (Section 12.24)) or
OUTC (seeOutdoor Control Board CPT2/MBO1/MBO2/CBO (Section 4.5). The
OMU reads the stored battery size/charge current and the temperature out of
RIBAT or OUTC and sets the PM12s according these values.
PM12 is an 1200 W AC/DC power supply module which converts 230 VAC to
0/-48 VDC nom. Two to four PM12s (PM12/1 - PM12/4) are fitted in parallel
with load sharing (see Figure 232 or MBO1/MBO2 AC/DC Power Supply
System (233)) controlled by a local sharing bus.
OMU performs for the PM12s the functions listed in the following table.

Control PM12 outputs are connected via ADAM/ADAM4 to the STASR

backplane DC Bus and monitored by OMU. When the output voltage
changes because of a changed load, the PM12s automatically
compensate for the change.
OMU controls the overall output voltage of the PM12s. The nominal
-48 V output is typically -54.5 V at 20 C. During battery charging,
OMU changes the output voltage within the range -50V to -57 V. During
battery testing, the output voltage can be reduced to -44 V.
The DC Bus provides DC power to:

BOBU/BOMU/BOSU

BU41, BU100 or BU101, via the ADAM/ADAM4.

Alarm Collection PM12 raises alarms for:

Mains power failure

Power module failure.The alarm is collected by OMU.
For more information on alarms, refer to PM12 Electrical Characteristics
(Section 12.11.2).

Table 108: OMU Functions for PM12

524 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.11.2 PM12 Electrical Characteristics

Input Voltage The following table shows the PM12 input voltage parameters.

Input Parameter

Nominal input voltage 230/240 VAC

Input voltage range 187 VAC to 264 VAC

Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz

Number of phases Single phase

Table 109: PM12 Input Voltage Parameters

Fuses Both the live and neutral inputs of the PM12 are protected by fast acting
10 A fuses. The fuses are accessed by removing protective caps on the
module’s front panel.

Output Voltage The following table shows the PM12 output voltage parameters.

Output Parameter

Nominal output voltage at 20 oC -54.6 VDC

Output voltage range -50 VDC to -57 VDC

Line regulation U in ±15 %

Dynamic load regulation 5 % of output voltage

Static load regulation 0.2 %

Dynamic response 2 ms

Voltage ripple < 400 mV p-p

Table 110: PM12 Output Voltage Parameters

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 525 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Output Current The following table shows the PM12 output current parameters.

Output Parameter

Nominal I out at -54.6 VDC 20 A

Minimum I out 0A

Maximum I out 24 A

Current limitation (I max) 21 A to 24 A

Derating 3 % of I out (at > 60 C)

Shared load current <10 % of I out (of single module)

Table 111: PM12 Output Current Parameters

Protection and Alarms The PM12’s internal protection feature raises an alarm and shuts down the
PM12 for:

Mains power failure

Under voltage: output voltage below -40.5 VDC

Over voltage: output voltage exceeds -60 VDC

Over current: output voltage at 0V (short circuit)

Over temperature: PM12 heat sink temperature in range +85 C to +100 C.

526 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.11.3 PM12 Front Panel

The following figure shows the front panel of PM12.
Camloc
Fastener

AC In
Connector

Status LED ON

Equipment
Handle Labels

Figure 340: PM12 Front Panel

LED PM12 has a single LED on its front panel. The following table shows the
LED states.

LED
State Description

Green Normal operational conditions.

Off Fault.

Table 112: PM12 LED States

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 527 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.12 BCU1
BCU1 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It controls the DC output
voltage and battery operation.

12.12.1 BCU1 Functional Description

BCU1 is housed in the SRACDC. It performs control functions for the batteries
and some of the modules within the SRACDC. The following figure shows the
arrangement. For simplicity, only two of the five PM08s are shown.

Control
Alarms

XBCB
ACRI
PM08/2 PM08/1 BCU1

V
0 VDC
Shunt
−48 VDC
DC Bus

V
Shunt
BACO

SRACDC

BU41

Figure 341: BCU1 Interconnections

BCU1 connects to the PM08s, ACRI and BACO via the SRACDC backplane.
The voltages across the shunt resistors provide BCU1 with a measurement of
the currents drawn. BU41 contains up to two battery groups which are referred
to as branches. Each branch provides -48 VDC. The functions performed are:

PM08 control
Alarm supervision

Battery management.

PM08 Control BCU1 controls the PM08 output voltage and collects any alarms that are
produced. For more information on the PM08, refer toPM08 (Section 12.9).

Alarm Supervision BCU1 collects alarms and reports them to the ACRI. The alarms are:

AC power failure

PM08 failure
Battery malfunction

BCU1 fault.

For more details of the alarm information, refer toBCU1 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and
Buttons (Section 12.12.2).

528 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Battery Management BCU1 provides the battery management functions described in the following
table.

Deep Discharge During normal operation, a trickle charge current

Protection ensures that the batteries remain fully charged. When
an AC mains failure occurs, the batteries supply DC
power to the BTS A9100. This discharges the batteries
causing their output voltage to fall.
If the output voltage falls below -42 VDC (±0.5 V),
BCU1/BCU2 disconnects the batteries by deactivating
relays in the BACO/BAC2. This prevents deep
discharge of the batteries which shortens their life.

Charging Current When charging the batteries, BCU1/BCU2 regulates

Regulation the charging current so that battery life is not
shortened. Charging current is adjusted by changing
the PM08/PM11 output voltages.
Charging current regulation:

Limits the maximum charging current, depending

on battery type and the number of battery branches.
For more details of the charging current limits,
refer to BU41 (Section 12.20) and BU100 (Section
12.21).
Adjusts the charging current to avoid overheating
the batteries. A temperature sensor, fitted to one
battery branch, is connected to BCU1 via the BACO.
The charging voltage, at an ambient temperature of 20
o
C, is typically -54.6 VDC. If the temperature sensor
fails, or is not fitted, the PM08/PM11 output voltage is
set to -52 VDC.

Table 113: BCU1/BCU2 Battery Management Functions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 529 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.12.2 BCU1 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and Buttons

LEDs The following table describes the front panel LEDs.

LED Color State Description

On Green On Normal state - BCU1’s/BCU2’s internal

reference voltage is available.

Off BCU1/BCU2 faulty.

Bat. Red On Battery backup in operation (battery

discharging) or battery malfunction.

Off Normal state.

Test Yellow On n/a

Off Normal state.

Table 114: BCU1/BCU2, LED Descriptions

LCD BCU1 has an LCD on its front panel (see the following figure). Information
is viewed using the front panel Function and Status buttons to scroll through
several display options.
The LCD provides two rows of alphanumeric information where each row
consists of eight characters. The first row displays a message and the second
row displays associated parameters or choices.

Alarms BCU1 collects alarms and reports them to the ACRI. The alarms are described
in the following table.

Alarm Type Description

BCU1 Fault The internal reference voltage used by BCU1 has

failed.

PM08 Failure The alarm information specifies the identity number of

the failed module and the number of modules fitted.

AC Failure The AC mains supply has failed or been switched off.

Battery Malfunction The identity number of the battery branch that failed is
reported. A battery malfunction occurs if:

The battery was automatically disconnected

because of a malfunction during charging

Deep discharge protection occurred.

Table 115: BCU1 Alarms

530 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Function Button Using the Function button, the following information can be displayed:
PM08s output voltage (Uload)

Battery voltage (Ubatt)

Output current (Iload)

Battery current (Ibatt), where:

+ = charging
- = discharging.

Battery temperature.

Status Button Using the Status button, the following information can be displayed:

Alarm type, where the character:

V represents BCU1 failure
R represents a rectifier (PM08) failure
M represents an AC mains failure
B represents a battery malfunction.

Status of the PM08s, represented by a five-character sequence. Each

character position represents a physical PM08 slot position, where:
N - slot not occupied
F - PM08 failed.
Y - PM08 serviceable.

Battery type and number of battery branches.

Special Menu The special menu is activated by pressing the Function and Status buttons
simultaneously, for five seconds. Selections in the special menu are then made
using the Function and Status buttons individually.
Using the special menu, the following tasks can be performed:

Set battery type

Set number of branches in use.

Refer to the EVOLIUM BTS A9100/A910 Corrective Maintenance Handbook

for details of how to use the special menu facility.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 531 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.12.3 BCU1 Front Panel

The following figure shows the front panel of BCU1.
Camloc
Labels
Fastener

Status LEDs
On Test Bat.
LCD Display

Control Buttons Function Status

Connector RS−232 (For

factory service and test
RS−232
only.)
Handle

Figure 342: BCU1 Front Panel

532 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.13 BCU2
BCU2 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions where the ACSR is employed. It:
Controls the DC output voltage and battery operation

Collects alarms from the ACSR modules

Controls the ACSR FANUs

Provides the interface to the BTS Remote Inventory function.

12.13.1 BCU2 Functional Description

BCU2 is housed in the ACSR. It performs control functions for the batteries
and some of the modules within the ACSR. The following figure shows the
arrangement. For simplicity, only two of the four PM11s are shown.

Control
Alarms

XBCB
PM11/2 PM11/1 BCU2

V
0 VDC
Shunt
−48 VDC
DC Bus

V
Shunt
BAC2

ACSR

BU41 or
BU100

Figure 343: BCU2 Interconnections

BCU2 connects to the PM11s and BAC2 via the ACSR backplane. The
voltages across the shunt resistors provide BCU2 with a measurement of the
currents drawn. BU41 contains up to two battery groups and BU100 contains
one battery group. These battery groups are referred to as branches. Each
branch provides -48 VDC. The functions performed are:

PM11 control

Alarm supervision

Battery management

ACRI system functions.

PM11 Control BCU2 controls the PM11 output voltage and collects any alarms that are
produced. For more information on the PM11, refer toPM11 (Section 12.10).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 533 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Alarm Supervision BCU2 collects alarms and reports them to the OMU on the SUMP. The
alarms are:

AC power failure

PM11 failure

Battery malfunction
BCU2 fault.

For more details of the alarm information, refer toBCU2 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and
Buttons (Section 12.13.2).

Battery Management BCU2 provides the battery management functions described in Table
BCU1/BCU2 Battery Management Functions (113).

ACRI System Functions The ACRI system implemented on the BCU2 consists of the functions listed in
the following table.

ANPS BCU2 contains an ANPS which converts the -48 VDC

input supply to the DC voltages required by the other
components. For more information on the ANPS, refer
toAN Power Supply (Section 10.1.5).

Modified FACB BCU2 contains a modified FACB which reports fan

faults and controls the two FANUs that cool the ACSR
modules. For more information on the FACB and
FANUs, refer to Fan Control (Section 11.1.2).

XBCB BCU2 contains a BCB ASIC that transfers information

to the OMU in the SUMP via the XBCB. This consists
of:

Alarms from modified FACB

Alarms internal to the BCU2

Alarms from the battery and PM11s

Remote Inventory information.

RI BCU2 contains an Remote Inventory that is used to

store information about the module (part number,
name, serial number, etc.). It consists of an EEPROM
which is connected to the BCB ASIC.

Table 116: BCU2, ACRI System Functions

534 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.13.2 BCU2 LEDs, LCD, Alarms and Buttons

LEDs Table BCU1/BCU2, LED Descriptions (114) describes the front panel LEDs.

LCD BCU2 has an LCD on its front panel (see the following figure). Information
is viewed using the front panel Function and Status buttons to scroll through
several display options.
The LCD provides one row of alphanumeric information where the row consists
of eight characters.

Alarms BCU2 collects alarms and reports them to the OMU on the SUMP. The alarms
are described in the following table.

Alarm Type Description

BCU2 Fault The internal reference voltage used by BCU2 has

failed.

PM11 Failure The alarm information specifies the identity number of

the failed module and the number of modules fitted.

AC Failure The AC mains supply has failed or been switched off.

Fan Status The status of the two FANUs located below the ACSR.

Battery Malfunction The identity number of the battery branch that failed is
reported. A battery malfunction occurs if:

The battery was automatically disconnected

because of a malfunction during charging

Deep discharge protection occurred.

Table 117: BCU2 Alarms

Function Button Using the Function button, the following information can be displayed:

PM11s output voltage (Uload)

Battery voltage (Ubatt)

Output current (Iload)

Battery current (Ibatt), where:
+ = charging
- = discharging.

Battery temperature.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 535 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Status Button Using the Status button, the following information can be displayed:
Alarm type, where the character:
V represents BCU2 failure
R represents a rectifier (PM11) failure
M represents an AC mains failure
B represents a battery malfunction.

Status of the PM11s, represented by a four-character sequence. Each

character position represents a physical PM11 slot position, where:
N - slot not occupied
F - PM11 failed.
Y - PM11 serviceable.

Battery type and number of battery branches.

Special Menu The special menu is activated by pressing the Function and Status buttons
simultaneously, for five seconds. Selections in the special menu are then made
using the Function and Status buttons individually.
Using the special menu, the following tasks can be performed:

Set battery type

Set number of branches in use

Refer to the EVOLIUM BTS A9100/A910 Corrective Maintenance Handbook

for details of how to use the special menu facility.

536 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.13.3 BCU2 Front Panel

The following figure shows the front panel of BCU2.
Camloc
Labels
Fastener

Status LEDs

On Test Bat.
LCD Display

Control Buttons
Function Status

Handle

RS−232
XBCB
Connector

Temperature
Connector

Figure 344: BCU2 Front Panel

Connectors The following table describes the BCU2 front panel connectors.

Connector Description

Temperature For connection of temperature sensor from

BU41 or BU100.

XBCB Provides a:

+5 VDC signal to enable ANPS

Serial interface for the transfer of alarms and

Remote Inventory information to the OMU.

Table 118: BCU2 Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 537 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.14 BACO
BACO is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It interconnects the batteries
and the DC outputs of the PM08s. The BACO contains:

Circuit breakers for manual isolation of the batteries

Relays for automatic isolation of the batteries, controlled by the BCU1.

BACO is housed in the SRACDC. It interconnects up to two battery branches to

the SRACDC backplane DC bus. The battery branches must be of the same
type and capacity. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
BU41 BACO SRACDC
Backplane
Circuit
Breakers

DC Bus
BATOUT+
Shunt
48 VDC nom.
K1

BATOUT−

Branch 1 RELBATT1
UBATT−

48 VDC nom.
K2
To
BCU1

Branch 2 RELBATT2

Sensor Signals

Temperature
Sensor

Figure 345: BACO Circuit Schematic

Circuit breakers are provided for manual isolation of the batteries during battery
maintenance. When in use, the circuit breakers trip automatically when the
current drawn exceeds 60 A.
During an AC mains failure, BU41 provides battery power to the DC bus via
relays K1 and K2, and a shunt resistor. If the battery discharge becomes
excessive, BCU1 deactivates the relays to isolate the batteries. Relays K1
and K2 are controlled by the signals RELBATT1 and RELBATT2, respectively.
During battery charging and discharging, the relays operate simultaneously.
During battery testing, they operate independently.

538 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the front panel of BACO.
Camloc
Fastener

Equipment
Labels

Warning
Label

Battery
Connection
Cables

Figure 346: BACO Front Panel

Connectors The following table describes the BACO connectors.

Connector Description

X200 Connects battery temperature sensor signals to

SRACDC backplane.

Battery Connectors Connect to battery terminals. There are two

cables for each branch.

Table 119: BACO Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 539 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.15 BAC2
BAC2 is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It interconnects the batteries
and the DC outputs of the PM08s or PM11s. The BAC2 contains:

Circuit breakers for manual isolation of the batteries

Relays for automatic isolation of the batteries, controlled by the BCU2.

BAC2 is housed in the ACSR. It interconnects up to two battery branches to the

ACSR backplane DC bus. The battery branches must be of the same type and
capacity. The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
BU41 or BAC2 ACSR
BU100 Backplane

Circuit Breakers

BATOUT+ DC Bus
Shunt
48 VDC nom.
K1

BATOUT−

Branch 1 RELBATT1
UBATT−

48 VDC nom.
K2

To
Branch 2 RELBATT2 BCU2
(BU41 only)

Sensor Signals

Temperature
Sensor

Figure 347: BAC2 Circuit Schematic

Circuit breakers are provided for manual isolation of the batteries during battery
maintenance. When in use, the circuit breakers trip automatically when the
current drawn exceeds 60 A.
During an AC mains failure, BU41 or BU100 provides battery power to the
DC bus via relays K1 and K2, and a shunt resistor. If the battery discharge
becomes excessive, BCU2 deactivates the relays to isolate the batteries.
Relays K1 and K2 are controlled by the signals RELBATT1 and RELBATT2,
respectively. During battery charging and discharging, the relays operate
simultaneously. During battery testing, they operate independently.

540 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the front panel of BAC2.

Camloc
Fastener

AC Mains
and Battery
Breakers

Equipment
Labels

Battery
Connection
Cables

Figure 348: BAC2 Front Panel

Connectors The following table describes the BAC2 connectors.

Connector Description

Battery Connectors Connect to battery terminals. There are two

cables for each branch.

Table 120: BAC2 Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 541 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.16 ABAC
ABAC is used in indoor BTS A9100 versions that use an AC power supply.
It interconnects the batteries and the DC outputs of the PM08s. The ABAC
contains:

Circuit breakers for manual isolation of the battery

Relays for automatic isolation of the battery, controlled by the BCU1.

ABAC is housed in the ASIB. It interconnects a maximum of one battery branch

to the ASIB backplane DC bus. The battery branch can be BU41 or BU100.
The following figure shows the circuit schematic.
BU41 or ABAC ASIB
BU100 Backplane
Circuit
Breakers

DC Bus
BATOUT+
Shunt
48 VDC nom.
K1

BATOUT−

Branch 1 RELBATT1
UBATT−
To
BCU1
Sensor Signals

Temperature
Sensor

Figure 349: ABAC Circuit Schematic

Circuit breakers are provided for manual isolation of the battery branch during
battery maintenance. When in use, the circuit breakers trip automatically
when the current drawn exceeds 60 A.
During an AC mains failure, BU41 or BU100 provides battery power to the DC
bus via relay K1, and a shunt resistor. If the battery discharge becomes
excessive, BCU1 deactivates the relay to isolate the battery branch. Relay K1
is controlled by the signal RELBATT1.

542 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel The following figure shows the front panel of ABAC.
Camloc
Fastener

+
Equipment
Labels

Battery
Connection
Cables

Figure 350: ABAC Front Panel

Connectors The following table describes the ABAC connectors.

Connector Description

X200 Connects battery temperature sensor signals to

ASIB backplane.

Battery Connectors Connects to battery terminals. There are two

cables only (one branch).

Table 121: ABAC Front Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 543 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.17 ADAM
ADAM is used in the AC/DC power supply of BTS A9100 configurations as
interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power distribution inside
the BTS.
ADAM consists of:

An air permeable metal frame, mounted in one half of a STASR above the
PM12s (see the following figure)

A small backpanel with the connectors for three PM12s and terminal for the
wiring of the BTS.

The ADAM contains on its backpanel in addition:

The relay for battery protection

The relay control

A shunt for measuring the battery current.

The following figure shows the position of ADAM in the STASR.

ADAM

PM12

Figure 351: ADAM, Position in the STASR

544 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following figure shows the block diagram.

ADAM
Backpanel Frontpanel

−48 VDC −48 VDC

Subracks Subracks
0VDC 0VDC
−48 VDC −48 VDC
Battery Battery
OMU
(SUMA)

Relay Control

PM12/1

Battery
Shunt

PM12/2
Signals

PM12/3

Figure 352: ADAM Block Diagram

The relay protects the battery in case of discharging. If the voltage reaches the
lower limit, the relay separates the -48 VDC line of the battery. The relay has its
own control circuit, so it works independently of the OMU.

Appearance The following figure shows the front side view of ADAM.

Figure 353: ADAM Front Side View

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 545 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Connectors On the backpanel there are three connectors for the PM12s. Each of them
contains two blocks with 4x2 high current contacts (one block for 0 VDC and
one for -48 VDC) and a 24 pin block for the control signals.
On the frontpanel there are the terminals for the DC supply of the subracks
(via BOBU/BOMU/BOSU) and the back-up battery.

12.18 ADAM2
ADAM2 is used in the AC/DC power supply of Compact BTS Outdoor
configurations as interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power
distribution inside the BTS.
ADAM2 consists of:

An air permeable metal frame, mounted in one third of a STASR above the
PM12s (see the following figure)

A small backpanel with the connectors for two PM12s and terminal for the
wiring of the BTS.

The ADAM2 contains on its backpanel in addition:

The relay for battery protection

The relay control

A shunt for measuring the battery current.

The following figure shows the position of ADAM2 in the STASR.

ADAM2

PM12

Figure 354: ADAM2, Position in the STASR

546 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following figure shows the block diagram.

ADAM
Backpanel Frontpanel

−48 VDC −48 VDC

Subracks Subracks
0VDC 0VDC
−48 VDC −48 VDC
Battery Battery
OMU
(SUMA)

Relay Control

Battery
Shunt

PM12/1
Signals

PM12/2

Figure 355: ADAM2 Block Diagram

The relay protects the battery in case of discharging. If the voltage reaches the
lower limit (42V), the relay separates the DC line of the battery. The relay has
its own control circuit, so it works independently of the OMU.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 547 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Appearance The following figure shows the front side view of ADAM2.

0V

BATT.
− 48V

− 48V

Figure 356: ADAM2 Front Side View

Connectors On the backpanel there are two connectors for the PM12s. Each of them
contains two blocks with 4x2 high current contacts (one block for 0 VDC and
one for -48 VDC) and a 24 pin block for the control signals.
On the frontpanel there are the terminals for the DC supply of the subracks
(via DCUC) and the back-up battery.

12.19 ADAM4
ADAM4 is used in the AC/DC power supply of BTS A9100 MBO1/MBO2
configurations as interface between the PM12s, the batteries and the power
distribution inside the BTS. ADAM4 is installed in combination with two to four
PM12s. If less than four PM12s are installed the empty PM12 slot is covered
by a dummy panel.
ADAM4 consists of:
An air permeable metal frame, mounted in two third of a STASR above the
PM12s (see the following figure)

A small backpanel with the connectors for four PM12s and terminal for the
wiring of the BTS.

ADAM4 contains on its backpanel in addition:

The relay for battery protection

The relay control

A shunt for measuring the battery current.

The following figure shows the position of ADAM4 in the STASR.

548 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

ADAM4

PM12

Figure 357: ADAM4 Position in the STASR

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 549 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following figure shows the block diagram.

ADAM4
Backpanel Frontpanel

−48 VDC −48 VDC

Subracks Subracks
0VDC 0VDC

0VDC 0VDC
Battery Battery
−48 VDC −48 VDC

OMU
(SUMA)

Relay Control

PM12/1

Battery
Shunt

PM12/2
Signals

PM12/3

PM12/4

Figure 358: ADAM4 Block Diagram

The relay protects the battery in case of discharging. If the voltage reaches the
lower limit, the relay separates the -48 VDC line of the battery. The relay has its
own control circuit, so it works independently of the OMU.

550 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Appearance The following figure shows the front side view of ADAM4.

Figure 359: ADAM4 Front Side View

Connectors On the backpanel there are two connectors for the PM12s. Each of them
contains two blocks with 4x2 high current contacts (one block for 0 VDC and
one for -48 VDC) and a 24 pin block for the control signals.
On the frontpanel there are the terminals for the DC supply of the subracks
(via BOMU) and the back-up battery.

12.20 BU41
BU41 is an optional feature used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It provides an
emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure.
The principal components of BU41 are four high performance, sealed, lead
-acid batteries that conform to the DIN 43539 standard. They connect in series
to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. Optionally, a
second branch of four sealed lead-acid batteries can be fitted to double the
backup period. Each battery branch is independently connected to the BACO
or BAC2. Note however, that only one battery branch can be connected to
an ABAC or ADAM.
When two battery branches are used, both branches must consist of batteries
of the same type and capacity. This is required because the charging and
testing circuits assume both branches are the same.
Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This
monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by
BCU1/SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery
overheating.
Each battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes discharge to
the external environment the gasses produced during battery charging.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 551 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Charging BU41’s charging characteristics conform to the DIN 41773 (float charging)
standard.
The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit for the
number of battery branches in use.

Battery Type One Branch Two Branches

40 Ah 6A 12 A

Table 122: BU41 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit

The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery
temperature.

Temperature Voltage Per Cell Total Voltage (± 1%)

0 C 2.3773 57.05

5 C 2.3484 56.36

10 C 2.3215 55.72

15 C 2.2966 55.12

20 C 2.2737 54.57

25 C 2.2528 54.07

30 C 2.2339 53.61

35 C 2.2170 53.21

40 C 2.2021 52.85

45 C 2.1892 52.54

50 C 2.1783 52.29

Table 123: BU41 Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature

Note: Avoid excessive battery gas leakage by not exceeding a charging voltage of
2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.

Discharging Discharging below 1.75 V per cell (42 V total) can damage the batteries.

Storage Batteries may be stored without recharging only for a restricted time. Therefore
manufacturers instructions (delivered with the product) must be followed.

552 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front and Top View The following figure shows the front and top views of BU41.

Supplier’s Information Label

Equipment Labels

Vent Tube

Front View

Top View
Figure 360: BU41 Front and Top Views

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 553 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

BU41 mounted in MBO The MBO offers a specific battery box. The batteries are arranged as shown
in the following figure. The battery box is covered with a plate to secure the
batteries.

Exhausting
Nipple
Equipment
Exhausting Lables
Tube − −

Upper Block
Warning Lables

Internal Supplier
Battery Information
Cable Lable

+ +

Battery Box
− − (Part of BTS)

Lower Block

+ +

Front View
Figure 361: BU41 in MBO – Front View

554 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.21 BU100
BU100 is an optional feature used in all outdoor BTS A9100 versions and in
indoor versions that use an AC power supply. It provides an emergency DC
power source for use in the event of a mains supply failure.
The principal components of BU100 are four high performance, sealed, lead
-acid batteries that conform to the DIN 43539 standard. They connect in series
to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The battery
branch is connected to the BACO, BAC2, ABAC or ADAM as appropriate.
Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This
monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by
BCU1, BCU2 or SUMA to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent
battery overheating.
The battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes discharge to
the external environment the gasses produced during battery charging.

Charging BU100’s charging characteristics conform to the DIN 41773 (float charging)
standard.
The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit.

Battery Type Limit

100 Ah 12 A

Table 124: BU100 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit

The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery
temperature.

Temperature Voltage Per Cell Total Voltage (± 1%)

0 C 2.3773 57.05

5 C 2.3484 56.36

10 C 2.3215 55.72

15 C 2.2966 55.12

20 C 2.2737 54.57

25 C 2.2528 54.07

30 C 2.2339 53.61

35 C 2.2170 53.21

40 C 2.2021 52.85

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 555 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Temperature Voltage Per Cell Total Voltage (± 1%)

45 C 2.1892 52.54

50 C 2.1783 52.29

Table 125: BU100 Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature

Note: Avoid excessive battery gas leakage by not exceeding a charging voltage of
2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.

Discharging Discharging below 1.75 V per cell (42 V total) can damage the batteries.

Storage Batteries may be stored without recharging only for a restricted time. Therefore
manufacturers instructions (delivered with the product) must be followed.

556 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front and Top View The following figure shows the front and top views of BU100.

Front View Battery Retainer

Top View
Vent Tube
Figure 362: BU100 Front and Top Views

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 557 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.22 BU101
BU101 is an optional feature used in Multistandard Outdoor BTS Cabinets.
It provides an emergency DC power source for use in the event of a mains
supply failure.
The principal components of BU101 are four high performance, sealed, lead
-acid batteries that conform to the DIN 43539 standard. They are connected in
series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The
battery branch is connected to ADAM or ADAM4.
Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This
monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by SUMA
to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating.
The battery branch is fitted with venting tubes. The venting tubes discharge to
the external environment the gases produced during battery charging.

Charging BU101’s charging characteristics conform to the IEC 896–2 standard.

The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit.

Battery Type Limit

100 Ah 12 A

Table 126: BU101 Battery Type and Charging Current Limit

The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery
temperature.

Temperature Voltage Per Cell Total Voltage (± 1%)

0 C 2.3773 57.05

5 C 2.3484 56.36

10 C 2.3215 55.72

15 C 2.2966 55.12

20 C 2.2737 54.57

25 C 2.2528 54.07

30 C 2.2339 53.61

35 C 2.2170 53.21

40 C 2.2021 52.85

558 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Temperature Voltage Per Cell Total Voltage (± 1%)

45 C 2.1892 52.54

50 C 2.1783 52.29

Table 127: BU101 Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature

Note: Avoid excessive battery gas leakage by not exceeding a charging voltage of
2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.

Discharging Discharging below 1.75 V per cell (42 V total) can damage the batteries.

Storage Batteries may be stored without recharging only for a restricted time. Therefore
manufacturers instructions (delivered with the product) must be followed.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 559 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front and Top View The following figure shows the front and top view of BU101. The battery box is
covered with a plate to secure the batteries.
To Circuit Breaker

Exhausting
Nipple

Exhausting
Tube
Battery Battery
Connection Cable

Upper Block

Equipment
Lables
To Circuit Breaker

Temperature
Sensor

Jumper

Battery Box
(Part of BTS)
Battery Battery

Jumper
Lower Block
Warning Lables

Exhausting
Tube
Supplier
Information
Lable

Front View Top View

Figure 363: BU101 Front and Top View

560 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.23 BATS
The small battery BATS is a plug-in unit for the subrack STASR with a width of
28 TE. It is used in indoor cabinets. It provides an emergency DC power source
for use in the event of a mains supply failure. It contains of:

A block of 4 batteries
Printed board RIBATS

Temperature sensor

Battery breaker.

The following figure shows the block diagram.

+ − + − + − + −

SBS8 SBS8 SBS8 SBS8

Batteries

Circuit Temperature Sensor

Breaker

RIBATS
Feed
Through
Clamps

− + to BCB
48 V
to ADAM

Figure 364: BATS Block Diagram

Batteries The batteries are connected in series and have nominal 48 V and a capacity of
8 Ah. A BATS can be implemented on any unused subrack position.
The principal components of BATS are four high performance, sealed, lead
-acid batteries that conform to the IEC 896-2 standard. They are connected in
series to provide a 48 VDC nom. power source, referred to as a branch. The
DC clamps of the module are connected to the battery clamps on the front
side of ADAM.

Charging BATS’ charging characteristics conform to the DIN 41773 (float charging)
standard.
The following table shows the battery type and the charging current limit.

Battery Type Charging Current Limit

8 Ah 2A

Table 128: BATS Battery Type and Charging Current Limit

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 561 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The following table shows the recommended charging voltage versus battery
temperature.

Temperature Voltage Per Cell Total Voltage (± 1%)

0 C 2.3773 57.05

5 C 2.3484 56.36

10 C 2.3215 55.72

15 C 2.2966 55.12

20 C 2.2737 54.57

25 C 2.2528 54.07

30 C 2.2339 53.61

35 C 2.2170 53.21

40 C 2.2021 52.85

45 C 2.1892 52.54

50 C 2.1783 52.29

Table 129: BATS Charging Voltage Versus Battery Temperature

Note: In order to avoid excessive battery gas leakage from the battery, the charging
voltage must not exceed 2.35 V per cell (56.40 V total) at 20 C.

Discharging Discharging below 1.75 V per cell (42 V total) can damage the batteries.

Storage Batteries may be stored without recharging only for a restricted time. Therefore
manufacturers instructions (delivered with the product) must be followed.
Storage of discharged batteries is not allowed.

RIBATS RIBATS is a small PCB mounted on the BATS frame. It collects the value of
the temperature sensor and tranfers this information to the OMU via BCB. It is
directly connected to a backplane connector of STASR. The RIBATS will be
supplied from the BTS via BCB not from the batteries.

Temperature Sensor Connected to one of the battery terminals is a temperature sensor. This
monitors the battery temperature. The output from the sensor is used by SUMA
to regulate the charging voltage and thus prevent battery overheating.

Battery Breaker On the front side of BATS a battery breaker is mounted: 2 x 60 A, 80 V. The
battery breaker disconnects the connection between batteries and ADAM.

562 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front and Top View The following figure shows the front view of BATS.

Cicuit
Breaker

DC Clamps

Alcatel
Product
Identification

Serial
Number
Identification
Module
Extractor

Figure 365: BATS Front View

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 563 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.24 RIBAT
The RIBAT board is part of the battery. Its task is to measure the battery
temperature and to provide the OMU with the temperature value and the battery
Remote Inventory information which includes the information for the battery
type. The knowledge of the temperature value is neccessary for charging. The
board contains a BCB interface to transfer the information. Dependent on the
configuration different interfaces are used: BCB/EBCB, XBCB.
The RIBAT will be supplied from the BTS not from the batteries. The power
consumption is about 100 mA.
The connection and addressing differs for different configurations. The following
figure shows the RIBAT block diagram.
Remote Supply
Voltage Input

detect BCB/
Internal External
EBCB Con
Addressing Addressing
nection

BCB/
EBCB
NGTSL

Control
Logic
D
XBCB IN
A

RS
485 RI
TTL EEPROM
Line
term.
Loop BCB IF
to cascaded
XBCB Out RIBAT

Temperature
Sensor

Figure 366: RIBAT Block Digram

The board consists of a NGTSL which is the terminal for ISL data link the
Remote Inventory EEPROM including the Remote Inventory information, the
analogue part for temperature measuring, address switching and BCB/EBCB,
XBCB interface.

564 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

To differ between internal or external addressing and internal or external

connection the BCB/EBCB connection is detected. BCB/EBCB connection is
true if the battery is located inside the BTS cabinet. In this case addressing is
switched to internal and the XBCB interface is disabled by the control logic. If
the addressing is switched to external the XBCB interface is active. If there is
no other terminal or RIBAT connected to XBCB Out it has to be terminated
with a line termination plug.
The analogue part includes signal conditioning and an ADC to digitize the
temperature value. An external PT100 temperature sensor is connected
to the analog part. The ADC outputs are connected directly to the NGTSL
alarm inputs.
Power supply is provided remotely either from inside the BTS or via the
XBCB connection.
The internal battery of the outdoor BTS is located inside a side compartment.
For this the EBCB is feeded to the side compartment. The RIBAT is connected
to the EBCB via a flat band cable like it is done with a backplane. In this case
addressing is switched to internal and the battery will get subrack number
0 (due to wire cutting on the flat band cable). Two cascaded batteries are
possible with using of different slot numbers (slot 1, slot 2) to address them.
One wire of the flat band cable is used for this.
The battery temperature range which can be measured is between -10 C and
70 C. This range is extended against the operating temperature range of the
batteries (0 C to 50 C) and the minimum operating temperature range of the
RIBAT to submit high or low temperature alarm. The measurement resolution
is 0.5 C. Values below -10 C means a short cut at the temperature sensor.
Values above 70 C means not connected or interrupted sensor.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 565 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Appearance The RIBAT is a small board with a C96 connector for the flat band cable, a
SUBD9 connector for the temperature sensor and two SUBD15 for the XBCB
input and output. The top view is shown in the following figure.
The temperature sensor will be mounted on one pole of the batteries to give a
good termal contact.

XBCB Connectors
used in case of EBCB Connector
external batteries used in case of
internal batteries

Connector for Temperature Sensor

Figure 367: RIBAT Top View

XBCB Bus Termination Because XBCB is an RS485 bus it has to be terminated at the end of the line.
At BTS side it is already done on the COAR. At RIBAT side it will be done by
an termination plug. The termination plug consists of an 15-pin Sub-D male
connector and a small PCB (50 mm x 30 mm) with termination and pull up/pull
down resistors on it.
The plug has to be connected to the XBCB Out at the RIBAT. In case of
cascaded RIBATs it will be connected to the remaining XBCB Out.

566 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.25 DCDP
DCDP is used in outdoor BTS A9100 versions. It distributes -48VDC to the
equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit
breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually.
DCDP is housed in the BTS compartment 1 above the top STASR. The
following figure shows the circuit schematic.
0 V Input −48V Input

Line
Load

X1 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
15 A 15 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A 25 A

XIOB X1 1 6

Optional
X2 1 6
Equipment

Optional
Equipment X3 1 6

Optional
Equipment X4 1 6

Spare X5 1 6

Heat Exchanger 1 X6

Heat Exchanger 2 X7

Heat Exchanger 3 X8

Subrack 1/1 X9

Subrack 1/2 X10

Spare or
Subrack 1/3 X11

Subrack 2/1 X12

Subrack 2/2 X13

Subrack 2/3 X14

Figure 368: DCDP Circuit Schematic

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 567 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

The DCDP 0/-48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output
connectors, via six circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are:

15 A for F1, which supplies the connectors for the XIOB and optional
equipment (such as microwave or termination of network lines equipment)
15 A for F2, which supplies the connectors for the heat exchangers

25 A for F3 - F8, which supply the connectors for the STASRs.

The 0 VDC input is grounded in the DCDP and connected to each output
connector.

Front and Top View The following figure shows the front and top views of DCDP.
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5
F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14

X6 X7 X8

Front View Equipment Labels

Red 0 V

Blue −48 V

Top View

Figure 369: DCDP Front and Top View

568 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel Connectors The following table describes the DCDP front panel connectors.

Connector Description

X1 Provides 0/-48 VDC for the XIOB.

X2 - X4 Provides 0/-48 VDC for the microwave

equipment, if fitted.

X5 Spare.

X6 - X8 Provides 0/-48 VDC for the heat exchanger

controllers.

X9 - X14 Provides 0/-48 VDC for the STASRs.

Table 130: DCDP Front Panel Connectors

Rear Panel Connectors The following table describes the DCDP rear panel connectors.

Connector Description

-48 V IN Provides the -48 VDC input.

0 V IN Provides the 0 VDC input.

Ground Provides the ground connection for the unit.

Table 131: DCDP Rear Panel Connectors

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 569 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

12.26 DCUC
DCUC is used in Compact BTS Outdoor versions. It distributes -48VDC to the
equipment modules. Each DC output is over-current protected by its own circuit
breaker. The circuit breakers are reset manually.
DCUC is housed in the BTS compartment above the ACUC. The following
figure shows the circuit schematic.
0V Rail
0V Input

− 48 V Rail
−48V Input
25A 25A 15A 15A

F1 F2 F3 F4
SR1 SR2 OPT HEX

0V −48V
0V −48V
X20 X21
0V −48V

X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10
0V NU GND −48V 0V NU GND −48V

SR 1 SR 2 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT HEX 5 XIOB

Figure 370: DCUC Circuit Schematic

The DCUC 0/-48 VDC input supply is distributed to the front panel output
connectors, via four circuit breakers. The circuit breaker trip currents are:

25 A for F1 and F2, which supply the connectors for the STASRs.

15 A for F3, which supplies the connectors for the XIOB and optional
equipment (such as microwave or termination of network lines equipment)

15 A for F4, which supplies the connectors for the heat exchangers

The 0 VDC input is grounded in the DCUC and connected to each output
connector.

Front and Side View The following figure shows the front and side views of the DCUC.

570 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 12 Power Supplies and Distribution

0V −48V 0V −48V 0V −48V

X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10

OPTIONS HEX XIOB

SR1 SR2 OPT HEX

0V

−48V

Equipment labels
Front View

Black 0V

Blue − 48V

GND

Side View
Figure 371: DCUC Front and Side View

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 571 / 708

12 Power Supplies and Distribution

Front Panel Connectors The following table describes the DCUC front panel connectors.
To be defined.

Connector Description

X1 -X3 Provides 0 VDC for the optional equipment.

X4 - X6 Provides -48 VDC for the optional equipment.

X7, X8 Provides 0/-48VDC for the Heat Exchanger.

X9, X10 Provides 0/-48 VDC for the XIOB.

Table 132: DCDP Front Panel Connectors

572 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 13 ACRI

13 ACRI

This chapter describes the ACRI used in BTS A9100 configurations. It contains:

Introduction
Functional description

LEDs and alarms

Front Panel.

The sections are supported with diagrams, where necessary, showing the
functional blocks and their interfaces.
A drawing of the physical appearance of the module is also included, showing
the connectors and controls.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 573 / 708

13 ACRI

13.1 ACRI Functional Description

The ACRI is used in indoor and outdoor BTS A9100 versions. There are two
functionally identical variants. The sole difference is that the indoor variant has
the BCB interface available on the backplane connector. The ACRI:

Collects alarms from the SRACDC modules

Controls the SRACDC FANUs.

ACRI is housed in the SRACDC. The following figure shows the functional
block diagram.
ANPS

DC/DC
−48 VDC Converter
Input Supply

Output Voltages

FACB FANUs

Fan Alarms

Power BCB
ASIC XBCB
Alarms

RI
EEPROM

Figure 372: ACRI Block Diagram

574 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 13 ACRI

ACRI consists of the functional entity described in the following table.

ANPS ACRI contains an ANPS which converts the -48

VDC input supply to the DC voltages required by
the other components. For more information on the
ANPS, refer toAN Power Supply (Section 10.1.5).

FACB ACRI contains an FACB which reports fan faults

and controls the FANUs that cool the SRACDC
modules. For more information on the FANUs and
FACB, refer toFan Units (Section 11.1.1) and Fan
Control (Section 11.1.2), respectively.

XBCB The way in which the BCB ASIC transfers

information to the OMU in the SUMP depends
on the ACRI variant. For the indoor variant, the
information is transferred via the BCB, available
on the backplane. For the outdoor variant the
information is transferred via the XBCB connector
on the front panel.
The information consists of:
Alarms from FACB

Alarms from the battery, PM08s and BCU1

Remote Inventory information.

RI The Remote Inventory is used to store information

about the module (part number, name, serial
number, etc.). It consists of an EEPROM which is
connected to the BCB ASIC.

Table 133: ACRI Functional Entities

13.2 ACRI LEDs and Alarms

LEDs The two LEDs on the front panel are connected in parallel. They indicate the
state of the +5 VDC output of the ANPS.

Alarms The alarm information consists of:

Fan status

Number of PM08s fitted

Number of PM08s that are serviceable

Battery malfunction

BCU1 failure.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 575 / 708

13 ACRI

13.3 ACRI Front Panel

The following figure shows the front panel of ACRI.
Camloc
Fastener

LEDs

POWER ON

Connector

Handle

Figure 373: ACRI Front Panel

Connector The ACRI connector XBCB provides a:

+5 VDC signal to enable ANPS

Serial interface for the transfer of alarms and Remote Inventory information
to the OMU.

576 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

This chapter describes the antenna connector lightning protectors (LPQG,

LPQD, LPQP, and LPQM) used in BTS A9100 configurations. It contains:

Introduction

Functional description

Characteristics

Appearance.

The sections are supported with diagrams, where necessary, showing the
functional blocks and their interfaces.
A drawing of the physical appearance of the modules is also included which
shows the connectors.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 577 / 708

14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

14.1 Lightning Protector Functional Description

Antenna connector lightning protectors are used in outdoor BTS A9100
versions. They protect the RF inputs and outputs from the effects of nearby or
direct lightning strikes. The lightning protectors are described in the sections:
Operating principles

Types.

Operating Principles Lightning strikes and induced pulses have characteristics which are very
different to the desired RF signals transmitted and received by BTS A9100.
These differences allow a lightning strike to be suppressed.
The BTS A9100 lightning protectors are based on a ’quarter-wavelength
shorting stub’. This has the effect of passing all operational RF signals, but
effectively shorting any lightning voltage spikes to the cabinet’s chassis ground.
The protectors can be used in both the transmit and receive signal paths. They
are installed to form part of the cabinet’s external RF connections.

Types LPQG, LPQD, LPQP, and LPQM each may have different suppliers, the product
numbers however are always identical. The following table lists the product
numbers.

Type Variant Product Numbers

LPQG 3BK 05817 AAAA

LPQD 3BK 05818 AAAA

LPQP 3BK 08691 AAAA

LPQM 3BK 25444 AAAA

Table 134: Antenna Connector Lightning Protector Types and Variants

The AAAA variants are functionally identical, differing only in dimensions

and appearance.

578 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

Lightning Power Quarter-wave stub lightning protectors remove lightning current on a frequency
Spectrum selection basis.
The following figure shows the power spectrum of a typical lightning strike.
Amplitude
Density
(V/m/Hz)

Frequency
(kHz)
0 2 100
Figure 374: Lightning Strike Power Spectrum

As lightning has a power spectrum with very little energy above 100 kHz, a
band-pass protection filter can be used. This passes the frequencies of interest
(which are much above 100 kHz), yet rejects the low frequencies generated by
lightning. The antenna connector lightning protectors perform this function
using the quarter-wavelength shorting stub.

Quarter-Wave Stub The quarter-wave stub is a coaxial line exactly one quarter-wavelength long.
One end is connected to the through path and the other end is simply shorted.
The following figure shows the equivalent circuit of the antenna connector
lightning protectors.
Signal
Conductor

Signal
Signal
Path
Summed
Signal
Split

Shield/
Chassis
Ground
100 %
Reflection
(180
Delay)

Shorting Stub = l /4
(+ 90 Short
Delay for Signals Circuit
of F = 1/l)

Figure 375: Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors Equivalent Circuit

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 579 / 708

14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

During normal operation, the RF transmission signal arrives at the input of

the shorting stub, where it is split.
One part travels along the matched quarter-wavelength stub, thus changing
its phase by 90. At the short, the signal is reflected and hence shifted by a
further 180. It then travels back along the stub and is again shifted by 90
by the time it reaches the junction.
The other part continues along the straight-through path. The reflected and
straight-through signals are therefore exactly one cycle out of phase at the
junction.
The signals are summed at the junction. Apart from negligible jitter, the
resulting signal is identical to the original signal.
In contrast to the high frequency transmission signals, the much lower frequency
lightning spectrum is not matched to the stub. Its components are, effectively,
shorted to ground (as they are shifted completely out of phase by the short). At
the same time, they have a negligible shift when travelling down the stub.

14.2 Lightning Protector Electrical Characteristics

The following table shows the electrical characteristics. The lightning protectors
have little effect on system performance during normal operation.

Characteristic LPQG LPQD LPQP LPQM

Usable 870 - 970 1700 - 1900 1800 - 2000 870 - 970

frequency MHz MHz MHz MHz and
range:
1700 - 2200
MHz

Insertion loss: ≤ 0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB ≤0.1 dB

VSWR: ≤ 1.1 ≤1.1 ≤1.1 ≤1.1

Impedance: 50 50 50 50

Table 135: Lightning Protector Electrical Characteristics

580 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

14.3 Lightning Protector Appearance

Lightning protectors can be designed with an internal filter or with a shorting
stub (depends on manufacturer). The following figure shows the appearance of
the antenna connector lightning protector with shorting stub.
7/16 female coaxial RF
Cable Connector

V−Shaped
Grounding Washers

Plinth

Sealing Washers

Quarter
Wavelength
Shorting Stub

7/16 female coaxial RF

Cable Connector
Figure 376: Lightning Protector Appearance with Shorting Stub

The protectors are mounted in the plinth at the bottom of the cabinet. Each
protector consists of a coaxial through-connection with the protection
mechanism located below the plinth.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 581 / 708

14 Antenna Connector Lightning Protectors

582 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15 Range Extension Kit

This chapter describes the range extension kit (REK) which is aimed at
enhancing the capabilities of the EVOLIUM BTS A9100 in terms of coverage.
The REK is composed of two modules:

MAB

Power Distribution Unit

The REK has been designed so as to compensate the feeder losses which
significantly impact the density of sites to be implemented over the service area
of GSM networks.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 583 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.1 Introduction to REK

The basic advantage of REK is to enhance the capabilities of EVOLIUM BTS
A9100 in terms of coverage by increasing the size of the cell which significantly
impact the density of sites to be implemented over the service area of GSM
networks. Other advantages are range extension of road cell, compensation of
the eventual error of site location by radio network planning and compensation
of RF performance impairment due to antenna feeder and ANx losses.
It can be used with a wide variety of EVOLIUM BTS A9100 indoor and outdoor
configurations in GSM 900 with a constraint of coupling of maximum one
TRX/TRE to each antenna. Cross polarized antennas can still be used
respecting this constraint. For practical reasons, configurations are limited to
max. 6 TREs per BTS site assuming 3x2 configuration.
The REK has been designed to minimize BTS and system impacts. The BTS
has no knowledge of the REK presence and is not involved in its configuration.
Configuration of the REK is reduced to manual attenuator setting at installation.
Supervision is minimal. It only involves external alarms to the BTS and there is
no recovery mechanism. The system impact concerns the handling of these
new external alarms at OMC-R level.
The REK is composed of two modules:
A Masthead Amplification Box, to be installed close to the antenna, featuring
power amplification downlink and low noise amplification uplink, along with
proper supervision means
A Power Distribution Unit, to be installed in the BTS cabinet or close to
the BTS, providing DC power for the purpose of remotely feeding the
mast-head amplification module through the antenna feeder and collecting
the alarm signals.

15.2 Overall Description

15.2.1 Architecture
The following figure shows the REK equipment together with the BTS, in the
case of a 2 TRX configuration. It is made up of three sections:

The Masthead Amplification Box. Each Masthead Amplification Box

provides bidirectional amplification for one antenna port. The antennas are
not part of the Masthead Amplification Box. The use of two separate
antennas or one crosspolar antenna (decoupling >25 dB) is possible.

The feeder cables. Up to 11 dB of loss are supported allowing 1/2” cables

with up to 100 m length if used as an extension for standard EVOLIUM
BTS A9100. DC feed and supervision of the masthead equipment is also
done via the feeder cables.

The Power Distribution Unit. This module provides the interface towards the
BTS. The power supply for the masthead equipment and the alarm handling
is provided by this module. This module is located beside the BTS rack for
indoor applications and inside the cabinet for outside configurations.

584 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Antenna Port 1 Antenna Port 2 Legend:

MAB MAB MAB Masthead Amplification

Box

B Bias and Lightning

Protection

SV Supervision Circuit

SV SV
B B

RF feeder cables

PDU Power Distribution Unit

PDU PS
B B PS MAB Power Supply
AL AL Alarm Interface

ANx Antenna Network

ANx
BTS Base Transceiver Station
BTS

Figure 377: REK Architecture

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 585 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.2.2 Configurations
The REK is usable in sites configurations featuring one antenna per TRX, and
therefore well adapted for the implementation of air combining.
The technical constraints are: no TX coupling in the BTS (no ANY in the
configuration), respectively the sectors, which means only one TRE transmitting
on each antenna. (On ANC, the included combiner will be disabled by removal
of the two bridges, and the TREs connected directly to the duplexers.)
15.2.2.1 Site Configurations with REK
Following configurations are considered:

MAB MAB MAB MAB

PDU PDU

A B or A B On the ANC,
ANX ANC
the two bridges
are removed

nc nc
TRE 1 nc TRE 1 nc
− If RX antenna dive rsity is absolutely required,
a second MAB must be installed on the path B
Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 378: Cell with 1 TRE

If RX antenna diversity is absolutely required, a second Masthead Amplification

Box must be installed on the path B.

586 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

MAB MAB MAB MAB

PDU PDU

A B or A B On the ANC, the two

ANX ANC bridges are removed

nc nc
TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 1 TRE 2
Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 379: Cell with 2 TREs and RX Antenna Diversity Active

According to previous figures, one Masthead Amplification Box is required per

TRE. Concerning the Power Distribution Unit, one Power Distribution Unit can
supply two Masthead Amplification Boxs (two TREs connected), but these two
TREs do not need to belong to the same sector. Thus a 3x1 configuration
requires only two Power Distribution Units (if no RX antenna diversity).

MAB MAB MAB

PDU1 PDU2

A B A B A B
ANX ANX ANC
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

TRE 1 nc TRE 1 nc TRE 1 nc

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 380: 3x1 Configuration without RX Antenna Diversity – ANX Variant

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 587 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

MAB MAB MAB

PDU1 PDU2

A B A B A B
ANC ANC ANC
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

nc nc nc nc nc nc
TRE 1 nc TRE 1 nc TRE 1 nc

On each ANC, the two bridges are removed

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 381: 3x1 Configuration without RX Antenna Diversity – ANC Variant

MAB MAB MAB MAB MAB MAB

PDU 1 PDU 2 PDU 3

A B A B A B
ANX ANX ANX
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 1 TRE 2

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 382: 3x2 Configuration – ANX Variant

588 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

MAB MAB MAB MAB MAB MAB

PDU 1 PDU 2 PDU 3

A B A B A B
ANC ANC ANC
Sector 1 Sector 2 Sector 3

nc nc nc nc nc nc
TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 1 TRE 2

On each ANC, the two bridges are removed

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 383: 3x2 Configuration – ANC Variant

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 589 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.2.2.2 Extended Cell Configuration

The extended cell configuration is composed of one Inner Cell with up to four
TREs, and one Outer Cell with up to four TREs. It is the Outer Cell where the
REK will be used.
INNER CELL OUTER CELL

MAB MAB MAB MAB

A B PDU 1 PDU 2
ANC
Sector 1

A B A B
TRE 2 TRE 4
ANC ANC
TRE 1 TRE 3 Sector 2 Sector 2

nc nc nc nc
TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 3 TRE 4

In the Outer Cell, the bridges are removed on each ANC

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 384: Extended Cell Based on ANC (and SUMA) Installation

In case of EVOLIUM BTS 9100 equipped with ANX and SUMP, the SUMP has
to be replaced by a SUMA.
INNER CELL OUTER CELL

A B MAB MAB MAB MAB

ANX
Sector 1

PDU PDU

ANY

A B A B
TRE 2 TRE 4
ANX ANX
TRE 1 TRE 3 Sector 2 Sector 2

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
TRE 1 TRE 2 TRE 3 TRE 4
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Figure 385: Extended Cell Based on ANX (and SUMA) Installation

590 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15.2.2.3 BTS Configurations

Due to DC power distribution limited in outdoor cabinets which can accept
no more than 3 Power Distribution Units, and external alarm limitation, the
configurations are limited to maximum 6 TREs per BTS.
Other limitations: no multiband configuration is foreseen.
Considering these limitations the following configurations can be found:

Rack
Configuration Layout
Rack Type Indoor Outdoor ANX ANC Type Notes

MINI 1x1...2 X X X X 1x1...4 (1)

MINI 2x1 X X X X 2x1...2

MINI 2x2 X X X X 2x1...2

MINI 3x1 X X X X 3x1

MEDI 1x4 Low Loss X X X X 2x1...4 (1)

Low Loss

MEDI 3x.2 X X X X 3x1...4 (1)

MEDI Extended Cell X X X 1x1...4 (2)

1x1...4, 1x1...4 + 1x1...4
Low Loss Low Loss

Table 136: BTS Configurations with REK

(1) These BTS configurations are without TX coupling: no ANY.

(2) In the 1x1...4 Low Loss part, the two bridges of each ANC are removed.
For rack layouts see chapter 2.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 591 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.3 Masthead Amplification Box

The Masthead Amplification Box for GSM 900 (part number 3BK 08848 AAAA)
is a bi-directional amplifier for one antenna port. It is designed for outdoor
installation on a tubular mounted support below the antenna.
The Masthead Amplification Box architecture is shown in the following figure.
Legend:
PDU Power Distribution Unit

D
U
Det P
L To/From
To/From Bias & E Antenna
PDU Alarm X
E
R

Figure 386: Block Diagram of the Bi-directional Amplifier

The bi-directional amplifier is constituted of:

A circulator at the BTS input

A power amplifier in the Tx path

A low noise amplifier in the Rx path

A duplexer at the antenna output

A reflected power detector at the output of the power amplifier

A Bias T and a lightning protection module

A power regulation (DC voltage regulators for the Tx and Rx amplifiers), not
represented in Figure 386.

An alarm circuitry, collecting alarms (from DC regulators, Tx and Rx

amplifiers), not represented in Figure 386.

Two switches for adjusting the gains of the Tx and Rx paths (independent
from each other), not represented in Figure 386.

592 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Transmit Power The required output power (transmit) of the masthead equipment (including
Amplifier and required output filter) is 44.5 dBm (28 W). To adapt the amplifier to the different BTS
Attenuators types and antenna cable losses an attenuator in front of the amplifier is needed.
Because of the high input power in the case of the standard EVOLIUM BTS
A9100 this attenuator is split into a fixed part (8 dB) and a variable part
(range 0...15.5 dB).
The fixed attenuator is built to limit the signal level at the output of the variable
attenuator to maximum 2.5 W (34 dBm). The variable attenuator is digital and
can be manually adjusted by steps of 0.5 dB according to BTS type and cable
losses (see the following figure). The variable attenuator supports an input
power in the range of 21.65 to 32.75 dBm and is dimensioned for up to 34 dBm
(i.e. 2.5 W) to allow some margin.

Figure 387: RX and TX Attenuation Setting

The amplifier itself is made of one class A and two class AB stages. The
output stage is a quadrature to improve the reliability and manufacturability
of the design.
An isolator is added on the output for protection from operation into a high
output VSWR as well as reverse intermodulation performance. The insertion
loss is 0.35 dB.
The gain is maintained within ±1.5 dB tolerance by employing passive
temperature compensation on the amplifier input. This maintains the gain
within the required tolerance over the whole range of frequency, temperature,
power supply and input power variations, so there is no control loop on the
amplifier gain.
The amplifier can be damaged, if the maximum input power is >41 dBm. A
thermal protection/shut down circuitry is incorporated in order to prevent the
amplifier from damage in case of a too high temperature inside the Masthead
Amplification Box enclosure.
A DC regulator is introduced to avoid gain fluctuations of the power amplifier,
because the amplifier is DC fed via the feeder cable which introduces up to 3 V
of voltage drop (depending on the cable length and DC current).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 593 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

Receive Amplifier As shown in Figure 386 the receiver amplifier is a balanced two-stage design.
Each arm of the balanced amplifier contains two standard LNAs (the first
stage is GaAs and the second stage is bipolar for GSM 900). The maximum
overall gain measured from the antenna input to the output of the Masthead
Amplification Box is 16 dB for GSM 900. The noise figure remains below 2.5
dB (for temperatures up to 50 C.
Temperature compensation is provided through a passive temperature variable
attenuator on the amplifier output. Its insertion loss is 2 dB. A DC voltage
regulator is also included to minimize the LNA gain variations due to input
voltage fluctuations.
The receive amplifier includes a manually settable attenuator at its output,
allowing to decrease the gain by 10 dB in steps of 1 dB in order to adapt for the
different cable lengths (see Figure 387). It is a digital attenuator, controllable by
a manual rotary switch. Its insertion loss is 2 dB in GSM 900. A bandpass filter
is added to ensure adequate rejection of the transmit band signal coming into
the receive amplifier input. Its insertion loss is 1.5 dB.
Since the receive amplifier involves two low noise amplifier in parallel, any
single LNA failure will only produce a 6 dB decrease of the amplifier gain.

Output duplexer The masthead output duplexer is located at the antenna port of the masthead
box. It has to prevent the Rx path from being interfered by the own Tx signals
and to suppress the Tx noise in the Rx band. A further function is the
attenuation of Tx harmonics if necessary.
In order to achieve a low level of intermodulation (-110 dB) at the output of the
low noise amplifier the Tx/Rx isolation is 80 dB. The duplexer has a Tx insertion
loss of 1.1 dB for GSM 900. The Rx insertion loss is 1.2 dB for GSM 900.

Input Splitter The masthead input splitter routes the Tx signal coming from the antenna cable
to the Tx power amplifier and the output signal of the LNA to the antenna
cable. As shown in Figure 386 it is realized with a circulator. Together with the
Masthead Amplification Box output duplexer it has to prevent the masthead
equipment from self-oscillating.
Another function of the input splitter is to avoid the Masthead Amplification
Box receive amplifier from generating intermodulation by reversely injected Tx
signals. Its insertion loss in Tx is 0.35 dB and in Rx is 0.3 dB.

RF Specifications RF specifications of the Masthead Amplification Box are summarized in the

following table below.

Parameter Requirement

Transmit Path

Frequency range 925 – 960 MHz

Impedance 50 Ohms

Input VSWR <1.5 at the input of the masthead

amplification box

Output power 44.5 dBm ±1.5 dB

Gain variation max ±1.5 dB versus frequency,

temperature and input power ranges

594 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Parameter Requirement

Variable attenuator Tunable from 0...15.5 dB in steps of

0.5 dB

Max input level for attenuator setting ≤41 dBm

0 dB

Receive Path

Frequency range 880 – 915 MHz

Impedance 50 Ohms

Input, Output VSWR <1.5

Gain in Rx path 16 dB ±1 dB for –10 to +40 C

16 dB ±1.5 dB for –40 to +60 C

Attenuator setting at output 0...10 dB in steps of 1 dB

Output duplexer

Tx bandpass 925 – 960 MHz

Rx Bandpass 880 – 915 MHz

Tx/Rx isolation in Tx and Rx band 70 dB minimum

Table 137: RF Specifications of the Masthead Amplification Box

Supervision Circuits and Two alarms per TRX function are provided by the Masthead Amplification Box,
Alarm Interface one fatal and one non fatal. The fatal alarm is raised in case of a fatal failure
(e.g. power amplifier out of order). The non fatal alarm is raised in case of a
non fatal failure (e.g. acceptable performance degradation). The signalling of
the alarms from the Masthead Amplification Box to the Power Distribution Unit
is done via the corresponding antenna cable, using low frequency signals that
are coupled onto the RF coaxial lines via the Bias tee and lightning protection
module. An alarm is active if its corresponding frequency is present.
The fatal alarm is activated by:

High reflected power at the power amplifier output

High current draw by the power amplifier

Low input voltage to the power amplifier

High temperature.

The non fatal alarm is activated by:

Low bias current on the transistors in the receive amplifier (in one or both
arms of the balanced amplifier)

High bias current on the transistors in the receive amplifier (in one or both
arms of the balanced amplifier).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 595 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

Bias Circuit and For each antenna cable this circuit is located at both ends , i.e. inside the
Lightning Protection Masthead Amplification Box and inside the Power Distribution Unit. The bias
circuit is used for remote DC feeding and alarm signalling of the masthead
box. It is the first circuit at the input of the Masthead Amplification Box on the
feeder cable side, so that the DC signal is extracted before any RF function
is performed in the Masthead Amplification Box.
Its insertion loss in Tx is 0.5 dB and includes a lightning protection.

596 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Mechanics The overall dimensions of the Masthead Amplification Box are 38 x 32 x 27 cm

(see the following figure). The weight is maximal 19 kg.

Alcatel ID no. label

Alcatel serial no.

label

M6

7/16 female

Figure 388: Drawing of Masthead Amplification Box

The enclosure is constructed from aluminium pieces. The back side is so

formed that it can be easily mounted onto the tower. The front side is covered
with fins which provide cooling.
The receive components are mounted in the back half since they do not
dissipate much heat . The transmit amplifier and DC power regulation are
mounted in the front half.
The two halves of the enclosure are bolted together with an environmental
seal between them. All RF connectors are placed at the bottom side of the
enclosure. Access for gain adjustment is provided on the bottom side via
a removable cover.
The RF connector type is 7/16 female on both sides of the Masthead
Amplification Box (towards Power Distribution Unit and towards antenna). The
Masthead Amplification Box is fitted with a M6 threaded rod for grounding via a
2
yellow/green 16 mm ground cable (in the installation kit).

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 597 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.4 Power Distribution Unit

Power Distribution Unit The Power Distribution Unit (part number 3BK 08850 ABAA) provides power
Function supply and alarm interface for two Masthead Amplification Boxes. It is located
at the BTS site, either wall-mounted close to the BTS in the case of an indoor
site or integrated inside the BTS cabinet in the case of an outdoor BTS.
The primary voltage of the Power Distribution Unit is -48 VDC. The secondary
voltages are 33.7 VDC and are fed to the two Masthead Amplification Boxes via
Bias tees which are integrated parts of the module. The Bias tees are also
providing the lightning protection at the BTS end of the feeder cable.
The Power Distribution Unit includes two separate DC/DC converters each
providing one Masthead Amplification Box with DC power. The power
consumption for the Power Distribution Unit is 600 W at a power dissipation
of 115 W.
The Power Distribution Unit architecture is shown in the following figure.

Feeder cable Feeder cable

PDU
Power supply
control &
supervision

DC/DC DC/DC
BIAS T BIAS T
converter converter

Alarm Alarm
DC filter
interface interface

TRX 1 Alarm 1 −48 V DC Alarm 2 TRX2

Legend:
PDU Power Distribution Unit

Figure 389: Power Distribution Unit Block Diagram

Supervision and Alarm The two alarm interfaces located in the Power Distribution Unit collect the
Interfaces alarms corresponding to each TRX and coming from the corresponding
Masthead Amplification Box (extraction in the Bias T, DC reject filtering and
detection of the alarm low frequency) or from the corresponding DC/DC
converter through the power supply control & supervision circuit.
The Masthead Amplification Box alarm signals consist of low frequency signals
that are extracted from the feeder cables via the Bias T and after DC cut
filtering. An alarm is active if its corresponding frequency is present. The Power
Distribution Unit itself has only one alarm corresponding to a DC/DC converter
failure, which is fatal. The list of alarm causes and corresponding actions is
summarized in the following table

598 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Non
Alarm cause Fatal fatal Action

High reflected power X DC power shut down in Power

at the power amplifier Distribution Unit
output

High current draw by X DC power shut down in Power

the power amplifier Distribution Unit

Low input voltage to X None

the power amplifier

High temperature in X Power shut down in PA at

the power amplifier Masthead Amplification Box
level, no action on the LNA.
Automatic recovery for both
power and alarm signal below a
defined temperature level

High and low bias X None

current on the
transistors in the
receive amplifier

DC/DC converter X None

failure

Table 138: List of Alarms

The alarm interfaces provide an external alarm interface towards the BTS (one
logical signal per alarm). The Power Distribution Unit collects the fatal and
non fatal alarms for each TRX and groups the two non fatal alarms together
using an OR function, resulting in three external alarms at the output of the
alarm interfaces:
Fatal alarm TRX1

Fatal alarm TRX2

Non fatal alarm TRX1 or TRX2

In case several Power Distribution Units are used in the same BTS, the non fatal
alarms of the different Power Distribution Units are grouped in a single alarm in
order to reduce the number of alarms. This is accomplished by a suitable alarm
circuitry in the Power Distribution Unit which allows the connection of those
alarms in parallel by a so called alarm combining cable.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 599 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

LEDs LEDs are provided on the front panel of the Power Distribution Unit to indicate
the status and the alarms. The following table describes each LED and
provides a definition of their various operational states.

LED
LED Meaning Color LED on LED off flashing

TRX 1 MAB Fatal alarm Red Alarm on Alarm off —

TRX 1 MAB Non fatal Red — Alarm off Alarm on

alarm

TRX 2 MAB Fatal alarm Red Alarm on Alarm off —

TRX 2 MAB Non fatal Red — Alarm off Alarm on

alarm

TRX 1 DCDC DC/DC Red Alarm on Alarm off —

Converter
failure

TRX 2 DCDC DC/DC Red Alarm on Alarm off —

Converter
failure

DC INPUT DC Input Green DC input No DC —

STATUS status OK input

Table 139: LEDs of Power Distribution Unit

Reset Buttons If the power cable has been connected to the Power Distribution Unit before
complete installation has been carried out, one or more red LEDs can be
activated. In this case a resetting of the Power Distribution Unit is required.
This resetting can be carried out by pressing the ’TRX 1 RESET’ and ’TRX 2
RESET’ button.

Bias Circuit and There is one Bias T per feeder cable. It is used to DC feed the corresponding
Lightning Protection Masthead Amplification Box and to extract the alarms from the Masthead
Amplification Box. It includes a lightning protection which performances are as
specified in IEC 1000-4–5 level 4. This lightning protection is considered as
sufficient to protect the BTS and there shall be no other lightning protection
between the Power Distribution Unit and the Masthead Amplification Box (in
order to avoid to cut the DC feed).

600 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Mechanics The dimensions of the Power Distribution Unit are a height of 3U, a depth of
280 mm and a width of 28 TE (see the following figure).
Front view Rear view Side view

Top view Celwave

Serial no. label

Alcatel ID
no. label

Figure 390: Drawing of Power Distribution Unit

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 601 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

All connections are located at the front panel (see the following figure).

TRX 1 MAB TRX 1 MAB TRX 2 MAB TRX 2 MAB

TRX 1 DCDC TRX 2 DCDC

B D

DC INPUT STATUS
H

STS INTERFACE
G G

TRX 1 RESET TRX 2 RESET F

TRX 1 BTS TRX 2 BTS

C DC POWER E

A I

Legend:

A − ground rod, diam 8 mm

B − TRX 1 MAB female 7/16 connector

C− TRX 1 BTS female 7/16 connector

D−T RX 2 MAB female 7/16 connector

E− TRX 2 BTS female 7/16 connector

F − alarm SubD male 9 pin connector

G − reset button

H − DC status LED − green

I − DC supply SubD male 3 pin high power connector

Figure 391: Power Distribution Unit Front Panel

The RF connectors are of 7/16 female type on ANx and feeder sides of
the Power Distribution Unit. The Power Distribution Unit is fitted with a M6
2
threaded rod for grounding via a yellow/green 16 mm ground cable (in the
installation kit).

602 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15.5 REK Installation

15.5.1 Installation of Masthead Amplification Box
The Masthead Amplification Box is fixed on the same vertical tubular support
(∅ 40 to ∅ 200 mm) as the antenna using a mounting hardware (two hose
clamp steel bands and two hose clamp lock sets) as close as possible to the
antenna. The Masthead Amplification Box is mounted vertically on the pole
with the connectors pointing downwards. The following figure shows the
installation of Masthead Amplification Box on pole.

Mast
MAB

70mm
70mm

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board

Figure 392: Installation of Masthead Amplification Box on Pole

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 603 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.5.2 Installation of Power Distribution Unit

The Power Distribution Units are fitted in a subrack, the subrack being fixed on
the wall, or in a 19” rack. This is a standard 3U high 19” subrack with front
fixation which can carry up to 3 Power Distribution Units. This subrack is
suitable to fix one, two or three Power Distribution Units. The following figure
shows the installation of Power Distribution Unit inside EVOLIUM BTS A9100
outdoor or in 19” rack for indoor site. Figure Installation of Power Distribution
Unit for Indoor Site on Wall (394) shows the installation of Power Distribution
Unit for indoor site on wall (with brackets). Number one Power Distribution Unit
is to the left in the Power Distribution Unit subrack.

Figure 393: Installation of Power Distribution Unit inside EVOLIUM BTS A9100
Outdoor or in 19” Rack for Indoor Site

604 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

Blind plate

x2

Bracket

Figure 394: Installation of Power Distribution Unit for Indoor Site on Wall

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 605 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.6 REK Cabling

15.6.1 Cabling Overview
Depending on the installation, the distance between BTS, Power Distribution
Unit, and Masthead Amplification Box can be variable; thus RF jumper cables
have been defined to cover this flexibility.
The following figure shows an indoor cabling overview of the EVOLIUM BTS
A9100.

Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
ANTENNA

MAB

ANT BTS
GRD connection

Ground bar
RF jumper RF jumper

FEEDER

RF jumper
Installation on
wall or 19" rack Alarm
extension
PDU cable
BTS indoor

RF jumper

GRD connection
Alarm
combining
DC cable cable
to power supply

3x2,5mm
toward toward
second third
PDU PDU

Figure 395: EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Indoor Cabling Overview

606 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

The following figure shows an outdoor cabling overview of the EVOLIUM

BTS A9100.

Legend:

ANTENNA
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
MAB

ANT BTS

GRD connection
Ground bar
RF jumper RF jumper

FEEDER

BTS outdoor

Alarm Options panel

combining PDU
19" rack
cable

DCDP

GRD connection DC cable

to power supply

Alarm ANx
extension cable

Cable gland

Jumper set for

RF jumper outdoor BTS

Figure 396: EVOLIUM BTS A9100 Outdoor Cabling Overview

The following sections describe the cabling of Masthead Amplification Box and
Power Distribution Unit for indoor and outdoor versions in more details.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 607 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.6.2 Cabling of Masthead Amplification Box

The following figure shows the cabling of Masthead Amplification Box in detail.
There are two 7/16 female connectors marked BTS and ANT on the lower
side downward. The ANT connector is connected to the antenna by an RF
jumper. The BTS connector is connected to the transmission/reception coaxial
cable going down to the BTS (Power Distribution Unit) by an RF jumper. The
connectors on the jumpers are sealed at both ends. The ground cable is
connected to the M6 rod of Masthead Amplification Box and to the ground or
copper bar on the other side.
antenna
Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board

pole fixation

MAB

4x
insulation

pole fixation

Jumper cable

Ground cable

OR

Ground bar Copper bar

Feeder

Figure 397: Cabling of Masthead Amplification Box

608 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15.6.3 Cabling of Power Distribution Unit in Indoor BTS

The following figure shows the cabling of Power Distribution Unit in indoor
EVOLIUM BTS A9100 in detail. Between Power Distribution Unit and Masthead
Amplification Boxs classical RF jumpers are used without lightning protection in
form of quarter wave stubs or attenuators. Lightning protectors at the feeder
entry in the shelter (necessary for operation without REK) are suppressed,
because they cut the DC power supply to Masthead Amplification Box. The
Power Distribution Unit itself contains lightning protectors.
The ’TRX 1 MAB’ 7/16 female connector is connected with the antenna feeder
line with an RF jumper. The ’TRX 1 BTS’ 7/16 female connector is connected
with the antenna output of the EVOLIUM BTS A9100 with an RF jumper.
In case that a second Masthead Amplification Box is connected to the same
Power Distribution Unit, these connections have to be performed for ’TRX
2 MAB’ and ’TRX 2 BTS’.
The ground cable is connected to the M6 rod of Masthead Amplification Box
and to the ground or copper bar on the other side.
The alarm cable has two parts. The alarm combining cable can be connected
to 3 Power Distribution Units with 3 SubD 9 pin female connectors at ’BTS
Interface’. The 15 pin connector on the other end is connected to the alarm
extension cable. The other end of the alarm extension cable is connected to
the alarm interface of the EVOLIUM BTS A9100.
2
Connection to a DC power supply is via a 10 m cable 3x2.5 mm with tips on
one end and a Sub D connector 3 pins (high current) at Power Distribution Unit
end. The output of the –48 VDC power supply is protected by a 15 A fuse.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 609 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

MAB
Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Jumper cable

Feeder

PDU

TRX MAB

BTS INTERFACE

TRX BTS DC POWER

Blue −48V
Yellow/Green GND
Brown (black) 0V
DC Power supply cable

Jumper cable
Alarm
combining to second
cable and third PDU

Ground
cable

BTS Indoor

Cooper bar

Alarm extension
cable

Figure 398: Cabling of Power Distribution Unit for Indoor EVOlLUM BTS A9100

610 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15.6.4 Cabling of Power Distribution Unit in Outdoor BTS

The following figures show the cabling of Power Distribution Unit in outdoor
EVOLIUM BTS A9100 in detail. Both versions just differ in connecting the DC
power supply.
Lightning protectors at the feeder entry in the shelter (necessary for operation
without REK) are removed, because they cut the DC power supply to Masthead
Amplification Box. The Power Distribution Unit itself contains lightning
protectors.
The ’TRX 1 MAB’ 7/16 female connector is connected to an RF jumper. The
RF jumper is connected to the 7/16 coaxial socket fitted at the bottom of the
EVOLIUM BTS A9100. The ’TRX 1 BTS’ 7/16 female connector is connected
with the ANx of the EVOLIUM BTS A9100 with an RF jumper.
In case that a second Masthead Amplification Box is connected to the same
Power Distribution Unit, these connections have to be performed for ’TRX 2
Masthead Amplification Box’ and ’TRX 2 BTS’.
The ground cable is connected to the M6 rod of Power Distribution Unit and the
Faston connector in middle compartment.
The alarm cable has two parts. The alarm combining cable can be connected
to 3 Power Distribution Units with 3 SubD 9 pin female connectors at ’BTS
Interface’. The 15 pin connector on the other end is connected to the alarm
extension cable. The other end of the alarm extension cable is connected to
the alarm interface of the EVOLIUM BTS A9100. For outdoor BTS the alarm
cable has to go to the left compartment, crossing two times the bottom of
BTS by cable glands.
For outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 equipped with a DC bus bar the DC power
supply cable is connected to this bus bar (see the following figure). If there is no
bus bar, the Power Distribution Unit is connected to the DCDP panel at the high
current outputs via a specific DC cable (see Figure 400). This cable has two
branches to supply the racks with the TREs and the relevant Power Distribution
Unit. In this way Power Distribution Unit1 is connected with DCDP X9, Power
Distribution Unit2 with DCDP X12, and Power Distribution Unit3 with DCDP X14

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 611 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

EVOLIUM BTS A9100

Fastion connector

Alarm
combining
cable
Ground
cable
to second and third PDU

TRX MAB
BTS INTERFACE
DC POWER
Alarm TRX BTS
extension
cable PDU
GND

DC Power supply cable

ANx

Jumper cable
PDU − ANx

BUS
BAR

Jumper cable
PDU − Feeder

BTS Bottom Plate

RF 7/16
Coaxial socket
Cable gland Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
MAB PDU Power Distribution Unit

Jumper cable

Feeder

Figure 399: Cabling of Power Distribution Unit for Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS
A9100 with DC BUS Bar

612 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

EVOLIUM BTS A9100

Fastion connector Middle compartment

Alarm
combining
cable
Ground
cable t
to second and third PDU o

r
a
c
TRX MAB k
BTS INTERFACE
DC POWER s
Alarm TRX BTS u
extension p
cable PDU p
GND
l
y

DCDP
DC Power supply cable

ANx

Jumper cable
PDU − ANx

Jumper cable
PDU − Feeder

BTS Bottom Plate

RF 7/16
Coaxial socket
Cable gland
Legend:
MAB Mast Amplification Board
MAB
PDU Power Distribution Unit
Jumper cable

Feeder

Figure 400: Cabling of Power Distribution Unit for Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS
A9100 without DC BUS Bar

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 613 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.7 REK Cables

15.7.1 Ground Cable
The ground cables for Masthead Amplification Box and indoor Power
Distribution Unit (part number 3BK 08824 AAAA) and outdoor Power
Distribution Unit (part number 3BK 07934 AAAA) installation are shown in
the following figures.
Lug 5 6 Shrinkable tube Shrinkable tube Lug 5 8

10000 mm

Figure 401: Ground Cable for Masthead Amplification Box and Indoor Power Distribution Unit

Lug 6 Thermo−retractable label with marking Faston connector

10000 mm

Figure 402: Ground Cable for Outdoor Power Distribution Unit

614 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15.7.2 Alarm Cable

The alarm cable has two parts: the alarm combining cable, 0.6 m (part number
3BK 08819 AAAA) and the alarm extension cable indoor, 8 m (part number
3BK 08818 AAAA) or the alarm extension cable outdoor, 2 m (part number
3BK 08915 AAAA) as shown in the following figure.

SubD 15 pin male

3x SubD 9 pin female

Alarm Combining Cable

2000 mm (outdoor)
SubD 15 pin
female 8000 mm (indoor)

Alarm Extension Cable

Figure 403: Alarm Combining/Extension Cable

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 615 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

15.7.3 DC Power Supply Cable

The DC power supply cable for indoor Power Distribution Unit installation (part
number 3BK 08916 AAAA) is shown in the following figure.
100 mm (10000

−48 V blue
GND ye−green SubD 3 pin female
0 V brown high current

Figure 404: DC Power Supply Cable for Indoor Power Distribution Unit

The DC power supply cable for Power Distribution Unit installation in outdoor
EVOLIUM BTS A9100 with DC power supply bus bar (part number 3BK 08919
AAAA) is shown in the following figure. The DC power supply cable for Power
Distribution Unit installation in outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 without DC power
supply bus bar (part number 3BK 08918 AAAA) is shown in Figure 406.

0V A3 (0V)
GND A2 (GND)
−48V A1 (−48V)

SubD 3 HP female Mate N lock 3 male

700 mm

Figure 405: DC Power Supply Cable for Power Distribution Unit in Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 with
power supply bus bar

0V
BROWN Not used
GND
YE−GR −48V

Faston, female
BLUE
A3 A2 A1
A3
A2
A1

SubD 3 HP female

SubD 3 HP male
700 mm
1300 mm

Figure 406: DC Power Supply Cable for Power Distribution Unit in Outdoor EVOLIUM BTS A9100 without
power supply bus bar

616 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 15 Range Extension Kit

15.7.4 Jumper Cable

For indoor installation of REK there are four jumper cables (MAB/Power
Distribution Unit) available with a length of 1m (part number 3BK 05360 BAAA),
2 m (part number 3BK 05360 CAAA), 3 m (part number 3BK 05360 DAAA),
and 5 m (part number 3BK 05360 ELAA).
MAB jumper cables are identical for indoor and outdoor EVOLIUM BTS
A9100. For outdoor installation of REK there are two different jumper cables
concerning thePower Distribution Unit: RF cable Power Distribution Unit - ANx
(part number 3BK 07965 AAAA) and RF cable Power Distribution Unit - feeder
(part number 3BK 07965 ABAA).
The following figure shows the jumper cable.

Figure 407: Jumper Cable

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 617 / 708

15 Range Extension Kit

618 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

This chapter describes the tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) which is used to

increase the energy level received by the BTS from the mobile.
The TMA is composed of three modules:
Tower-mounted Amplifier

Power Distribution Unit

Power Supply Injector (Bias T).

The TMA has been designed so as to compensate the feeder losses which
significantly impact the density of sites to be implemented over the service area
of GSM networks.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 619 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.1 Introduction to TMA

A significant part of the benefits brought by the outstanding sensitivity of the
EVOLIUM BTS A9100 can be lost if the losses incurred by signals along
the feeder cable between the receiving antenna and the antenna coupling
module (ANxx) are too high. As a matter of fact the noise factor of the sytem is
degraded by an amount depending on the feeder loss.
The basic idea of tower-mounted amplification is to implement a low-noise
amplifier as close as possible to the antenna (see figure below), so as to
compensate for all losses incurred by received signals. The TMA solution can
be used in GSM 900 or GSM 1800, indoor and outdoor configurations.

Antennas

Duplexer Duplexer

TMAs

Duplexer Duplexer

Feeders

Mobile Unit

BTS
Antenna Network
combining: ANCx

TRE TRE

Figure 408: Principles of Tower-mounted Amplification

Tower-mounted amplification appears as an efficient sensitivity enhencement

technique; however, both uplink and downlink power budgets must be
considered for the calculation of the coverage range: The smallest available
path loss determines the range. In that respect, tower-mounted amplification
can be beneficial in those cases where system performance is limited by a
weaker uplink budget.
On the other hand, in the case of a balanced uplink/downlink situation, the
introduction of tower mounted amplification can be an efficient mean to
reduce the output power level of all mobile stations. The uplink power control
mechanism provided at each base station will force all mobiles to reduce their
emission level. Two benefits can be obtained in that case:

A lower output favorably impacts the standby time of every mobile station

A lower output power can contribute to minimize the electromagnetic

pollution within the service area.

620 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

In summary, the decision to exploit tower-mounted amplification can be

influenced by system design considerations but also result from the application
of the operator’s internal policy.
The counterpart of getting better sensitivity by means of a tower-mounted
amplifier is the risk to degrade the blocking and intermodulation characteristics
of the base station if the value of the amplification gain greatly exceeds the
value of the feeder losses. The attention of operators is drawn to the fact that, in
such a case, the site equipment might not fully comply with ETSI requirements
settled in the GSM recommendation 05.05.
The TMA can be used with a wide variety of EVOLIUM BTS A9100 indoor
and outdoor configurations in GSM 900, GSM 1800 or GSM 1900 with a
constraint of coupling of maximum one TRX/TRE to each antenna. Cross
polarized antennas can still be used respecting this constraint. For practical
reasons, configurations are limited to max. 6 TREs per BTS site assuming 3x2
configuration.
The TMA has been designed to minimize BTS and system impacts. The BTS
has no knowledge of the TMA presence and is not involved in its configuration.
Supervision is minimal. It only involves external alarms to the BTS and there is
no recovery mechanism. The system impact concerns the handling of these
new external alarms at OMC-R level.

16.2 Architecture
The TMA is basically made of three modules (see figure below):

A Tower-Mounted Amplifier (TMA), to be installed close to the antenna,

featuring the transmit signal bypassed to the antenna and the receive signal
amplified by a low-noise amplifier

A Bias T module, used for the insertion of the DC voltage in the RF antenna
cable to feed the TMA. The Bias T module is suited for GSM 900, GSM
1800, and GSM 1900

A Power Distribution Unit (PDU), to be installed in the BTS cabinet or close

to the BTS, providing DC power for the purpose of remotely feeding the
mast-head amplification module through the antenna feeder and collecting
the alarm signals.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 621 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

Antennas

Duplexer Duplexer

Tower
Mounted
Amplifiers . . .
Duplexer Duplexer

Feeders

BTS
Bias T

.
.
.
Bias T

. . .
Power Distribution Unit
External Alarms 48 V DC

Figure 409: TMA Architecture

The PDU is designed to supply and to monitor up to six TMAs (typical BTS
configuration 3x2 TRXs/TREs), indepently from their frequency band (i.e. same
PDU equipment can be used with TMA of GSM 900, GSM 1800, and GSM
1900. In fact PDU has no frequency notation).
For indoor BTS installations the PDU can be installed on the wall or in a
separate transmission cabinet (if available) and be powered by the BTS power
supply. For outdoor BTS configurations the installation of the PDU is possible
inside the BTS cabinet. It is also powered by the BTS power supply.

622 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.3 Tower-mounted Amplifier

The tower-mounted amplifier is available for GSM 900, GSM 1800 and GSM
1900 as shown in the following table.

Part number

GSM 900 3BK 08451 AAAA

GSM 1800 3BK 08497 AAAA

3BK 08497 BAAA
3BK 08497 CAAA
3BK 08497 DAAB

GSM 1900 3BK 08498 AAAA

3BK 08498 BAAA

Table 140: TMA Part Numbers

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 623 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

The tower-mounted amplifier includes a low noise amplifier for the receive path
and a double duplexer TX/RX for one antenna port. It is designed for outdoor
installation on a tubular mounted support below the antenna. Amplifiers for
GSM 900 and GSM 1800/GSM 1900 are offered by different manufacturers.
Therefore appearances of TMAs are different as shown in the following figures
as an example.
Top View Side View

Connectors 7/16 female on Ground terminal

the bottom face of the box screw M6

Front View

BTS ANT

Figure 410: Tower-mounted Amplifier for GSM 900

624 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

Side View Front View

Antenna Mast

Ground terminal Stainless steel

screw M6 attachment collar

Bottom View

Connectors 7/16 female on

the bottom face of the box ANT BTS

Figure 411: Tower-mounted Amplifier for GSM 1800/GSM 1900

Frequency Range RX and TX frequency ranges of the tower-mounted amplifiers are summarized
in the following table.

Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Frequency range 925 – 960 MHz 1710 – 1785 MHz 1850 – 1910 MHz
RX

Frequency range 880 – 915 MHz 1805 – 1880 MHz 1930 – 1990 MHz
TX

Table 141: Frequency Ranges of the Tower-mounted Amplifiers

Other RF specifications depend on used TMA version of a specific

manufacturer, the current position of BTS, TMA and antenna on site and the
corresponding cable lengths.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 625 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

Mechanics The overall dimensions and weights of the examples shown above are listed in
the following table.

Parameter GSM 900 GSM 1800 GSM 1900

Dimensions 357.5 x 168 x 112 265 x 158 x 95 265 x 158 x 95

mm mm mm

Weight 6 kg 2.5 kg 2.5 kg

Table 142: Tower-mounted Amplifiers, Mechanics

The back side of the tower-mounted amplifier is so formed that it can be easily
attached on the same vertical tubular support as the antenna using one (GSM
1800/GSM 1900) or two (GSM 900) stainless steel attachment collars provided
as close as possible to the antenna.
The equipment is guaranteed to be watertight when the equipment is installed
with the connectors downwards and the two coaxial cables (jumpers) connected
to the equipment. The connectors on the jumpers are insulated at both ends,
i.e. one at the antenna connector, two at the tower-mounted amplifier and
one at feeder head.
There are two 7/16 female connectors marked BTS and ANT on the front (lower
side downwards). The antenna connector is connected to the antenna by an
RF jumper. The BTS connector is connected to the transmission/reception
coaxial cable going down to the BTS by an RF jumper.
The tower-mounted amplifier is fitted with an M6 threaded rod for grounding via
a black 16 mm² ground cable (in the installation kit) connected to the pylon or
building ground, depending of case.

626 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.4 Power Distribution Unit

The Power Distribution Unit (wall installation: part number 3BK 08456 AAAA,
19” installation: part number 3BK 08456 ABAA) provides power supply and
alarm interface for up to six tower-mounted amplifiers. It is located at the BTS
site, either wall-mounted close to the BTS in the case of an indoor site or
integrated inside the BTS cabinet in the case of an outdoor BTS.
The primary voltage of the Power Distribution Unit is –48 VDC. The secondary
voltages are +12 VDC and are fed to the six tower-mounted amplifiers via Bias
tees which are not integrated parts of the module. The BTS is informed by
an alarm indication if there is a defect DC/DC converter, a malfunction of the
tower-mounted amplifier or an connection error of the various parts of cables
and equipments.
The Power Distribution Unit includes three separate DC/DC converters
each providing two tower-mounted amplifiers with DC power. The power
consumption for the Power Distribution Unit is 30 W.
The Power Distribution Units are shown in the following figures.
Serial no. label

Fixing hole

LEDs

Reset button

Power switch

1 2 1 14 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

Terminal blocks
(secondary power
connection)

Main power Ground connector (M6)

Terminal block Ground braid collars
supply cable (for alarm cable)

Top View Side View

Figure 412: Power Distribution Unit, Wall Version for BTS Indoor

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 627 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

Ground braid collars

1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
14
1
2
1

Power supply
cable

Ground connector (M6)

Top View Front View

Figure 413: Power Distribution Unit, 19” Version for BTS Outdoor

628 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

LEDs and Switches There is a main power switch, which can be used to switch the main power on
or off. The corresponding orange LED indicates the presence of –48 V primary
voltage. Three green LEDs represent the presence of the secondary voltage
for two channels each (1 + 2, 3 + 4, 5 + 6). The output channels can be
separately switched on/off. A corresponding red LED indicates the presence of
+12 VDC secondary voltage.

Reset Button Each channel has a separate reset button. If pressed at least two seconds,
the red LED concerned must go out. The PDU is also fitted with a main reset
button to reset all channels used in a single action.

Switching on Before switching on the power supply at the PDU input, all switches have to
be in the OFF position (all LEDs are also OFF). When the main power is
switched on, the orange LED ’main power’ indicates the presence of the
primary voltage, while the three green LEDs indicate that the secondary power
for all separate channels is available.
The six red LED’s for channel 1 to channel 6 indicate the tower-mounted
amplifier alarms come on. After switching on the separate channel switches
and pressing the reset buttons, the corresponding power-mounted amplifiers
are supplied and the red LEDs are off.

LEDs LEDs are provided on the top (wall installation) or on the side (19” installation) of
the Power Distribution Unit to indicate the status and the alarms. The following
table describes each LED and provides a definition of their operational states.

LED Color LED on LED off

–48 VDC Orange Main power No main power

available available

POWER TMA 1 & 2 Green Secondary power DC/DC converter

available is faulty (alarm)

POWER TMA 3 & 4 Green Secondary power DC/DC converter

available is faulty (alarm)

POWER TMA 5 & 6 Green Secondary power DC/DC converter

available is faulty (alarm)

TMA 1 to TMA 6 Red TMA malfunction No fault

or connection
errors (alarm)

Table 143: LEDs of Power Distribution Unit

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 629 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.5 Bias T
The Bias T unit (part number 3BK 08453 ABAA or 3BK 08454 ABAA) is
a power supply injector to transport the +12 VDC power supply energy to
the tower-mounted amplifier through the coaxial cable between the antenna
and the BTS.
The injector is designed for indoor and outdoor installation between the BTS
and the coaxial transmission-reception cable.
Two Bias T versions are available:
Bias T for indoor BTS-RF connectors 7/16 male/side TMA; female/side BTS

Bias T for outdoor BTS-RF connectors 7/16 female/side TMA; male/side BTS

The outdoor version is normally combined with a 90 bend. Both indoor and
outdoor versions are combined with a surge arrestor.
The Bias T units are shown in the following figures.
Ground Terminal
7/16 Male connector Screw M6
to TMA

ANT

BTS

Male Connector
to PDU

7/16 Female connector

to BTS

Figure 414: Bias T, Indoor Version

630 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

Ground Terminal
7/16 Female connector Screw M6
to TMA

ANT

BTS

7/16 Male connector

to BTS
Male Connector
to PDU

Figure 415: Bias T, Outdoor Version

Figure 416: Surge Arrestor

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 631 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.6 Installation
16.6.1 Indoor Installation
Depending on the installation, the distance between BTS, Power Distribution
Unit, and Tower-mounted Amplifier can be variable; thus RF jumper cables
have been defined to cover this flexibility. PDU and Bias T are installed outside
the BTS.
The following figure shows an indoor installation.
ANTENNA

TMA

ANT BTS
GND connection

Ground bar
RF jumper RF jumper

Feeder

Surge Arrestor
RF jumper

Bias T for BTS Indoor

Bias T Injector Cable

Alarm
Wall Installation cable
PDU

BTS indoor

DC cable
to power supply GND connection

Figure 417: Indoor Installation

632 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.6.2 Outdoor Installation

Contrary to indoor installation PDU and Bias T are installed inside the BTS.
The PDU is performed as a 19” version which is installed in a subrack.
Bias T inclusive 90 bend and surge arrestor are installed on bottom or top
of the cabinet.
The following figures show principle outdoor installations for BTS versions
with Bias T installation at the bottom.

ANTENNA

TMA

ANT BTS
GND connection

Ground bar
RF jumper RF jumper

Feeder

Ground cable

BTS Outdoor

PDU 19" subrack 19’’ subrack

DC cable to
power supply
COAR
Bus bar

’Octopus’ cable
fitted with 6 cables

Alarm cable

Cable gland ANx

Surge Arrestor

Bias T with 90
RF jumper

Figure 418: Principle Outdoor Installation for G3 BTS

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 633 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

ANTENNA
TMA

ANT BTS
GND connection

Ground bar
RF jumper RF jumper

Feeder

Ground cable

Bus bar
BTS Outdoor

DC cable to
power supply

19’’ subrack

PDU 19" subrack

ANx
Alarm cable

OUTC

’Octopus’ cable
fitted with 6 cables

Surge Arrestor

Bias T with 90
RF jumper

Figure 419: Principle Outdoor Installation for G4 BTS

634 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.7 TMA Cables

16.7.1 Indoor/Outdoor BTS Cables
16.7.1.1 TMA ground cable
The TMA ground cable (part number 3BK 08452 ABAA) is shown in the
following figure.
Ring tongue M6 Shrink sheath Ring tongue M8

Figure 420: Ground Cable for Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.7.1.2 Jumper cable

For indoor and outdoor installation of tower-mounted amplifier there are several
jumper cables with different cable lengths (part numbers 3BK 05360 xxxx or
3BK 07965 xxxx). Variants ’xxxx’ represent cable lengths.
The following figure shows the jumper cable.

Figure 421: Jumper Cable

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 635 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.7.2 Indoor BTS Cables

16.7.2.1 Bias T cable
The Bias T cable (part number 3BK 25482 AAAA) is shown in the following
figure.
Bias T side PDU side

Figure 422: Bias T Cable

16.7.2.2 Indoor cable set

For indoor installation there is a specific cable set (part number 3BK 25484
AAAA) containing a ground cable, a DC power supply cable, and an alarm
cable. All cables are shown in the following figures.

braid overturned
Figure 423: DC Cable Indoor

Lug M6 30 mm shrink sheath

Figure 424: Ground Cable Indoor

FM2A armored cable

Figure 425: Alarm Cable Indoor

636 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

16.7.3 Outdoor BTS Cables

16.7.3.1 Octopus cable
The ’Octopus’ cable (part number 3BK 25483 AAAA) is is fitted with 6 cables
and shown in the following figure.
Bulkhead feedthrough
Straight cable plug cable jack

Spacer Female connectors

Figure 426: ’Octopus’ Cable

16.7.3.2 Outdoor cable set

For outdoor installation there is a specific cable set (part number 3BK 25485
AAAA) containing a ground cable, a DC power supply cable, and an alarm
cable. All cables are shown in the following figures.

−48 V
Not used
0V
braid overturned
Mate N lock 3 male
Figure 427: DC Cable Outdoor

30 mm shrink sheath

Figure 428: Ground Cable Outdoor

Figure 429: Alarm Cable Outdoor

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 637 / 708

16 Tower-mounted Amplifier

638 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17 Cable Descriptions

This chapter describes the cables listed in this chapter. The following are
described:

Internal cables
External cables.

Where appropriate, the pin-to-pin interconnections between cable connectors

are illustrated in diagrams.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 639 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1 Internal Cables

The physical and electrical characteristics for the indoor and outdoor internal
cables are given in the following sections.

17.1.1 ANCO
The ANCO (part number 3BK 26151) connections are shown in the following
figure.
Lightning Protector AN

Shield

Type 7/16, straight, male Type 7/16, right angle, male

Figure 430: ANCO Connections

17.1.2 ANIC
The ANIC (part number 3BK 07921) connections are shown in the following
figure.
ANT Cabinet Connector AN

Shield

Type 7/16, straight, female Type 7/16, right angle, male

M3 Thread

Figure 431: ANIC Connections

640 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.3 ANLC
The ANLC (part number 3BK 26349) connections are shown in the following
figure.
Lightning Protector AN

Shield

Type 7/16, Straight, Male Type 7/16, Right Angle, Male

Figure 432: ANLC Connections

17.1.4 ANOC
The ANOC (part number 3BK 07965) connections are shown in the following
figure.
Lightning Protector AN

Shield

Type 7/16, right angle, male Type 7/16, right angle, male

Figure 433: ANOC Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 641 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.5 BOBU
17.1.5.1 Variant AA
The front and side views of the BOBU (part number3BK08742) Variant AA
are shown in the following figure.
P1

P13
P2
P19
P3

P4
P5 P20
P6
P7 P21
P8 P22

P14 P23
P24
P25
P9

P26
P15
P27

P16

P17

P10

P11
P18 P28

P12

Figure 434: BOBU Variant AA Appearance

642 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

The BOBU Variant AA connections are shown in the following figure.

Top 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

P1 Service Light
Supply
P5 Option X1
Smoke Alarm,
P19
+24 V / 0 V
Supply
P6 Option X2
P2 PDU3 (STASR 6)
Supply
P7 Option X3
P3 PDU2 (STASR 4)
Supply
P8 Option X4
P4 PDU1 (STASR 1)
XIOB and
Options

P20 XIOB Supply

P21 Light Filter

P22 Heater Filter

P14 STASR 6

P13 COAR Alarms

P9 STASR 3

STASR 3
P23 −48 V Filter
P24 0 V Bolt
P25 Ground Bolt

P26 STASR 2
STASR 2

P27 STASR 1

STASR 1
P15 STASR 5

STASR 6

STASR 5

P16 STASR 4

STASR 4

P17 HEX2 (BTS 2) HEX2

P18 or Loop
P10 HEX2 (BTS 1)

P28 Door 1 and 2

Switches
P11 Water

P12 HEAT

Bottom 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Layer: Signal: Layer: Signal: Layer: Signal: Layer: Signal:
1 WATER 4T/B SMOKE / DOOR1 7 −48VG 10 GND−0V
2 HEX2−1 5T/B 24V / DOOR2 8T/B −48V0 / −48VG 11 NF1
3 HEX2−2 6 XGND 9 GND−0V 12 T / B LIF1 / LIF2

Figure 435: BOBU Variant AA Circuit Schematic

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 643 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

The connectors of the BOBU are shown in the following table.

Connector Type

P1, P12 Wieland GST 1813 S, male with female contacts

P2, P3, P4 Matenlock, female with female contacts

P5, P6, P7, P8, P11 Matenlock, female with female contacts

P9, P14, P15, P16 Anderson Powerpole, unisex

P10, P17 Matenlock, female with female contacts

P13 9-pin Sub-D, female

P18 Matenlock, male with male contacts

2
P19 DIN wire ferrules 2.5 mm

P20, P28 Matenlock, male with female contacts

P21, P22 Faston 6.3, female contacts

P23, P24 Lug, ring, crimp, 6 mm

P25 Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm

P26 Triple Faston, male with female contacts

P27 Triple Faston, female with female contacts

Table 144: BOBU Variant AA Connectors

644 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.5.2 Variant CA
The front and side views of the BOBU (part number 3BK 08742) Variant CA
are shown in the following figure.

Figure 436: BOBU Variant CA Appearance

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 645 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

The BOBU Variant CA connections are shown in the following figure.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL SCHEME CONNECTORS TECHNOLOGIES

Figure 437: BOBU Variant CA Circuit Schematic

646 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.6 BOMU
The front and side views of the BOMU (part number 3BK 25672) are shown in
the following figure.

Figure 438: BOMU Appearance

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 647 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

The BOMU connections are shown in the following figure.

Figure 439: BOMU Circuit Schematic

648 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.7 BOSU
17.1.7.1 Variant AA
The front and side views of the BOSU (part number 3BK 08741) Variant AA
are shown in the following figure.

P1

P4
P5
P6

P7

P8

P9

P2 P12
P10

P11

P3

Figure 440: BOSU Variant AA Appearance

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 649 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

The BOSU Variant AA connections are shown in the following figure.

Top 1 2 3 4 5 6

P1 Service Light

Layer: Signal:
1 XGND
P4 Service Filter 2 DOOR
3 HEX2
4 GND
P5 ACSB/ASCU 5 NF1
6T/B LIF1 / LIF2

P6 Heater Filter

P7 COAR Alarms

P8 −48 VDC Input

Keyswitch
P9 0 VDC Input

P10 Ground Bolt

P2 HEX2 Alarm
P12 (or loop)

P11 Door Switch

Heater Module
P3 HEAT2

Bottom 1 2 3 4 5 6

P1, P3: Wieland GST 1813 S, male with female contacts

P2: Tripple Faston, female with female contacts
P4:, P6: Anderson Powerpole, unisex
P5, P11: DIN wire ferrules 2.5 mm
P7: 9−pin Sub−D female
P8: Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm
P9, P10: Lug, ring, crimp, 6 mm
P12: Matenlock, male with male contacts

Figure 441: BOSU Variant AA Circuit Schematic

650 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.7.2 Variant CA
The front and side views of the BOSU (part number 3BK 08741) Variant CA
are shwon in the following figure.

Figure 442: BOSU Variant CA Appearance

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 651 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

The BOSU Variant CA connections are shown in the following figure.

ELECTRICAL GENERAL SCHEME CONNECTORS TECHNOLOGIES

Figure 443: BOSU Variant CA Circuit Schematic

652 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.8 BTSRI3
The connections for the BTSRI3I (part number 3BK 25973) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 TFBP
BTSRI
1 1

44 45

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1: Non−removable, self cutting, 50 pins
P2 − P4: DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female
P5: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female

Figure 444: BTSRI3 Connections

17.1.9 BTSRI5
The connections for the BTSRI5 (part number 3BK 25974) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 STASR 4 STASR 5 TFBP
BTSRI
1 1

44 45 46 47

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1: Non−removable, self cutting, 50 pins
P2 − P6: DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female
P7: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female

Figure 445: BTSRI5 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 653 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.10 BTSRIMA
The connections for the BTSRIMA (part number 3BK 07720) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 STASR 4 STASR 5 TFBP
BTSRI
1 1

44 45 46 47

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1: Non−removable, self cutting, 50 pins
P2 − P6: DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female
P7: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female

Figure 446: BTSRIMA Connections

17.1.11 BTSRIMI
The connections for the BTSRIMI (part number 3BK 07720) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 1 STASR 2 TFBP
BTSRI
1 1

44

P1 P2 P3 P4

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1: Non−removable, self cutting, 50 pins
P2, P3: DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female
P4: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female

Figure 447: BTSRIMI Connections

654 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.12 BTSRIOUT
The connections for the BTSRIOUT (part number 3BK 08126) are shown in
the following figure.
Variant CA

Variant AA

STASR 1 STASR 2 STASR 3

BTSRI 1 1 1

44

P1 P2 P3 P4

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1: Non−removable, self cutting, 50 pins
P2, P3, P4: DIN 41612, 64 pins, rows A and C only, female

Figure 448: BTSRIOUT Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 655 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.13 BUMA
The BUMA (part number 3BK 07762) cableform connections are shown in
the following figure.
x7 (Red)
P1 GND
x7 (Black)
P2 Filter
x7 (Blue)
P3 Breakers
x3 (Red, Blue, Black)
P4 XIOB
x3 (Red, Blue, Black) Top Fan
Backplane P5
x3 (Red, Blue, Black)
Subrack 5 P6

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

Subrack 4 P7

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

Subrack 3 P8

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

Subrack 2 P9

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

Subrack 1 P10

Subrack 1 − 5 and
GND Bolt Filter Breakers XIOB Top Fan Backplane

GND 0V −48 V 1 GND −48 V GND 0V

2 −48 V

3 0V
4 3 1
P4 P5 to P10
x7 3 1 4 1

P1 P2 P3

P1: Spade, male, M8 hole

P2: Spade, male, M6 hole
P3: Spade, male, open tongue, M5
P4: Matenlock, female
P5 − P10: Triple Faston, female

Figure 449: BUMA Connections

656 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.14 BUMI
The BUMI (part number 3BK 07763) cableform connections are shown in
the following figure.
x4 (Red)
P1 GND
x4 (Black)
P2 Filter
x4 (Blue)
P3 Breakers
x3 (Red, Blue, Black)
P4 XIOB
x3 (Red, Blue, Black) Top Fan
Backplane P5
x3 (Red, Blue, Black)
Subrack 2 P6

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

Subrack 1 P7

Subrack 1, 2 and
GND Bolt Filter Breakers XIOB Top Fan Backplane

GND 0V −48 V 1 GND −48 V GND 0V

2 −48 V

3 0V
4 3 1
P4 P5 to P7
x4 3 1 4 1

P1 P2 P3

P1: Spade, male, M8 hole

P2: Spade, male, M6 hole
P3: Spade, male, open tongue, M5
P4: Matenlock, female
P5 − P7: Triple Faston, female

Figure 450: BUMI Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 657 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.15 CA12
The connections for the CA12 (part number 3BK 08086) are shown in the
following figure.
STASR 3 STASR 4 STASR5

1 1

BTSRIOUT
Connector

45 46 47

P1 P2 P3 P4

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
P2 − P4: DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and C only, female

Figure 451: CA12 Connections

17.1.16 CA-2MMC2
The CA-2MMC2 (part number 3BK 08289) connections are shown in the
following figure.
COAR Microwave UL
Black 2
7
Transparent
6 7
Screen 1
1

3 Screen
5
Transparent
8 9
Black
9 4

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D female

1 5 1 5

6 9 6 9

Figure 452: CA-2MMC2 Connections

658 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.17 CA-ABIS
The CA-ABIS (part number 3BK 07922) connections are shown in the following
figure.
SUM side Shield BTSCA

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D female

1 5 5 1

6 9 9 6

Figure 453: CA-ABIS Connections

17.1.18 CA-ACB2
The CA-ACB2 (part number 3BK 08091) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS Compartment 2 COAR

P2
2

5 4
P1
6 5

P1 P3
1 5 5 1

6 9 9 6
P1: 9−pin Sub−D male
P2: Receptacle Faston 4.8 x 0.5
P3: 9−pin Sub−D female

Figure 454: CA-ACB2 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 659 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.19 CA-ACSC
The CA-ACSC (part number 3BK 08078) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
Side Compartment COAR

1
P2
2

4
P3
5

5 6
P1
6 7

P1 P4
1 5 1 5

6 9 6 9
P1 − P4: 9−pin Sub−D male
P2: Receptacle Faston 4.8 x 0.5
P3: DIN wire ferrules

Figure 455: CA-ACSC Connections

17.1.20 CA-ADABM, CA-ADABP

The CA-ADABM (part number 3BK 25139) connections and the CA -ADABP
(part number 3BK 25138) connecions are shown in the following figure.
Battery Breaker ADAM
CA−ADABM: Blue
CA−ADABP: Black

Lug, ring crimp, M6 DIN wire ferrule

Figure 456: CA-ADABM, CA-ADABP Connections

660 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.21 CA-ADACM, CA-ADACP

The CA-ADACM (part number 3BK 25248) connections and the CA -ADACP
(part number 3BK 25247) connections are shown in the following figure.
ADAM Battery Interconnection
CA−ADACM: Blue
CA−ADACP: Black

DIN wire ferrule DIN wire ferrule

Figure 457: CA-ADACM, CA-ADACP Connections

17.1.22 CA-ADCO
The CA-ADCO (part number 3BK 07953) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

Clamp strip, Phoenix FK−MPC 1,5/16−STF−3,81

Figure 458: CA-ADCO Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 661 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.23 CA-ALPC
The CA-ALPC (part number 3BK 26348) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.

9−Pin Sub−D Male 9−Pin Sub−D Female

Figure 459: CA-ALPC Appearance

Alarm −
1
P2 To Door Switch
2
Alarm +

6 9 Alarm −
7 5 Alarm +

4 − 48 V 6
5 P4 To DCUC X8
− 48 V 7
P3
0V 2
OUTC P5 To DCUC X7
0V 3

P1
HEX5
P1 9−Pin Sub−D Female
P2 Wire Ferrules
P3 9−Pin Sub−D Male
P4, P5 Twin Wire Ferrules
Figure 460: CA-ALPC Circuit Schematic

662 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.24 CA-APC2
The CA-APC2 (part number 3BK 08215) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS Compartment 1 COAR

2
P4
3

6
P3
7

11
P2
12

5 14
P1
6 15

P1 P5
1 5 8 1

6 9 15 9

P1: 9−pin Sub−D male

P2, P4: DIN wire ferrules
P3: Receptagle Faston 4.8x0.5
P5: 9−pin Sub−D female

Figure 461: CA-APC2 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 663 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.25 CA-ASMC
The CA-ASMC (part number 3BK 08807) connections are shown in the
following figure.
ACIB ACSB

1 Black 2

2 Black 1

3 Blue

4 Brown

P1

Yellow/Green

P2 P3

4 1
P1 P2

P1: Quardruple Faston, female, 6.3x0.8

P2: Lug, ring, crimp, 5 mm
P3: DIN wire ferrules 2.5 mm 2

Figure 462: CA-ASMC Connections

17.1.26 CA-BABRM, CA-BABRP

The CA-BABRM (part number 3BK 25141) connections and the CA -BABRP
(part number 2BK 25140) connections are shown in the following figure.
Battery Breaker Interconnection Area
CA−BABRM: Blue
CA−BABRP: Black

Lug, ring crimp, M6 Lug, ring crimp, M6

Figure 463: CA-BABRM, CA-BABRP Connections

17.1.27 CA-BRCM, CA-BRCP

The CA-BRCM (part number 3BK 25246) connections and the CA-BRCP (part
number 3BK 25245) connections are shown in the following figure.
Battery Battery Breaker
CA−BRCM: Blue
CA−BRCP: Black

DIN wire ferrule

Angled Crimp
Connector for M6

Figure 464: CA-BRCM, CA-BRCP Connections

664 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.28 CA-BTSCA
The CA-BTSCA (part number 3BK 07923) connections are shown in the
following figure.
SUM side BTSCA
1 1

37−pin Sub−D male 37−pin Sub−D female

Figure 465: CA-BTSCA Connections

17.1.29 CA-CSTR
The connections for the CA-CSTR (part number 3BK 25178) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 7 RIBAT2 RIBAT1 COAR

1 1

BTSRIOUT
Connector

45 50

P1 P2 P3 P4

Break in wire for coding purposes

P1 − P3: DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and C only, female
P4: Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female

Figure 466: CA-CSTR Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 665 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.30 CA-DFUX
The CA-DFUX (part number 3BK 08503) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
SUM Microwave UX

1
20

Pair 1 2
21
3
Pair 2 22

Pair 3 4
23

Pair 4 5
24
Rx
Blue 6
Pair 5
25

Pair 6 7
26
8
Pair 7 27
9
Pair 8
28

P1

10
29

Pair 1 11
30
12
Pair 2 31

Pair 3 13
32
14
Pair 4
33
TX
Red 15
Pair 5
34

Pair 6 16
35
17
Pair 7 36
18
Pair 8
37

P2
P3
P8 P7 P6 P5 P4 P3 P2 P1 1 19

20 37
P1: Pouyet, P44920−CA blue
P2: Pouyet, P44920−CA red
P3: 37−pin Sub−D male

Figure 467: CA-DFUX Connections

666 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.31 CA-GCMW
The CA-GCMW (part number 3BK 07934) connections are shown in the
following figure.
Ground Microwave
Equipment
Yellow/Green

Lug, ring, crimp Receptacle, Faston 5.3 x 0.8

Figure 468: CA-GCMW Connections

17.1.32 CA-Ground
The CA-Ground (part number 3BK 25182) connections are shown in the
following figure.
LPFU CA−BABRM: Blue Bottom Plate

CA−BABRP: Black

Lug, ring crimp, M6 Lug, ring crimp, M8

Figure 469: CA-Ground Connections

17.1.33 CA-Ground1
The CA-Ground1 (part number 3BK 08118) connections are shown in the
following figure.
SRACDC ACSB

Yellow/Green

Lug, ring crimp, 8 mm DIN wire ferrule

Figure 470: CA-Ground1 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 667 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.34 CA-Ground2
The CA-Ground2 (part number 3BK 08177) connections are shown in the
following figure.
SRACDC ACSB

Yellow/Green

Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm Lug, ring, crimp, 8 mm

Figure 471: CA-Ground2 Connections

17.1.35 CA-H2PC1
The CA-H2PC1 (part number 3BK 08077) connections are shown in the
following figure.
HEX2 DCDP

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

9−pin Sub−D female 9−pin Sub−D male

5 1 1 5

9 6 6 9

Figure 472: CA-H2PC1 Connections

668 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.36 CA-H2PC2
The CA-H2PC2 (part number 08092) connections are shown in the following
figure .
COAR DCDP

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

9−pin Sub−D female 9−pin Sub−D male

1 5 1 5

6 9 6 9

Figure 473: CA-H2PC2 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 669 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.37 CA-H2PC3
The CA-H2PC3 (part number 3BK 08093) connections are shown in the
following figure.
HEX2 COAR

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

9−pin Sub−D female 9−pin Sub−D female

5 1 5 1

9 6 9 6

Figure 474: CA-H2PC3 Connections

17.1.38 CA-HOAP
The CA-HOAP (part number 3BK 25820) connections are shown in the
following figure.
HEX3 BOMU

5 4

9 3

2
2
3

6
1
7
Matenlock, male
9−pin Sub−D female
1 5 4 1

6 9

Figure 475: CA-HOAP Connections

670 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.39 CA-MLBP
The CA-MLBP (part number 3BK 08886) connections are shown in the
following figure.
Microwave UL BOBU

1 2

5 1

Plug for three female contacts Matenlock, male

2 1

5 1

Figure 476: CA-MLBP Connections

17.1.40 CA-MXBP
The CA-MXBP (part number 3BK 08886) connections are shown in the
following figure.
Microwave UX BOBU

1 1

3 2

Sub−D size A for three HP contacts, male and female Matenlock, male
2 1

3 1

Figure 477: CA-MXBP Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 671 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.41 CA-OHAC
The CA-OHAC (part number 3BK 08810) connections are shown in the
following figure.
HEX2 BOSU or BOBU

1 1

9 2

9−pin Sub−D male

HEX2

2
3
3

6
4
7
Matenlock, male
9−pin Sub−D female
1 5 4 1

6 9

Figure 478: CA-OHAC Connections

672 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.42 CA-ONCCx
The CA-ONCCx type 1 connections are shown in the following figure.
BOBU

1
COAR/ABIS2
P1
6

9
SUM
P2
4

3 2 1
P1, P5
1
Matenlock, male
Customer 2
Equipment
1 5
8
P2, P3, P4
9 9
6
9−pin Sub−D male

7
COAR/ABIS1
P3
6

9
BOBU
P4
2

P5

Figure 479: CA-ONCCx Type 1 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 673 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

The CA-ONCCx type 2 connections are shown in the following figure.

DCDP

6
COAR/ABIS2
P1
6

9
SUM
P2
4

1
1 5
2
Customer P1 to P5
Equipment
6 9
8
9−pin Sub−D male
9

7
COAR/ABIS1
P3
6

9
DCDP
P4
1

P5

Figure 480: CA-ONCCx Type 2 Connections

674 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

The CA-ONCCx type 3 connections are shown in the following figure.

COAR/ABIS2

9
SUM
P1
4

1 5
2
Customer
Equipment P1, P2, P3

8 6 9
9−pin Sub−D male
9

7
COAR/ABIS1
P2
6

P3

Figure 481: CA-ONCCx Type 3 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 675 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.43 CA-OSCP1
The CA-OSCP1 (part number 3BK 08095) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
Side Compartment

9−pin Sub−D female

1 5

6 9

Figure 482: CA-OSCP1 Connections

676 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.44 CA-OSCP2
The CA-OSCP2 (part number 3BK 08096) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS Compartment 1

9−pin Sub−D female

1 5

6 9

Figure 483: CA-OSCP2 Connections

17.1.45 CA-OSCP3
The CA-OSCP3 (part number 3BK 25548) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
CBO

15− Pin Sub−D Female

Figure 484: CA-OSCP3 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 677 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.46 CA-OSPC
The CA-OSPC (part number 3BK 08079) connections are shown in the
following figure.
STASR DCDP

−48 V 1

GND 2

0V 3

Three Faston 6.8x0.8, female Sub−D size A for three HP contacts

3 1

Figure 485: CA-OSPC Connections

17.1.47 CA-PCAN, CA-PCAP

The CA-PCAN (part number 3BK 25115) connections and the CA-PCAP (part
number 3BK 25114) connections are shown in the following figure.
DCBREAK CA−PCAN: Blue ADAM
CA−PCAP: Black

Lug, ring crimp, M6 DIN wire ferrule

Figure 486: CA-PCAN, CA-PCAP Connections

17.1.48 CA-PCOS
The CA-PCOS (part number 3BK 08809) connections are shown in the
following figure.
STASR BOBU

1 3

3 2

4 1

Triple Faston, female Triple Faston, male

4 1 3 1

Figure 487: CA-PCOS Connections

678 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.49 CA-PDCM, CA-PDCP

The CA-PDCM (part number 3BK 25232) connections and the CA-PDCP (part
number 3BK 25231) connections are shown in the following figure.
ADAM Battery Interconnection
CA−PDCM: Blue
CA−PDCP: Black

DIN wire ferrule DIN wire ferrule

Figure 488: CA-PDCM, CA-PDCP Connections

17.1.50 CA-RFMW
The CA-RFMW (part number 3BK 07931) connections are shown in the
following figure.
Connection Area Microwave Equipment
Shield

N type, male N type, female

Figure 489: CA-RFMW Connections

17.1.51 CA-RIBCO
The connections for the CA–RIBCO (part number 3BK 26347) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 1 STASR 2
OUTC
Flat
Cable
Connector
Side
Compart−
ment
44*

P1 P2 P3

*: Break wire for coding purposes

P1 : Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
P2/P3 : DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
Figure 490: CA–RIBCO Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 679 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.52 CA-RICPT1
The connections for the CA–RICPT1 (part number 3BK 25537) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 2 STASR 3

OUTC 1
Flat
Cable
Connector
Side
Compart− 44 45
ment

P1 P2 P3

Break wire for coding purposes

P1 : Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
P2/P3 : DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and C only, female
Figure 491: CA–RICPT1 Connections

17.1.53 CA-RICPT2
The connections for the CA–RICPT2 (part number 3BK 25538) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 4 STASR 5 STASR 6
OUTC 1 1
Flat
Cable
Connector
Side 44
Compart− 45
46 47 48
ment 1

P1 P2 P3 P4

Break wire for coding purposes

P1 : Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
P2/P4 : DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
Figure 492: CA–RICPT2 Connections

680 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.54 CA-RIMO1
The connections for the CA–RIMO1 (part number 3BK 25822) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 1 STASR 2 STASR 3 STASR 7
OUTC
Flat
Cable
Connector
Side
Compart−
ment
44* 45* 44, 45,
46, 47,
48*
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

*: Break wire for coding purposes

P1 : Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
P2/P5 : DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
Figure 493: CA–RIMO1 Connections

17.1.55 CA-RIMO2
The connections for the CA–RIMO2 (part number 3BK 25823) are shown in
the following figure.
STASR 4 STASR 5 STASR 6 STASR 0
OUTC
Flat
Cable
Connector
BTS
Compart−
ment 1
44, 45, 47* 48* 44, 45*
46*

P1 P2 P3 P4 P5

*: Break wire for coding purposes

P1 : Flat cable connector, 50 pins, female
P2/P5 : DIN 41612, 64 pins, row A and only, female
Figure 494: CA–RIMO2 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 681 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.56 CA-SENSP
The CA-SENSP (part number 3BK 26147) connections are shown in the
following figure.

7
Resistor
105 Ohm 1%
8

9−Pin Sub−D Female

Figure 495: CA-SENSP Connections

17.1.57 CA-XBCBO
The CA-XBCBO (part number 3BK 08205) connections are shown in the
following figure.
ACRI COAR
15 15

15−pin Sub−D male 15−pin Sub−D male

Figure 496: CA-XBCBO Connections

682 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.58 CA-XIOC
The CA-XIOC (part number 3BK 26353) connections are shown in the following
figure.
XIOB

To DCUC X10 1 − 48V

2 Not U
To DCUC X9 3 0V (B

DIN Wire Ferrules

Mate−N Lock, Male
3 1

Figure 497: CA-XIOC Connections

17.1.59 CA-XIOPC
The CA-XIOPC (part number 3BK 08087) connections are shown in the
following figure.
DCDP

XIOB
6

1 7

2 8

3 9

Matenlock, female 9−pin Sub−D male

3 1 1 5

6 9

Figure 498: CA-XIOPC Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 683 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.60 CIMA Busbar

The CIMA (part number 3BK 07762) busbar connections are shown in the
following figure.
x7 (Red)
P1 Ground (M8 bolt)
x7 (Blue)
P3 Circuit Breakers
x7 (Black)
P2 0 VDC Filter

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P4 XIOB

Top Fan x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P5 Backplane

Fixing Rail
x3 (Red, Blue, Black)
P6 Subrack 5

Fixing Holes

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P7 Subrack 4

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P8 Subrack 3

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P9 Subrack 2

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P10 Subrack 1

Bus Bar

Subrack 1 − 5 and
GND Bolt Filter Breakers XIOB Top Fan Backplane

GND 0V −48 V 1 GND −48 V GND 0V

2 −48 V

3 0V
4 3 1
P4 P5 − P10
x7 3 1 4 1

P1 P2 P3
P1: Spade, made, M8 hole
P2: Spade, male, M6 hole
P3: Spade, male, open tongue, M5
P4: Matenlock, female
P5 − P10: Triple Faston, female

Figure 499: CIMA Bus Bar Connections

684 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.61 CIMI Busbar

The CIMI (part number 3BK 07763) busbar connections are shown in the
following figure.
x4 (Red)
P1 Ground (M8 bolt)
x4 (Blue)
P3 Circuit Breakers
x4 (Black)
P2 0 VDC Filter

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P4 XIOB

Top Fan x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P5 Backplane
Fixing Holes

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P6 Subrack 2
Fixing Rail

x3 (Red, Blue, Black)

P7 Subrack 1

Bus Bar

Subrack 1, 2 and
GND Bolt Filter Breakers XIOB Top Fan Backplane

GND 0V −48 V 1 GND −48 V GND 0V

2 −48 V

3 0V
4 3 1
P4 P5 − P7
x4 3 1 4 1

P1 P2 P3
P1: Spade, made, M8 hole
P2: Spade, male, M6 hole
P3: Spade, male, open tongue, M5
P4: Matenlock, female
P5 − P7: Triple Faston, female

Figure 500: CIMI Bus Bar Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 685 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.1.62 RXRC
The RXRC (part number 3BK 07920) connections are shown in the following
figure.
TRE/AN AN
Shield

Alignment
Hole

P1 P2
Note: For ANS modules only one RXRC line is fitted

P1, P2: Subminiature connectors, 50 series SMB, straight, female

Figure 501: RXRC Connections

17.1.63 TXRC
The TXRC (part number 3BK 07919) connections are shown in the following
figure.
TRE/AN AN
Shield

Coaxial connector, 50 series N Coaxial connector, 50 series N

Figure 502: TXRC Connections

686 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.2 External Cables

The physical and electrical characteristics for the indoor and outdoor external
cables are given in the following sections.

17.2.1 CA01
The CA01 (part number 3BK 07594) Abis cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS A9100 side Customer’s Distribution Board

5 Shield

9−pin Sub−D male Customer dependent

1 5

6 9

Figure 503: CA01 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 687 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.2 CA02
The CA02 (part number 3BK 07595) Abis cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS A9100 side Customer’s Distribution Board

6 Shield

9−pin Sub−D male Customer dependent

1 5

6 9

Figure 504: CA02 Connections

17.2.3 CA03
The CA03 (part number 3BK 07596) Abis cable connections are shown in
the following figure.

TX

Shield

RX

Figure 505: CA03 Connections

688 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.4 CA04
The CA04 (part number 3BK 07597) Abis cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
Shield

Figure 506: CA04 Connections

17.2.5 CA-CBTE
The CA-CBTE (part number 3BK 07951) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
SUM BTS Terminal

Shield
1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7

8 8

9 9

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D female

1 5 5 1

6 9 9 6

Figure 507: CA-CBTE Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 689 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.6 CA-GC35
The CA-GC35 (part number 3BK 08031) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS A9100 Customer’s Ground Point

Lug, ring, crimp, 9 mm

Figure 508: CA-GC35 Connections

17.2.7 CA-GND
The CA-GND (part number 3BK 25349) cable connection is shown in the
following figure.
Lug, Ring M8 Lug, Ring M8

Figure 509: CA-GND Connection

17.2.8 CA-PC2W16
The CA-PC2W16 (part number 3BK 08029) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS A9100 Customer’s −48/0 VDC Source
Black Wire 0 V Black Wire 0 V
1 3

Blue Wire −48 V Blue Wire −48 V

2 4

Lug, ring, crimp, 5.8 mm Lug, ring, crimp, 5.8 mm

1 2 3 4

Figure 510: CA-PC2W16 Connections

690 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.9 CA-PC35BK
The CA-PC35BL (part number 3BK 08032) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS A9100 Customer’s 0 VDC Source

Black Wire 0 V Black Wire 0 V

Lug, ring, crimp, 5.8 mm Lug, ring, crimp, 5.8 mm

Figure 511: CA-PC35BK Connections

17.2.10 CA-PC35BL
The CA-PC35BL (part number 3BK 08032) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
BTS A9100 Customer’s −48 VDC Source

Blue Wire −48 V Blue Wire −48 V

Lug, ring, crimp, 5.8 mm Lug, ring, crimp, 5.8 mm

Figure 512: CA-PC35BL Connections

17.2.11 CA-PCEBM
The CA-PCEBM (part number 3BK 25260) cable connection is shown in
the following figure.
Lug, Ring M6 Shrinking Sleeve Lug, Pin

Figure 513: CA-PCEBM Connection

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 691 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.12 CA-PCEBP
The CA-PCEBP (part number 3BK 25259) cable connection is shown in
the following figure.
Lug, Ring M6 Shrinking Sleeve Lug, Pin

Figure 514: CA-PCEBP Connection

17.2.13 CA-RIBEB
The CA-RIBEB (part number 3BK 25258) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
15 pin male connector 15 pin female connector

123 123
123 123
123 123
Wiring list
8 8
15 COAR/OUTC Side External Battery Side Quad Number
15
P1/male P2/female

1/9, 2/10 1/9, 2/10 I

4/12, 6/14 4/12, 6/14 II

1 9 5/13, 8 5/13, 8 III

1 9
3/11, 7/15 3/11, 7/15 iV

Figure 515: CA-RIBEB Connections

17.2.14 CA-RIBEO
The CA-RIBEO (part number 3BK 26138) cable connections are shown in
the following figure.
15 pin female connector
(to first RIBAT at external
Battery Cabinet outdoor;
15 pin male connector assembling on site after
(to OUTC at BTS ) guiding through cable gland)

123
123 123
123
123 123
Wiring list
8 8
15 COAR/OUTC Side External Battery Side Quad Number
15
P1/male P2/female

1/9, 2/10 1/9, 2/10 I

4/12, 6/14 4/12, 6/14 II

1 9 5/13, 8 5/13, 8 III

1 9
3/11, 7/15 3/11, 7/15 iV

Figure 516: CA-RIBEO Connections

692 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.15 OCC23
The OCC23 (part number 3BK 08303) cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
BTS A9100 G2 BTS

1 Shield
1

5 5

9 9

4 4

8 8

3 3

7 7

2 2

6 6

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D male

1 5 1 5
Shield Solder Point

6 9 6 9

Figure 517: OCC23 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 693 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.16 OCC33
The OCC33 (part number 3BK 08304) cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
BTS A9100 BTS A9100

1 Shield
1

5 5

9 9

4 4

8 8

3 3

7 7

2 2

6 6

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D male

1 5 Shield Solder Point 1 5

6 9 6 9

Figure 518: OCC33 Connections

694 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.17 SCG2/3
The SCG2/3 (part number 3BK 08101) cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
G2 BTS BTS A9100

1 Shield
1

5 5

9 9

4 4

8 8

3 3

7 7

2 2

6 6

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D male

9 6 Shield Solder 1 5
Point

5 1 6 9

Figure 519: SCG2/3 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 695 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.18 SCG3
The SCG3 (part number 3BK 07950) cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
COAR of First BTS A9100 COAR of Second BTS A9100

1 Shield
1

2 2

6 6

3 3

7 7

4 4

8 8

5 5

9 9

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D male

1 5 1 5

6 9 6 9

Figure 520: SCG3 Connections

696 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.19 SCM1/3
The SCM1/3 (part number 3BK 08102) cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
BTS A9100 G1 BTS Mark1

1 Shield
1

5 9

9 5

P3

4 6

8 2

3 7

7 3

2 8

6 4

P1 P2

9 6

P3

5 1
9 6 1 5
Shield Solder Point
P1 P2

5 1 6 9

P1, P2, P3: 9−pin Sub−D male

Figure 521: SCM1/3 Connections

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 697 / 708

17 Cable Descriptions

17.2.20 SCM2/3
The SCM2/3 (part number 3BK 08103) cable connections are shown in the
following figure.
G1 BTS Mark2 BTS A9100

1 Shield
1

5 5

9 9

4 4

8 8

3 3

7 7

2 2

6 6

9−pin Sub−D male 9−pin Sub−D male

9 6 Shield Solder Point 1 5

5 1 6 9

Figure 522: SCM2/3 Connections

698 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 18 Environment

18 Environment

This chapter provides environmental information for BTS A9100 installations. It

contains:

Indoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions

Outdoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions

Electromagnetic Compatibility

Acoustic Noise

Safety Requirements.

The sections are supported with data tables, where necessary. References
to the relevant European and International standards are also given, when
appropriate.

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 699 / 708

18 Environment

18.1 Indoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions

This section describes the climatic and mechanical conditions required for the
safe and efficient operation of indoor BTS A9100 equipment. It includes
information on the following:

Environmental requirements
Operational conditions

Transportation conditions

Storage conditions.

Environmental The BTS A9100 equipment housings provide the necessary environmental and
Requirements safety protection according to the standard ETS 300 019, for indoor equipment.

Operational Conditions Operational conditions are specified in accordance with Class 3.1E, ETS 300
019-1 -3, as shown in the following table.

Type Condition Limit

Climatic Low temperature -5 C

High temperature +45 C

Low relative humidity 5%

High relative humidity 90 %

3
Low absolute humidity 1 g/m
3
High absolute humidity 25 g/m

Rate of change of temperature 0.5 C/min

Low air pressure 70 kPa

High air pressure 106 kPa

Mechanical Displacement amplitude in Frequency Range 2-9Hz 0.3 mm p-p

2
(Vibration) Acceleration amplitude in Frequency Range 9-200 Hz 0.1 m/s
2
Shock - 40 m/s

Table 145: Environmental Conditions for Indoor Operation

700 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 18 Environment

Transportation Transportation conditions are specified in accordance with Class2.2, ETS 300
Conditions 019 -1-2, as shown in the following table.

Type Condition Limit

Climatic Low temperature -40 C

High temperature +70 C

High relative humidity 95 %

3
High absolute humidity 60 g/m

Low air pressure 70 kPa

Mechanical Displacement amplitude (frequency 2- 9 Hz) 3.5 mm

2
Acceleration amplitude (frequency 9-200Hz) 10 m/s
2
Acceleration amplitude (frequency 200-500 Hz) 15 m/s

Free Fall 100 mm

2
Steady State Acceleration 20 m/s

Static Load 5 kPa

Table 146: Environmental Conditions for Transportation

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 701 / 708

18 Environment

Storage Conditions Storage conditions are specified in accordance with Class 1.2, ETS300 019-1
-1, as shown in the following table.

Type Condition Limit

Climatic Low temperature -25 C

High temperature +55 C

Low relative humidity 10 %

High relative humidity 100 %

3
Low absolute humidity 0.5 g/m
3
High absolute humidity 29 g/m

Low air pressure 70 kPa

High air pressure 106 kPa

Mechanical Displacement amplitude (frequency 2 - 9 Hz) 1.5 mm

2
Acceleration amplitude (frequency 9 - 200 Hz) 5 m/s
2
Steady State Acceleration 40 m/s

Static Load 5 kPa

Table 147: Environmental Conditions for Storage

702 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 18 Environment

18.2 Outdoor Climatic and Mechanical Conditions

This section describes the climatic and mechanical conditions required for the
safe and efficient operation of outdoor BTS A9100 equipment. It includes
information on the following:

Environmental requirements
Operational conditions

Transportation conditions

Storage conditions.

Environmental The BTS A9100 equipment housings provide the necessary environmental
Requirements and safety protection according to the standard ETS 300 019, for outdoor
equipment.

Operational Conditions Operational conditions are specified in accordance with Class 4.1E, ETS 300
019-1 -4, as shown in the following table.

Type Condition Limit

Climatic Low temperature -45 C

High temperature +45 C

Low relative humidity 8%

High relative humidity 100 %

3
Low absolute humidity 0.26 g/m
3
High absolute humidity 30 g/m

Rate of change of temperature 0.5 C/min

Low air pressure 70 kPa

High air pressure 106 kPa

Mechanical Displacement amplitude in Frequency Range 2-9Hz 1.5 mm p-p

2
(Vibration) Acceleration amplitude in Frequency Range 9-200 Hz 5 m/s
2
Shock - 70 m/s

Table 148: Environmental Conditions for Outdoor Operation

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 703 / 708

18 Environment

Transportation Transportation conditions are specified in accordance with Class2.2, ETS 300
Conditions 019 -1-2, as shown in the following table.

Type Condition Limit

Climatic Low temperature -40 C

High temperature +70 C

High relative humidity 95 %

3
High absolute humidity 60 g/m

Low air pressure 70 kPa

Mechanical Displacement amplitude (frequency 2- 9 Hz) 3.5 mm

2
Acceleration amplitude (frequency 9-200Hz) 10 m/s
2
Acceleration amplitude (frequency 200-500 Hz) 15 m/s

Free Fall 100 mm

2
Steady State Acceleration 20 m/s

Static Load 5 kPa

Table 149: Environmental Conditions for Transportation

704 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 18 Environment

Storage Conditions Storage conditions are specified in accordance with Class 1.2, ETS300 019-1
-1, as shown in the following table.

Type Condition Limit

Climatic Low temperature -25 C

High temperature +55 C

Low relative humidity 10 %

High relative humidity 100 %

3
Low absolute humidity 0.5 g/m
3
High absolute humidity 29 g/m

Low air pressure 70 kPa

High air pressure 106 kPa

Mechanical Displacement amplitude (frequency 2 - 9 Hz) 1.5 mm

2
Acceleration amplitude (frequency 9 - 200 Hz) 5 m/s
2
Steady State Acceleration 40 m/s

Static Load 5 kPa

Table 150: Environmental Conditions for Storage

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 705 / 708

18 Environment

18.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility

This section describes the EMC compatibility of BTS A9100 equipment. It
provides information on the following:

General information

EMC immunity

Spurious emissions
Transient bursts

General Information BTS A9100 equipment complies with the following EMC standards:

European Directive 89/336/EEC

ETS 300 342 Part 2, and Draft ETSI EN 300 342 Part 2.

EMC Immunity This section contains information on EMC immunity. EMC immunity ensures the
normal operation of BTS A9100 equipment when subjected to the conditions
specified in the following table.

Parameter Standard

Electrostatic Discharge: IEC 1000-4-2: Levels 2 and 3.

RF Common Mode: IEC 1000-4-6: 3 Vrms 150kHz to 80 MHz.

Radiated Fields: IEC 1000-4-3: 3 V/m, 80MHz to 1 GHz (+1.8 GHz excepted reception band).

Transient Pulse Immunity: IEC 1000-4-4: Levels 2 and 3 (see Table Permitted Transient Bursts (152)).
ETS 300 342-2.

Surges (on AC lines): IEC 1000-4-5: level 500 V at differential mode; level 1 kV at common mode.
Note that all outdoor EVOLIUM™ BTS A9100 external lines have better surge
protection characteristics than that defined in IEC 1000-4-5.

Table 151: EMC Immunity

The following table shows the IEC 1000-4-4 Levels 2 and 3 transient voltage
bursts. These are the voltage bursts that the different types of lines can
withstand without causing permanent defects to the equipment.

Peak Amplitude Level Line Type

±2000 V 3 AC power lines

±1000 V 2 DC power lines

±500 V 2 Signal lines (including RF)

Table 152: Permitted Transient Bursts

Note: The amplitudes shown in Table Permitted Transient Bursts (152) must not
exceed 50 ns duration or have a rise time of less than 5ns.

706 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13

 18 Environment

Spurious Emissions Potential EMC emissions of BTS A9100 equipment (unintentionally produced)
are shown in the following table.

Type Standard Frequency Range

Conducted Emissions on Power EN 55022 Class B (AC 150 kHz - 30 MHz

Lines: powered BTS)
EN 55022 Class A (DC
powered BTS)

Radiated Emissions from GSM 11.21 30 MHz - 4 GHz

Enclosure:

Table 153: EMC Emissions

3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13 707 / 708

18 Environment

18.4 Acoustic Noise

This section describes the acoustic noise parameters which apply to BTS
A9100 equipment. The acoustic noise generated by the equipment is measured
according to ISO 7779 and ISO 9296. Noise limits for the measurements are in
accordance with GSM 11.22 and ETS 300 753, respectively.

18.5 Safety Requirements

Safety standards cover protection against:

Electric shock

Skin burns

Radio frequency radiation hazards

Fire hazards

Mechanical hazards

Energy hazards

Chemical hazards.

Standards are defined for:

Indoor BTS
Outdoor BTS.

Indoor BTS Standards BTS A9100 indoor equipment complies with safety standards:

EN60215 - Safety Requirements for Radio Transmitting Equipment

EN 60950 - Safety of Information Technology Equipment.

Outdoor BTS Standards BTS A9100 outdoor equipment complies with safety standards:
EN60215 - Safety Requirements for Radio Transmitting Equipment

EN 60950 - Safety of Information Technology Equipment.

EN 41003 - Safety Requirements for Apparatus for Connection to

Telecommunications Networks

ISO 3864 - Safety Colors and Safety Signs.

708 / 708 3BK 20531 AAAA TQZZA Ed.13